1
0
forked from mirrors/pacman

Compare commits

...

1412 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Dan McGee
92630c6607 Bump pacman versions
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-16 10:40:05 -05:00
Dan McGee
656b470163 contrib/Makefile.am: don't simplify what you don't understand
This was totally screwed under a 'make distcheck' invocation. Bring it
inline with what we have (and what works!) in scripts/Makefile.am. This
was broken/introduced in commit 05f0a28932.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-16 10:38:35 -05:00
Dan McGee
9ae6ee0f09 Updated translations for 3.5.0 from Transifex
Thanks to all translators that contributed!

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-16 10:30:02 -05:00
Dan McGee
36c570712a Fix value of ngettext() count parameter in callback
I was awesome and ran alpm_list_count() on an empty list. Fail.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-07 15:34:30 -06:00
Allan McRae
36df611203 Update NEWS for pacman-3.5 release
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-07 13:59:34 -06:00
Allan McRae
21f16fa7ab Document API changes for pacman-3.5 release
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-07 13:55:15 -06:00
Allan McRae
f2023176f6 Do not print warning with files entry in sync db
repo-add can add a "files" entry into the sync db.  Currently we
do nothing with this file, so explicitly skip it to prevent
unknown database file warnings.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-07 13:54:38 -06:00
Dan McGee
0b6aa428cf Fix gettext plural detection
Our keywords were all screwed up in this regard. Fix it so our
ngettext() shortcut calls are actually recognized and respected.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-03 11:10:14 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
79f8cfb529 libalpm/diskspace.c: remove bogus parenthesis
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-01 18:16:52 -06:00
Dan McGee
d68635e7c2 pactest: use actual regexes in OUTPUT rules
I managed to just make deptest001.py fail by changing a DEBUG-level
logger in commit b12be99c89. This should not be this fickle. Enhance the
OUTPUT rule to use an actual Python re object when looking for matches,
and make a lot of the rules use stronger patterns to match with.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-01 14:24:13 -06:00
Dan McGee
b12be99c89 Ensure d_type is not DT_UNKNOWN before relying on it
Fixes FS#23090, a rather serious problem where the user was completely
unable to read the local database. Even if entry->d_type is available,
the given filesystem providing it may not fill the contents, in which
case we should fall back to a stat() as we did before. In this case, the
filesystem was XFS but there may be others.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-01 13:39:43 -06:00
Dan McGee
09ce8b446c Fix some easy to find double translations
A lot of these were places that should have used the same message but
didn't, or were very easy to convert to using the same message and
letting some of the burden off of the translators.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-28 17:50:23 -06:00
Dan McGee
07538b948a Update translation template files
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-28 11:11:19 -06:00
Dan McGee
aafb387455 Merge branch 'maint' 2011-02-28 11:08:08 -06:00
Dan McGee
23451e7fa4 Update translation instructions
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-28 11:08:01 -06:00
Jakob Gruber
dcd234ea27 --print-format displays size in bytes
Printing the exact size seems to make more sense for scripting contexts.

Signed-off-by: Jakob Gruber <jakob.gruber@gmail.com>
[Dan: adjust for master before VerbosePkgLists patches, fix type]
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-28 10:54:33 -06:00
Jakob Gruber
1a524fa8b8 A couple of minor manpage adjustments
Signed-off-by: Jakob Gruber <jakob.gruber@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-28 10:48:51 -06:00
Dan McGee
f45369800a Check local DB version before continuing transaction
Ensure we have a local DB version that is up to par with what we expect
before we go down any road that might modify it. This should prevent
stupid mistakes with the 3.5.X upgrade and people not running
pacman-db-upgrade after the transaction as they will need to.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-28 10:46:00 -06:00
Dan McGee
5ea4706f57 Move locking functions to where they are needed
We only call these from the transaction init and teardown, so move them
to that file, mark them static, and push more of the logic of handle
manipulation into these functions.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-28 10:43:36 -06:00
Dan McGee
1eccae3d93 Fix trans no-argument function definitions
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-28 10:41:32 -06:00
Dan McGee
2d25993d2d Add base transifex client configuration
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-27 14:01:26 -06:00
Jonathan Conder
acd9269478 Fix double close of the lock file
According to FOPEN(3), using fclose on an fdopen'd file stream also
closes the underlying file descriptor. This happened in _alpm_lckmk
(util.c), which meant that when alpm_trans_release closed it again, the
log file (which reused the original file descriptor) was closed instead.

Signed-off-by: Jonathan Conder <jonno.conder@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-27 13:32:41 -06:00
Allan McRae
e8f799ba83 pactest for removing a required empty directory
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-27 13:26:56 -06:00
Dan McGee
3149a45bfb Add directory name to ownership error message
If you were doing a -Qo via xargs, it is at least nice to see what input
caused the error message to occur rather than having a bunch of plain
messages. This matches the style when we can't find the owner of a file.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-25 09:48:20 -06:00
Dave Reisner
1fcc496756 alpm: alpm_db_get_pkgcache_list => alpm_db_get_pkgcache
This avoids needless breakage of the public API.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-25 09:46:36 -06:00
Dave Reisner
eefe8c8364 alpm: remove public visibility of pmpkghash_t
There's no API functions exposed which allow manipulation of this type,
so remove it from public view. Also, rename the public and private
alpm_db_get_pkgcache symbol to alpm_db_get_pkgcache_has.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-25 09:45:13 -06:00
Dan McGee
ab49bf6fa9 Add test case for util-linux/util-linux-ng name switch and deps
This case currently fails, but highlights a failure in our install
process I experienced the other day. Because we don't do replacement
uninstalls inline with the rest of the upgrade uninstalls, we can have a
time on our system where a critical package is not installed.

I hope no one ever renames glibc.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-25 07:57:41 -06:00
Dan McGee
2f96764058 Continue resolving dependencies rather than bailing on first error
This allows error messages emitted by the frontend to be a bit more
descriptive and not have the annoying "well why didn't you tell me that
the first time" problem. If a package had multiple missing deps, we
would bail on the first one before rather than finish processing all
missing dependencies, and only print one error message. Instead,
continue through this entire set of missing deps and append all eventual
errors.

The added pactest tests this case, as the to be installed package has
two missing dependencies. However, pactest does not actually test or see
the difference in output from before and after, so it passes in both
cases, but it is clearly visible in the logs.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-25 07:55:16 -06:00
Dan McGee
d4d304cdb7 Various small spelling fixes and small tweaks
Nothing that changes behavior here. Spelling fixes and pushing a
variable down to the scope it is used.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-25 07:53:11 -06:00
Dan McGee
7c14e48776 Mark log callback format string const
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-24 09:38:59 -06:00
Dan McGee
6735807c0f Remove trans->skip_add
This is old code that has since gone stale; we no longer ever add
anything to this list so no need to keep it around and check the
contents during extraction.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-22 16:48:51 -06:00
Dan McGee
cfa7602032 Don't generate filelist unless we are going to use it
We throw it away if !full, so no need to waste time creating the list in the
first place.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-16 20:57:07 -06:00
Dan McGee
00c393d49f Conflict checking code cleanup
* Make conflict_isin() static; it is used nowhere else.
* Remove does_conflict(): it turns out to be replaceable by a single call to
  _alpm_depcmp(). By pushing it up, we can reduce calls to _alpm_splitdep()
  from 60,368 to 16,940 during one test -Su operation I ran.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-16 20:57:07 -06:00
Dan McGee
d1cc1ef6c3 Fix some database size estimation problems
* Use stat() and not lstat(); we don't care for the size of the symlink if
  it is one, we want the size of the reference file.
* FS#22896, fix local database estimation on platforms that don't abide by
  the nlink assumption for number of children.
* Fix a missing newline on an error message.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-15 16:58:08 -06:00
Pang Yan Han
62a2e45b12 Use CALLOC for _alpm_graph_new()
Change _alpm_graph_new() to use CALLOC to avoid explicit zeroing out of fields
in pmgraph_t.

Signed-off-by: Pang Yan Han <pangyanhan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-15 16:23:36 -06:00
Dan McGee
30f338cce6 diskspace: allow used flag to be toggled for both remove and install
Turn it into an enum rather than a boolean, and use a bitmask like we do for
reading DB entries. The relevant flag is turned on in our two calculate
loops, and anything reading the used flag later can decided which flag (or
either) is relevant.

This will allow the read-only partition code to be triggered on a
remove-only operation, e.g. if /boot was read-only and one tried to remove
grub in a sync transaction. Of course, right now, we don't actually run the
diskspace check code in the '-R' codepath.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-11 10:51:59 -06:00
Dan McGee
3afe3b6dfb Check mountpoint read-only status when checking space
This is a bit of a stopgap solution for the problem, but an easier one than
revamping the file conflict checking code to support the same stuff. Using
some more gross autoconf magic, figure out which struct field we need to
look at to determine read-only status and store that on our mountpoint
struct. If we find out we needed this partition after calculating size
requirements, then toss an error.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-11 10:38:58 -06:00
Dan McGee
1358a4a80f diskspace: use calloc instead of malloc
Prevents us from having to manually zero out several of our fields.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-11 10:36:41 -06:00
Dan McGee
0eac60cd9d Fix mount dir length calculation
In the getmntinfo() section, the local variable mnt doesn't exist; this
would have caused a compile error if I had tested the code on such a
platform. Unify both codepaths to just run strlen() on the already copied
mount path instead.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-11 10:34:37 -06:00
Dan McGee
06cbb516c3 Avoid a memmove by advancing value pointer
In packages, our description file contains:
key = value is here
type entries, and we passed "key " and " value is here" to our strtrim
function, causing us to always memmove the value portion to remove the
space. Since this is a throwaway buffer, do the advancing on our own before
trimming to save the need to shift memory around; "value is here" will now
be passed and strtrim will be responsible for trailing whitespace.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-11 10:23:43 -06:00
Dan McGee
56721c12ce Fix fileconflict progress with only one package
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-11 10:23:43 -06:00
Dan McGee
62fc966882 Ensure pkgbase/epoch are defined before doing anything
When generating integrity sums, we could get some weird output before due to
epoch being uninitialized:

    /usr/bin/makepkg: line 234: [[: 2.6.37: syntax error: invalid arithmetic operator (error token is ".6.37")

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-11 10:23:43 -06:00
Dan McGee
942bb9e64a Skip diskspace checking for symlinks and directories in all cases
We did this in some but not all cases, assuming the 0 value coming out of
libarchive would not be a problem. However, this does not work for "fake"
filesystems such as rpc_pipefs, which reports a free block and total block
count of zero.

Fix this by not ever counting symlinks or directories, and adding a note
explaining that if we someday do count directories, their size needs to be
attributed to the proper place.

This patch also includes a few cleanups/performance tweaks- avoid calling
strlen() on the mountpoint directory string as much by storing this size in
our mountpoint struct, and push the snprintf() call up to the calculate
functions since we were already doing it here in the remove case.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-08 09:28:24 -06:00
Pang Yan Han
da3b934602 Refactor out common code in pkghash add functions
The overlapping code in _alpm_pkghash_add() and _alpm_pkghash_add_sorted()
are now in a new static function pkghash_add_pkg(). This function has a
third flag parameter which determines whether the package should be added in
sorted order.

Signed-off-by: Pang Yan Han <pangyanhan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-07 20:26:11 -06:00
Pang Yan Han
be9a60a338 Handle null pkgcache for local/sync db_populate()
In sync_db_populate() and local_db_populate(), a NULL db->pkgcache is not
caught, allowing the functions to continue instead of exiting.

A later alpm_list_msort() call which uses alpm_list_nth() will thus traverse
invalid pointers in a non-existent db->pkgcache->list.

pm_errno is set to PM_ERR_MEMORY as _alpm_pkghash_create() will only return
NULL when we run out of memory / exceed max hash table size. The local/sync
db_populate() functions are also exited.

Signed-off-by: Pang Yan Han <pangyanhan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-07 20:21:34 -06:00
Allan McRae
bb071f4eb2 makepkg: more bash-3.2 compatibility
Adding the "|| true" to the subshell prevents bash-3.2 setting off the
error_trap but requires changing the if statement.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-06 12:52:59 -06:00
Dan McGee
3cf870eda5 Merge branch 'maint' 2011-02-06 12:52:20 -06:00
Pang Yan Han
3865352d23 Remove redundant _alpm_strtrim() in be_local.c
When reading the "desc" file in _alpm_local_db_read(), some
strings are trimmed and checked for length > 0 before their
use/duplication subsequently. They are then trimmed again
when there is no need to.

The following code snippet should illustrate it clearly:

while(fgets(line, sizeof(line), fp) &&
	strlen(_alpm_strtrim(line))) {

	char *linedup;
	STRDUP(linedup, _alpm_strtrim(line), goto error);
	info->groups = alpm_list_add(info->groups, linedup);
}

This patch removes the redundant _alpm_strtrim() calls in
_alpm_local_db_read() such as the one inside the STRDUP shown
above.

Signed-off-by: Pang Yan Han <pangyanhan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-06 12:50:46 -06:00
Pang Yan Han
30bb969ace Handle PM_ERR_WRITE in alpm_strerror()
PM_ERR_WRITE is defined in alpm.h but not handled in
alpm_strerror(). This patch corrects that.

Signed-off-by: Pang Yan Han <pangyanhan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-04 14:21:43 -06:00
Dan McGee
e17c4fe611 Add new translations from Transifex
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-04 14:20:02 -06:00
Dan McGee
15e143bdfb Add updated Kazakh translation from Transifex
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-04 14:20:02 -06:00
Dan McGee
fafa909a2d Update translation file indexes and Makevars
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-04 09:15:51 -06:00
Dan McGee
7664a58d4e Add comment about download file resolution
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-04 09:15:22 -06:00
Dan McGee
e34fc4eddf Merge remote-tracking branch 'allan/hash' 2011-02-04 09:10:25 -06:00
Dan McGee
c12ccbfb2c Add more error checking and logging
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-04 09:00:47 -06:00
Dan McGee
7467fb9e76 Ensure found files are actually files
We located files in a few places but didn't check if they were files or
directories. Ensure they are actually files using stat() and S_ISREG(); this
showed itself when trying to download to the directory name itself in
FS#22645.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-04 08:42:55 -06:00
Dan McGee
6b0d4674bb Improve pkghash_remove algorithm
Rather than potentially move every item to the next NULL, attempt to move at
most one item at a time by iterating backwards from the NULL location in the
hash array. If we move an item, we repeat the process on the now shorter
"chain" until no more items need moving.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-04 10:03:04 +10:00
Dan McGee
1f145bcd1a Use alpm_list_remove_item in pkghash_remove
Removes the code that was duplicated and has now been refactored into a
separate method.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-04 09:55:46 +10:00
Dan McGee
14fd1e63a2 Add new alpm_list_remove_item() function
This takes in the list and a list item, and does the pointer dance necessary
to remove it from the list regardless of whether it is first, last, or
somewhere in the middle. It is useful for callers that already know what
item needs to be removed and have a pointer to it rather than doing a search
by data that the plain alpm_list_remove() does.

Refactor alpm_list_remove() to use this function as well.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-04 09:55:46 +10:00
Dan McGee
09e582b411 Add a new removal smoke test
Hint: this will really stress hash table removal.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-04 09:55:46 +10:00
Allan McRae
01c3c7e4f2 Actually remove packages from pkghash on removal
Fully removes a package from the hash.  Also unify prototype with
removal from an alpm_list_t, fixing issues when removing a package
from the pkgcache.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-04 09:55:45 +10:00
Allan McRae
11e5e86151 Refactor finding position for new hash entry
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-04 09:55:45 +10:00
Allan McRae
9320786349 Rehash efficiently
Rehash without recreating the hash table list or reallocating the
memory for holding the list nodes.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-04 09:55:45 +10:00
Allan McRae
c9820ec97b Slightly more efficient rehash size selection
While probably still not optimal in terms of everyday usage in
pacman, this reduces the absolute size increase to "more reasonable"
levels.  For databases greater than 5000 in size, the minimum size
increase is used which is still on the order of a 10% increase.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-04 09:55:45 +10:00
Allan McRae
d843c86b7b Error handling for maximum database size
Check that the requested size of a pkghash is not beyond the maximum
prime.  Also check for successful creation of a new hash before
rehashing.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-04 09:55:45 +10:00
Dan McGee
021085624e Change default sync hash table sizing to 66% full
Since the sync database never changes size once we initialize it, we
allow it to be filled a bit more. This reduces the overall memory
footprint needed by the hash table.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-04 09:55:45 +10:00
Dan McGee
ce54715112 Implement a quick and dirty rehash function
This allows us to get through the rehash required by smoke001 and pass
all pactests. It is by no means the best or most efficient
implementation but it does do the job.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-04 09:55:45 +10:00
Allan McRae
f8fdce6cb0 Read pkgcache into hash
Read the package information for sync/local databases into a pmpkghash_t
structure.

Provide a alpm_db_get_pkgcache_list() method that returns the list from
the hash object.  Most usages of alpm_db_get_pkgcache are converted to
this at this stage for ease of implementation.  Review whether these are
better accessing the hash table directly at a later stage.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-04 09:55:45 +10:00
Dan McGee
5dae577a87 Get estimated package count when populating databases
This works for both local and sync databases in slightly different ways. For
the local database, we can use the directory hard link count on the local/
folder. For sync databases, we use the archive size coupled with some
computed average per-package sizes to determine an estimate.

This is currently a dead assignment once calculated, but could be used to
set the initial size of a hash table.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-04 09:55:45 +10:00
Allan McRae
e17b0446bd Add a hash table for holding packages
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-04 09:55:45 +10:00
Allan McRae
f892775366 makepkg: initialize local arrays to empty
Fixes bash-3.2 compatibility.

Thanks-to: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-02 20:47:08 -06:00
Allan McRae
35a8cf134b makepkg: error on invalid optdepends
Missed in commit a88cb03a.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-02 18:46:47 -06:00
Cedric Staniewski
d8c4b12c66 makepkg: make SRCPKGDEST default to $startdir
The current behaviour, which is placing source packages in PKGDEST if
SRCPKGDEST is not set, is inconsistent with {SRC,PKG}DEST handling and
there is no real advantage in doing so.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-02 18:46:39 -06:00
Nezmer
332dd86912 makepkg: Fix the check for references to srcdir/pkgdir
At least in FreeBSD, find always returns 0 if it finds stuff
(imagine that). It doesn't care about the exit status of whatever is
passed to -exec.

This patch makes the checks compatible with this behaviour.

Using xargs and not using grep directly because packages with too many
files would cause grep to complain about argument list being too long.

This should also fix the false positive in packages with no files.

Signed-off-by: Nezmer <git@nezmer.info>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-02 18:46:23 -06:00
Cedric Staniewski
3444146b48 makepkg: fix indention to follow style guide
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-01 10:04:44 -06:00
Dan McGee
87240dae6d Fix locale.h/setlocale inclusion with --disable-nls
Noted in FS#22697. When I factored out _alpm_parsedate() into a common
function, I didn't move the <locale.h> include properly, causing a build
failure when NLS is disabled and this header isn't automatically included
everywhere.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-01 09:59:12 -06:00
Florian Pritz
111e07d0be make -d less strict; add -dd option
-d skips checking the version of a dependency.

-dd skips the whole dependency check.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@server-speed.net>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-31 10:49:53 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
b6ec9019d7 alpm/depcmp: new NODEPVERSION flag
This flag allows to disable version checking in dependency resolving
code.

depcmp_tolerant respects the NODEPVERSION flag but we still keep the
original strict depcmp. The idea is to reduce the impact of the
NODEPVERSION flag by using it in fewer places.

I replaced almost all depcmp calls by depcmp_tolerant in deps.c (except
in the public find_satisfier used by deptest / pacman -T), but I kept
depcmp in sync.c and conflict.c

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-31 10:49:39 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
b8d01dace8 add pactests for -Sdd
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-31 10:45:36 -06:00
Dan McGee
09f9f24331 Allow both cleanmethod values to be specified at the same time
No reason to disallow this- it allows keeping even more packages around in
the cache. Test cases included for this case and to ensure the default
behavior is preserved.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-31 09:38:14 -06:00
Dan McGee
986edb8bd4 Style cleanups in clean cache code
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-31 09:37:20 -06:00
Dan McGee
d6a9436143 Add three clean cache tests
The first two are rather standard tests of our two available clean options,
and the third is attempting to test a reported bug (and failing to make the
given case fail).

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-31 09:37:20 -06:00
Dan McGee
2d5ec02d7c pactest: allow checking for cache file existence
This will allow some tests to be added for cache cleaning.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-31 09:37:20 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
ed1aef7bc5 libalpm: fix db_update documentation
return codes were mixed up

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-31 09:36:30 -06:00
Dan McGee
2e1b5c96a6 Call count() once in callback
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-29 13:34:51 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
e263cf7231 alpm: drop old target interfaces
It's likely that these interfaces will break sooner or later, now that
pacman no longer uses them.

So better force the two people who use them to migrate their code to the
new add_pkg/remove_pkg interface, which is very easy anyway.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
2011-01-29 19:40:08 +01:00
Xavier Chantry
05f2abfba9 select_display: per-database output
This function is used both for provision and group selection. Now the
database name will be displayed.

$ pacman  -S base-devel
:: There are 11 members in group base-devel:
:: Repository testing
   1) make
:: Repository core
   2) autoconf  3) automake  4) bison  5) fakeroot  6) flex  7) gcc  8) libtool  9) m4  10) patch  11) pkg-config
Which ones do you want to install?
Enter a number (default=all):

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
2011-01-29 19:40:08 +01:00
Xavier Chantry
2dd53e50de pacman: improve select-question
Make use of parseindex like in multiselect, and loop until we get a
valid answer like in multiselect.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
2011-01-29 19:40:07 +01:00
Xavier Chantry
00fec5e250 pacman/sync: implement interactive group selection
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
2011-01-29 19:40:07 +01:00
Xavier Chantry
2a90dbe3a8 alpm: deprecate old interface
Old interface is marked as deprecated:
int alpm_sync_target(char *target);
int alpm_sync_dbtarget(char *db, char *target);
int alpm_add_target(char *target);
int alpm_remove_target(char *target);

New recommended interface:
int alpm_add_pkg(pmpkg_t *pkg);
int alpm_remove_pkg(pmpkg_t *pkg);

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
2011-01-29 19:39:06 +01:00
Xavier Chantry
eed7ba92e8 pacman/remove: switch to new alpm_remove_pkg interface
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
2011-01-29 19:39:05 +01:00
Xavier Chantry
4a72c0964a pacman/upgrade: switch to new interface
Note that there is a behavior change here : if the same package name
appeared several times in the target list, the alpm_add_target interface
chooses the new package, while alpm_add_pkg returns PKG_DUP.

I don't see why we cannot unify the behavior of -S and -U, and just
choose one behavior that applies to both.

Otherwise, it's always possible to handle these different behaviors in
the frontend, it just requires more work.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
2011-01-29 19:33:16 +01:00
Xavier Chantry
953e0d48d7 alpm: new alpm_remove_pkg interface
For consistency with alpm_add_pkg.

The new recommended interface is alpm_add_pkg / alpm_remove_pkg, all
others interfaces are deprecated.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
2011-01-29 19:33:16 +01:00
Xavier Chantry
f2fcf7eeb1 pacman/sync: rewrite target handling
This uses the new public functions to handle targets from the frontend,
like it used to be :
1) alpm_find_dbs_satisfier to find (optionally versioned) package or
provision
2) alpm_find_grp_pkgs to find members for a groups
3) alpm_add_pkg to finally add the pmpkg_t from 1 or 2

Of course, this adds more code to the frontend, but it completely
deprecates sync_target and sync_dbtarget interfaces.

This all-in-one interfaces felt wrong and left no control to the
frontend. A good frontend should just use alpm_add_pkg, with pkg coming
from alpm_db_get_pkg (for normal targets), alpm_find_dbs_satisfier (for
versioned provisions) or alpm_find_grp_pkgs (for groups).

This also opens the way to provide a better group handling in pacman
without constraint from libalpm and callbacks.

In ignore006, only the retcode changes, because no package was found to
satisfy the target (the only possible package is ignored).

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
2011-01-29 19:33:16 +01:00
Xavier Chantry
1767a569c6 alpm: add alpm_find_grp_pkgs
This group function is meant to help group handling from frontend : it
scans all dbs, handling ignored packages and duplicate members (the
first repo where a member is found has the priority).

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
2011-01-29 19:33:16 +01:00
Xavier Chantry
fb7e1b4b9b alpm: new alpm_add_pkg interface
This new function is meant to deprecate all existing
sync/add target functions :
int alpm_sync_target(char *target);
int alpm_sync_dbtarget(char *db, char *target);
int alpm_add_target(char *target);

Rather than dropping these 3 interfaces, it might be better to rewrite
them using alpm_add_pkg for now.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
2011-01-29 19:33:15 +01:00
Xavier Chantry
b8590ed634 alpm/dep: add alpm_find_dbs_satisfier
This is a public interface for resolvedep. It looks nicer to expose it
this way rather than through sync_target.

This function can also be helpful for external tools as it should give
good results close to how pacman select a package for satisfying a given
dep.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
2011-01-29 19:33:15 +01:00
Xavier Chantry
4097c98c1e Add interactive provider selection
If there are multiple providers in one db, pacman used to just stop at
the first one (both during dependency resolution or for pacman -S
'provision' which uses the same code).

This adds a new conversation callback so that the user can choose which
provider to install. By default (user press enter or --noconfirm), the
first provider is still chosen, so for example the behavior of sync402
and 403 is preserved. But at least the user now has the possibility to
make the right choice in a manual run.

If one of the provider is already installed, it is picked for
reinstall/upgrade, so that provision 002/003 pactest now pass.

$ pacman -S community/smtp-server
:: There are 3 providers available for smtp-server:
   1) courier-mta  2) esmtp  3) exim

Which one do you want to install?
Enter a number (default=1):

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
2011-01-29 19:33:15 +01:00
Dan McGee
ba97a22ce1 Merge branch 'maint' 2011-01-29 12:16:11 -06:00
Dan McGee
ce089e1b97 pactest: pass entire test to rule.check()
We were piecemeal passing fields from the test object in and it was getting
out of hand, and future work would have added yet another argument. Instead,
just pass the entire test object and entrust the rule to get what it needs.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-29 12:15:15 -06:00
Dan McGee
ef86da97f5 Remove need to explicitly register the local DB
Perform the cheap struct and string setup of the local DB at handle
initialization time to match the teardown we do when releasing the handle.
If the local DB is not needed, all real initialization is done lazily after
DB paths and other things have been configured anyway.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-29 12:13:56 -06:00
Dan McGee
9b876fff09 Ignore known but unused package descfile fields
We explicitly place 'pkgbase' (and used to place 'force') fields inside
PKGINFO files, so ignore them silently instead of printing an error for
them. Also make the error message for unknown keys actually contain the key.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-28 17:34:06 -06:00
Thomas Bächler
272f7cf25e libalpm: Fix a missing "nicht" (not) in German translation.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-28 16:41:21 -06:00
Dan McGee
f95080884c Enable failure on server error for curl download command
This will make a 404 a silent failure that returns an error code rather than
0 as was previously done, screwing up the logic used by pacman/libalpm to
allow moving onto the next server on a failed download. Fixes FS#22630.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-28 12:00:00 -06:00
Dan McGee
7f93f0620c Fix libtool performance regression with many arguments
Reported and fixed upstream, patching our version for now until a future
release fixes it:

* http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-libtool/2011-01/msg00007.html
* http://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/libtool.git/commit/?id=286e87b1030c353d9cfc89dbb72d59e0391cb693

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-28 11:42:35 -06:00
Dan McGee
fe76c353af Fix memory leak and error code in DB reading
We were returning a package error code rather than a DB one, and we
would leak the archive memory if the database file didn't exist.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-24 21:46:42 -06:00
Dan McGee
0f24390fe8 pkgsearch: handle non-matching lines gracefully
Before any non-matching line would trigger some perl warnings about
undefined variables. If a line doesn't match, just show it to the user
unprocessed; this is seen with warning and error messages pacman not so
helpfully emits on stdout rather than stderr.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-24 15:20:10 -06:00
Dan McGee
d6a997ee38 Update contrib/ Makefile
We didn't have the proper dependencies specified for our scripts after
the move to *.in extensions, so a change to a file didn't trigger a
rebuild. Also remove old stuff from .gitignore.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-24 15:19:14 -06:00
Dan McGee
27e8f06e03 Query fileowner performance improvements
Clean up some of the code by doing less string copying and printing. This is
accomplished by either doing it after we know we need it, or taking
advantage of the fact that some strings never change such as the root
directory prefix. Also, fix an issue where a file at the root level (e.g.
/foobar) could not be queried.

End result is a much faster user experience when combined with the
mbasename() changes. These timings are for looking up 113 files in /etc/,
some of which are owned and some which are not.

	$ find /etc -maxdepth 1 -type f | xargs time pacman -Qo >/dev/null
	6.10user 0.05system 0:06.17elapsed 99%CPU (0avgtext+0avgdata 131040maxresident)k
	0inputs+0outputs (0major+9436minor)pagefaults 0swaps

	$ find /etc -maxdepth 1 -type f | xargs time ./src/pacman/.libs/lt-pacman -Qo >/dev/null
	0.86user 0.04system 0:00.92elapsed 99%CPU (0avgtext+0avgdata 131120maxresident)k
	0inputs+0outputs (0major+9436minor)pagefaults 0swaps

I'll take a 600% increase in speed.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-22 16:34:42 -06:00
Dan McGee
4d291508c2 Improve mbasename performance
Rather than roll our own, use strrchr() instead, which glibc may have a
better implementation than the simple iteration method we were using.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-22 16:34:42 -06:00
Dan McGee
d16a5ae7dd Merge branch 'backup-status' 2011-01-22 16:32:34 -06:00
Dan McGee
6e71922e6c Add a few new provides tests
These deal with already-installed packages and how they should be the
preferred provider in cases where provider selection now occurs. A few
involve multiple sync repos.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-22 16:29:32 -06:00
Dan McGee
a99e7272b8 pactest: sort repos by alpha order in config file
The order was non-deterministic before, and just happened to work for
sync023.py as it was written. Ensure there is some sort of predictable
ordering.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-22 16:29:32 -06:00
Dan McGee
b3d71bf7d0 pactest: use new-style python classes
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-22 16:29:32 -06:00
Dan McGee
cda7d7847f Be smarter about failure to read backup file contents
Instead of always printing MISSING, we can switch on the errno value set by
access() and print a more useful string. In this case, handle files we can't
read by printing UNREADABLE, print MISSING on ENOENT, and print UNKNOWN for
anything else. Fixes FS#22546.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-22 11:38:34 -06:00
Dan McGee
c91bd3dda9 Mark backup status strings as untranslated
And also change "Not Modified" -> "UNMODIFIED" for consistency. This makes
it a lot easier to machine-parse this and not worry about locale
differences.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-22 11:25:45 -06:00
Dan McGee
61864e1f6f Refactor backup file status check into separate function
This will make it a lot easier to use this stuff elsewhere.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-22 11:25:21 -06:00
Dan McGee
32727efc38 pactest: revamp modified logic
Remove all logic dealing with PKG_MODIFIED as this rule no longer exists.
This removes a bunch of unnecessary stat and checksum logic that most of the
time we were never even using. Also update the file modified checks to mark
every file created using mkfile() with an older time so any modified checks
will just work without hacks.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-22 11:19:21 -06:00
Dan McGee
5699f2c94c Modify all pactests to not use PKG_MODIFIED
All conditions that this particular rule tested are better served by using a
more specific rule, whether that be checking a package version or whether
files inside the package have changed or still exist.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-22 11:19:17 -06:00
Dan McGee
2a3b5e40bc pactest: pylint changes for pmdb
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-22 11:14:42 -06:00
Dan McGee
8f711a7181 pactest: pylint changes for util
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-22 11:14:42 -06:00
Dan McGee
ff96649eeb pactest: pylint changes for pmtest
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-22 11:14:42 -06:00
Dan McGee
d94346ede2 pactest: pylint changes for pmpkg
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-22 11:14:42 -06:00
Dan McGee
946f4af7f3 pactest: pylint changes for pmrule
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-22 11:14:42 -06:00
Dan McGee
2c6be06bba pactest: pylint changes for pmenv
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-22 11:14:42 -06:00
Dan McGee
505ad87e67 pactest: pylint changes for pactest
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-22 11:14:42 -06:00
Dan McGee
0de314205f pactest: pylint changes for pmfile
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-22 11:14:42 -06:00
Dan McGee
36ea02cc48 Compute download size for sync packages only
Neither packages from files nor packages from the local database will ever
have a download size.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-22 11:11:29 -06:00
Dan McGee
c4332c8091 Merge branch 'maint' 2011-01-22 10:12:46 -06:00
Dan McGee
a97e28205a Update 3.4.3 release date
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-22 10:07:46 -06:00
Dan McGee
51175f31c4 Merge branch 'epoch-work' 2011-01-22 10:03:51 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
e277e838d7 Makefile: Use git describe --dirty for GIT VERSION
dirty indicates if the repo has uncommited changes or not when building,
so dont hardcode this info.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-22 10:02:57 -06:00
Allan McRae
b947db040c repo-add: only attempt to create deltas when asked
repo-add should only attempt to create the delta file when using the -d
option.

Also adjust a couple of tests to use the "double bracket" syntax.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-22 10:02:51 -06:00
Dan McGee
859bdb5b1d doc: update current list of authors
Allan, I had no idea you were not listed here. I think you count as an
active developer at the moment. Also, move Aaron to the past contributors
section.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-22 10:02:15 -06:00
Dan McGee
01403f423a doc: add a vercmp manpage
This includes info on version comparison that is very similar to the stuff
in the pacman manpage, but also a few vercmp examples, the return values,
and other fun stuff.

Also update the version comparison stuff in the pacman manpage.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-22 10:02:15 -06:00
Dan McGee
b8ab96a270 makepkg: encode epoch in version specifier if > 0
This makes things consistent with everywhere else we are incorporating the
new optional epoch field. Add a helper function that forms the version
string for you and use it in makepkg where I found 'pkgver.*-.*pkgrel'.

This exposes a few shortcomings in a previous "Override pkgver" patch
(2020e629) in the install package and check if built functions.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-22 10:02:09 -06:00
Dan McGee
bf46e04614 Remove epoch as an independent field
Instead, go the same route we have always taken with version-release in
libalpm and treat it all as one piece of information. Makepkg is the only
script that knows about epoch as a distinct value; from there on out we will
parse out the components as necessary.

This makes the code a lot simpler as far as epoch handling goes. The
downside here is that we are tossing some compatibility to the wind;
packages using force will have to be rebuilt with an incremented epoch to
keep their special status.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-21 19:30:45 -06:00
Dan McGee
5c46ba14f7 Allow version comparison to contain epoch specifier
Adapting from RPM, follow the [epoch:]version[-release] syntax. We can also
borrow some of their parsing code for our purposes (thanks!).  Add some new
tests to our vercmp shell script tester for epoch comparisons, and then make
the code work with these newfangled epoch specifiers.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-21 19:30:45 -06:00
Dan McGee
e068b58507 pactest: add more testing for epoch
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-21 19:30:45 -06:00
Dan McGee
50f446886b pactest: Rename epoch pactests
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-21 19:30:45 -06:00
Dan McGee
76735e6519 Copy new backend translation over from frontend translation
Since it is the same string. Done with some bash looping and sed magic.

    for src in po/*.po; do
        echo $src
        newtrans=$(grep -A1 "msgid.*$1" $src | tail -n1)
        newtrans=${newtrans//\\/\\\\}
        echo "$newtrans"
        fname=${src##*/}
        dest=lib/libalpm/po/$fname
        sed -i -e "/msgid.*$1/{N; s/msgstr.*$/$newtrans/}" $dest
    done

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-21 11:04:52 -06:00
Dan McGee
85d0111da8 3.4.3 release preparation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-21 10:36:51 -06:00
Dan McGee
3863e48788 Add a likely_pkg hint argument to sync_db_read
In most (all?) cases, we will process all files for a given sync database
entry sequentially. The code currently does an _alpm_pkg_find() for every
file in the database, but we had the "current" package readily available.
Shift some local variables around a bit to expose this to sync_db_read() and
use it if the package is the correct one.

On my system, this cuts calls to _alpm_pkg_find() from 20,769 to 10,349
calls during a -Qu operation, and results in a ~30% speedup of the same
operation (0.35 sec -> 0.27 sec). This benefit should be apparent anywhere
we read in the full contents of the sync databases.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-21 10:11:59 -06:00
Dan McGee
c86ff120c8 Improve splitname memory allocation
We don't need to create a temporary copy of the string if we are smart with
our pointer manipulation and string copying. This saves a bunch of string
duplication during database parsing, both local and sync.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-21 09:14:47 -06:00
Dan McGee
01c8f39ab8 Improve depends string parsing
Remove the need for an unconditional string duplication by using pointer
arithmetic instead, and strndup() instead of an unspecified-length strdup().
This should reduce memory churn a fair amount as this is called pretty
frequently during database loads.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-21 09:14:47 -06:00
Dan McGee
aff3e63c45 Add strndup fallback function to libalpm util
The same fallback we are currently using in the pacman frontend.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-21 09:14:47 -06:00
Dan McGee
b40c8e2922 Update valgrind suppressions file
We haven't tweaked this in a while, but some of the old stuff seems to no
longer be necessary and there are a few new things we should add.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-21 09:14:18 -06:00
Dan McGee
c49f198042 Add a pactest for the situation in FS#7524
Confirming the current behavior. And yes, the error message is still no
better than it was when this was reported 3.5 years ago.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-21 09:07:12 -06:00
Dan McGee
f65edb7f29 Fix integrity check status when installing from file
When installing packages from a file, the integrity check count
stays at (0/x) complete.  This ensures it is bumped to (x/x) at
the end of the process.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-18 13:19:25 -06:00
Dan McGee
a88cb03a58 makepkg: perform all sanity checks before erroring out
It is pretty annoying to get one, fix it, and then get another. We should be
able to continue on through most of the sanity checks in one go so the user
gets all the error messages at once.

Also ensure $pkgbase is defined by the time we call this function;
previously we printed nothing where a package name should have been due to
this oversight.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-14 00:25:16 -06:00
Dan McGee
665528d7ba repo-add: fix misguided conditional correction
I tried to move things around here when testing and did a bit too much; the
warning message always showed regardless of delta inclusion in the call. Fix
it so we only warn if we have a filename, but the file couldn't be located.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-13 23:43:58 -06:00
Dan McGee
5615b71688 Merge branch 'maint'
Conflicts:
	lib/libalpm/be_files.c
2011-01-12 09:23:24 -06:00
Dan McGee
30f53cfe8d Fix double read issue in maint releases
This is essentially a backport/cherry-pick of commit 33240e87b9 from
master, but has to be done by hand because the DB format has diverged. Read
more in the commit message used there, which follows.

Due to the way we funk around with package data loading, we had a condition
where the filelist got doubled up because it was loaded twice.

Packages are originally loaded with INFRQ_BASE. In an upgrade/sync, the
package is checked for file conflicts next, leaving us in an "INFRQ_BASE |
INFRQ_FILES" state. Later, when committing a single package, we have an
explicit call to _alpm_local_db_read() with INFRQ_ALL as the level. Because
the package's level did not match this, we skipped over our previous "does
the incoming level match where I'm at" shortcut, and continued to load
things again, because of a lack of fine-grained checking for each of DESC,
FILES, and INSTALL.

The end result is we loaded the filelist twice, causing our remove logic to
iterate twice over the installed files, spewing a bunch of "cannot find file
X" messages.

Fix the problem by doing a bit more bitmasking logic throughout the load
method, and also fix the sanity check at the beginning of the function- this
should *only* be used for local packages as opposed to the "not a package"
check that was there before.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-12 09:17:22 -06:00
Dan McGee
cae2bdafec pactest: build the filelist using a set()
This will prevent duplicates, which we had plenty of once I made a few tests
that had a list of files greater than the normal two. The previous logic was
not working quite right.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
(cherry picked from commit 0d4dd09993)
2011-01-12 09:11:10 -06:00
Dan McGee
8e30a46adb Make debug config messages consistent in capitalization
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-11 23:16:52 -06:00
Dan McGee
9e8af82c97 Back out anticipated epoch changes
After all the debate as to what to do on maint, we are going to end up just
incorporating epoch into the version string, so we don't need this separate
field at all. Revert commit 5c8083baa4 and also kill the force flag we were
recording here as well.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-11 23:15:44 -06:00
Dan McGee
dd26592155 Merge branch 'diskspace-fixes' 2011-01-11 21:20:12 -06:00
Dan McGee
57c5afd69c Merge branch 'fix-double-load' 2011-01-11 21:20:10 -06:00
Dan McGee
0284cf2128 Merge branch 'repo-add-improvements' 2011-01-11 21:20:07 -06:00
Dan McGee
33240e87b9 Fix double filelist issue when upgrading a package
Due to the way we funk around with package data loading, we had a condition
where the filelist got doubled up because it was loaded twice.

Packages are originally loaded with INFRQ_BASE. In an upgrade/sync, the
package is checked for file conflicts next, leaving us in an "INFRQ_BASE |
INFRQ_FILES" state. Later, when committing a single package, we have an
explicit call to _alpm_local_db_read() with INFRQ_ALL as the level. Because
the package's level did not match this, we skipped over our previous "does
the incoming level match where I'm at" shortcut, and continued to load
things again, because of a lack of fine-grained checking for each of DESC,
FILES, and INSTALL.

The end result is we loaded the filelist twice, causing our remove logic to
iterate twice over the installed files, spewing a bunch of "cannot find file
X" messages.

Fix the problem by doing a bit more bitmasking logic throughout the load
method, and also fix the sanity check at the beginning of the function- this
should *only* be used for local packages as opposed to the "not a package"
check that was there before.

A debug log message was added to upgraderemove as well to match the one
already in the normal remove codepath.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-11 21:16:39 -06:00
Dan McGee
25fab402c7 Call archive_read_data_skip() while checking diskspace
libarchive eventually calls it anyway, but backtraces make a lot more sense
if we call it, as well as matching our precedent from alpm_pkg_load().

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-11 21:15:24 -06:00
Dan McGee
6942bba75d Add error message stating which partition is full
This is helpful anyway to the user, and should also be helpful to us if we
see problems cropping up in the check during development.

Also add a missing ->used = 0 initialization in the code path less taken.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-11 21:15:24 -06:00
Dan McGee
55bff19b76 Unify two free diskspace error messages
Although they won't be the same in the gettext catalog because of the '\n'
we should still use the same text.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-11 21:15:24 -06:00
Dan McGee
fe6e90c21f Add a progressbar for package integrity checking
This can take a while too, and it is really easy to add the necessary
callback stuff for adding a progressbar.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-11 21:15:10 -06:00
Dan McGee
9a82cb92a4 Small fix to download size lookup and a logger
These were just two small things I came across today and found could be
fixed or helpful, so I've added them and I'm not sure what else to bundle
them with. commit_count++

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-11 21:15:04 -06:00
Dan McGee
d0c327df17 doc: add docs for repo-add -d option
This never got added when the option was brought in, so fix it.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-11 20:30:27 -06:00
PyroPeter
eda4d9ec00 repo-add: Create/modify files databases
Implements FS#11302.

Dan: updated docs to not reference pkgfile.

Signed-off-by: PyroPeter <abi1789@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-11 20:30:27 -06:00
Dan McGee
b04a56dbe9 Add two pactests with non-trivial file counts
These are probably useful anyway, but also exposed the double file list bug
that will be fixed in a later commit.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-11 18:44:26 -06:00
Dan McGee
0d4dd09993 pactest: build the filelist using a set()
This will prevent duplicates, which we had plenty of once I made a few tests
that had a list of files greater than the normal two. The previous logic was
not working quite right.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-11 18:43:28 -06:00
Dan McGee
7ce90bb135 repo-add: use pushd/popd
Rather than explicit cd calls, we can use the directory stack to our
advantage. This also removes the need to store and restore $startdir, so
kill the variable entirely.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-11 17:18:46 -06:00
Dan McGee
a9cbd15260 pactest: correctly write epoch and force as necessary
We were missing this in a few places; also add the ability to check the
outcome via a new rule type.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-10 10:51:35 -06:00
Dan McGee
3e1bdfa93c Use double rather than float everywhere
No real need to use the smaller floating point types here.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-10 10:50:03 -06:00
Dan McGee
5f140a62de Progress callback cleanups and fixes
* Remove a stale comment
* Fix a logic error- the conditional disagreed with the comments
* Remove some unnecessary floating point casts

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-10 10:50:03 -06:00
Dan McGee
842cbc9ea4 Ensure we use local package when calculating removed size
We were checking if a package existed locally, but then using the
incoming package to calculate removed size rather than the currently
installed package.

Also adjust the local variable in the replaces loop to make it more
clear that we are always dealing with local packages here.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-10 10:50:03 -06:00
Dan McGee
d03b57f459 Remove need for floating point division in backend
All of these can be done with integer division; the only slightly
interesting part is ensuring we round up like before with calling the
ceil() function.

We can also remove the math library from requirements; now that the only
ceil() calls are gone, we don't need this anymore.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-10 10:49:55 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
281a4c0a4f libalpm/be_package.c: fix small memleak
file_pkg_ops can be a static struct like in other backends, we just need
to initialize it at some point.

Dan: add initialization flag.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-07 21:27:39 -06:00
Dan McGee
62f5da3779 Fix some more simple conversion "errors"
None of these warn at the normal "-Wall -Werror" level, but casts do occur
that we are fine with. Make them explicit to silence some warnings when
using "-Wconversion".

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-07 21:15:47 -06:00
Allan McRae
f966f3a834 Use size_t for alpm_list sizes
There is a lot of swtiching between size_t and int for alpm_list sizes
in the codebase.   Start converting these to all be size_t by adjusting
the return type of alpm_list_count and fixing all additional warnings
given by -Wconversion that are generated by this change.

Dan: a few more small changes to ensure things compile, adjusting some
printf format string characters to accommodate the larger size on x86_64.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-07 21:15:46 -06:00
Dan McGee
4bc6ed56aa Refactor old date parsing into single method
We've managed to duplicate this four times at this point, so make it a
method in util.c instead.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-07 20:55:05 -06:00
Allan McRae
d288240426 Update copyright years for 2011
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-07 18:47:37 -06:00
Dan McGee
04dc87e012 vercmp: always return 0 if we perform a compare
And change the wording slightly to indicate we *print* a value, not *return*
it. You can't return negative values (they get coerced to 255), so it isn't
worth it to try and cram the result into the return code.

Acked-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-05 21:17:30 -06:00
Dan McGee
26652768d6 Remove FORCE reading from local DB
We never wrote it here, so no need to read it in either.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-05 20:56:06 -06:00
Dan McGee
46eda12c1b pactest: Use booleans where it makes sense
No need to use 0/1 when we can use False/True for the force option.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-05 20:55:57 -06:00
Dan McGee
e57c3efeaa pactest: remove dead function
Stopped being used after commit fa933df65b.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-05 20:55:13 -06:00
Dan McGee
c41edf49be Fix function indentation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-02 12:25:33 -06:00
Dan McGee
08d885fda5 Merge branch 'maint'
Conflicts:
	lib/libalpm/sync.c
	test/pacman/tests/ignore007.py
2010-12-30 09:41:46 -06:00
Allan McRae
351250adb4 Declare all local functions static
All functions that are limited to the local translation unit are
declared static.  This exposed that the _pkg_get_deltas declaration
in be_local.c was being satified by the function in packages.c which
when declared static caused linker failures.

Fixes all warnings with -Wmissing-{declarations,prototypes}.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-30 09:39:23 -06:00
Jakob Gruber
6ddc115c7f Respect Ignore{Pkg,Group} for group members
Fixes FS#19854.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-30 09:35:03 -06:00
Jakob Gruber
df360b791d Move group code to separate function
This makes the following commits more readable.
No logic was changed in this commit.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-30 09:35:03 -06:00
Jakob Gruber
58ee249c86 Tests: Sync group which includes ignored pkgs
* FS#19854 (--ignore is ignored with groups)

* http://www.archlinux.org/pipermail/pacman-dev/2009-June/008847.html
  (operation aborts when a package from a group is ignored/and user chooses
  not to install it)

If a group member is ignored, we expect
a) a question whether to install
b) after saying 'no' to a), the ignored member not to be installed
c) all other group members to be installed
d) pacman to execute successfully

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
(cherry picked from commit 9d0b33fd33)
2010-12-30 09:35:03 -06:00
Jakob Gruber
cb7ba4e4e5 Add const to some ALPM function signatures
char * -> const char *.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-30 09:25:16 -06:00
Dan McGee
e0d327462c doc: add website zip to clean files
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-29 20:06:40 -06:00
Dan McGee
619c165d36 Merge branch 'maint' 2010-12-29 19:28:46 -06:00
Allan McRae
2052f29cdb makepkg: add option to clear buildflags
Add the "buildflags" option, which is useful in its negative form
for disabling CFLAGS, CXXFLAGS and LDFLAGS when building a package.
This is useful when determining of one of these flags is causing
an issue with a package.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-29 19:28:33 -06:00
Allan McRae
0c29eb431a makepkg: Add check() function for running test suites
A PKGBUILD can have an option check() function for running test suites
between the build() and package() stages.  This function is run by
default but can be disabled globally in with "!check" in BUILDENV in
makepkg.conf. This setting can be controlled on an individual package
basis using makepkg's --check and --nocheck flags. Addition dependencies
needed for running the test suite can be specified in the checkdepends
array and are only checked when running the check() function.

Original-work-by: Jeff C <jeff@kcaccess.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-29 19:28:00 -06:00
Allan McRae
d227771464 Use limits.h for PATH_MAX
We use PATH_MAX everywhere by including limits.h so there is no
point in doing a check for it in a different header when dealing
with FreeBSD's libfetch.

Also, remove autoconf check for strings.h header as it is not used
anywhere.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-29 19:26:21 -06:00
Allan McRae
81dd9d3ebc Detect undefined PATH_MAX
POSIX does not require PATH_MAX be defined when there is not actual
limit to its value.  This affects HURD based systems.  Work around
this by defining PATH_MAX to 4096 (as on Linux) when this is not
defined.

Also, clean up inclusions of limits.h and remove autoconf check for
this header as we do not use macro shields for its inclusion anyway.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-29 19:24:13 -06:00
Allan McRae
fcc09bd7e3 Correct type for hash value storage
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-29 19:10:49 -06:00
Dan McGee
c002567d96 Various documentation updates
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-29 19:07:30 -06:00
Dave Reisner
bd98b93a6e makepkg: escape closing bash array paren for awk
The closing parenthesis of bash arrays needs to be escaped in the ending
address of awk expressions in order to play nicely with implementations
of awk other than gawk. This change provides compatibility with gawk,
nawk and mawk.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-29 18:44:46 -06:00
Allan McRae
eb93955477 makepkg: allow pkgname usage in split package functions
Currently, using $pkgname in a split package package_*() function
always returns the first value in the pkgname array rather than the
name of tha package being packaged.  Fix this so $pkgname gives the
expected value.

Fixes FS#22174

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-29 18:44:32 -06:00
Dan McGee
a7972625e3 Merge branch 'depcmp-perf' 2010-12-29 18:43:47 -06:00
Dan McGee
a58083459b Merge branch 'fgets-perf' 2010-12-29 18:43:44 -06:00
Dan McGee
735a197fc2 Use name hashes in depends to avoid strcmp calls
Just like we did for package name comparsions, if we add a depend name_hash
field on depend struct initialization, we can use it instead of doing a
string name comparison, saving us a lot of checks in the depcmp code.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-21 17:25:34 -06:00
Dan McGee
34a78d935a Remove need for memory allocation in _alpm_depcmp
Noticed when tweaking testdb, when we run _alpm_depcmp in loops and call it
seven million times, the strdup()/free() combo can add up. Remove the need
for any string duplication by some pointer manipulation and use of strncmp
instead of strcmp. Also kill the function logger and add an escape so we
don't needlessly retrieve the list of provides.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-21 17:25:02 -06:00
Dan McGee
e3c19569cf Add pactest to test long archive reads
This creates two packages with extremely long description lines (500KB and
600 KB), causing our archive read code to perform reallocation to store the
whole contents. One of the packages will successfully read while the other
will fail for the time being.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-21 14:58:17 -06:00
Dan McGee
fbcc427754 pactest: allow testing of package description
And modify the code to not print the full rule string if it is more than 40
characters long; truncate it instead.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-21 14:58:17 -06:00
Dan McGee
f2dff08600 Overhaul archive fgets function
The old function was written in a time before we relied on it for nearly
every operation. Since then, we have switched to the archive backend and now
fast parsing is a big deal.

The former function made a per-character call to the libarchive
archive_read_data() function, which resulted in some 21 million calls in a
typical "load all sync dbs" operation. If we instead do some buffering of
our own and read the blocks directly, and then find our newlines from there,
we can cut out the multiple layers of overhead and go from archive to parsed
data much quicker.

Both users of the former function are switched over to the new signature,
made easier by the macros now in place in the sync backend parsing code.

Performance: for a `pacman -Su` (no upgrades available),
_alpm_archive_fgets() goes from being 29% of the total time to 12% The time
spent on the libarchive function being called dropped from 24% to 6%.

This pushes _alpm_pkg_find back to the title of slowest low-level function.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-21 14:58:17 -06:00
Dan McGee
126f50ab0b testdb: update for new database format
Sync DB's no longer have an extracted directory, so remove the files check
for those. Local databases no longer have a 'depends' file, so kill that
check as well. Finally, do a little other cleanup and remove the need for
PATH_MAX.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-20 19:54:33 -06:00
Allan McRae
c78a808c49 Only check diskspace availability if needs more than zero
The amount of diskspace needed for a transaction can be less than
zero.  Only test this against the available disk space if it is
positive, which avoids a comparison being made between signed and
unsigned types (-Wsign-compare).

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-20 18:03:34 -06:00
Allan McRae
a611879318 Always specify arguement type in function delcarations
Always declare a function with (void) rather than () when we expect
no arguements.  Fixes all warnings with -Wstrict-prototypes.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-20 18:03:21 -06:00
Allan McRae
5776090055 makepkg: remove last inappropriate PKGBUILD usage
We should always use $BUILDSCRIPT instead of PKGBUILD.  The only
remaining uses of PKGBUILD in makekg are in comments.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-20 18:03:01 -06:00
Dan McGee
8ac7f7e6e5 Use macros in sync DB parsing
This simplifies a lot of the repetative code and makes it obvious where the
tricky or different ones are (e.g. depends, dates). It also makes it
significantly easier to change the way this code works in the future.

There should be no functional change with this patch.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-20 18:02:47 -06:00
Dan McGee
45146dccbb Merge branch 'maint' 2010-12-15 00:41:59 -06:00
Dan McGee
ab9c0814d2 Add a cushion for diskspace checking
It is the minimum of 5% of disk capacity or 20 MiB on a per-partition basis.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-15 00:41:41 -06:00
Allan McRae
6605637b53 Document PKGEXT and SRCEXT
Add some basic documentation for the PKGEXT and SRCEXT options in
makepkg.conf.  Fixes FS#21302.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-15 00:36:16 -06:00
Dan McGee
c7d332a26a Reorganize fields in package struct
Saves a few bytes due to padding (256 -> 248 bytes), especially on x86_64,
so we get the overhead of our new hash field right back.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-14 17:46:02 -06:00
Dan McGee
919bb6c9e0 Used hashed package name in _alpm_pkg_find
This results in huge gains to a lot of our codepaths since this is the most
frequent method of random access to packages in a list. The gains are seen
in both profiling and real life.

    $ pacman -Sii zvbi
    real: 0.41 sec -> 0.32 sec
    strcmp: 16,669,760 calls -> 473,942 calls
    _alpm_pkg_find: 52.73% -> 26.31% of time

    $ pacman -Su (no upgrades found)
    real: 0.40 sec -> 0.50 sec
    strcmp: 19,497,226 calls -> 524,097 calls
    _alpm_pkg_find: 52.36% -> 26.15% of time

There is some minor risk with this patch, but most of it should be avoided
by falling back to strcmp() if we encounter a package with a '0' hash value
(which we should not via any existing code path). We also do a strcmp once
hash values match to ensure against hash collisions. The risk left is that a
package name is modified once it was originally set, but the hash value is
left alone. That would probably result in a lot of other problems anyway.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-14 12:36:02 -06:00
Dan McGee
c2a73ba989 When setting package name, set hash value as well
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-14 12:06:31 -06:00
Dan McGee
dbf59a6b14 Add hash_sdbm function
This is prepping for the addition of a hash field to each package to greatly
speed up the string comparisons we frequently do on package name in
_alpm_pkg_find.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-14 11:56:32 -06:00
Dan McGee
d1d163c5a3 Use _alpm_pkg_find in deps search
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-14 11:50:50 -06:00
Dan McGee
ba45cb4590 doc/PKGBUILD: document that functions run in -e mode
Caught this noted on the forums, but it is definitely worth a note in the
manpage as well.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-13 22:36:10 -06:00
Dan McGee
c5f6995aeb Fix manpage wrap not at 80 characters
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-13 22:35:24 -06:00
Dan McGee
a5e43b1605 Correctly force load of package reason
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-13 21:25:14 -06:00
Dan McGee
580fe21065 Abstract has_scriptlet() to package ops struct
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-13 21:25:14 -06:00
Dan McGee
c00e05992e Remove non-public functions from header
And rename accordingly.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-13 21:16:47 -06:00
Dan McGee
94d3d665f0 Mark sync_db_read() as static
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-13 21:14:03 -06:00
Bruno Widmann
5f36523af9 Abort db_populate if dbpath is not set
Rather than segfault. Fixes FS#21345.

Signed-off-by: Bruno Widmann <bruno.widmann@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-13 16:45:22 -06:00
Dan McGee
8f18798d10 Update news and bump versions
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 23:07:54 -06:00
Dan McGee
ed367fe96d Update scripts/ .gitignore
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 22:42:22 -06:00
Dan McGee
1ff8118212 Create sync/ DB directory if it does not exist
Rather than error out, this is easy enough. Looks quite similar to the code
in be_local for creating the local directory.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 22:41:02 -06:00
Dan McGee
13a2847aa1 pacman-optimize: ensure database directory contains local/
And also default dbpath to the one we may find in pacman.conf.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 21:42:54 -06:00
Allan McRae
d98bacd4ec Add script to update pacman database format
The pacman-db-upgrade script was added to detect old pacman database
formats and upgrade them.

Currently performs the merging of depends files into desc files in
the local database.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 21:42:41 -06:00
Allan McRae
8f3b485517 Update pactest suite for change in db structure
Merging desc and depends files in sync and local db.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 21:42:41 -06:00
Allan McRae
21833d90e2 Merge desc and depends files in local db
Whenever depends is needed from the local db, so is desc.  The only
disadvantage to merging them is the additional time taken to read the
depends entries when they are not needed.  As depends is in general
relatively small, the additional time taken to read it in will be
negligable.  Also, merging these files will speed up local database
access due to less file seeks.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 21:42:41 -06:00
Dan McGee
209d0643e5 Attempt to stop installation when we encounter problems
This should hopefully address some of the concerns raised in FS#11639 with
regards to continuing after filling the disk up.

Add some more checks and passing of error conditions between our functions.
When a libarchive warning is encountered, check if it is due to lack of disk
space and if so upgrade it to an error condition.  A review of other
libarchive warnings suggests that these are less critical and can remain as
informative warning messages at this stage.

Note the presence of errors after extraction of an entire package is complete.
If so, we abort the transaction to be on the safe side and keep damage to a
minimum.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
[Allan: make ENOSPC warning into an error]
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 21:42:41 -06:00
Dan McGee
b276a76dc9 Turn libarchive warnings into libalpm warnings
Rather than hiding these warnings, show them to the user as they happen.
This will prevent things such as hiding full filesystem errors (ENOSPC) from
the user as seen in FS#11639.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
[Allan: adjust warning wording and add gettext calls]
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 21:42:41 -06:00
Dan McGee
3030542d10 Make reading from any file possible in sync DB
Whether it be "desc", "depends", or "deltas", it really doesn't matter-
treat them all the same and have the ability to read any data from any file
in that list. This continues the work in a44c7b8956.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:38:20 -06:00
Allan McRae
9f96c5433a Explicitly test time difference is greater than zero
We are comparing a floating point number so should use an inequality
rather than implicitly testing != 0.

Prevents warning given by -Wfloat-equal.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:32:32 -06:00
Allan McRae
ef977865a1 makepkg: perform sanity checks on variables in package functions
Check the over-ridden entries for provides, backup, optdepends and
options for illegal entries.  Partially fixes FS#16004.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:32:13 -06:00
Dan McGee
b7015af0fc diskspace style cleanups and small fixes
* Use our normal return() function syntax
* Rework a few things to reduce number of casts
* Fix void function argument declaration
* Add missing gettext _() call
* Remove need for seperate malloc() of statvfs/statfs structure
* Unify argument order of static functions- mountpoints now always
  passed first
* Count all files that start with '.' in a package against the DB
* Rename db to db_local in check_diskspace to clarify some code
* Fix some line wrapping to respect 80 characters

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:32:05 -06:00
Dan McGee
ec136784d4 Refactor statfs/statvfs type check
Turn it into a configure-type typedef, which allows us to reduce the
amount of duplicated code and clean up some #ifdef magic in the code
itself. Adjust some of the other defined checks to look at the headers
available rather than trying to pull in the right ones based on
configure checks.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:31:51 -06:00
Allan McRae
24684a616e Display progress bar for disk space checking
Checking disk space needed for a transaction can take a while so add
an informative progress bar.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:30:11 -06:00
Allan McRae
e22aa23c8f Add configuration option to control disk space checking
Disk space checking is likely to be an unnecessary bottleneck to
people with reasonable partition sizes so add a configuration option
to allow it to be disabled/enabled as wanted.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:30:05 -06:00
Allan McRae
3f0d98c124 Implement disk space checking
Pull together the work of the previous commits to implement a check
for enough free space before performing an install transaction. Abort
if there is not enough free space with an appropriate pm_errno..

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:29:59 -06:00
Allan McRae
e527699ddd Add functions to calculate approximate disk usage by packages
Two helper function are added to calculate the disk usage from packages
that are either currently installed on the system or from a package
archive.

Some minor approximations have been made:

1. Size for directories is not considered when removing a package from the
   filesystem to avoid multiple counting across packages. Also, these are
   reported to take zero size while installing.

2. Symlinks are reported to contribute zero size towards removal as
   libarchive reports them to have zero size for install.

3. Package data files (.PKGINFO, .INSTALL, .CHANGELOG) are counted towards
   usage on dbpath on install, but their size is not counted on package
   removal.

4. No handling of extra size needed for .pacsave/.pacnew files.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:29:54 -06:00
Allan McRae
695656d252 Add function to match file to mount point
For a given file, determine which mount point it is on or will be
installed to.  Take into account that we might be using an alternative
installation root.

Add additional helper function added to sort mount point list for easier
matching.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:29:49 -06:00
Allan McRae
f4e9deb6d7 Add function for listing system mount points
Add a mount_point_list() function that attempts to portably obtain
a list of system mount points and a struct to hold needed mount point
information.

Abort the transaction if we are unable to determine the mount points.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:29:43 -06:00
Allan McRae
adb10c3ab2 Prototype disk space checking functionality
Very basic prototyping for adding functionality to check free disk
space before performing package installs.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:29:37 -06:00
Dan McGee
f0051a7678 Remove AC_TYPE_SIGNAL usage
This macro is deemed unnecessary by even the autoconf guys, so we really
don't need to use it.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:29:30 -06:00
Dan McGee
fc74ef93b6 dirent usage cleanup
We were including the header in a lot of places it is no longer used.
Additionally, use the correct autoconf macro for determining whether
d_type is available as a member: HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:29:20 -06:00
Allan McRae
8e9a69e8f6 Move MAX_DELTA_RATIO definition
This is a delta specific definition so it makes more sense to put
it in the delta specific header file.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:29:05 -06:00
Allan McRae
a44c7b8956 Combine reading from depends and desc in sync db
This will allow us to eventually combine the depends and desc entries
within the sync database.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:25:35 -06:00
Andres P
889c260cbf makepkg: remove dead code from handle_deps
The error message that has been removed never gets to print because, given the
same condition, handle_deps throws the same error and then immediately exits
makepkg.

Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:25:09 -06:00
Andres P
579533d1a0 makepkg: do not ignore errors from pacman when checking deps
As check_deps is run in a subshell, exit had the same meaning as return.
Since the intention is to halt makepkg when pacman throws an error other than
127, the enclosing function has to handle error control instead.

Fixes FS#19840

Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:24:59 -06:00
Carlos Diaz
330951200c makepkg: use portable escape sequence for terminal escapes
The escape string isn't necesarily \033; it's determined by what the
particular termcap/info entry for that terminal contains.

Bash uses ncurses functions to expand \e to the _correct_ terminal
escape.

Signed-off-by: Carlos Diaz <839273@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:24:46 -06:00
Allan McRae
970ffbb4c7 Add epoch to PKGBUILD prototypes
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:24:26 -06:00
Dan McGee
d4bab6f8fc src/util: update .gitignore
Add pactree and sort entries.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:23:25 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
622e7fdd4f contrib: remove bash pactree
This has been rewitten in C which is much much faster.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
2010-12-12 20:21:48 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
65a96e900d pactree: use variables for color and tree output
This allows to very easily support non-color and linear mode, by just
setting the variables to an empty string, very much like it was done in
the bash script.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
2010-12-12 20:21:40 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
6b928fc0bf pactree: separate dependency and print logic
The deps walking code simply calls print_start, print, print_end, and
all the printing logic is handled there.

The unresolvable printing is disabled for now because it does not handle
linear mode, and the linear and color output will be re-written.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
2010-12-12 20:21:27 -06:00
Dave Reisner
7c06e66c24 pactree: rewrite in C
Use the bash script in contrib as the basis for a C rewrite using
libalpm. The speedup can go from dozens of seconds to less than one
second.

Colorized output is preserved.

The --graph option generates output that graphviz's `dot' utility will
understand to draw us a graph. Output is written to stdout and it is
left up to the user to pipe the data and determine the output
characteristics.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
2010-12-12 20:21:15 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
abefa23341 alpm/remove.c : respect --dbonly during remove-upgrade
When a -Sk or -Uk operation induced a removal of an existing local
package, --dbonly was not in effect and the files were all removed.

Fixing this behavior was already marked as TODO in database012 pactest
------------
TODO: I honestly think the above should NOT delete the original les, it
hould upgrade the DB entry without touching anything on the file stem.
E.g. this test should be the same as:
   pacman -R --dbonly dummy && pacman -U --dbonly dummy.pkg.tar.gz
------------

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
[Dan: small coding style touchup]
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:19:24 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
3a9dec1048 pacman: sort --help output
Example with pacman -Uh :
$ pacman -Uh
options:
  -b, --dbpath <path>  set an alternate database location
  -d, --nodeps         skip dependency checks
  -f, --force          force install, overwrite conflicting files
  -k, --dbonly         only modify database entries, not package files
  -r, --root <path>    set an alternate installation root
  -v, --verbose        be verbose
      --arch <arch>    set an alternate architecture
      --asdeps         install packages as non-explicitly installed
      --asexplicit     install packages as explicitly installed
      --cachedir <dir> set an alternate package cache location
      --config <path>  set an alternate configuration file
      --debug          display debug messages
      --ignore <pkg>   ignore a package upgrade (can be used more than once)
      --ignoregroup <grp>
                       ignore a group upgrade (can be used more than once)
      --logfile <path> set an alternate log file
      --noconfirm      do not ask for any confirmation
      --noprogressbar  do not show a progress bar when downloading files
      --noscriptlet    do not execute the install scriptlet if one exists
      --print          only print the targets instead of performing the operation
      --print-format <string>
                       specify how the targets should be printed

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
[Dan: small coding style touchups]
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:17:38 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
c78f5fb99a CLI args: update --help and manpage
The three parts (help, manpage and code) are now organized in the same
way and much easier to compare :
- specific options
- install/upgrade options for -S and -U
- transaction options for -S -R and -U
- global options

After this re-organization, it was easy to update and sync the three
components together. Duplication is also avoided.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:15:53 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
d0d8f605d5 alpm: don't expose alpm_depcmp
Either we expose all low levels function dealing with pmdepend_t
(splitdep and depfree come to mind), or we don't.

Since none of the tools use depcmp, I chose to remove it. In the future,
we might want to expose higher level functions such as
alpm_find_satisfier, or just lower level functions like splitdep and
depfree together with depcmp.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:08:54 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
d5a7dc67d9 alpm: kill alpm_deptest
This has been replaced by the more flexible alpm_find_satisfier
function, and alpm_deptest was completely unsused now.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:08:27 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
8791ae0fda pacman/deptest: reimplement with alpm_find_satisfier
It's very easy to re-implement the -T feature with the more generic
alpm_find_satisfier rather then the more specific and less useful
alpm_deptest.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:08:16 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
a03daad073 alpm: add new alpm_find_satisfier function
whatprovides and splitdep were removed, so depcmp alone is quite useless
now without splitdep, and deptest is not flexible enough.

Introduce a new alpm_find_satisfier which is hopefully more flexible,
this should make implementation of deptest very easy, and also help alpm
tools such as pactree.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:07:58 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
c2cce1f46a Fix a few problems reported by clang-analyzer
One missing NULL-check and 3 dead assignments.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:07:15 -06:00
Dan McGee
0e39cf9275 Ensure stdin args are correctly terminated
And don't require pm_targets to be empty to read from stdin either.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:01:14 -06:00
Dan McGee
a35610beba Merge branch 'maint'
Conflicts:
	lib/libalpm/be_local.c
	lib/libalpm/trans.c
2010-12-12 19:53:20 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
5c8083baa4 be_files: write EPOCH instead of FORCE
This patch is only meant for 3.4.x. It prepares the place for the future
epoch-aware release.

All force packages that get reinstalled or upgraded will get an EPOCH
entry in the local database, and thus the new pacman with epoch won't
reinstall them by mistake on the first -Su.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 19:45:04 -06:00
Dan McGee
eedf4f4e63 Fix possible null pointer deref in check_arch
If we have a corrupted database, a package can come through without an arch,
causing the code to blow up when making strcmp() calls. It might even be
possible with perfectly valid database entries lacking an 'arch =' line.
This behavior was seen as at least one of the problems in FS#21668.

Ensure pkgarch is not null before doing anything further.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-10 19:45:14 -06:00
Sergey Tereschenko
bd08581d2e Small update to Russian translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-11-08 06:56:04 -06:00
Dave Reisner
4fb3cfc48f Support reading package args from stdin
Only occurs if no arguments were provided directly. Arguments can be
separated by any amount of valid whitespace. This allows for piping into
pacman from other programs or from itself, e.g.:

  pacman -Qdtq | pacman -Rs

This is better than using xargs, as xargs will not reconnect stdin to
the terminal. The above operation performed using xargs would require
the --noconfirm flag to be passed to pacman.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
2010-11-04 21:10:32 -05:00
Dan McGee
a91250b7bb Add initial 3.4.2 NEWS draft
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-28 10:13:18 -05:00
Tobias Eriksson
a08638edc8 Update Swedish translation
442 translated strings, no fuzzies, no untranslated.

	modified:   po/sv.po

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-28 10:13:18 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
592211b6dc PKGBUILD.vim: add special licenses BSD MIT ZLIB Python
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-28 09:31:22 -05:00
Ricardo Pérez
d901646f7a Small updates to Spanish translation
Also addresses FS#21373.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-28 09:13:24 -05:00
Dan McGee
0f3957ab48 Merge branch 'maint' 2010-10-18 16:52:57 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
ce96f39ac9 pactest: use valgrind.supp file
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-18 16:51:38 -05:00
Jakob Gruber
8f2eaa51c2 Tests: '-S repo/group' syntax
when calling '-S repo/group', only group members in <repo> should should
be installed (group members in other repos are ignored)

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-18 16:51:38 -05:00
Jakob Gruber
9d0b33fd33 Tests: Sync group which includes ignored pkgs
* FS#19854 (--ignore is ignored with groups)

* http://www.archlinux.org/pipermail/pacman-dev/2009-June/008847.html
  (operation aborts when a package from a group is ignored/and user chooses
  not to install it)

If a group member is ignored, we expect
a) a question whether to install
b) after saying 'no' to a), the ignored member not to be installed
c) all other group members to be installed
d) pacman to execute successfully

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-18 16:51:38 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
30734c9a4a alpm/sync: very small memleak fix
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-18 16:50:32 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
a2d7f6f206 libalpm/remove: fix funny progress bar problem with empty packages
$ pacman -Rd kde-meta

Remove (15): kde-meta-kdewebdev-4.5-1 [0.00 MB]  kde-meta-kdeutils-4.5-1 [0.00 MB]
             kde-meta-kdetoys-4.5-1 [0.00 MB]  kde-meta-kdesdk-4.5-1 [0.00 MB]
             kde-meta-kdeplasma-addons-4.5-1 [0.00 MB]  kde-meta-kdepim-4.5-1 [0.00 MB]
             kde-meta-kdenetwork-4.5-1 [0.00 MB]  kde-meta-kdemultimedia-4.5-1 [0.00 MB]
             kde-meta-kdegraphics-4.5-1 [0.00 MB]  kde-meta-kdegames-4.5-1 [0.00 MB]
             kde-meta-kdeedu-4.5-1 [0.00 MB]  kde-meta-kdebase-4.5-1 [0.00 MB]
             kde-meta-kdeartwork-4.5-1 [0.00 MB]  kde-meta-kdeadmin-4.5-1 [0.00 MB]
             kde-meta-kdeaccessibility-4.5-1 [0.00 MB]

Total Removed Size:   0.06 MB

Do you want to remove these packages? [Y/n]
( 1/15) removing kde-meta-kdewebdev      [------------------------] 100%
$ it stopped here..

On one side, libalpm did not initialize the progress bar at 0 percent.
So with meta-packages that have 0 files, there was only one progress bar
call with percent == 100.

On the other side, pacman callback kept track of the last percent that
it received. When there are only meta-packages, we always received only
100, so pacman believed the progress bar needed not update. Thus only
the first package was actually displayed.

A proper fix for the callback would be to keep track of last package
name to make sure the recorded prev percent applies.

But since we now specify that both Add and Remove should at least send
percent=0 at beginning and percent=100 at the end, there is no need
for that.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-18 16:46:41 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
7237903c66 be_package: read force entry and convert to epoch
We still need to read force entry in epoch-aware pacman, so that when we
install an old force package, EPOCH gets written to the local db.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-14 20:23:13 -05:00
Carlos Diaz
f5059038f2 bash_completion: remove upstream deprecated functions
Populate $cur and $prev with the new bash-completion 1.2 function,
_get_comp_words_by_ref.

_get_cword and _get_pword have been deprecated.

Signed-off-by: Carlos Diaz <839273@gmail.com>
2010-10-14 06:53:12 -05:00
Dan McGee
de5f438aef Merge branch 'maint' 2010-10-13 23:42:35 -05:00
Dan McGee
73886504d7 Add several pactests for epoch code
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-13 23:29:27 -05:00
Dan McGee
93718046d7 Add epoch verification to makepkg
If defined, it must be an integer.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-13 23:29:27 -05:00
Dan McGee
0d5fa576b3 Update contrib/ for epoch
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-13 23:29:27 -05:00
Dan McGee
8aa7ed5a7e Add epoch support to pactest
This adds epoch support to pactest, while still producing packages and
database entries the same way makepkg and repo-add currently do in a
backward compatible fashion (still including the 'force' option).

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-13 23:29:26 -05:00
Dan McGee
6f37ba61ed Make repo-add and makepkg epoch-aware
Allow it to be a variable in the PKGBUILD as well as propagating it through
to the built package and the package database. We leave some backward
compatibility in place by placing the '%FORCE%' option in the database if
the package contains an epoch; this will be used by older versions of pacman
and more or less ignored by versions that use epoch.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-13 23:29:26 -05:00
Dan McGee
42893e7165 Update documentation to reflect new epoch package variable
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-13 23:29:26 -05:00
Dan McGee
feb9889f22 Add epoch support to pacman/libalpm
This will allow for better control of what was previously the 'force' option
in a PKGBUILD and transferred into the built package.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-13 23:29:26 -05:00
Dan McGee
ef32aa0219 Small tweaks after backend merge
Just a few small things I noticed looking through the code.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-13 23:09:20 -05:00
Dan McGee
68b50c81c7 Merge remote branch 'allan/backend' 2010-10-13 22:46:04 -05:00
Allan McRae
24d77291da Only write to local repos
We do not write to sync repos so kill the code for that.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-14 13:17:40 +10:00
Allan McRae
5b17d8f27d Clean-up parsing sync database
Remove unnecessary parsing of fields not found in sync desc file.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-14 13:17:40 +10:00
Allan McRae
fbcadebcab Clean-up parsing local database
Remove unnecessary parsing of fields not found in local desc files.
Leave %FORCE% parsing as this likely will make an appearance in desc
files in the future.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-14 13:17:40 +10:00
Allan McRae
d39248120e Remove lazy loading of deltas
Local packages do not have deltas so remove lazy loading of delta
information.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-14 13:17:40 +10:00
Allan McRae
e464339e3b Move and rename splitname
The splitname function is a general utility function and so is better
suited to util.h.  Rename it to _alpm_splitname to indicate it is an
internal libalpm function as was the case prior to splitting local and
sync db handling.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-14 13:17:40 +10:00
Allan McRae
448f78c067 Restrict visibility of checkdbdir and get_pkgpath
These functions are only needed by be_local and were only promoted
to db.{h,c} as part of the splitting of handling the local and sync
dbs.  Move them into be_local.c and make them static again.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-14 13:17:39 +10:00
Allan McRae
5717c7d508 Clean up all old database files and directories
Clean-up the previous download location of the sync database and
any old extracted sync database directories which are unneeded
with the tar-db backend.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-14 13:17:39 +10:00
Allan McRae
149ab6b272 Only download sync databases
As the sync databases are read directly from the tarball, we no
longer need to extract them.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-14 13:17:39 +10:00
Allan McRae
4a8e396a58 Parse sync database
Read in package information for a tar based sync database. Do not
use lazy loading for sync db.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-14 13:17:39 +10:00
Allan McRae
5e61f07735 Populate sync db from archive
Read in list of packages for sync db from tar archive.

Breaks reading in _alpm_sync_db_read and a lot of pactests (which
is expected as they do not handle sync db in archives...).

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-14 13:17:39 +10:00
Allan McRae
fc32faaa6a Completely separate local and sync db handling
Put the db_operations struct to use and completely split the handling
of the sync and local databases.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-14 13:17:39 +10:00
Allan McRae
5b2de3d8ec Separate be_files into be_sync and be_local
The file be_files.c is "split" to be_local.c and be_sync.c in order
to achieve separate handling of sync and local databases.

Some basic clean-up of functions that are only of use for local or
sync databases has been performed and some rough function renaming
in duplicated code has been performed to prevent compilation errors.
However, most of the clean-up and final separation of sync and local
db handling occurs in following patches.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-14 13:17:38 +10:00
Dan McGee
6eedf06fcc Fix bash shell location check
BASH is defined when you are actually using bash during configure, which
sucks because it ends up being '/bin/sh', messing up all of our scripts.
Change the name of the variable we use in configure, and also ensure we get
a full path to the executable by using AC_PATH_PROGS rather than
AC_CHECK_PROGS. Finally, change the variable name everywhere we use it.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-13 17:50:54 -05:00
Allan McRae
96e277cfd9 Move db cache handling functions
These will be needed for the handling of both local and sync database
caches, so put them in a common location.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-13 23:53:18 +10:00
Allan McRae
0909a72000 Move database handling utility functions
Move splitname, checkdbdir, get_pkgpath into db.{h,c} as these will be
needed to parse both the local and sync databases during the initial
splitting.  They will be moved out of db.{h,c} at to more appropriate
locations at a later stage.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-13 23:53:18 +10:00
Allan McRae
c56b576f6f Fix documentation syntax and typo
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-13 23:53:18 +10:00
Dan McGee
efbae3cfcb Initial hack at a DB operations struct
It doesn't do a whole lot yet, but these type of operations will
potentially be different for the DBs we load.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-13 23:53:18 +10:00
Dan McGee
522ef5e981 Move the cache stuff where it should be
Cache bullshit only has relevance to be_files, so move it there.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
[Allan: BIG rebase]
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-13 23:53:18 +10:00
Dan McGee
b9a531c2d7 Move changelog functions to callback struct
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-13 23:53:18 +10:00
Dan McGee
6cebd4e602 Complete rework of package accessor logic
Hopefully we've finally arrived at package handling nirvana, or at least
this commit will get us a heck of a lot closer. The former method of getting
the depends list for a package was the following:

1. call alpm_pkg_get_depends()
2. this method would check if the package came from the cache
3. if so, ensure our cache level is correct, otherwise call db_load
4. finally return the depends list

Why did this suck? Because getting the depends list from the package
shouldn't care about whether the package was loaded from a file, from the
'package cache', or some other system which we can't even use because the
damn thing is so complicated. It should just return the depends list.

So what does this commit change? It adds a pointer to a struct of function
pointers to every package for all of these 'package operations'  as I've
decided to call them (I know, sounds completely straightforward, right?). So
now when we call an alpm_pkg_get-* function, we don't do any of the cache
logic or anything else there- we let the actual backend handle it by
delegating all work to the method at pkg->ops->get_depends.

Now that be_package has achieved equal status with be_files, we can treat
packages from these completely different load points differently. We know a
package loaded from a zip file will have all of its fields populated, so
we can set up all its accessor functions to be direct accessors. On the
other hand, the packages loaded from the local and sync DBs are not always
fully-loaded, so their accessor functions are routed through the same logic
as before.

Net result? More code. However, this code now make it roughly 52 times
easier to open the door to something like a read-only tar.gz database
backend.

Are you still reading? I'm impressed. Looking at the patch will probably be
clearer than this long-winded explanation.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
[Allan: rebase and adjust]
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-13 23:53:18 +10:00
Dan McGee
d1126db128 Allow local and sync db to be treated separately
Implement this seemingly simple change in package.h:

 typedef enum _pmpkgfrom_t {
-       PKG_FROM_CACHE = 1,
-       PKG_FROM_FILE
+       PKG_FROM_FILE = 1,
+       PKG_FROM_LOCALDB,
+       PKG_FROM_SYNCDB
 } pmpkgfrom_t;

which requires flushing out several assumptions from around the codebase
with regards to usage of the PKG_FROM_CACHE value. Make some changes where
required to allow the switch, and now the correct value should be set (via a
crude hack) depending on whether a package was loaded as an entry in a local
db or a sync db.

This patch underwent some big rebasing from Allan and Dan.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-13 23:53:18 +10:00
Dan McGee
49176461a6 Unify caching concerns in package accessors
Move almost all of the caching related stuff into a single #define
(which should maybe even just be a static function) so we don't
duplicate logic all over the place. This also makes the code a heck of a
lot shorter and means further changes to this stuff don't have to touch
each and every getter function.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-13 23:53:17 +10:00
Dan McGee
a7dc3875f1 contrib/ follow-up work
* Add a .gitignore file
* Use the same 'GEN' output we have in the scripts/ Makefile when doing our
  edits on the .in files
* Remove PKGBUILD.vim and vimprojects from our edit list, they have no need
  to be in the list

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-12 08:26:50 -05:00
Jakob Gruber
5fcb005ebd CLI args: stricter/better parsing
In the following, the letters SRUDQ refer to the corresponding pacman
operations.

Most of the work in this commit is about removing as many options as
possible from the global section and moving them to where they actually
belong.

Additionally, --ignore{,group} are added to U and --dbonly is added
to S.

--dbonly added to S
--asdeps moved to S/U/D
--asexplicit moved to S/U/D
--print-format moved to S/U/R
--noprogressbar moved to S/U/R
--noscriptlet moved to S/U/R
--ignorepkg added to U
--ignoregrp added to U
-d moved to S/U/R (--nodeps) and Q (--deps)
-p moved to S/U/R (--print) and Q (--file)
-f moved to S/U

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-11 20:57:36 -05:00
Jakob Gruber
827258f32e CLI args: reorganize parsing
Split parsing of CLI arguments into separate functions:

parsearg_op (operations)
parsearg_global (global options)
parsearg_{database,query,remove,sync,deptest,upgrade}

Organization strictly follows the manpage (even where the manpage is
incorrect) - these cases will be fixed in the following commits.

Switch cases are copy/pasted and statements unrelated to chosen
operation are deleted.

Parsing logic adjusted as follows:

1) Parse operation
2) If we can bail out early (duplicate op, help/version requested) do so
3) Parse arguments again:
    foreach arg:
        if arg is operation:
            continue
        tryparse_args_specific_to_op
        if unsuccessful tryparse_args_global
        if unsuccessful print error message and exit

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-11 20:57:26 -05:00
Dan McGee
0ff2a91497 util: fall cleaning on single file programs
* Add a bunch of static declarations where possible
* Fix void functions to be proper syntax, e.g. void func(void)
* Consistency fixes (such as argv references)
* Remove dead str_cmp() function from testdb
* Remove unneeded config.h header includes
* vercmp: remove completely unnecessary string copying

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-11 20:29:22 -05:00
Nezmer
05f0a28932 Use sysconfdir, localstatedir, BASH instead of hardcoded values
This applies to contrib/ files, our scripts, and the documentation.

Dan: fix 'make clean' in contrib/ directory.

Signed-off-by: Nezmer <git@nezmer.info>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-11 20:29:22 -05:00
Nezmer
bce3c8efc7 Add .in extension to files in contrib
This is needed If we want to use sysconfdir,localstatedir and other variables.

Signed-off-by: Nezmer <git@nezmer.info>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-11 20:29:22 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
7d93777231 repo-add: more informative delta messages
- Print an error if database entry was not found and delta entry cannot
  be added
- More informative line when delta entry is added (oldfile -> newfile)

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-11 20:29:22 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
c9179b09db repo-add: add delta generation
This allows deltas to be generated at repo-add invocation time as opposed to
just added to the database. It will generate the delta from the package
version currently in the database.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-11 20:28:43 -05:00
Dan McGee
3a06a9fa9f Read 'force' entry from packages
We weren't reading this in from our packages, thus causing us not to write
it out to our local database. Adding this now will help ease the upgrade
path for epoch later and not require reinstallation of all force packages.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-11 17:48:11 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
53b41afbe8 pactest: fix typo in ignore001
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-11 17:02:03 -05:00
Nezmer
fb79d58109 makepkg: Use mkfifo instead of GNU-only 'mknod <file> p'
'mknod <file> p' is apparently GNU-only. Looking at coreutils' source
code, It just calls mkfifo.

This one line patch should fix makepkg logging in non-GNU systems.

Signed-off-by: Nezmer <git@nezmer.info>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-11 17:01:55 -05:00
Jakob Gruber
46ffd342a4 CLI args: add pactest with an invalid combination
Pacman should catch cases in which the passed arguments don't apply to the
current operation (sync/query/...).

Also see FS#20950.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-11 10:06:57 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
fa933df65b pactest: fix gensync
gensync generated a sync.db file with PKGINFO syntax, this is not quite what
pacman expects.

Also the file was only added to the Server path:
	root/var/pub/sync/sync.db
but it was not available in the normal sync db path:
	root/var/lib/pacman/sync/sync.db

Change gensync() to generate var/lib/pacman/sync/sync.db and then copy it to
var/pub/sync/sync.db (this is used by sync200 -Sy test).

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-11 10:06:57 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
67068b64b9 pactest: use simpler method to create tar
Just like in 24fc623e1a8bf905cf0367f9bd40bc5bd6034378, apply to pmdb
gensync as well.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-11 10:06:57 -05:00
Dan McGee
73442a7e03 Only check for function if we are using libfetch
We did this check unconditionally, rather than only doing it if we were
actually going to build and run with libfetch. This is safe because we would
have already bailed if libfetch was explicitly requested but not found.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-11 10:06:57 -05:00
Dan McGee
1e0e5b2a02 Remove use of seq in pactree
This is not a bash builtin, so can potentially cause portability issues.
Additionally, the use of it is completely unnecessary as it can all be done
within bash (and done faster).

$ time pactree xfwm4 >/dev/null (old version)
real	0m3.245s

$ time ./contrib/pactree xfwm4 >/dev/null (new version)
real	0m3.042s

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-11 10:06:57 -05:00
Dan McGee
dff73a2a69 Avoid stat call to determine is_directory if possible
On Linux and OS X, we can determine if an entry obtained through a readdir()
call is a directory without also having to stat it. This can save a
significant number of syscalls. The performance increase isn't dramatic, but
it could be on some platforms (e.g. Cygwin) so it shouldn't hurt to use this
unconditionally where supported.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-11 10:06:03 -05:00
Dan McGee
bef19a266b Merge branch 'maint' 2010-10-05 11:15:56 -05:00
Allan McRae
283ef6519a Check for python-2.7
Add python-2.7 to the list of checked versions of python and add a
check for a python2 binary before resorting to the unversioned
python binary.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-05 11:14:31 -05:00
Rémy Oudompheng
302188b169 Make testsuite python-2.7 compatible
os.walk(".") adds a prefix of "./" to filenames in python-2.7 which
causes libalpm not to like archives generated in the testsuite resulting
in widespread failure.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-05 11:14:24 -05:00
Allan McRae
c0f58ea9a2 makepkg: canonicalize paths from environmental variables
This prevents circular symlinks and weird final package locations
when using commands like  'PKGDEST="." makepkg'.

Fixes FS#20922.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-05 11:03:28 -05:00
Allan McRae
960c2cdcf7 makepkg: compare paths using bash test
Compare paths using bash's "-ef" rather than by string tests as this
takes symlinks into account.  This will prevent issues similar to those
in FS#20922 if (e.g.) $PKGDEST is a symlink to $startdir.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-05 11:03:06 -05:00
Allan McRae
f2296aab89 makepkg: improve srcdir check and add pkgdir
The checking of the package for $srcdir references was overly
sensitive and gave a lot of what appear to be false positives with
binary files (in particular with debugging symbols kept).

Restrict the search for $srcdir to non-binary files as this should
still catch the majority of configuration issues the check was
initially designed to catch. Also, add a similar check for $pkgdir.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-05 10:58:21 -05:00
Allan McRae
022ec3dbb7 makepkg: remove STRIP_DIRS
For binary packages, the majority of the time used in the debugs symbol
stripping process is the actual stripping of the binaries/libraries and
not the testing of which files to strip.  This allows more complete
stripping of packages that install to "non-standard" paths that would
not be generally included in makepkg.conf.

Any performance hit that may be apparent for (_large_) "arch=('any')"
packages can readily be avoided by disabling stripping in the PKGBUILD
options array.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-05 10:58:05 -05:00
Sebastian Nowicki
821ff061b1 Set pm_errno on libarchive errors while reading
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Nowicki <sebnow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-09-27 10:53:48 -05:00
Dan McGee
f7895cc188 Merge branch 'maint' 2010-09-27 09:24:28 -05:00
Dan McGee
dff06a8170 Merge branch 'build-system' 2010-09-27 09:21:02 -05:00
Allan McRae
900605912b Add FORTIFY_SOURCE support
Adds a check for the minimum mainline GCC version for FORTIFY_SOURCE
support and enables -D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=2 by default when building with
--enable-debug.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-09-27 16:06:52 +10:00
Allan McRae
28c662e7a4 Add wrapper around asprintf calls
Not checking the return value of asprintf calls reuslts in a warning
when using -D_FORTIRFY_SOURCE=2.  This adds a simple wrapper around
asprintf calls which checks the return value.

Currently the check does nothing more than outputing a message to stderr
on failure, but that is at least an improvement over silent failures.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-09-27 16:06:51 +10:00
Allan McRae
879fed5098 repo-add: make --quiet output more quiet
Fixes FS#20403.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-09-27 15:06:59 +10:00
Dan McGee
f489e969f0 Update build system (automake, autoconf, libtool)
Unfortunately this patch is hard to split up into smaller chunks. Our build
system and the associated automake/autoconf/libtool macros has been left
untouched for a while, and could use a refresher.

* Upgrade ltmain.sh to the latest version
* Move away from a huge acinclude.m4 directory to using individual files in
  the m4/ subdirectory, suggested by upstream automake documentation
* Update all macros to their latest available version
* Adjust Makefile.am and autogen.sh to accommodate m4/ subdirectory

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-09-23 09:10:53 -05:00
Dan McGee
413508c6fa Update more supplementary build scripts
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-09-23 09:08:30 -05:00
Dan McGee
af31fd6494 Update config.guess and config.sub
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-09-23 08:20:50 -05:00
Dan McGee
541f183cd6 Clean up root .gitignore
We had a few files listed in here that we have checked in to our repo, which
doesn't make a whole lot of sense. Also alphabetize the list while we are at
it.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-09-23 08:17:06 -05:00
Dan McGee
d2ff8f4b96 Update gettext Makefiles to 0.18
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-09-23 08:17:06 -05:00
Allan McRae
fd38319106 bacman: unify package creation with makepkg
Currently bacman always compresses with gzip now matter what PKGEXT is
set to.  Rework the entire package creation process to be similar to
that in makepkg.  This also make the explicit assumption that PKGEXT is
defined in makepkg.conf.

Thanks to Nelson Chan <khcha.n.el@gmail.com> for the original patch to
fix the incorrect package compression.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-09-15 08:54:34 -05:00
Dan McGee
d201d1f312 Merge branch 'maint' 2010-09-15 07:31:37 -05:00
Gaspar Santos
c2993197ea Update Portuguese translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-09-15 07:30:15 -05:00
Lukas Fleischer
79541193f7 PKGBUILD-example.txt: Remove superfluous "|| return 1".
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-09-15 07:20:20 -05:00
Baurzhan Muftakhidinov
e29dde9157 Update Kazakh translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-09-15 07:19:51 -05:00
Dan McGee
31aed1243e Remove quotes in remaining bash regexes
After a8dcfeccfc, Allan noted that one more regular exprssion inside makepkg
also contained quotes; these should not be there for the same reason as that
commit.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-09-07 08:27:25 -05:00
Dan McGee
e344fab3b1 Restore trimming of db and pkg extensions
These keep having to change because we are getting really good at changing
the downloaded filename. Shorten the match sequences to just .db and .pkg
and trim everything after and including these strings.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-09-07 08:24:36 -05:00
Dan McGee
fe788ee4a6 Fix libfetch configure checking
I don't know what I tested in commit 3e7b90ff69, but it definitely wasn't
working as advertised. Fix the checks in the source code itself to match the
right define (HAVE_LIBFETCH), as well as make sure the configure check
defaults to looking for the library but not bailing if it could not be
found.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-09-06 11:20:51 -05:00
Dan McGee
6d41da4086 Minor translation file updates after make distcheck
It touched up these a bit after it ran, so might as well check the changes
in so we don't have to deal with them again later.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-09-03 20:10:10 -05:00
Dan McGee
df15a8c432 Retroactive additions to 3.4.1 changes
Forgot to mention things involving the translation changes we had.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-09-03 20:09:08 -05:00
Dan McGee
881bf5c90f Merge branch 'maint' 2010-09-03 20:06:08 -05:00
Tobias Eriksson
3739e2c10c libalpm Swedish translation update
Signed-off by: Tobias Eriksson <tobier@tobier.se>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-09-03 19:55:22 -05:00
Dan McGee
3e7b90ff69 Clean up libfetch checking in configure
Model it after the new OpenSSL check, and have it be a bit more useful. If
you do not explicitly pass a command line option, it will be linked if
available but will not error out if it is missing. Also bump the version to
that where connection caching was introduced as we use these new features in
the codebase.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-09-02 12:30:36 -05:00
Dan McGee
eba521913d Use OpenSSL MD5 crypto functions if available
I've noticed my Atom-powered laptop is dog-slow when doing integrity checks
on packages, and it turns out our MD5 implementation isn't near as good as
that provided by OpenSSL. Using their routines instead provided anywhere
from a 1.4x up to a 1.8x performance benefit over our built-in MD5 function.

This does not remove the MD5 code from our codebase, but it does enable
linking against OpenSSL to get their much faster implementation if it is
available on whatever platform you are using. At configure-time, we will
default to using it if it is available, but this can be easily changed by
using the `--with-openssl` or `--without-openssl` arguments to configure.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-09-02 12:05:23 -05:00
Dan McGee
24d8a15308 libalpm md5: use larger and dynamic buffer
This gave at least a 10% improvement on a few tested platforms due to the
reduced number of read calls from files when computing the md5sum. It really
is just a precursor to another patch to come which is to use MD5 functions
that do the job a lot better than anything we can do.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-09-02 10:33:21 -05:00
Matthias Gorissen
1cbc3c5c90 German translation updates
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-09-02 08:00:14 -05:00
Baurzhan Muftakhidinov
4e3bd7c137 Small fixes to Kazakh translation 2010-09-01 22:46:16 -05:00
Dan McGee
5a25f54757 Merge branch 'maint' 2010-09-01 21:19:06 -05:00
Dan McGee
9d3a8efb7b 3.4.1 version bump
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-09-01 21:16:49 -05:00
Gaspar Santos
a7c4159b16 Add new European Portuguese translation
This is being checked in as 'pt' rather than 'pt_PT' as that is what
Transifex seems to want, and it is also the dominant choice of packages
already installed on my system when doing a count of the files located in
the /usr/share/locale translation directories.

Thanks for the new translation!

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-09-01 21:15:07 -05:00
Dan McGee
54b63de098 Add dir missing from autoclean.sh
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-09-01 21:13:17 -05:00
Jürgen Hötzel
38a60f49bd Use pipe to create compressed package instead of an intermediate tar file
A pipe between tar and compression command is used. This improves
performance by running tar and the compression command simultaneously.

Using a pipe also reduces IO by not writing an intermediate tar file
to disk.

Signed-off-by: Juergen Hoetzel <juergen@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-08-27 13:07:57 -05:00
Jonathan Conder
693ebbd16b use execv to avoid using sh just to run ldconfig
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Conder <j@skurvy.no-ip.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-08-27 11:19:15 -05:00
Jonathan Conder
0223a028e0 redirect scriptlet stderr synchronously through alpm
Fixes FS#18770, and hopefully an occasional deadlock in my frontend as well.
For simplicity it redirects all scriptlet output through SCRIPTLET_INFO, and
all callbacks in the child process have been replaced for thread-safety.

Signed-off-by: Jonathan Conder <j@skurvy.no-ip.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-08-27 11:19:09 -05:00
Dan McGee
d14a98db25 Merge branch 'maint' 2010-08-27 11:19:05 -05:00
Dan McGee
a8dcfeccfc makepkg: remove trailing quote mark in regex
Regular expressions in bash should not be quoted. Glad this was in the
documentation and I didn't have to go to #bash to ask...

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-08-27 11:04:21 -05:00
Jonathan Conder
90c45f7bbe pactest: add shell to fake root environment
Adds a shell to the fake root set up for pactests, which was not needed
previously due to a bug (debian #582847) in fakechroot.

Signed-off-by: Jonathan Conder <j@skurvy.no-ip.org>
2010-08-27 10:58:08 -05:00
甘露(Gan Lu)
9fbf5d9336 Update Chinese translation
Submitted through Transifex on 2010-07-02.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-08-25 14:29:44 -05:00
Dan McGee
8d88f0c897 Merge branch 'maint' 2010-08-23 21:53:06 -05:00
Allan McRae
a28868eeae makepkg: error out on empty optdepends entries
If optdepends was defined with empty members, then makepkg would
abort late in the package building process.  Detect such cases
in the check_sanity() function.

Fix-provided-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-08-23 21:51:45 -05:00
Allan McRae
08e1d4764c makepkg: use less local variables in check_sanity
Instead of declaring a new local variable for each loop in the
check_sanity() function, just reuse $i.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-08-23 21:51:12 -05:00
Allan McRae
f04530eb61 makepkg: remove unnecessary variable presence check
It is unnecessary to check for a variables existence before
looping over it.

Extracted from patch supplied by Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-08-23 21:50:57 -05:00
Allan McRae
68d8bfa0b5 makepkg: clarify invalid backup entry errors
"Invalid backup entry" was not a particular helpful error message,
especially when it was due to the file not being in the final package.
Clarify these two messages.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-08-23 21:50:46 -05:00
Andres P
3de32a0812 PKGBUILD.5: document illegal variable contents
Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-08-23 21:50:20 -05:00
Andres P
f27fed14b1 makepkg: less code duplication in create_package
Combine changelog and install file creation in create_package().

Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-08-23 21:49:55 -05:00
Allan McRae
298cbf2cb1 makepkg: use regex to match options for privilege escalation
Eases maintanence if we need to add further options in the future.

Extracted from a patch supplied by Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-08-23 21:49:44 -05:00
Allan McRae
48589ccc64 Fix some whitespace issues
The combination of tabs and spaces is annoying in any editor that
does not use a tab width of 2 spaces.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-08-23 21:49:05 -05:00
Dan McGee
d896527d21 fgets invocation cleanup
From the fgets manpage:

	fgets() reads in at most one less than size characters from stream and
	stores them into the buffer pointed to by s. Reading stops after an EOF
	or a newline. If a newline is read, it is stored into the buffer. A
	'\0' is stored after the last character in the buffer.

This means there is no need at all to do 'size - 1' math. Remove all of that
and just use sizeof() for simplicity on the buffer we plan on reading into.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-08-23 21:48:28 -05:00
Dan McGee
71660f55b2 Update translation files for 3.4.1 freeze
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-08-23 21:47:04 -05:00
Dan McGee
4a487346c5 Update NEWS for 3.4.1 release
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-08-23 21:45:54 -05:00
Jozef Riha
0478dfa1a5 Add Slovak translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-08-23 21:45:54 -05:00
Dan McGee
ce3f4e7800 Enable libfetch connection caching
This will allow downloads to reuse connections if possible, which could make
big differences on perceived FTP speed as the connection won't have to be
reestablished each time. For the most part, HTTP requests wouldn't be using
keep alive anyway so this won't have an effect there.

I'm not enthused about having to do this with the library initialization,
but there isn't a much better place due to the fact that the loop over
databases occurs on the frontend and not the backend.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-08-23 17:42:22 -05:00
Dan McGee
281bc72534 repo-add: create relative DB symlinks
As noted in FS#20498, if an absolute path is used for specifying the
database when invoking repo-add, the symlink generated will point to the
absolute path instead of being relative to the directory. Fix this for
the two linking cases, but leave the copy untouched so that will still
work.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-08-18 13:17:46 -05:00
Allan McRae
5908992e47 makepkg: add file to the list of needed utilities
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-08-18 13:11:55 -05:00
Mateusz Herych
c3f5375380 Updates for Polish translations
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-08-18 13:11:28 -05:00
Allan McRae
b02bda75f1 makepkg: check tput support before using
Prevent makepkg aborting whe colors are enabled and the terminal
does not support setting colors by tput.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-08-18 13:10:03 -05:00
Thomas Bächler
8155571183 makepkg: Allow creation of uncompressed packages
When performing local testing, it may be useful to add PKGEXT='.pkg.tar'
to the PKGBUILD to save time, especially with big packages.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-08-08 10:24:24 -05:00
Dan McGee
e7d5803f07 Use the plural features of gettext
Gettext has this whole 'Plural-Form' thing that until now we haven't taken
advantage of. Given that not all languages have the same plural form rules
as English, take advantage of it by defining a new _n() macro which will
normally define to ngettext(), and adjust a few messages as an example of
how to use.

There are surely other places where we do singular/plural logic without me
having noticed, so further patches are welcome to fix those up too.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-07-27 15:50:43 -05:00
Dan McGee
ddc4130c97 Merge branch 'maint' 2010-07-27 10:18:35 -05:00
Baurzhan Muftakhidinov
0d6efb35ce Small fix to Kazakh translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-07-27 10:14:35 -05:00
Dave Reisner
52118bf0f0 bash_completion: negate expression inside brackets
Avoids letting the shell evaluate ! as something else (e.g. an alias).

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-07-27 10:11:04 -05:00
Dan McGee
ff689b6a38 Fix compile error in certain cases
I'm not sure why it doesn't happen everywhere, but we need <sys/stat.h> for
umask and mkdir in this file. I hit this today:

cc1: warnings being treated as errors
util.c: In function ‘makepath’:
util.c:128:2: error: implicit declaration of function ‘umask’
util.c:141:5: error: implicit declaration of function ‘mkdir’
make[2]: *** [util.o] Error 1

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-07-27 10:10:55 -05:00
Dan McGee
fa4f25626c Mark sync_pkg and sync_target as static functions
We no longer use these anywhere outside of sync.c, so do the rename and add
static to their definition to meet our coding standards.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-07-27 10:10:55 -05:00
Dan McGee
f8d7cd6b26 Maintain a list of seen packages when installing a group
As reported in FS#20221, we don't always do the right thing when installing
a group and using the --needed option. This was due to the code pulling
packages based on what was already in the transaction's add list, but
completely ignoring the fact that we may have already seen and skipped this
same package in an earlier repository.

Add a list to the private _alpm_sync_pkg() function that allows us to have
this extra information so we don't mistakenly downgrade a package when using
--needed.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-07-27 10:10:55 -05:00
Dan McGee
e702f56ea6 Add two pactests for group and --needed interaction
The first step for resolving FS#20221. sync023 is the case from the bug
report; sync022 is already working fine but we have no tests at all that
test the --needed option in any form.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-07-27 10:10:55 -05:00
Dave Reisner
7f5c486666 Always treat PKGLIST as an array.
Fixes repackaging issues when multiple package names are passed to the
--pkg option.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-07-27 10:10:55 -05:00
Allan McRae
a835599496 Download sync db into DBPath/sync
The sync db should be stored in the sync/ folder.  This cleans up
DBPath to only have local/ and sync/ directories in it.

A nice side effect is that the db are now in the right place so we
can implement directly reading from them.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-07-07 07:26:04 -05:00
Allan McRae
68dcabdfbe Remove DBEXT usage
With commit 5dffef78, the repo database always has a symlink
of the form reponame.db.  Use that filename and let libarchive
determine the compression type.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-07-07 07:25:55 -05:00
Allan McRae
60de8ec932 Check return value of fgets calls
Prevents compiler warnings with -D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=2

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-07-07 07:24:57 -05:00
Dan McGee
686b8c1463 Merge branch 'maint'
Conflicts:
	scripts/makepkg.sh.in
2010-07-02 18:29:37 -05:00
Andres P
1a9db4cac7 makepkg: undeclared local variables
Variables that are only meaningful within the function they are declared in are
now prefixed by "local".

Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
[Allan: fix whitespace]
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-07-02 18:27:27 -05:00
Nico Schottelius
9ebb596805 manpage: add real world examples
Signed-off-by: Nico Schottelius <nico@kr.ethz.ch>
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-07-02 18:27:12 -05:00
Dan McGee
fcb4f0264f docs: Add a 'website' target
This will allow me to be not quite as lazy in getting website changes out
to the Arch Linux server by making it trivial to get everything packaged up
and working correctly.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-07-02 18:23:20 -05:00
Dan McGee
3d8be4291c Fix some incorrect asciidoc syntax
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-07-02 18:23:20 -05:00
Allan McRae
622326bb37 makepkg: fix sudo/su calling of pacman
This fixes two issues:

1) using "sudo -l" results in excess password asking under certian
configurations.  Revert to the pre 3.4 behaviour of always using
sudo if it is installed.

2) Properly escape the command so that that versioned dependencies,
such as "foo>4", do not get treated as output redirection when using
su.  This also unifies the generation of the pacman line and its
privilege escalation.

Based on patches supplied by Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com> with minor
adjustments for suitability for the maint branch.

Original-work-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-07-01 00:23:20 -05:00
甘露(Gan Lu)
68dff73463 Update Chinese translation to fix gettext positional params
Because the shell gettext doesn't allow for positional gettext substitution,
be more careful about where we use it.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-07-01 00:21:08 -05:00
Allan McRae
5a3aae02fe Check return value of chdir and getcwd
Prevents compiler warnings when building with -D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=2

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-07-01 00:14:59 -05:00
Allan McRae
41724cbcde Check return value of fwrite when copying files
Check that writing to destination file actually occurs in
_alpm_copyfile.  Required adding a new error (PM_ERR_WRITE)
as none of the others appeared appropriate.

Prevents compiler warning when using -D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=2.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-30 23:49:48 -05:00
Dan McGee
96a1255ead Merge branch 'maint' 2010-06-30 08:41:43 -05:00
Allan McRae
c11bf581a3 makepkg: clarify aborting on packaging failure
When makepkg catches a command failure it currently prints "Aborting..."
and exits.  Clarify the reason for aborting from packaging is a failure
during one of the PKGBUILDs functions.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-30 08:32:34 -05:00
Allan McRae
081e6a8360 Do not compare signed and unsigned types
The casting of nread is safe as it is tested to be >0 when it is
initally assigned.  It is also being implicitly cast in the fwrite
call in the line above.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-30 08:32:11 -05:00
Allan McRae
0ea52e3a4f makepkg: try standard paths for coreutils du
Attempt to find "du" from coreutils in the standard paths and if
not revert to the version in the users PATH.  Using the full path
prevents issues such as FS#19932, where a different and incompatible
version of du is put earlier in the users path.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-30 08:27:29 -05:00
Andres P
8b23aa172f makepkg: remove bash4-only parameter expansion in check_sanity
Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-30 08:27:29 -05:00
Thomas Bächler
d7c98d4e45 makepkg: Only check regular files in $srcdir check
The 'grep -R' in the $srcdir check would not only grep regular files,
but also devices, symlinks (that might potentially point outside of
$pkgdir), pipes and so on. Use find to ensure only regular files are
examined.

This should fix https://bugs.archlinux.org/task/19975

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-30 08:27:29 -05:00
Dan McGee
21d5dedfdd repo-add: try symlink, then hardlink, then copy for DB file
We were seeing some issues when trying to create our new database alias
using symlinks on certain filesystems (see FS#19907). Have a fallback method
in place where we first try a symlink, then a hard link, then just copy the
database if all else fails.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-24 10:06:36 -05:00
Dan McGee
630e7508ee Merge branch 'maint' 2010-06-24 08:32:33 -05:00
Eric Bélanger
71330a4310 makepkg: Place source packages symlinks in build dir when SRCPKGDEST is used
Signed-off-by: Eric Bélanger <snowmaniscool@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-24 08:22:55 -05:00
Andres P
c6a94a8d22 makepkg: fix regression in split package function checking
Commit 13748ca052 inversed the nature of one test wherein the if clause would
throw a fatal error if a legitimate package function was defined in PKGBUILD.

Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-24 08:22:15 -05:00
Andres P
6f4f9c1b66 bash_completion: fix bash 3.2 incompatibility
To avoid errors with bash 3.2, compopt will be skipped if it's not a
shell builtin.

compopt is needed to not append slashes to package names that
coincide with directories in PWD.

This is currently not possible to fix in bash versions that do not support
compopt, so these users will have to bear that regression.

Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-23 13:32:21 +10:00
Allan McRae
07a9effdd0 makepkg: prevent error trap activation in bash-3.2
Running "pacman -T foo" is expected to return a non-zero value when
"foo" is not installed.  This sets of the error trap in bash-3.2 but
not bash 4.x.  Work around this by disabling the error trap around
this pacman call as we are manually checking the return value anyway.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-23 13:32:21 +10:00
Andres P
708f186f98 rankmirrors: pipe errors to stderr
If this is to be scripted with AIF or another tool, it needs to respect stderr.

Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-23 13:32:21 +10:00
Andres P
226c137245 rankmirrors: fix bogus pacman configuration parsing
Valid pacman configuration files do not have to start with a hash for that line
to be a comment, neither do directives need to be in column 0.

Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-23 13:32:21 +10:00
Andres P
2222e9f8df rankmirrors: fix bogus variable assignment
$replacedurl was being built from an expansion of itself. But at the time it
happened, it was empty.

Fixes FS#19911

Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-23 13:32:21 +10:00
Dan McGee
67d71ea932 Merge branch 'maint' 2010-06-20 21:01:32 -05:00
Allan McRae
c2cf6a14cf makepkg: revert bash4-ism
Commit 3d67d9b1 introduced multiple bash4 string manipulations.
Revert those in order retain compatibility with bash-3.2 which
is still widely used.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-20 21:00:49 -05:00
Dan McGee
6c00ca8f23 Handle sync target + ignore properly
Rather than say we can't find the target after saying "No, I guess I don't
want to install this", we should make sure the ignored status gets passed
all the way through. This fixes FS#19866.

Pactest is also included that failed before due to the fact that we normally
treat an unfound package as a reason to exit with a non-zero status.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-20 15:19:19 -05:00
Allan McRae
59c47aaf52 Clarify testing within conditional statements
Follow the HACKING guidelines and always use != 0 or == 0 rather
than negation within conditional statements to improve clarity.
Most of these are !strcmp usages which is the example of what not
to do in the HACKING document.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-21 01:04:58 +10:00
Andres P
d7dccd5419 makepkg: remove unnecessary use of sort
pacman -Qq output is sorted according to the users LC_COLLATE
setting as is needed for comm.

Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
[Allan: adjust commit message]
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-21 01:04:58 +10:00
Andres P
3e4d2c3aa6 libalpm: compare pkgname with strcoll
Use strcoll to compare package names to provide output sorted
according to a users LC_COLLATE settings.

Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
[Allan: added commit message]
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-21 01:04:57 +10:00
Andres P
f5f107674b makepkg: use parameter expansion instead of basename
Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-21 01:04:57 +10:00
Andres P
1b93a116e7 makepkg: fix inconsistent output when checking dependencies
Instead of writing:
==> Checking Runtime Dependencies...
==> Checking Buildtime Dependencies...
==> Installing missing dependencies...

Just make it homogeneous:
==> Checking runtime dependencies...
==> Checking buildtime dependencies...
==> Installing missing dependencies...

Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-21 01:04:57 +10:00
Andres P
70418e48f6 makepkg: merge in-line splitpkg handling logic
Ease maintainace; the two parts that have been combined into a function were
identical.

Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
[Allan: rename function]
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-21 01:04:57 +10:00
Andres P
c7a37d039b makepkg: add to variables without expanding them
Use foo+=" bar" instead of foo="${foo} bar"

Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-21 01:04:57 +10:00
Andres P
cd042640c6 makepkg: less code repetition for empty variable checking
Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-21 01:04:57 +10:00
Andres P
13748ca052 makepkg: use "declare -f" to test for function presence
Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-21 01:04:57 +10:00
Andres P
34229c5625 makepkg: fix variable checks when writing pkginfo
Regression caused by c71fe7db. Was checking for "optdepend" and "conflict"
rather than "optdepends" and "conflicts" when populating .PKGINFO.

Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
[Allan: adjust commit message]
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-21 01:04:57 +10:00
Dan McGee
7fc50d7950 Revert disabling of make in doc/ dir by default
This is a partial revert of commit d44e5099. By making disabling docs the
default, it presents all sorts of problems- namely anyone who builds from a
tarball and isn't careful enough to include '--enable-doc' will get an
install without any manpages at all. Remember that make includes both
'build' and 'install' steps.

The warning introduced by the commit is kept, so we do not lose all its
benefits, but I am not happy to see regressions introduced in packaging and
installing of this piece of software.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-17 00:01:23 -05:00
Allan McRae
dc817a2061 makepkg: fallback to sane defaults for library stripping
If the library stripping variables are not defined in makepkg.conf,
libraries will be fully stripped and become broken.  Fallback to a
sane default stripping level.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-16 23:54:33 -05:00
Nezmer
09aae4b7a5 makepkg: Extract from any file bsdtar can recognize
If "file -bizL" does not return a supported type, check if the file is
recognized by bsdtar and if yes extract from it.

Dan: use '-q' option to prevent needing to seek the entire archive.

Signed-off-by: Nezmer <git@nezmer.info>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-17 14:34:57 +10:00
Andres P
c71fe7db42 makepkg: use printf when writing pkginfo
Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-17 14:34:57 +10:00
Andres P
0e96532096 makepkg: use single redirection when writing PKGINFO
Instead of specifying the output file on every echo, leave it to the
caller of write_pkginfo to specify the target.

Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-17 14:34:57 +10:00
Andres P
f258ffab25 makepkg: use double brackets
Change all instances of the (test) [ builtin to the [[ keyword.

Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-17 14:34:57 +10:00
Andres P
95145d4c52 makepkg: use type -p's return value for PATH checks
Rely on type -p's return value instead of a string check.

And gettext was previously being checked with type -t, which was
inconsistent with the rest of the tests pertaining commands that aren't
expected to be functions nor builtins.

Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-17 14:34:57 +10:00
Allan McRae
3c8816f74b makepkg: fallback to sane defaults for library stripping
If the library stripping variables are not defined in makepkg.conf,
libraries will be fully stripped and become broken.  Fallback to a
sane default stripping level.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-17 14:32:08 +10:00
Dan McGee
892266277e Fix distcheck invocation in doc/ directory
Commit 5fe41df8 broke `make distcheck` pretty badly for the doc directory.
Looking at what this commit was trying to accomplish, it make sense to
revert a lot of the build system changes and just simplify what we are
showing in the man page anyway- an example, not exactly how it is configured
on your system.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-16 21:01:09 -05:00
Dan McGee
2ee186506c Add test/util directory as necessary to build files
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-16 21:00:44 -05:00
Dan McGee
1c59b9e881 Update website with 3.4.0 release
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-16 20:10:47 -05:00
甘露(Gan Lu)
2e5e3739a1 Fix issue in Chinese translation
Fixes FS#19777.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-16 10:19:44 -05:00
Dan McGee
84b999823b Add a .mailmap file
This helps out `git shortlog` by mapping our various mismatched authors and
email addresses. The number of authors reported by shortlog goes from 131 to
98 after this commit.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-15 19:56:47 -05:00
Ionuț Bîru
c355d2a3b7 Update Romanian translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-14 12:18:01 -05:00
Leandro Inácio
6e31ddf42e Revise Portuguese (Brazil) translation
Fix the '\t' characters that got introduced by the last update of this
translation that should not have been there.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-14 12:08:28 -05:00
Manuel Tortosa
8fbc91e693 Updating Catalan translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-14 12:02:07 -05:00
Juan Pablo González T
fe7b77cd8a Update Spanish translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-14 11:00:20 -05:00
Roman Kyrylych
ea7696b441 Update Ukrainian translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-14 10:29:57 -05:00
Leandro Inácio
6297248087 Update Portuguese (Brazil) translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-11 19:01:46 -05:00
Dan McGee
5f5b6f16af translations: rename Norwegian translation from nb_NO to nb
This puts us more in line with other projects that don't attach the country
code to the language code.

$ du -sh /usr/share/locale/nb*/LC_MESSAGES
3.5M    /usr/share/locale/nb/LC_MESSAGES
132K    /usr/share/locale/nb_NO/LC_MESSAGES

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-11 10:05:45 -05:00
Dan McGee
f9c70d3140 translations: rename Swedish translation from sv_SE to sv
This puts us more in line with other projects that don't attach the country
code to the language code.

$ du -sh /usr/share/locale/sv*/LC_MESSAGES
7.2M    /usr/share/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES
60K     /usr/share/locale/sv_SE/LC_MESSAGES

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-11 09:57:12 -05:00
Christos Nouskas
d978039cf0 Revise Greek translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-09 15:16:59 -05:00
Allan McRae
d73d055c6f makepkg: use BUILDFILE rather than BUILDSCRIPT
In check_sanity, BUILDFILE needs to be checked rather than
BUILDSCRIPT.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-09 16:52:49 +10:00
Allan McRae
b886362282 makepkg: fix errors with multiple install or changelog files
Another issue caused by fe1e3471.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-09 15:58:05 +10:00
Allan McRae
ac5c2fd09b Fix creation of source packages
Source packages were getting created with only links to local source
files.  Caused by commit 5cddcc90.

Also, fix dangling symlinks to install and changelog files. Caused
by commit fe1e3471.

Thanks to Christopher Rogers <slaxemulator@gmail.com> for pointing
out areas that were failing.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-09 15:58:05 +10:00
Dan McGee
8163beb622 Update English (British) translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-07 20:17:14 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
88f139ab4e API changes between 3.3 and 3.4
Updates for README file.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-07 18:18:34 -05:00
Matthias Gorissen
b00d911331 Update German translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-07 15:08:43 -05:00
Sergey Tereschenko
982018bf74 Update Russian translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-07 12:24:48 -05:00
Dan McGee
93def410b8 Add note about XySSL/PolarSSL name change
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-07 10:35:08 -05:00
Baurzhan Muftakhidinov
9a56830164 Update Kazakh translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-07 09:30:39 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
3012c0e091 Update French translation
Thanks to CalimeroTeknik <calimeroteknik@free.fr> for providing many
corrections !

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-06 16:42:01 -05:00
Christos Nouskas
b79193a37e Update Greek translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-06 16:41:35 -05:00
Dan McGee
a338778028 Remove unnecessary gettext call
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-05 11:42:46 -05:00
Vojtěch Gondžala
d58f398312 Update Czech translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-05 11:40:42 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
c80e04a151 Update Hungarian translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-05 11:34:31 -05:00
Giovanni Scafora
a3b1585b7b Update Italian translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-05 11:30:51 -05:00
甘露(Gan Lu)
a66f8dbbb1 Update Chinese translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-05 11:27:45 -05:00
Samed Beyribey
10aba2fd53 Update Turkish translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-04 19:44:33 -05:00
Dan McGee
46b170a26e Bump configure.ac versions for 3.4.0 release
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-04 17:02:24 -05:00
Dan McGee
5bf3ba1ca8 NEWS: add some flyspray bug numbers
Also add a note about bash completion improvements.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-04 16:49:48 -05:00
Dan McGee
f60db581a7 translation: update pot/po files for libalpm in prep for release
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-04 13:36:38 -05:00
Dan McGee
a8a6eed9e8 translation: update pot/po files for pacman in prep for release
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-04 13:35:57 -05:00
Allan McRae
d8d5d48270 NEWS update for pacman-3.4
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-03 18:14:56 -05:00
Cedric Staniewski
5cddcc901b makepkg: refactor absolute filename detection
Move the absolute filename detection to a new function to reduce code
duplication.

This patch also fixes the --allsource option that did not include remote
source files if they reside in $startdir instead of $SRCDEST.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Staniewski <cedric@gmx.ca>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-03 18:14:25 -05:00
Cedric Staniewski
3739fe9913 makepkg: print only base filename of install/changelog files
The complete file path of a temporary symlink is really useless
information.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Staniewski <cedric@gmx.ca>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-03 14:15:50 -05:00
Dan McGee
756e49259d contrib: kill gensync/updatesync
These are old and have outlived their usefulness at this point. Kill them.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-03 14:07:48 -05:00
Dan McGee
0ac96d94ec Move vercmp tests into util/ testing directory
Now that not everything is in 'pactest/', we can separate out the parts a
bit more and leave the pacman/ directory to be just pactest.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-02 13:24:22 -05:00
Allan McRae
844d82fad8 Move pacman test suite
Move the test suite to test/pacman in order to make a logical
location for a future makepkg test suite.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-02 13:14:51 -05:00
Allan McRae
ccea1b5576 Fix typo in pactest
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-02 13:14:41 -05:00
Allan McRae
2710b256cc Remove unnecessary error catching from PKGBUILD protos
The use of "|| return 1" is no longer necessary in PKGBUILDs.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-02 13:14:34 -05:00
Allan McRae
5dffef787d repo-add: symlink to db file to reponame.db
This is a small step towards allowing pacman to handle databases
with variable compression types.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-27 09:19:13 -05:00
Andres P
fe1e3471f4 makepkg: remove code duplication in buildscript parsing
Merges code in two almost identical chunks in create_srcpackage and
check_sanity.

Also discards the space kept by regex in ae73d75660 and earlier, since
the for loop discards it later on.

Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-27 09:18:52 -05:00
Dan McGee
3064f8d08d Update pacsearch to work with new Qs/Ss output
Now that we have the '[installed]' text, update pacsearch to look for it and
highlight it instead of the former '***' prefix.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-27 09:18:20 -05:00
Andres P
80f7c1707c bash_completion : full rewrite with many improvements
* Undeclared local vars with common enough names to warrant breakage
* Performance issues with _pacman trying to replicate /usr/bin/pacman
  with find and other slow tools.
* Performance issues with expanding an array (with sometimes hundreds of
  items) over three times.
* Expanding said array to remove already completed entries had the side
  effect of braking filenames with spaces and or \n.
* add -D --database options and --print
* fix dirs showing up when they shouldn't in completions
* completions regarding database entries shouldn't trigger filename
  completion.

This is now down to 106 lines. The original one (master) is 365 lines
long, yet this one retains all functionality.

The work is documented in FS#16630.

Signed-off-by: Andres P <stderr@mail.com>
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-24 21:24:48 -05:00
Andres P
ae73d75660 makepkg: replace unnecessary uses of grep
Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-24 21:23:55 -05:00
Allan McRae
3cd237dec3 makepkg: fix permissions on install and changelog files
The .INSTALL and .CHANGELOG files in a package retained the permissions
that they had in $startdir.   Do a chmod after copying to ensure
that the permissions are sane.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-24 21:23:47 -05:00
Andres P
52c3f871db makepkg: don't decompress when stripping binaries
f569c4a042 wrongly relied on file's output.

The fix is to not decompress files in the first place.

Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-24 21:18:57 -05:00
Allan McRae
f948cb25bb Change directory in package function in PKGBUILD.proto
makepkg goes back to the $startdir between the build() and
package() functions so we need to change directory at the
start of the package function.

TODO: fix makepkg to make this unnecessary

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-19 20:33:35 +10:00
Jonathan Conder
9ab6bfad22 fix memory leak in _alpm_sync_commit
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Conder <j@skurvy.no-ip.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-18 11:51:31 -05:00
Daenyth
ac722c9327 rankmirrors: Add a --repo option to target a specific repo
Signed-off-by: Daenyth <Daenyth+Arch@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-18 11:43:17 -05:00
Allan McRae
c1fc00508e makepkg: allow skipping integrity checks when making source package
Extends the use of the --skipinteg option to creating a source
package. Fixes FS#15984.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-18 11:35:55 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
0e7ba6bddd New pactest: unresolvable001.py
To test the regression of commit eada558e12.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-18 11:33:56 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
eada558e12 Partial fix for the phonon/qt issue
This patch fixes the phonon/qt issue, if all to-be-upgraded packages are
explicit targets (ie. only not-yet-installed packages are pulled by
resolvedeps). This condition covers the most common situations, for example
it should hold with every -Su operation.

After this patch sync405.py passes, but sync406.py doesn't.

The work is inspired by the patch of Henning Garus, thanks for his work:
http://mailman.archlinux.org/pipermail/pacman-dev/2010-February/010429.html
(I moved the alpm_list_diff computation to sync.c in order to compute it
only once.)

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-18 11:33:00 -05:00
Nezmer
c6f0fc27ed Resolve dependencies whenever --syncdeps is passed and --nodeps is not
With this patch, dependencies will be resolved and not silently ignored
when running:

makepkg --nobuild --syncdeps
makepkg --repackage --syncdeps

Also, a warning is displayed when repackaging and dependencies are not
being resolved.

Thank you Allan for the feedback.

Signed-off-by: Nezmer <git@nezmer.info>
[Allan: Only warn when repackaging with a package function]
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-18 11:31:59 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
d44e509933 configure.ac : disable doc by default and check for asciidoc
This is a complaint that has been reported many many times. By default, docs
are enabled and there is no check for asciidoc, so anyone building from git
will see their build fail.

We cannot do a strict check for asciidoc because released source tarballs
have man pages already built, and it should be possible to install them
without having asciidoc.

This patch attempts to improve the situation in two ways :
1) disable doc by default
2) print a warning if docs are enabled but asciidoc is not installed

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-18 11:30:29 -05:00
Dieter Plaetinck
d32f6daa66 fix for incorrect checking of return code, which causes syntax errors
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-18 11:29:05 -05:00
Marc-A. Dahlhaus
5752e276fb Allow to include a path containing wildcards
Dan: line wrapping and man page touchup.

Signed-off-by: Marc-A. Dahlhaus <mad@wol.de>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-18 11:26:22 -05:00
Dan McGee
a6ace987a9 Add some machinery to test the Include directive
After the previous patch that re-enabled its use outside of sync repository
sections which we had unintentionally disabled.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-17 18:47:30 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
3a85f83840 Allow Include directive in any sections
Fix a regression of 51f9e5e40a that only allowed Include in repo sections.

Thanks to Marc - A. Dahlhaus for reporting the issue.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-17 18:27:01 -05:00
Dan McGee
df842e11cf pactest: remove cargo-cult option reset
This doesn't need to be here. We don't even support non-CamelCase options
anymore.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-17 18:23:07 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
25cd6c2e8d Fix a serious bug in the download code
After commit df99495b82 pacman downloaded files from the first repo only,
and reported corrupted packages for all files from other repos.

The download_size was set to 0 for _all_ transaction packages after
downloading some files from the first repo. This code-block was moved to its
correct place.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-14 15:03:21 -05:00
Dan McGee
f03f09011f doc: fix up description of where example PKGBUILD is located
As Allan pointed out, this actually ships with pacman (at least with Arch)
and not necessarily with ABS or any other package. Also fix the language
dealing with the prototype install files.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-13 19:14:16 -05:00
Dan McGee
10b0acfc20 PKGBUILD.vim: only allow hex characters in checksums
Of course, we still have only md5 and sha1 hardcoded here but I resisted the
urge to copy paste for the rest of our supported checksums in hope that
someone knows how to do it a better way.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-13 17:46:30 -05:00
Dan McGee
07b2ba251f Add 'pkgbase' highlighting to vim syntax file
Simple change and probably a bit too copy/paste, but works for now.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-13 17:26:54 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
df833f6c64 PKGBUILD.vim : update valid licenses
Updated list with :
echo $(pacman -Ql licenses | grep "/usr/share/licenses/common/.*/$" | cut
-d'/' -f6 )

Maybe PKGBUILD.vim could do this at runtime ?

Dan: you forgot the symlinks; readded FDL, GPL, LGPL.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-13 17:11:25 -05:00
Allan McRae
7f02f7cb9f Allow -Qo to perform a functional 'which'
When pacman queries the ownership of an object that is not a path, it will
check in the users PATH for a match. Implements FS#8798.

Dan: did some small refactoring and error message changes when PATH is
searched and nothing is found.

Original-patch-by: Shankar <jatheendra@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-11 12:09:43 -05:00
David Campbell
364ebf4e16 Switch Contributor line with Maintainer line.
When someone is creating a new PKGBUILD he will most likely be the maintainer
not a contributor.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-06 11:38:08 -05:00
Allan McRae
2ce444ee10 makepkg: rework --skipinteg
The current --skipinteg is a bit weird.  It does not skip integrity
checks, but instead does them and prints a warning. Change this
behaviour to actually skipping the checks.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-05 19:31:58 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
79987c92cb makepkg -g: use checksums defined in the pkgbuild
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
[Allan: amend documentation]
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-05 19:28:49 -05:00
Allan McRae
64c3255b0e makepkg: handle multiple install and changelog files
The presence of all install and changelog files (multiple files may
be used with package splitting) is checked for in check_sanity().

All install and changelog files are copied to the source location
when using --source.  The check for install and changelog file presence
is removed in create_srcpackage() as this is redundant to the checks
performed in check_sanity().

Moved install and changelog handling in create_srcpackage() to after
source array files, as this is more logical and readily allows for the
following.

A check is made when creating a source package that a symlink to an
install file has not already been added.  This can occur if the
install file is used multiple times or if it is listed in the source
array.

Fixes FS#18831, FS#18394 and partially fixes FS#16004

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-05 19:27:55 -05:00
Ray Kohler
590606a5d7 makepkg: fall back to su if sudo is not available
Signed-off-by: Ray Kohler <ataraxia937@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-05 19:26:56 -05:00
Allan McRae
ccbef232c9 makepkg: improve removal of installed dependencies
Compare a list of packages on the system before and after dependency
resolution in order to get a complete list of packages to remove.  This
allows makepkg to remove packages installed due to provides.

Bail in cases where packages that were on the system originally have been
removed as there is a risk of breaking the system when removing the new
packages.

Fixes FS#15144.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-05 19:26:06 -05:00
Jonathan Conder
df99495b82 Compute package download size outside _alpm_sync_prepare
And add a new info level for this piece of data.

Signed-off-by: Jonathan Conder <j@skurvy.no-ip.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-05 18:15:52 -05:00
Dan McGee
d485c0370f Improve documentation of -k/--dbonly
We had the long option wrong in some places and its behavior wasn't
documented at all with regards to -U/--upgrade.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-05 11:18:27 -05:00
Dan McGee
9528c36452 Add two new pactests for --dbonly
It caught me by surprise that:
1. These weren't being tested at all
2. The --dbonly combined with -U not only "works" but is also completely
   undocumented. It also has some weird behavior on install vs. upgrade that
   may need addressing.

Add some tests which will hopefully provoke some discussion.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-05 11:11:20 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
f9fa822ccb Remove unused 'z' option from getopt_long's optstring
In addition, I permuted shortopts to make it more readable.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-05 10:39:44 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
ac9dde072c Introduce -D, --database
The request of FS#12950 is implemented.

On the backend side, I introduced a new function, alpm_db_set_pkgreason(),
to modify the install reason of a package in the local database. On the
front-end side, I introduced a new main operation, -D/--database, which has
two options, --asdeps and --asexplicit. I documented this in pacman manual.
I've created two pactests to test -D: database001.py and database002.py.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-05 10:37:01 -05:00
Dan McGee
6b6eb6345b Fix up the cross-compilation patch library lookup
Don't explicitly add things to the list that might not need to be there, and
get the fallback list of libraries correct.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-04 23:43:43 -05:00
Dan McGee
eb6af031ec Build vercmp without needing link to libalpm
Include the object file directly from the libalpm version comparison code as
it is the only thing we need. This drops the dependency of vercmp on
libalpm and all of the stuff we know it drags in.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-04 23:42:01 -05:00
Dan McGee
4f80993933 Remove call to function logger
It isn't really necessary here and it helps us get rid of some link
pollution so we can have a slim vercmp binary.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-04 23:38:52 -05:00
Dan McGee
2a6f3f0652 Move vercmp code into a separate file
This will facilitate using this object file on its own in the vercmp tool
which will be done in a future commit. The net impact on the generated
binaries should not be noticeable after this commit.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-04 23:32:13 -05:00
Dan McGee
8a6bbed98e Update PKGBUILD.proto to include a package() function
Relevant after we deprecated `makepkg -R` without a package() function being
present in the PKGBUILD.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-04-27 13:08:09 -05:00
Allan McRae
90aca75cb9 makepkg: BSD find compatibility fix
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-04-26 18:49:28 -05:00
Christophe Chapuis
753599b504 contrib/pactree: generate reverse dependency trees
Add an option to show the tree of packages which depend on a given
package

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-04-26 18:49:11 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
652762488a New pactests for the phonon/qt issue
Original-work-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-04-26 18:47:56 -05:00
Allan McRae
6995aed9ae makepkg: deprecate repackaging without a package function
File permissions are not guaranteed to stay the same on exit from fakeroot,
so repackaging may result in files with different permissions. This is
avoided when using a package() function (or split packages) as the
packaging step is rerun.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
[Dan: touched up message for translation purposes]
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-04-26 18:46:41 -05:00
Serge Ziryukin
7608dd74d7 check for valid optarg before using strdup
Signed-off-by: Serge Ziryukin <ftrvxmtrx@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-04-26 14:50:31 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
88254d762d Show --print and --print-format options with -Rh, -Sh and -Uh only
http://mailman.archlinux.org/pipermail/pacman-dev/2010-March/010519.html

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-03-25 21:59:27 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
7965345d43 More consistent printing of off_t and time_t
time_t : %ld
off_t : %jd and cast to intmax_t

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-03-25 21:58:35 -05:00
Dan McGee
21abae98cb Update -Si docs to reflect new -Sii operation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-03-25 21:36:30 -05:00
Allan McRae
98ee520907 Sort and avoid duplicates in -Sii output
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-03-25 21:32:48 -05:00
Allan McRae
526806e7ac alpm_list_diff_sorted - make some arguments const
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-03-25 21:31:37 -05:00
Matthias Lanzinger
bf7c3eb17f Fix cross-compilation issues with git and libfetch
This patch fixes 2 issues I encountered when cross-compiling pacman.
First is the test for libfetch which requires explicit linking to all
libraries libfetch depends on.

The other problem results from the AC_CHECK_PROGS test for git. This
test will stop configure with an error when cross-compiling.
The fix moves the call to AC_CHECK_PROG so that is only called of
--enable-git is actually set.

Signed-off-by: Matthias Lanzinger <mlaenz@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-03-25 21:28:01 -05:00
Dan McGee
cdbb90aceb Show 'Required By' in -Sii output
Just as we do in -Qi, we can compute required by information for sync
database packages. The behavior seems sane; for a given package, the -Sii
required by will show all packages in *any* sync database that require it.

Implements FS#16244.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-03-23 22:24:14 -05:00
Dan McGee
ad4efa539d Strip extension off all package compression types
Since we were searching for '.pkg.tar.gz' before, we now have started to
show extensions during the download when we have a '.pkg.tar.xz' package.
Just look for '.pkg.tar.' (or '.db.tar.') instead and suppress anything
found from that point on.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-03-18 21:46:03 -05:00
Dan McGee
f6c7de77ed Unbreak the database partial extraction code
Basically I'm the idiot that thought I could make it better and completely
forgot how freeing the contents of the original lists would screw up our
nice little diff extraction lists. This caused segfaults among other
problems. Last time I try to do that...

Program received signal SIGSEGV, Segmentation fault.
0x00007ffff627ce26 in strcmp () from /lib/libc.so.6
(gdb) bt

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-03-15 23:06:22 -05:00
Dan McGee
a36ff9404b Bump copyright dates to 2010
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-03-14 19:46:59 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
1aa1d00248 fix a few warnings reported by clang
- remove unused variables
- some more sanity checks
- safer printf

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-03-14 19:25:48 -05:00
Dan McGee
be2f43191d Reduce duplicate code in DB extraction
Follow-up to the previous "Only extract new DB entries" patch; move the
partial extraction code inside one side of the loop so we can use the same
code for actually doing file extraction.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-03-14 19:16:26 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
2f4ee4341d Only extract new DB entries
This implements FS#15198. The idea apparently came from Csaba Henk
<csaba-ml <at> creo.hu> which submitted a patch to Frugalware, so thanks to
him, even though I did not look at the code :)

The idea is to only extract folders for new packages into the package
database and clean up the old directories. This is essentially implementing
Xyne's "rebase" script within pacman.

If using -Syy, just remove and extract everything.

If using -Sy :
1. Generate list of directories in DB
2. Generate list of directories in archive
3. Compare both
4. Clean up old directories
5. Extract new directories

Original-work-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
[Dan: fix compile error, s/int/size_t/]
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-03-14 19:12:24 -05:00
Dan McGee
69b3a811a1 Mark two functions static
These were just introduced in the `--print` patch, and don't need to be
exposed outside of util.c.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-03-14 18:47:40 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
d39b1dbe62 Add new --print operation for all operations
And a new --print-format option to configure the output.

This implements FS#14208

Example usage :
pacman -Sp --print-format "%r/%n-%v : %l [%s]" kdelibs
extra/kdelibs-4.3.2-4 : ftp://mir2.archlinuxfr.org/archlinux/extra/os/i686/kdelibs-4.3.2-4-i686.pkg.tar.gz [0,00]

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-03-14 18:44:40 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
67700b926a print installed packages
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-03-14 18:41:38 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
e4be3e06af callback: use variable length for progressbar text
This fixes FS#17523

We always used a fixed value of 50 for textlen, which is often not enough
for download progress bar. At least we can use a bigger width on large
terminal (e.g. 60% of width) and keep 50 as minimum.

before:
 nautilus-2.28.4-1-x...     5.7M  789.2K/s 00:00:07 [####################################] 100%
after:
 nautilus-2.28.4-1-x86_64         5.7M  770.7K/s 00:00:08 [##############################] 100%

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-03-14 18:39:43 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
e5dce888c0 callback.c : less magic progress bars
1 - Explain magic numbers

2 - There was a weird off by 1 mess in the progress bar. The code supposedly
shared the width between 50 chars for text (textlen) and the rest for the
progress bar (proglen = getcols() - textlen).
But the code actually used textlen + 1 for the text and proglen - 1 for the
progress bar (with haslen=1, the progress bar was actually empty), which was
a bit confusing so I changed it.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-03-14 18:39:26 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
087be2f1fb delta : add external cleanup script
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-03-14 18:34:42 -05:00
Allan McRae
6f0ffb2386 makepkg: always update symlinks to compressed man pages
When a man page has both symbolic and hard links, any symlink pointing
to other than the alphabetically first hardlink was not "compressed"
and left dangling towards the uncompressed man page. Fixes FS#18569.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-03-14 18:34:27 -05:00
Cedric Staniewski
5fe41df8a9 makepkg: make strip options configurable
The newly added variables STRIP_BINARIES, STRIP_SHARED and STRIP_STATIC,
that are set in makepkg.conf, specify the strip options used on binaries
and shared and static libraries.
In addition, files are now stripped more aggressively by default.

Implements FS#13592 the way it was suggested by Allan in the comments.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Staniewski <cedric@gmx.ca>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-03-14 18:34:16 -05:00
Dan McGee
22331fdadb makepkg: Remove setgid bit on srcdir/pkgdir creation
It was noted in FS#17533 that setgid bits are carried down into any created
subdirectories, and thus could end up being in a built package if the
original package directory was marked g+s. When we create src/ and pkg/,
explicitly chmod them to remove any sticky bits.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-03-14 18:32:44 -05:00
Allan McRae
65d43fbb84 makepkg: abort on missing or non-writable PKGDEST
When PKGDEST pointed to a non-writable location, makepkg would fail
after completing the build process. This patch makes it abort as
soon as PKGDEST is parsed.

Also, move the SRCDEST check to the same point rather than right
before downloading sources (which was after dependency checks).

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-03-14 18:30:35 -05:00
Allan McRae
a4e3fd1847 makepkg: only strip files that are writable
TODO: http://mailman.archlinux.org/pipermail/pacman-dev/2010-January/010390.html

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-03-14 18:30:23 -05:00
Nezmer
de5473c026 makepkg: Add documentation for the new SRCPKGDEST variable
Add SRCPKGDEST documentation to the makepkg.conf man page

Signed-off-by: Nezmer <git@nezmer.info>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-02-28 23:25:13 -06:00
Cedric Staniewski
eee61a0bbc makepkg: document environment variables PKGDEST and SRCDEST
Signed-off-by: Cedric Staniewski <cedric@gmx.ca>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-02-28 23:25:08 -06:00
Allan McRae
7ea0a115db makepkg: update required programs
Remove getopt, add xz.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-02-28 23:23:04 -06:00
Cedric Staniewski
1a00ee5c27 bash_completion: remove absolute utility paths again
The location of the used utilities may and does differ between various
distributions and therefore absolute paths do not work well. Since the
main purpose of its introduction was to avoid side-effects caused by
aliases, it is sufficient to disable possible aliases temporarily by
preceding the commands with a backslash.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Staniewski <cedric@gmx.ca>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-02-28 23:19:03 -06:00
Pierre Schmitz
d85421ec62 contrib/*_completion: match *.pkg.tar.*
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-02-28 23:17:54 -06:00
Allan McRae
afb61bb22a Do not print installed size when only downloading
When using --downloadonly the "Total Installed Size" message is not
needed and perhaps misleading.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-01-19 23:39:22 -06:00
Nagy Gabor
27bc2f7eb8 Print "there is nothing to do" with NOOP transactions
The "local database is up to date" message has been replaced with "there
is nothing to do" message. This used with "empty" -S, -R, -U operations too.
(Examples: pacman -S ignored_pkg, pacman -Ru needed_pkg.)

See FS#17859.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-01-19 22:14:12 -06:00
Dan McGee
0eadc99240 Merge branch 'maint'
Just a slight touchup in makepkg due to the [ -> [[ conversion, so nothing
to see here.

Conflicts:
	scripts/makepkg.sh.in
2010-01-19 22:03:54 -06:00
Dan McGee
8b3f5f0ce6 bash_completion: use absolute paths to utilities
Fixes issues noted in FS#16630.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
(cherry picked from commit 03f35b1432)

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-01-19 21:58:01 -06:00
Cedric Staniewski
ce9bb994f8 makepkg: fix abortion after sourcing /etc/profile
The source command triggers / might trigger the ERR trap which makes
makepkg abort right after a successful installation of missing
dependencies.

Thanks to Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com> for finding this
solution.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Staniewski <cedric@gmx.ca>
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
(cherry picked from commit 77e84bea71)

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-01-19 21:56:36 -06:00
Allan McRae
0c3f502064 contrib/bacman: fix checking if file has been added
Fixes FS#17140.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
(cherry picked from commit 0199a7ee71)

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-01-19 21:56:00 -06:00
Dan McGee
a12ed63545 NULL out handle after release
We free'd the handle but didn't NULL out the global variable, leading to
problems if you try to reinitialize the library. Make sure we clean up after
ourselves.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-01-19 21:52:54 -06:00
Nezmer
afc37c58c7 makepkg: Introduce $SRCPKGDEST
Introduce $SRCPKGDEST to define a destination dir for source packages
instead of saving them in $PKGDEST with binary packages.

The simple patch doesn't break old behavior.

Signed-off-by: Nezmer <git@nezmer.info>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-01-19 21:51:51 -06:00
Cedric Staniewski
335627d72d makepkg: check for non-empty pkgbase instead of pkgname
pkgbase is used in the following rm calls, and since pkgname can be
present when pkgbase is not, it is safer to check for pkgbase.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Staniewski <cedric@gmx.ca>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-12-14 21:39:24 -06:00
Cedric Staniewski
a6cca6e456 makepkg: remove srclinks directory on error exit
When makepkg exits in create_srcpackage(), the (temporary) srclinks
directory is left behind.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Staniewski <cedric@gmx.ca>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-12-13 23:31:06 -06:00
Nezmer
9fe27b068a makepkg: skip devel_check() when repackaging
Currently, "makepkg -R" creates a package with a wrong updated $pkgver.

Signed-off-by: Nezmer <Nezmer@allurelinux.org>
[Allan: adjusted comment]
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-12-13 23:30:58 -06:00
Cedric Staniewski
05ff276eef makepkg: limit sudo usage to allowed pacman commands
This is particularly useful when using pacman wrappers which call sudo
by themselves and therefore should not be run as root.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Staniewski <cedric@gmx.ca>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-12-13 23:28:43 -06:00
Cedric Staniewski
66c6d288fd makepkg: allow to specify an alternative pacman command
If PACMAN environment variable is set, makepkg will try to use this
command to check for installed dependencies and to install or remove
packages. Otherwise, makepkg will fall back to pacman.

Implements FS#13028.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Staniewski <cedric@gmx.ca>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
[Dan: move envvar section in manpage]
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-12-13 23:26:54 -06:00
Allan McRae
b805fe58ae makepkg: check for references to build root in package
Add a check that the package does not contain references to the
folder it was built in.

Fixes FS#14751

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-12-13 23:22:34 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
a2c9cbdbdc improve download_internal error messages
download_internal is supposed to always set pm_errno but did not in many
cases.

The most important (and tested) change is the one concerning fetchStat. This
is typically where the code will fail when the network is down for example.

Before commit d2dbb04a9a, this fetchStat call did not exist and the
same kind of errors would be encountered in the fetchXGet call that follows.
I just copied the error printing to restore the old behavior.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-12-13 23:22:16 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
b8b8c78627 add some more sanity check for optarg
getopt should already ensure that optarg is not NULL when an argument is
required, but just be extra safe and double check it before using optarg.

To be honest, I only did that to make clang shut up and eliminate the last
warnings it reported.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-12-13 23:21:56 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
51f9e5e40a refactor _parseoptions
This function was quite huge (~230 lines) and difficult to parse, now it is
slightly better.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-12-13 23:20:56 -06:00
Nagy Gabor
444ff95641 Print error on duplicated database entries
Some users reported duplicated database entries in /var/lib/pacman/local/,
for example, both foo-1.0-1 and foo-2.0-1 subdirectories existed. (Bogus
3rd-party scripts, backup?) In this case pacman reported no error and its
behaviour was mysterious.

From now on, pacman detects this situation and prints an error message.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-12-13 23:18:58 -06:00
Dan McGee
e612eb6ba2 Remove trailing whitespace on all lines in list_display
This ensures we never have trailing whitespace. Take the following text,
with line numbers added for clarity:

1. Title   : item1 item2 item3 item4
2.           item5 item6 item7 item8
3.           item9 itemA itemB itemC

Laszlo Papp helpfully pointed out we would have two trailing spaces on line
three after the last item. However, we also had these trailing spaces on
lines one and two, which the initial patch didn't take care of. This can be
seen on something like `pacman -Qi glibc`.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-12-13 23:12:44 -06:00
Dan McGee
926dfe5827 Fix requiredby output
This is a bit embarrassing. For example:
$ pacman -Qi mesa
...
Required By    : mesa  mesa  mesa  mesa  mesa  mesa

Something is clearly not right, and the problem was introduced in commit
0bc961. Fix the issue by getting the package name off the correct variable.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-12-07 22:48:59 -06:00
Dan McGee
03f35b1432 bash_completion: use absolute paths to utilities
Fixes issues noted in FS#16630.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-11-30 23:01:12 -06:00
Allan McRae
f2c9e51eb0 makepkg: allow specifying subsets of packages to build
This allows makepkg to only build a specified subset of packages
from a split PKGBUILD.  This is very useful in combination with the
-R flag or when bumping the pkgrel of a single package.

Fixes FS#15956.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-11-30 21:22:52 -06:00
Cedric Staniewski
82443e0059 makepkg: move pacman calls to a function
Signed-off-by: Cedric Staniewski <cedric@gmx.ca>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-11-30 21:19:54 -06:00
Eric Bélanger
93862bd7cb makepkg: Place packages symlinks in build dir when PKGDEST is used
When PKGDEST is used, symlinks to the packages will be put in the build
directory.  This combines the convenience of a global package cache with
the ease of having a package (i.e. a symlink) in the build directory for
testing and installation purpose.

Signed-off-by: Eric Bélanger <snowmaniscool@gmail.com>
[Allan: add comment documenting clean-up addition]
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-11-30 21:12:27 -06:00
Isaac Good
6c8f817040 Replace an ugly while [ with a for (( loop
Signed-off-by: Isaac Good <pacman@isaac.otherinbox.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-11-30 21:06:17 -06:00
Dan McGee
96b34308fe Fix syntax error in new translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-11-15 21:22:01 -06:00
Dan McGee
8a8dfc9d55 HACKING: add some notes about valgrind/gdb usage
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-11-15 20:21:50 -06:00
Dan McGee
d2dbb04a9a download: major refactor to address lingering issues
Sorry for this being such a huge patch, but I believe it is necessary for
quite a few reasons which I will attempt to explain herein. I've been
mulling this over for a while, but wasn't super happy with making the
download interface more complex. Instead, if we carefully order things in
the internal download code, we can actually make the interface simpler.

1. FS#15657 - This involves `name.db.tar.gz.part` files being left around the
filesystem, and then causing all sorts of issues when someone attempts to
rerun the operation they canceled. We need to ensure that if we resume a
download, we are resuming it on exactly the same file; if we cannot be
almost postive of that then we need to start over.

2. http://www.mail-archive.com/pacman-dev@archlinux.org/msg03536.html - Here
we have a lighttpd bug to ruin the day. If we send both a Range: header and
If-Modified-Since: header across the wire in a GET request, lighttpd doesn't
do what we want in several cases. If the file hadn't been modified, it
returns a '304 Not Modified' instead of a '206 Partial Content'. We need to
do a stat (e.g. HEAD in HTTP terms) operation here, and the proceed
accordingly based off the values we get back from it.

3. The mtime stuff was rather ugly, and relied on the called function to
write back to a passed in reference, which isn't the greatest. Instead, use
the power of the filesystem to contain this info. Every file downloaded
internally is now carefully timestamped with the remote file time. This
should allow the resume logic to work. In order to guarantee this, we need
to implement a signal handler that catches interrupts, notifies the running
code, and causes it to set the mtimes on the file. It then rethrows the
signal so the pacman signal handler (or any frontend) works as expected.

4. We did a lot of funky stuff in trying to track the DB last modified time.
It is a lot easier to just keep the downloaded DB file around and track the
time on that rather than in a funky dot file. It also kills a lot of code.

5. For GPG verification of the databases down the road, we are going to need
the DB file around for at least a short bit of time anyway, so this gets us
closer to that.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
[Xav: fixed printf with off_t]
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2009-11-15 19:47:30 -06:00
Laszlo Papp
be266b4364 Refactor do/while cycle and multiple while cycles
* It makes the code clearer to read/understand
* Cppcheck tool doesn't show this anymore: [./util.c:215]: (error) Resource leak: fd

[Dan: don't change the coding style]
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-11-15 19:40:56 -06:00
Eric Bélanger
120cd312e4 makepkg: Fixed logging for split packages
Signed-off-by: Eric Bélanger <snowmaniscool@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-11-15 19:34:09 -06:00
Cedric Staniewski
4d2ec3751c makepkg: allow the use of only a package() function
For some packages, generally the 'any' arch ones, a build step is not
required and therefore can be skipped. In these cases, a package()
function without a build() one is sufficient.

As a side effect, this commit makes meta packages without any function
at all in the PKGBUILD possible.

Fixes FS#15147.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Staniewski <cedric@gmx.ca>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-11-15 19:33:03 -06:00
Cedric Staniewski
564352c4a2 makepkg: extend test for hyphen prefixes to pkgbase and all pkgnames
Since commit fb97d32, which brought in this test, support for split
PKGBUILDs was added, and therefore, all values of pkgname and also
pkgbase have to be checked now.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Staniewski <cedric@gmx.ca>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-11-15 19:30:23 -06:00
Allan McRae
9c34dfd908 makepkg: Add fallback to package function
makepkg looks for a package() function when building a single package
but package_$pkgname() style package functions when building a split
package.  This patch allows the use of a package_$pkgname() function
when building a single package for consistency.  This is achieved by
having makepkg consider a non-split package with a package_$pkgname()
function as a split package (creating just the one package).

Fixes FS#16622.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-11-15 19:29:24 -06:00
Isaac Good
c2999619d2 makepkg: use bash test operators, part two
* FS#16623, second half of makepkg
* Includes stuff like -o to ||, -a to &&, etc.
* if [ $(type ... preserved due to a bash bug with [[ and set -e and ERR traps

Signed-off-by: Isaac Good <pacman@isaac.otherinbox.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-11-15 19:26:56 -06:00
Isaac Good
966c815881 makepkg: use bash test operators, part one
* FS#16623, first half of makepkg
* Includes stuff like -o to ||, -a to &&, etc.
* if [ $(type ... preserved due to a bash bug with [[ and set -e and ERR traps

Signed-off-by: Isaac Good <pacman@isaac.otherinbox.com>
[Dan: made commit message useful]
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-11-15 19:23:06 -06:00
Cedric Staniewski
5d5070f47d scripts: replace test builtin [ with shell keywords [[ and ((
FS#16623 suggested this change for makepkg; this patch applies it to the
remaining files in the scripts directory.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Staniewski <cedric@gmx.ca>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-11-15 19:22:54 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
fb310fc01e pacman.conf : enable resuming for curl
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-11-15 19:20:21 -06:00
Eric Bélanger
77023978c5 makepkg: Clarified error message when a sourceball exist already
Signed-off-by: Eric Bélanger <snowmaniscool@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-11-15 19:19:21 -06:00
Cedric Staniewski
77e84bea71 makepkg: fix abortion after sourcing /etc/profile
The source command triggers / might trigger the ERR trap which makes
makepkg abort right after a successful installation of missing
dependencies.

Thanks to Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com> for finding this
solution.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Staniewski <cedric@gmx.ca>
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-11-15 19:19:11 -06:00
Allan McRae
0199a7ee71 contrib/bacman: fix checking if file has been added
Fixes FS#17140.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-11-15 19:18:56 -06:00
Manuel Tortosa
88706168f2 Add Catalan translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-11-15 19:09:58 -06:00
Dan McGee
7ae15768e5 Merge branch 'maint' 2009-11-10 18:21:19 -06:00
Dan McGee
e09253d15b Necessary updates for 3.3.3 release
Should cover everything worth mentioning in NEWS, plus the version number
bumps as usual.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-11-10 16:18:05 -06:00
Cedric Staniewski
db756ed931 makepkg: quote arrays in order to preserve spaces in array items
Fixes FS#16871 and makes the pkgdesc workaround obsolete.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Staniewski <cedric@gmx.ca>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-11-10 11:24:20 -06:00
Dan McGee
133a39e2bb Fix opendir error condition checks
Thanks to Laszlo Papp <djszapi@archlinux.us> for the following catch:
  opendir(path)) == (DIR *)-1;
is maybe the result of misunderstanding the manpage. If an opendir() call
isn't successful it returns NULL rather than '(DIR *)-1'.

Noticed-by: Laszlo Papp <djszapi@archlinux.us>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-27 21:11:29 -05:00
Dan McGee
3f7cc83e0d Merge branch 'maint' 2009-10-26 21:07:29 -05:00
Laszlo Papp
361a25c086 Fix a small typo in alpm_list.c
Signed-off-by: Laszlo Papp <djszapi@archlinux.us>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-24 10:27:48 -05:00
Allan McRae
fff6d9dc2e makepkg: allow passing arguments with spaces
Currently makepkg takes the commandline arguments, assigns them to a
variable and passes that variable to the next makepkg call (within
fakeroot).

Use a comination of quotes and arrays in this process to ensure any
arguments passed within quotes and containing spaces stay as a single
argument during the second makepkg call.

Thanks to Dan for figuring out how to get this working.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-24 10:22:34 -05:00
Dan McGee
7f0f319a3e Merge branch 'maint' 2009-10-24 10:10:15 -05:00
Dan McGee
0bc961a8be Reduce unnecessary get_name() function calls
alpm_pkg_get_name() gives us little benefit in backend code besides a NULL
check on the package passed in; we could do that ourself if necessary. By
changing to direct references in the cases where we are sure we have a valid
package, we save a function call each time we need a package name. This
function can't be inlined because it is externally accessible.

This cuts the calls to get_name() from 1.3 million times in a
pacman -Qu operation to around 2400.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-24 10:10:12 -05:00
Cedric Staniewski
21caf8730f makepkg: change preselected option for cleaning the cache from Y to N
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-24 10:05:41 -05:00
Cedric Staniewski
748bc8ebd4 makepkg: use tput for terminal-safe colored and bold text
Suggested-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Cedric Staniewski <cedric@gmx.ca>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-24 10:00:52 -05:00
Cedric Staniewski
013fc9a795 makepkg: define escape sequences globally
In doing so, it is possible to get rid of all the tests for colored
messages except for one global one.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Staniewski <cedric@gmx.ca>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-24 09:59:03 -05:00
Cedric Staniewski
1000c0bd2e makepkg: check for non-empty pkgbase instead of pkgname
pkgbase is used in the following rm calls, and since pkgname can be
present when pkgbase is not, it is safer to check for pkgbase.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Staniewski <cedric@gmx.ca>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-24 09:56:07 -05:00
Heiko Baums
6ed7d001f6 pacdiff : add diffsearchpath option
Xav: added doc
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-24 09:55:50 -05:00
Cedric Staniewski
c6095e1032 makepkg: remove empty .part files after a failed download
Signed-off-by: Cedric Staniewski <cedric@gmx.ca>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-24 09:54:57 -05:00
Allan McRae
3758ccbb52 makepkg: fix testing for built package presence
Commit c7e4d10d introduced a small error in the testing of whether
a package is already built.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-20 23:32:50 -05:00
Dan McGee
6c635d76a0 Merge branch 'maint' 2009-10-20 22:29:20 -05:00
Allan McRae
c7e4d10df3 makepkg: allow overriding arch in split packages
This allows building a mixture of binary and arch=any packages.
Fixes FS#15955.

The value of CARCH is no longer overridden to "any" in when arch=any
is used and the assigning of the "any" arch is delayed to during the
packaging stage. Adjustments were required to fix installing and
checking for pre-built packages of varing arches.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-20 22:29:08 -05:00
Allan McRae
2020e6297b makepkg: allow overriding pkgver and pkgrel in split packages
Fixing a single package within a split package requires the overriding
or pkgrel.  In very rare (but existing) cases, it is useful to
override pkgver.  Partial fix for FS#15955.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-20 22:29:02 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
2c2596177d dload.c : clear sigaction flag to make valgrind happy
This fixes the following valgrind warning :

==26831== Syscall param rt_sigaction(act->sa_flags) points to uninitialised
byte(s)
==26831==    at 0x4282547: __libc_sigaction (in /lib/libc-2.10.1.so)
==26831==    by 0x403C693: download_internal (dload.c:152)
==26831==    by 0x403D0E4: _alpm_download_single_file (dload.c:311)
==26831==    by 0x4033B72: alpm_db_update (be_files.c:319)
==26831==    by 0x805205E: pacman_sync (sync.c:257)
==26831==    by 0x804EE54: main (pacman.c:1120)
==26831==  Address 0xbec6cc04 is on thread 1's stack
==26831==
==26831== Syscall param rt_sigaction(act->sa_restorer) points to
uninitialised byte(s)
==26831==    at 0x4282547: __libc_sigaction (in /lib/libc-2.10.1.so)
==26831==    by 0x403C693: download_internal (dload.c:152)
==26831==    by 0x403D0E4: _alpm_download_single_file (dload.c:311)
==26831==    by 0x4033B72: alpm_db_update (be_files.c:319)
==26831==    by 0x805205E: pacman_sync (sync.c:257)
==26831==    by 0x804EE54: main (pacman.c:1120)
==26831==  Address 0xbec6cc08 is on thread 1's stack
==26831==

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-20 22:25:39 -05:00
Cedric Staniewski
3d67d9b16c makepkg, repo-add: replace external commands with bash substitutions where possible
This also removes the awk dependency from makepkg and repo-add.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Staniewski <cedric@gmx.ca>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-20 22:24:36 -05:00
Gan Lu
5ffc1ad3cd fix for zh_CN
bash is not able to handle positional parameters

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-20 22:22:05 -05:00
Laszlo Papp
4281a1a7f2 Size handling was changed in fgets() functions
Pacman's fgets function in the API used hardcoded numbers to identify the size.
This is not good practice, so replace them with sizeof handling.

Signed-off-by: Laszlo Papp <djszapi@archlinux.us>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-19 07:37:53 -05:00
Laszlo Papp
f9582c7df2 Replace hardcoded option numbers with enumeration
Pacman's long option parsing used hardcoded numbers to identify them.
This is not good practice, so replace them with enumeration constants.

Signed-off-by: Laszlo Papp <djszapi@archlinux.us>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-12 23:42:36 -05:00
Cedric Staniewski
2cabe336eb Introduce new PKGBUILD variable changelog
Currently, a changelog is added to a package if a specific file with a
hardcoded name exists in the PKGBUILD's directory. This approach is not
pretty and also inconsistent with the handling of install files, but it
works.

With the introduction of split PKGBUILDs, however, a drawback in this
old behavior has arisen: you only have the possibility to include one
specific changelog file in either every package defined in the PKGBUILD
or in none.

The use of an additional variable, `changelog`, works around this issue
and makes it possible to include a changelog in only some of the
packages, and besides, each package of the PKGBUILD can have its own
changelog file.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Staniewski <cedric@gmx.ca>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-11 22:35:20 -05:00
Allan McRae
da5fb3ee4f Fix Greek short Y/N translation
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-11 22:34:43 -05:00
solsTiCe d'Hiver
e3ac806262 use bitwise shift operator in enum "bit field"
This offers a cleaner way to deal with constant in enum and allow easy
maintainance

Signed-off-by: solsTiCe d'Hiver <solstice.dhiver@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-11 22:13:49 -05:00
Cedric Staniewski
c7d8601e12 Fix stderr redirection
When redirecting both stderr and stdout and using the 2>&1 construct,
you have to redirect stdout first. Otherwise stderr will be redirected to
the 'old' stdout and not to the new resource.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Staniewski <cedric@gmx.ca>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-11 16:34:47 -05:00
Laszlo Papp
ab3c6f01f5 Remove makepath function from frontend
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-11 15:52:12 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
72bc947cbb Fix "-Sd conflict_pkg" bug
If the -d switch was invoked with -S (or -U), the removes list was simply
lost, because trans->remove was computed in an
"if(!(trans->flags & PM_TRANS_FLAG_NODEPS))" block.

I've added a new pactest file, sync045.py (derived from sync043.py) to test
this.

Additionally, I did some other minor cleanups in sync_prepare:
 * preferred list is not needed anymore
 * I removed a needless alpm_list_remove_dupes line (the target list should
   not contain dupes at all)
 * I moved alpm_list_free(remove); to cleanup part to eliminate a possible
   memleak

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-11 15:30:52 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
3dc87851cc alpm_list : add new alpm_list_diff_sorted function
This is more efficient than alpm_list_diff since it assumes the two lists
are sorted. And also we get the two sides of the diff.

Even sorting should more efficient than the current list_diff. Sorting the
two lists should be O(n*log(n)+m*log(m)) while the current list_diff is
O(n*m). So I also reimplemented list_diff using list_diff_sorted.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-11 15:28:10 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
14ab02e289 Rework the alpm_unpack functions
Add support to extract a list of entries

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-11 15:18:47 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
471b1fa543 update sync200 pactest
update download -> fetch

This just meant that we used XferCommand even if internal download was
available, no big deal.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-11 15:12:44 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
caea098c21 cygwin fix : use unsigned char for ctype function
See http://www.nabble.com/-PATCH-RFA--Distinguish-between-EOF-and-character-with-value-0xff-td23161772.html#a23188494

cygwin 1.7 actually displays a warning when using signed char with the ctype
function, so that compilation fails when using -Wall -Werror.

So we just cast all arguments to unsigned char.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-11 15:12:20 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
35bbc96b99 replace rankmirrors by bash clone
This removes python optdepends in pacman package

This bash clone is a courtesy of
Matthew Bruenig <matthewbruenig@gmail.com>

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2009-10-11 15:08:06 -05:00
Dan McGee
302310c5aa Minor scope/typing cleanups
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-11 14:42:04 -05:00
Dan McGee
4828d9ef7c libalpm: clean up lock function
We were doing a lot of manual work; leverage the standard library a bit to
do more for us.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-11 14:42:04 -05:00
Dan McGee
6e312220ec Reduce calls to list_count() in removing package
We don't need to count the number of packages left once per file when
removing; we only need to do it once per package. Also move a variable into
the correct scope.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-11 14:42:04 -05:00
Dan McGee
3bc8c28ce3 Add missing get_usedelta() method
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-11 14:42:04 -05:00
Dan McGee
145103aacc typing: a few more fixes for special int types
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-11 14:41:59 -05:00
Dan McGee
35dc9b0314 int typing: s/unsigned short/int/ in libalpm
After our recent screwup with size_t and ssize_t in the download code, I
found the `-Wsign-conversion` flag to GCC to see if we were doing anything
else boneheaded. I didn't find anything quite as bad, but we did have some
goofups- most of our public unsigned methods would return -1 on error, which
is a bit odd in an unsigned context.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-11 13:51:47 -05:00
Dan McGee
cf0d619670 Merge branch 'maint' 2009-10-11 12:57:57 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
5e03941ee5 alpm_list : fix a bug in alpm_list_remove
A NULL list element triggered an infinite loop. Not cool :)

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-11 12:55:55 -05:00
Christos Nouskas
f15c8d4616 Minor fix to Greek translation
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-11 12:55:33 -05:00
甘露(Lu.Gan)
aea22ac2fd Update Chinese translation
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-11 12:55:17 -05:00
Christian Larsson
9282a4a909 Update Swedish translation
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-07 18:12:26 -05:00
甘露(Lu.Gan)
f77d73af4b Update chinese translation
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-07 18:12:26 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
ba14bd7728 New Greek translation
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-07 18:12:26 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
8db120c260 Update translations
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-07 18:12:26 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
a0acf8b509 Update all pot and po files for 3.3.2 release
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-07 18:12:26 -05:00
Dan McGee
a131c468f7 3.2.2 release changes
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-04 16:59:48 -05:00
Dan McGee
d7a20d9c41 doc: Add HACKING to html target
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-04 16:56:25 -05:00
Dan McGee
42042723a8 doc: ensure SyncFirst behavior with flags is clear
When a SyncFirst transaction kicks in, no flags like '--force' are honored.
This is for good reason, as honoring something like '--asdeps' could be
quite unintentional. Document this fact and a possible workaround.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-04 09:48:56 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
44a57c890b callback.c : fallback to normal download with bogus size
When using totaldownload, we might get into some weird situations where
xfered>total because of bogus CSIZE database entries.

This code adds a sanity check and fallbacks to normal download progress if
needed.

Here is an example using totaldownload on a database with wrong CSIZE, for a
total download of ~26 MB.

Before :

 gnome-desktop-2.28....  1144,3K  678,3K/s 00:00:02 [#################]   4%
 gnome-panel-2.28.0-...     4,2M  887,7K/s 00:00:05 [#################]  16%
 gnome-applets-2.28....    13,6M 1083,0K/s 00:00:13 [#################]  52%
 gnome-backgrounds-2...    22,9M  964,0K/s 00:00:24 [#################]  87%
 gnome-settings-daem...    23,6M  938,5K/s 00:00:26 [#################]  90%
 gnome-control-cente...    26,1M  946,1K/s 00:00:28 [#################] 100%
 gnome-icon-theme-2....    27,7M 1465,0K/s 1193046:28:15 [#######----------] gnome-icon-theme-2....    28,0M 1502,2K/s 1193046:28:15 [########---------] gnome-icon-theme-2....    28,4M 1582,2K/s 1193046:28:15 [##########-------] gnome-icon-theme-2....    28,7M 1603,4K/s 1193046:28:15 [############-----] gnome-icon-theme-2....    29,0M 1604,5K/s 1193046:28:15 [##############---] gnome-icon-theme-2....    29,3M 1621,0K/s 1193046:28:14 [################-] gnome-icon-theme-2....    29,6M 1434,8K/s 1193046:28:14 [#################] gnome-icon-theme-2....    29,6M  974,2K/s 00:00:31 [#################] 113%

After :

 gnome-desktop-2.28....  1144,3K 1038,7K/s 00:00:01 [#################]   4%
 gnome-panel-2.28.0-...     4,2M  988,4K/s 00:00:04 [#################]  16%
 gnome-applets-2.28....    13,6M 1190,4K/s 00:00:12 [#################]  52%
 gnome-backgrounds-2...    22,9M 1242,9K/s 00:00:19 [#################]  87%
 gnome-settings-daem...    23,6M 1193,9K/s 00:00:20 [#################]  90%
 gnome-control-cente...     2,5M 1347,4K/s 00:00:02 [#################] 100%
 gnome-icon-theme-2....     3,5M 1205,4K/s 00:00:03 [#################] 100%

Note that gnome-control-center resetted to normal progress mode
(2,5M is the package size, not the total size)

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-04 09:32:02 -05:00
Dan McGee
8e7652f1af Merge branch 'maint'
Conflicts:
	lib/libalpm/dload.c
2009-09-29 21:08:06 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
20392c0a02 dload : fix infinite download (big type mistake)
fetchIO_read returns -1 in case of error, and the return type is
ssize_t, not size_t ! So we converted -1 to an unsigned, which led to
huge file write.

The rest is just changing the error return a bit.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-29 20:52:56 -05:00
Dan McGee
2071286770 repo-add: clean up options parsing
-f/--force has been dead for a while, so kill it off. In addition, the
check for > 2 args is pretty useless when you do something like:
  repo-add -q -q
or a more legit:
  repo-add -q /path/to/mine.db.tar.gz

So instead make repo-add just return 1 when it doesn't do anything with
the database which seems to make more sense.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-23 22:46:38 -05:00
Dan McGee
7f14f185a2 repo-remove: create empty DB when all packages are removed
Rather than creating no database at all, create an empty zipped tar archive
in its place. This keeps the download side of repositories a bit more sane
as a DB will always exist, and pacman handles this empty case just fine.

For this to be fully transparent, we also need to make sure repo-add and
repo-remove accept an empty "DB" as an argument, which in reality is a
completely void of files .tar.{gz,bz2,xz} archive.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-23 21:15:53 -05:00
Dan McGee
20aa17c276 repo-add: make sure we get size of target file
If the package we were adding was a symlink, we stuck the symlink size in
the database rather than the size of the file it referred to. Whoops!

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-23 19:11:34 -05:00
Dan McGee
86d4b8a3aa Merge branch 'maint' 2009-09-22 21:38:16 -05:00
Dan McGee
7cead800c5 Update index.txt with new release
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-22 21:37:05 -05:00
Allan McRae
5bea2c08a3 makepkg: tidy usage output
Various tidying to the usage output
 - change "--config <config>" to "--config <file>" to prevent wrapping in a 80 character wide terminal
 - re-alphabetise options, including moving all long only opts to the end
 - use same indentation for additional pacman options
 - remove useless comment

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-22 19:01:05 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
0f834c93c7 testdb : fix many memleaks
Yes, it was that bad :P

We still have memleaks left because we cannot free the error data returned
by libalpm, but pacman has the same issue.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-22 18:46:32 -05:00
Dan McGee
e76b3374d8 Clean up translation file headers
Get them a bit more standardized across the board, as they were quite a
mess. Also note the two new translations we received for 3.3.1.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-22 18:28:42 -05:00
Laszlo Papp
802b1a6f2f Add Swedish translation
This is for 3.3.0, not for 3.3.1. But since there are only like 10 messages
missing, it seems worth including now.

Signed-off-by: Christian Larsson <congacx@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Laszlo Papp <djszapi2@archlinux.us>
[Dan: fix some busted translation strings]
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-22 18:09:55 -05:00
Ondrej Kucera
cfb86fed7c Update Czech translation
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2009-09-23 00:22:41 +02:00
Rodrigo Flores
38ac020f51 Update Brazilian translation
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2009-09-22 21:48:40 +02:00
Laszlo Papp
9c13a6c364 Add Norwegian translation
Signed-off-by: Hans-Kristian Arntzen <maister@archlinux.us>
Signed-off-by: Laszlo Papp <djszapi@archlinux.us>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-21 22:43:55 -05:00
Dan McGee
03470c51ca Allow cache cleaning to process all cache directories
Previously we only looked at the first cache directory returned by the
library. This allows us to look at all cache directories for cleaning.

In addition, change the way we do a full (-Scc) cache cleaning operation.
Instead of removing the parent directory, remove each package one-by-one as
in the -Sc case. This would be ideal for someone mounting a cache directory
over NFS, as it ensures we don't wipe out the mountpoint from underneath the
directory.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-21 08:12:10 -05:00
Dan McGee
ece8f6fb0b Propagate return status up in DB cleaning code
We didn't look at the return status of sync_cleandb() in sync_cleandb_all().
Make it do so and return it up the call chain.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-21 08:09:00 -05:00
Dan McGee
e6efd1932b Add missing closedir calls in cache cleanup
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-21 08:03:07 -05:00
Mateusz Herych
c07aef0d6e Update Polish translation
Signed-off-by: Giovanni Scafora <giovanni@archlinux.org>
2009-09-20 16:31:10 -05:00
Dan McGee
72883e3bcb Fully implement database lazy loading
Commit 34e1413d75 attempted to implement lazy loading of package databases.
Although it took care of my main complaint (creating the database directory
if it didn't exist), it didn't allow sync repos to be registered before
alpm_option_set_dbpath() had been called.

With this patch, we no longer compute the individual repository DB paths
until necessary, allowing full lazy loading to work as intended, and
allowing us to drop the extra setlibpath() calls from the frontend. This
allows the changes introduced in a2cd48960 (but later reverted) to be added
back in again.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-20 12:19:57 -05:00
Dan McGee
6bfca2fd14 Merge branch 'maint'
Message updates made this one a bit messy, but nothing too bad.

Conflicts:
	lib/libalpm/add.c
	lib/libalpm/remove.c
2009-09-20 12:09:10 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
ef37168770 Ask user confirmation for -R operation, too
After commit 0da96abc, pacman always asks user confirmation for -U, so it is
more coherent to doing that for -R, too.

Btw, most users use -Rs always, so they won't notice any change. In the old
code the -Ru operation was forgotten: Though it is a not "dangerous" operation,
but the target list can be changed by that, too.

Non-interactive scripts should always use --noconfirm (unexpected questions can
be asked by all transactions). [That's why we should always default to the
safest answers.]

I've also added a pkglist != NULL sanity check (because -Ru can empty target
list in trans_prepare part).

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-20 12:01:25 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
481014e944 delta : simple code refactoring
This will make the code re-usable for other purpose.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-20 11:57:12 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
f4809dcc9c sync.c : duplicate the target before modifying it
It was probably a bad idea to modify the target directly in case of
repo/pkg syntax.

Duplicating it also allows us to keep the original target string, which
is more informative when printing errors.

Also remove a duplicated error message from libalpm, and improve the
message already returned to the frontend.

$ pacman -S foo/bar

before
error: repository 'foo' not found
error: 'bar': no such repository

after
error: 'foo/bar': could not find repository for target

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-20 11:56:46 -05:00
Dan McGee
338c6546ff Merge branch 'xav/trans' into maint 2009-09-20 11:55:50 -05:00
Laszlo Papp
6685822e57 Strndup usage and small typo fix
./src/pacman/package.c:
       - small typo fix
   ./src/pacman/pacman.c:
       - strdup is changed to strndup, because it's safer like in
       case of config option

Signed-off-by: Laszlo Papp <djszapi2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-20 11:52:50 -05:00
Dan McGee
44cddb351b Kill -F option for good in option parsing
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-18 18:29:22 -05:00
Giovanni Scafora
6cd8d6bd05 Update Italian translation
Signed-off-by: Giovanni Scafora <giovanni@archlinux.org>
2009-09-18 22:01:07 +02:00
Roman Kyrylych
90a06b1cf0 Update Ukrainian translation
Signed-off-by: Giovanni Scafora <giovanni@archlinux.org>
2009-09-18 22:00:19 +02:00
Samed Beyribey
ccf7c31f52 Update Turkish translation
Signed-off-by: Giovanni Scafora <giovanni@archlinux.org>
2009-09-18 22:00:19 +02:00
Juan Pablo González Tognarelli
419c4a2afa Update Spanish translation
Signed-off-by: Giovanni Scafora <giovanni@archlinux.org>
2009-09-18 22:00:19 +02:00
Sergey Tereschenko
65e7682638 Update Russian translation
Signed-off-by: Giovanni Scafora <giovanni@archlinux.org>
2009-09-18 22:00:19 +02:00
Volodia Macovei
259cb3aad4 Update Romanian translation
Signed-off-by: Giovanni Scafora <giovanni@archlinux.org>
2009-09-18 22:00:19 +02:00
Baurzhan Muftakhidinov
9516d5afe6 Update Kazakh translation
Signed-off-by: Giovanni Scafora <giovanni@archlinux.org>
2009-09-18 22:00:19 +02:00
Nagy Gabor
5d0734861f Update Hungarian translation
Signed-off-by: Giovanni Scafora <giovanni@archlinux.org>
2009-09-18 14:34:05 +02:00
Matthias Gorissen
9424197b42 Update German translation
Signed-off-by: Giovanni Scafora <giovanni@archlinux.org>
2009-09-18 14:34:05 +02:00
Dan McGee
ed9d459ee2 Updates in prep for 3.3.1 release
Bump versions in configure.ac; update NEWS accordingly

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-16 20:43:48 -05:00
Dan McGee
922448a9bf Update en_GB translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-16 19:44:01 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
9d4448dc7f Update french translation
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-16 19:37:04 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
9505c594fd Update all pot and po files for 3.3.1 release
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-16 19:36:59 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
1df3b91931 String improvements
Add more untranslated strings, improve consistency, etc.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-16 19:36:49 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
08ee4059b5 Catch an untranslated warning in lib/remove.c
Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-15 07:09:16 -05:00
Dan McGee
95cb4b6874 Merge branch 'maint' 2009-09-14 22:10:20 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
d0d6c58c05 Add makepkgopt to be_package.c
After commit 774c252 the --debug output shows 5-6 "syntax error..." lines
for each package. After this patch pacman recognizes makepkgopt as a valid
key, but doesn't do anything.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-14 22:09:05 -05:00
Dan McGee
bc24c002fe Revert "Fix a memleak involving lazy DB loading"
This doesn't quite work, as can be seen by the pactest results:

Total            = 179
Pass             = 108 ( 60.34%)
Expected Fail    =   5 (  2.79%)
Unexpected Pass  =   0 (  0.00%)
Fail             =  66 ( 36.87%)

If you peek inside '_alpm_db_new' when it gets called for the sync
databases, the base dbpath is still at the default value, causing things
like pactest to fail miserably. We need some further work to do fully lazy
loading, and that belongs on master, not maint.

This reverts commit a2cd48960e.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-14 22:06:28 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
b4317a740a Change the interface for target loading
-int alpm_trans_sysupgrade(int enable_downgrade);
-int alpm_trans_sync(char *target);
-int alpm_trans_add(char *target);
-int alpm_trans_remove(char *target);
+int alpm_sync_sysupgrade(int enable_downgrade);
+int alpm_sync_target(char *target);
+int alpm_sync_dbtarget(char *db, char *target);
+int alpm_add_target(char *target);
+int alpm_remove_target(char *target);

* functions renaming
* add new sync_dbtarget which allows to specify the db
* repo/ syntax handling is moved to frontend
( should implement FS#15141)
* group handling is moved to backend
( see http://www.archlinux.org/pipermail/pacman-dev/2009-June/008847.html )
2009-09-12 13:06:43 +02:00
Nagy Gabor
19e07eb8e8 Re-enable REMOVE_PKGS test in pactest suite
With the help of --ask switch it is possible to test remove_unresolvable
feature, so I reverted the change of commit f2061c5f on ignore005.py with
--ask=32 added.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-08 22:18:13 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
8ff3b87066 Remove transaction type
This basically started with this change :

 /* Transaction */
 struct __pmtrans_t {
-       pmtranstype_t type;
        pmtransflag_t flags;
        pmtransstate_t state;
-       alpm_list_t *packages;      /* list of (pmpkg_t *) */
+       alpm_list_t *add;      /* list of (pmpkg_t *) */
+       alpm_list_t *remove;      /* list of (pmpkg_t *) */

And then I have to modify all the code accordingly.
2009-09-08 22:17:41 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
0da96abc90 Use sync.c for upgrade transaction prepare and commit
This patch utilizes the power of sync.c to fix FS#3492 and FS#5798.
Now an upgrade transaction is just a sync transaction internally (in alpm),
so all sync features are available with -U as well:
* conflict resolving
* sync dependencies from sync repos
* remove unresolvable targets

See http://www.archlinux.org/pipermail/pacman-dev/2009-June/008725.html
for the concept.

We use "mixed" target list, where PKG_FROM_FILE origin indicates local
package file, PKG_FROM_CACHE indicates sync package. The front-end can add
only one type of packages (depending on transaction type) atm, but if alpm
resolves dependencies for -U, we may get a real mixed trans->packages list.

_alpm_pkg_free_trans() was modified so that it can handle both target types
_alpm_add_prepare() was removed, we use _alpm_sync_prepare() instead
_alpm_add_commit() was renamed to _alpm_upgrade_targets()

sync.c (and deps.c) was modified slightly to handle mixed target lists,
the modifications are straightforward. There is one notable change here: We
don't create new upgrade trans in sync.c, we replace the pkgcache entries
with the loaded package files in the target list (this is a bit hackish) and
call _alpm_upgrade_targets(). This implies a TODO (pkg->origin_data.db is
not accessible anymore), but it doesn't hurt anything with pacman front-end,
so it will be fixed later (otherwise this patch would be huge).

I updated the documentation of -U and I added a new pactest, upgrade090.py,
to test the syncdeps feature of -U.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-08 22:04:14 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
b7db46d610 Do not remove conflict by default
When a conflict is detected, pacman asks if the user wants to remove
the conflicting package.  In many cases this is a bad idea.  e.g.

udev conflicts with initscripts (initscripts<2009.07).
Remove initscripts [Y/n]

This changes the query to [y/N].

The --noconfirm behavior has been also changed, because it chooses the
default answer. Since the yes answer is more interesting in our pactests
dealing with conflicts, I inserted '--ask=4' to all of them with one
exception: sync042.py tests the no answer.

(I also fixed a typo in sync043.py)

Original-work-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
2009-09-08 22:03:24 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
90e3e026d1 Re-add the non-user friendly --ask option
This re-implements the --ask option which was removed in commit
1ff8e7f364.

This option does not have to be exposed to the user (help,doc,etc), but is
very very useful for pactest if we want to have more coverage there.

This was rewritten in a smarter way, without code duplication. And with a
different behavior : this option is now only used to inverse default
behavior to questions.

We still use bit operations based on the following struct :
/* Transaction Conversations (ie, questions) */
typedef enum _pmtransconv_t {
        PM_TRANS_CONV_INSTALL_IGNOREPKG = 0x01,
        PM_TRANS_CONV_REPLACE_PKG = 0x02,
        PM_TRANS_CONV_CONFLICT_PKG = 0x04,
        PM_TRANS_CONV_CORRUPTED_PKG = 0x08,
        PM_TRANS_CONV_LOCAL_NEWER = 0x10,
        PM_TRANS_CONV_REMOVE_PKGS = 0x20,
} pmtransconv_t;

for each conv matched, the default answer is inversed.

--ask 0 : all default answers are preserved
--ask 4 : only conflict question is inversed
--ask 63 : all questions are inversed (63 == 1+2+4+8+16+32)

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-08 22:02:08 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
12b55958d8 Add a new reason field to pmconflict_t struct
Sometimes "foo conflicts with bar" information is not enough, see this
thread: http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?id=77647. That's why I added
a new reason field to our pmconflict_t struct that stores the packager-
defined conflict that induced the fact that package1 conflicts with
package2.

I modified the front-end (in callback.c, sync.c, upgrade.c) to print this
new information as well.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
2009-09-08 21:58:52 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
902dfe5900 Change Y/n to y/N with REMOVE_PKGS (remove_unresolvable) callback
The main reason for this change is that scripts could not catch the removed
targets with -S --noconfirm (the return value was 0). So the effect of a
pacman command may have differed from the expected one. Moreover, for my
taste the default no answer is better (I wanted to install the specified
targets, not a subset of them).

I had to change some pactest files as well, because now the default behavior
is not to remove unresolvable targets. In fact, the only pactest file that
tested this feature was ignore005.py.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-08 21:54:51 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
f53d9bab0e Allow '-Su foo' operation
This implements FS#15581

'-Su foo' should be more or less equivalent do '-Su ; -S foo'

Note : I moved a block of code to a new process_target function

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-08 21:45:17 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
a2cd48960e Fix a memleak involving lazy DB loading
Lazy opening of databases is supported since 34e1413d75.

We don't need that setlibpath call each time we register a database.
Besides this caused a memleak in case setlibpath failed, because setlibpath
exit directly and we did not do the cleanup part (section string was not
freed, and a file descriptor remained open).

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-08 21:43:06 -05:00
Dan McGee
cd5b029e93 Merge branch 'maint' 2009-09-07 15:17:47 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
43e16b373b rewrite strreplace
* just do one malloc call

* p = realloc(p, new_size) was not good
(see http://www.iso-9899.info/wiki/Why_not_realloc)

* use more efficient strncpy instead of strncat

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-07 15:16:50 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
cb1d4195bf use strreplace in the xfercommand code
this operation was re-implemented using static strings, instead of using the
existing strreplace function

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-07 15:16:47 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
2e7c569950 Update doc and vim syntax for arch=any
This fixes FS#15870

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-07 15:13:38 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
814cd7aee1 Update the doc for --source
See FS#15984

After commit 02acf65, the --source behavior changed.

Thanks to Dan for actually writing the new sentence :)

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-07 15:13:04 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
2f19072632 fix small memleak in an error case
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-06 19:15:12 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
845f21207c libalpm/util.c : remove _alpm_strreplace
This function is unused since commit
358cc5804a.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
[Dan: also kill from util.h]
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-06 19:09:45 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
0845b2f13c sanity check for optdepends syntax
only allow optdepends like:
pkgname: description

some (real) examples of invalid optdepends:
 'tcl, python and/or ruby: to use corresponding binding'
 'xorg-fonts-75dpi : X bitmap fonts needed for the interface'
 'ruby-htmlentities (AUR): for one provider named Deastore'
 'xpdf - for pdf'

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
[Allan: rebase off de39a1f6 and adjust man page]
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-06 16:52:47 -05:00
Oleg Finkelshteyn
5dbd00faf7 Don't wrap lines when we don't have a column size
For example when we are not in a tty, there is no point in wrapping the
output. This actually makes the job harder for scripts.

$ pacman -Si binutils | grep Desc
Description           : A set of programs to assemble and manipulate binary and

The description was cut because the rest was on the following line.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
[Dan: use printf everywhere]
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-06 16:50:20 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
c88ac86292 Log commandline in pacman/alpm log
This implements FS#11452.

Original-work-by: silvio <silvio@port1024.net>
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-06 16:17:17 -05:00
Dan McGee
f53d2ac471 Add 3.3.0 release to index.txt 2009-09-06 16:13:40 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
6e1b1aea59 Add pactest for 'any' architecture
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-06 16:04:05 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
b53aa87ea9 makepkg : check for invalid backup entry
This implements FS#13551

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-06 15:57:30 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
cb07265851 makepkg : refactor run_build and run_package
These two functions were very similar.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-06 15:57:14 -05:00
Henning Garus
545eac145d makepkg: exit on error during build() or package()
Set the ERR trap to abort upon encountering an error during the execution
of a build or package function.

Activate set -E, which lets functions inherit the ERR trap.

Signed-off-by: Henning Garus <henning.garus@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-06 15:56:58 -05:00
Dan McGee
b9dd8ce233 Merge branch 'maint' 2009-09-06 15:54:11 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
65c1f06be5 Allow $arch to be used in Server
similarly to the $repo variable, Server can now contain $arch, which will be
automatically replaced by the appropriate architecture.

This allows us to have one universal mirrorlist file, for both i686 and x86_64,
woohoo!

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-06 15:53:54 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
5b27e78ba0 Check package arch before installing
This implements FS#15622

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-06 15:51:25 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
594621cbeb Add Architecture and --arch option
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-06 15:50:42 -05:00
Francois Charette
1e51b81c63 fix typos in makepkg.sh.in
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-06 15:36:56 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
7ddb645bd7 makepkg: always keep sources symlinks
Make bunzip2/xz/gunzip decompressing to stdout, because gzip does not offer
something like a -k option.

The selection of the decompression command for gzip/bzip2/xz compressed
files now also depends on the file suffix, since we need to strip the
extensions to get the output filename.

Thanks to Cedric Staniewski <cedric@gmx.ca> for reporting this issue and
contributing patches.
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-06 15:33:54 -05:00
Henning Garus
a05757f984 Configure: Check if libfetch version is >= 2.21
Commit 6f97842 started using libfetch's conditional GET. This requires
libfetch to be version 2.21 or greater.

Change configure.ac to check for the existence of the last_modified field in
the url struct, which was introduced with libfetch 2.21.

Signed-off-by: Henning Garus <henning.garus@gmail.com>
[Xav : moved AC_CHECK_MEMBER outside of AC_CHECK_LIB]
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-06 15:33:34 -05:00
Sergey Tereschenko
20ba3cfe4e update russian translation
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-06 15:26:48 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
82522dd8c1 makepkg: new --skipinteg option
Implements FS#15830

This option allows to build a PKGBUILD with no checksums

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-06 15:26:32 -05:00
Dan McGee
92f0775e76 Merge branch 'maint'
Conflicts:
	lib/libalpm/dload.c
2009-08-18 20:49:25 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
7dae79e7b9 dload.c : various fixes
- fix one memleak if get_filename failed

- cleanup according to Joerg's feedback:

"url_for_string: If fetchParseURL returned successful, you should always
have a scheme set. The logic for anonftp should only be needed for very
broken server -- do you know of any such?

download_internal:
Specifying 'p' is now a nop -- it is tried by default first with
fall-back to active FTP."

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
[Dan: remove from pacman.conf and pacman.conf.5]
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-08-18 20:47:12 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
bdd8e92ff6 testdb : less verbose
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?id=77396

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-08-18 20:42:29 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
6f97842ab2 dload.c : change the way to check for mtimes
libfetch supports checking mtime so we do not need to do it manually.

when the databases are already up-to-date, initiating a connection with
fetchXGet and closing it right after with fetchIO_close took a very long
time (up to 10min!) on some network.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
(cherry picked from commit d7675e393f)
2009-08-18 20:41:47 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
8a55b79363 re-add -g CFLAGS with --enable-debug
after commit 8feccaed78, -g was no longer added with
--enable-debug.

So if CFLAGS was set (if unset, it defaults to -g -O2) and didn't contain
-g, we ended with no debug symbols..

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-08-18 20:38:08 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
bba234a92e query.c : return 1 when no package match
For example, if no package is outdated, -Qu will return 1.

This implements FS#15938

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-08-18 20:37:54 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
600782853a Quiet ShowSize with -Ss and -Qs
This fixes FS#15923

PS : duplicated code ftw

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-08-18 20:37:38 -05:00
Dan McGee
14a93b2e43 Make fetch timeout actually 10 seconds
We had 10000 as our timeout value, assuming it was expressed in ms. This is
false after looking at the current code, so reset it back to 10 seconds.

Addresses FS#15369.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-08-13 21:01:40 -05:00
Dan McGee
7bb9c4098b Merge branch 'maint' 2009-08-08 11:23:38 -05:00
Dan McGee
e8806748ec Fix nonsensical replace
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-08-08 11:23:27 -05:00
Dan McGee
619d1fcf7f Pass all xsltproc-opts in one argument
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-08-08 11:22:52 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
6d00025c18 Fix for FS#15810
Skip the SyncFirst dialog, if all the -S packages are SyncFirst packages.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-08-08 11:22:05 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
3cf0ee98c0 dload.c : only call fwrite once
I assume the loop was never iterated more than once, because the write
location was not updated at each loop iteration (buffer instead of buffer +
nwritten), yet we never had reports of corrupted download.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-08-08 11:17:24 -05:00
Allan McRae
68200676d2 Be consistent with naming of handle_deps function
All other "dep" functions (check_deps, resolve_deps, remove_deps)
have underscores separating words.

Being consistent, convert handledeps to handle_deps.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-08-08 11:13:48 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
d7675e393f dload.c : change the way to check for mtimes
libfetch supports checking mtime so we do not need to do it manually.

when the databases are already up-to-date, initiating a connection with
fetchXGet and closing it right after with fetchIO_close took a very long
time (up to 10min!) on some network.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-08-08 11:13:33 -05:00
Allan McRae
ee43e75ed2 Remove builddeps from option parser
Leftover from commit ae5ef3b9

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-08-08 11:12:05 -05:00
Allan McRae
839bb56269 makepkg: change to pkgdir before creating PKGINFO file
Commit 01f9ae63 moved that creation of the PKGINFO file to before changing
to pkgdir.  This causes issues when using the -R option (FS#15851).

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-08-08 11:12:05 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
f16c7a4343 repo-add: clarify one message
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-08-03 07:39:20 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
4fa6f262a6 Add a missing newline.
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-08-03 07:39:05 -05:00
Marc - A. Dahlhaus
8152077f6d Use full path to ldconfig
If /sbin is not in the PATH and sudo is used, ldconfig cannot be found.  So
use /sbin/ldconfig instead. The code checked for the existence of
/sbin/ldconfig anyway..

Signed-off-by: Marc - A. Dahlhaus <mad@wol.de>
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-08-03 07:37:44 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
aba58e95ab TRANSLATORS: update pt_BR responsible
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-08-02 18:12:47 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
e8db103122 fix warning when internal download is not used
After commit 30c4d53ce5, get_destfile and
get_tempfile are only used for internal download, so move these two
functions inside the ifdef

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-08-02 12:16:02 -05:00
Allan McRae
b2dcacb5aa Remove unneed order arguements in zn_CN translation
Fixes FS#12812

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-08-02 12:06:27 -05:00
Sergey Tereschenko
a5ef0e072a minor fixes on russian translation
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-08-02 12:05:41 -05:00
Gerardo Exequiel Pozzi
ac37e92449 Fix perms on files NEWS and TRANSLATORS
Recently changed accidentally from 644 to 755.

Signed-off-by: Gerardo Exequiel Pozzi <vmlinuz386@yahoo.com.ar>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-08-01 17:13:32 -05:00
Armando M. Baratti
44359218ea Update Brazilian Portuguese translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-08-01 15:51:57 -05:00
Dan McGee
bc83ff76c6 French translation reformat
'make distcheck' had issues with this one and reformatted it. In addition,
it found a fuzzy message which is now fixed due to an inadvertent msgid
edit.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-08-01 13:36:07 -05:00
Dan McGee
4eb1469765 Version bump for 3.3.0
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-08-01 13:35:59 -05:00
Dan McGee
cfc4c24db2 Merge commit 'xavier/trans' 2009-08-01 13:06:28 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
bf9249e929 Add -Suu operation to the NEWS.
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-08-01 13:03:54 -05:00
Jeff Bailes
4cadee4f08 update english british translation
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2009-07-31 01:49:07 +02:00
Nagy Gabor
fc29d0c990 update hungarian translation
Thanks to Avramucz Peter <muczyjoe@gmail.com>
for having translated all the scripts !

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2009-07-30 19:27:37 +02:00
Lu Gan
9a0122982c update simplified chinese translation
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2009-07-30 19:27:37 +02:00
Sergey Tereschenko
433c52bb91 update russian translation
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2009-07-30 19:27:37 +02:00
Roman Kyrylych (Роман Кирилич)
78e92b1d02 update ukrainian translation
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2009-07-30 19:27:36 +02:00
Matthias Gorissen
05533b8b11 update german translation
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2009-07-29 19:41:34 +02:00
Baurzhan Muftakhidinov
00c26338de update Kazakh translation
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2009-07-29 19:37:53 +02:00
Volodia Macovei
684047a764 update romanian translation
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2009-07-29 19:34:27 +02:00
Mateusz Herych
e65d82afa1 update polish translation
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2009-07-29 19:34:27 +02:00
Samed Beyribey
734aa1ce59 update turkish translation
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2009-07-29 19:34:27 +02:00
Vojtech Gondzala
4e643a3dd7 update czech translation
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2009-07-29 19:34:26 +02:00
Juan Pablo Gonzalez Tognarelli
08c535e262 update spanish translation
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2009-07-29 19:34:26 +02:00
Giovanni Scafora
8fdab1e1f0 update italian translation
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2009-07-29 19:34:26 +02:00
CalimeroTeknik
b9c6b41387 po/fr.po : corrections and improvements
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2009-07-29 19:33:39 +02:00
Xavier Chantry
04c31828b6 Update French translation
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2009-07-29 19:33:30 +02:00
Dan McGee
44272ca0c8 Regenerate pacman PO files
We missed a message. Commit 3a6ed1142 added the message to gettext, this
commit adds it to the PO files.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-07-28 07:00:42 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
3a6ed11428 Fix an untranslated message in src/callback.c
Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-07-28 06:59:48 -05:00
Dan McGee
9b086d8b9e Update PO files in prep for 3.3 release 2009-07-27 21:42:16 -05:00
Dan McGee
fb1936bc19 Update POT files 2009-07-27 21:41:58 -05:00
Dan McGee
2f0fc0decb Update copyrights in gettext files 2009-07-27 21:40:43 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
5753c12e7b Update README file
1. API changes between 3.2 and 3.3 section has been added.
2. Corrections on alpm_option documentation.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-07-27 21:06:19 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
7f3a20612e Change the e-mail address of Nagy Gabor in AUTHORS
The old one is invalid now.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-07-27 21:03:47 -05:00
Cedric Staniewski
fb97d325a5 Do not allow pkgnames to start with a hyphen
Commandline arguments starting with a hyphen are usually recognized as
options by unix tools. Therefore, allowing hyphens at the beginning of a
package name requires a different handling of pkgnames as suggested by
rm's manpage.
It would be possible to make the scripts 'hyphen-safe', but
hyphen-prefixed packages will cause trouble for pacman users which do
not know these tricks.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Staniewski <cedric@gmx.ca>
[Dan: remove the repo-add check]
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-07-26 23:29:55 -05:00
Dan McGee
2013d06266 Ensure version screen fits in 80 cols
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-07-26 23:02:20 -05:00
Allan McRae
a8ddc7618f PKGBUILD-split.proto: pkgbase is a string not an array
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-07-26 22:59:13 -05:00
Dan McGee
597118ddd7 Revert "makepkg: Exit on failure within build() or package() functions"
As reported in FS#15210, we have some problems with split packages and
variable overrides because of this patch. For now, in prep for a release, it
is best to back it out and see what we can do later.

This reverts commit 621aa26e26.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-07-26 12:58:02 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
6fa5f2075a Use lstat instead of stat for -Qo
This fixes: FS#15675 - pacman can not determine ownership of dangling
symlinks

Using lstat seems more correct than stat for the -Qo operation anyway.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-07-25 17:25:50 -05:00
Sebastian Nowicki
30c4d53ce5 Add a fetch callback to allow front-end download support
This allows a frontend to define its own download algorithm so that the
libfetch dependency can be omitted without using an external process.
The callback will be used when if it is defined, otherwise the old
behavior applies.

Signed-off-by: Sebastian Nowicki <sebnow@gmail.com>
[Dan: minor cleanups]
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-07-22 21:27:46 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
1d19f0896c Introduce -Suu
If the user switches from unstable repo to a stable one, it is quite hard to
sync its system with the new repo (the user will see many "Local is newer
than stable" messages, nothing more). That's why I introduced -Suu, which
treats a sync package like an upgrade, iff the package version doesn't match
with the local one's.

I added a new pactest (sync104.py) to test this, and I updated the
documentation of -Su.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
[Dan: slight doc reword]
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-07-22 20:16:52 -05:00
Dan McGee
ca6ef852f9 New feature: files verification
This implements FS#13877. Add a new option "-Qk" which checks if all of the
files for a given package (or packages) are really on the system (i.e. not
accidentally deleted). This can be combined with filters and other display
options. It also respects both the --quiet and --verbose flags to give
varying levels of output.

Based on the original patch by Charly Coste <changaco@laposte.net>, thanks
for your work!

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-07-22 20:13:53 -05:00
Allan McRae
4b21504ffc makepkg: add pkgbase to .PKGINFO and database for split packages
With split packages, the pkgbase variable provides a useful way to
find out which packages were build from the same PKGBUILD. Add it
to the packages .PKGINFO file and the repo database only when
package splitting is used.

Original-patch-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
[Allan: restrict to including only with spilt packages
        and include after pkgname]
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-07-22 06:37:33 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
cf669eda9c Fix a minor memleak
Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-07-21 21:45:07 -05:00
Giovanni Scafora
1c4596b4be Update Italian Translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-07-21 20:24:06 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
344ced22c3 Fix one bug with .paccheck leftover file
This happens for example if you install a new package, and one of its
backup config file is already on the file system.

If the local file was different, it was saved to .pacorig which is fine.

However if the local file and pkg file were the same, the pkg file
(temporarily extracted as .paccheck) was left on the system.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-07-20 16:38:15 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
60b6cde637 Fix 2 minor memleaks
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-07-20 16:37:45 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
5d15bb68f7 Do not create .pacsave with -R, if the file is unchanged
This fixes FS#15546

Also fix the interface of unlink_file which was really stupid..
(alpm_list_t used with only one element)

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-07-20 16:37:37 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
45f90de0eb Fix klibc conflict case.
A package can now replace symdir->dir by dir without fileconflicts.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-07-20 10:13:42 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
bfd6817112 Fix fileconflict004
When one package wants to replace a directory by a file, we check that all
files in that directory were owned by that package.

Additionally pacman can be more verbose when the extraction of the symlink
(or file) fails. The patch to add.c looks more complex than it is, I just
moved and reindented code to handle cases 10 and 11 together.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-07-20 10:13:25 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
a3ecbec6b5 pactest : safety check with MODE
check that the file exists first, otherwise pactest just breaks.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-07-20 10:12:26 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
8ebc07744a Offer to clean up non-package files in cache directory.
This implements FS#15142.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-07-16 06:15:26 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
2e043aae36 Run ldconfig inside chroot.
This fixes FS#15294.

The code to run a command inside a chroot was refactored from the
_alpm_runscriptlet function to _alpm_run_chroot.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2009-07-16 06:12:04 -05:00
Volodia Macovei
41a55d4eff Update Romanian translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-07-15 21:34:53 -05:00
Allan McRae
5dc0b80c26 makepkg: clean up BUILDSCRIPT usage
FS#15448 (which is made worse by the "fix" for FS#14727...), highlighted
some deficiencies in the usage of the BUILDSCRIPT variable. In particular,
only relative paths worked with "-p" and some output was very strange in
combination with the "-p" flag or reading from /dev/stdin. e.g.
"Please add a license line to your /dev/stdin!".

This patch adds a new variable, BUILDFILE, which contains the full path
to the BUILDSCRIPT.  This defaults to $startdir/$BUILDSCRIPT.

Also, fix a missed quoting of $BUILD{SCRIPT->FILE} and remove warning
about missing BUILDSCRIPT definition in makepkg.conf as the default
BUILDSCRIPT value is now specified during configure. Add check that
BUILDFILE is writable before updating VCS PKGBUILDs. When making a source
package, the BUILDSCRIPT always gets given the default name, regardless
of what it was originally called.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2009-07-12 17:32:57 +10:00
Allan McRae
104daa16a6 makepkg: allow spaces in source file names
The download command failed with sources that contained spaces.
Remainder of fix for FS#15323.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2009-07-12 01:17:25 +10:00
Dan McGee
caa0f2205a makepkg: fix breakage with '%' in source filenames
Ensure we don't pass a bare filename to printf that might contain a
lookalike '%' escape sequence. Fixes part of FS#15323.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2009-07-12 01:02:25 +10:00
Dan McGee
68c10690ea makepkg: quote filenames when extracting
We currently fall apart on files with spaces in the names.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2009-07-12 01:02:21 +10:00
Allan McRae
8d7764abae Quote values in the arch array in example PKGBUILD
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2009-07-10 16:29:58 +10:00
Allan McRae
6092dda177 makepkg: check for package functions when package splitting
Makes sure the required package functions are present when using package
splitting.  Also moves setting of pkgbase variable outside the
check_sanity function to somewhere more appropriate.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2009-07-10 16:29:58 +10:00
Allan McRae
e72cce352a makepkg: fix pkgdesc restoration with split packaging
A pkgdesc with spaces in it would get restored to an array and thus only
the first word would be restored (FS#15210). Convert that array back to a
string.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2009-07-10 16:29:58 +10:00
Allan McRae
621aa26e26 makepkg: Exit on failure within build() or package() functions
Errors in build() functions were only fatal, if "--log" was enabled. Errors in
package() functions were never fatal. Piping these functions through "cat -"
triggers error trapping. This prevents the need for "|| return 1" usage in
PKGBUILDs.

Original-patch-by: Juergen Hoetzel <juergen@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2009-07-10 16:29:58 +10:00
Allan McRae
b312c820c8 makepkg: fix check for previously built packages with package splitting
Checks if some or all packages are built before overwriting/installing.
Adds some new strings for translation.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2009-07-10 16:29:58 +10:00
Allan McRae
617e7d512f makepkg: clean up moving PKGINFO creation to a function
Someone forgot to commit this when pulling in the original patch
to his working branch...

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2009-07-10 16:29:57 +10:00
Dan McGee
c72b4543b6 Update copyright headers and messages
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-07-01 02:08:33 -05:00
Dan McGee
be7266155f Allow remove to accept 'local/' prefix
See FS#14642- this allows -Qs output to be fed back into pacman without
problems or having to strip off the 'local/' prefix manually.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-07-01 01:42:35 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
a21d1f99b8 Update NEWS for 3.3
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-06-30 23:37:36 -05:00
Volodia Macovei
6af163dd79 Add new Romanian translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-06-30 23:34:18 -05:00
Dan McGee
a89eae99f6 Fix compile warning fail on older versions of GCC
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-06-30 23:14:18 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
6d2930cc5a Update the documentation of -Qs and -Ss
It was undocumented that multiple regexps are interpreted using logical AND.

Thanks to Recursive@#archlinux for his help.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-06-23 21:54:12 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
21fa09349b Document the .pacnew extension with NoUpgrade
See FS#13832.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-06-23 21:53:57 -05:00
Dan McGee
68813ca986 Merge commit 'allan/working' 2009-06-23 21:52:35 -05:00
Dan McGee
8c8fa2d82c Search package groups when searching a DB
See FS#13099. This makes sense especially for the pacman frontend, as we
show groups in the search output.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-06-23 21:51:49 -05:00
Dan McGee
8bbaf045b9 repo-add: use bsdtar optimization for better performance
When unzipping packages and the database archives, we don't need to look
through the entire archive to do what we need to do. For packages, .PKGINFO
should only be found once and should be the first file in the package. For
the database check, we only really need to look for one desc file.

The bsdtar -q option is very similar to the GNU tar --occurrence=1 option.

Example of speedup:

$ time repo-add junkdb.db.tar.gz *.pkg.tar.gz >/dev/null
real	0m16.159s
user	0m14.836s
sys	0m2.277s

$ time ./scripts/repo-add junkdb.db.tar.gz *.pkg.tar.gz >/dev/null
real	0m4.949s
user	0m3.730s
sys	0m2.093s

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-06-23 21:51:42 -05:00
Loui Chang
01f9ae63e7 makepkg: Move .PKGINFO creation into a function.
Signed-off-by: Loui Chang <louipc.ist@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2009-06-22 17:09:16 +10:00
Loui Chang
02acf65ef3 makepkg: Download sources and check checksums for any source package.
It wouldn't be very nice to ship a PKGBUILD with the wrong checksums.

Signed-off-by: Loui Chang <louipc.ist@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2009-06-21 20:32:17 +10:00
Allan McRae
b3a5535360 Fix typos in PKGBUILD man page
Original-patch-by: Jason Ribeiro
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2009-06-21 20:00:00 +10:00
Nagy Gabor
f250b034b4 Enable remove progressbar with -S (conflict resolving)
$ sudo pacman -S mc

Old output:
***********
:: mc conflicts with mc-mp. Remove mc-mp? [Y/n] y
...
(1/1) checking for file conflicts                   [################] 100%
(1/1) installing mc                                 [################] 100%

New output:
***********
:: mc conflicts with mc-mp. Remove mc-mp? [Y/n] y
...
(1/1) checking for file conflicts                   [################] 100%
(1/1) removing mc-mp                                [################] 100%
(1/1) installing mc                                 [################] 100%

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-06-13 09:57:59 -05:00
Allan McRae
ef500b44ce makepkg: fix variable backup/restore for splitpkg
The backup and restore of variables that can be overridden while
making split packages only dealt with the first element, not the
whole array (FS#15010).  Adjust the bash voodoo to fix it...

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-06-13 09:51:18 -05:00
Allan McRae
04d5c4294a makepkg: fix PKGBUILD sanity check
If PKGBUILD was good, the "insane" variable was not defined and so
the if statement failed.  Simplify and fix this check.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-06-13 09:50:53 -05:00
Dan McGee
aa579b8438 Give sensible feedback when a repo has no configured servers
This fixes FS#14899. When running an -Sp operation without servers
configured for a repository, we would segfault, so add an assert to the
backend method returning the first server preventing a null pointer
dereference.

In addition, add a new error code to libalpm that indicates we have no
servers configured for a repository. This makes -Sy and -S <package>
operations fail gracefully and helpfully when a repo is set up with no
servers, as the default mirrorlist in Arch is provided this way.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-06-08 20:02:17 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
19b8b63885 Introduce _alpm_pkg_free_trans()
The main purpose of this function to make our code more readable.
It frees transaction specific fields of pmpkg_t. (It is used when a package
is removed from the target list.)

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-06-07 15:11:16 -05:00
Dan McGee
e61ab1536f makepkg: refactor sanity checking into a function
No new checks, just move it into a function and return 1 rather than exit
directly. This also allows the use of local variables.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2009-06-07 15:07:37 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
13b281d743 xdelta : only handle gz compression specifically
There is apparently no need to handle the re-compression manually when
applying a xdelta patch in case of bzip2 or xz.

Only gzip needs to be handled specifically for disabling timestamp with the
-n option.

After this patch, if xdelta is enhanced with xz support (1-line patch), it
will be transparent from pacman side.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-06-06 11:16:45 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
9af9c0f328 Document -T in the manual
See FS#14833.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
[Dan: slight wording rework]
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-06-06 10:46:56 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
f4ecc908ec We don't need root with -Sp
FS#8905 is fixed. The front-end passes PM_TRANS_FLAG_NOLOCK to the back-end,
so it doesn't lock the database. That's why we don't need root anymore.

I reworked (and renamed) needs_transaction() accordingly. I also added
missing -Sc check there (for example, -Sci didn't print non-root error, but
pacman wanted to lock the database).

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-06-01 22:01:04 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
c520d38451 Introduce PM_TRANS_FLAG_NOLOCK
This flag indicates that the front-end will not call alpm_trans_commit(),
so the database needn't be locked. This is the first step toward fixing
FS#8905.

If this flag is set, alpm_trans_commit() does nothing and returns with
an error (that has new code: PM_ERR_TRANS_NOT_LOCKED).

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-06-01 22:00:57 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
1b4135ca5d Change package to package(s) and file to file(s) in documentation
The pacman --help pages and the manual suggested that only one package can
be upgraded/removed per transaction.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-06-01 21:59:03 -05:00
Gerardo Exequiel Pozzi
6360fe0100 Remove unused string.h from src/pacman/remove.c
This header was used in the code for the function strdup()
that is not used anymore.

Signed-off-by: Gerardo Exequiel Pozzi <vmlinuz386@yahoo.com.ar>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-06-01 21:57:58 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
30e2496775 repo-add: fail early if repo can not be created
Before this commit, the repo creation could fail after all packages have
been added to the database. Now this will be detected before adding
anything.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-05-23 12:27:32 -05:00
Gerardo Exequiel Pozzi
35b9dfc380 Remove unused included headers from testdb.c and testpkg.c
libgen.h was used for basename() in function main() from src/util/testdb.c
string.h was used for strlen() in function output_cb() from src/util/testpkg.c

Signed-off-by: Gerardo Exequiel Pozzi <vmlinuz386@yahoo.com.ar>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-05-18 23:22:38 -05:00
Pierre Schmitz
c301d6aa25 Add support for the xz archive format
This simple patch adds support for the xz archive format to makepkg and repo-
add.
Xz can be used as source, package and package db file type.

Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
[Dan: fixed a few alignment issues]
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-05-18 23:16:59 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
0bf340f73c Remove unused error codes and handle PM_ERR_RETRIEVE by alpm_strerror()
Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-05-18 23:11:43 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
882bff36ac Remove find_replacements()
"Foo replaces bar" simply means that "foo is a new version of bar".
So this patch refactors the code to use this "rule".

_alpm_sync_sysupgrade now does the following for each local package [bar]
(pseudo-code):
for db in syncdbs {
   if(db contains bar) {check if db/bar is an upgrade; break;}
   replacers = find(bar replacers in db);
   if(replacers!=NULL) {ask_user; break;}
}

Note:
1. Replacers are grouped per repo. If more than one package replace bar in
a repo, all of them are considered ("package set of bar replacers").
2. If repo1/foo1 and repo2/foo2 both replaces bar, only repo1/foo1 is
considered (if repo1 stands before repo2 in pacman.conf). FS#11737 is fixed.
3. It can happen that pacman doesn't consider any replacer, if it found a
literal "earlier", so sync132.py modified accordingly (btw, that situation
should not appear irl).

The new sysupgrade code doesn't use sync_newversion(), so I removed the
"local is newer than repo" message, which was annoying with -Qu and
SyncFirst.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-05-18 23:11:05 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
f89f7e136b Query documentation updates
The old documentation didn't emphasize our filtering options at all, and it
was a bit misleading. ("List ALL...")

I also clarified the description of -Qu.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-05-18 23:09:24 -05:00
Cedric Staniewski
212ea8a9ed repo-add: fix -n tests which are applicable only to strings
Signed-off-by: Cedric Staniewski <cedric@gmx.ca>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-05-18 23:04:28 -05:00
Cedric Staniewski
a812ad4ea4 libarchive development has moved to Google Code
Signed-off-by: Cedric Staniewski <cedric@gmx.ca>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-05-18 23:02:56 -05:00
Dan McGee
1bbb34365c Add pyc files to autoclean
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-05-18 23:02:56 -05:00
Dan McGee
1d8d932fa6 Remove recursive remove in autoclean.sh
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-05-18 23:02:46 -05:00
Gerardo Exequiel Pozzi
783e710839 Add more files to cleanup in autoclean.sh
Add files pactest/tests/Makefile.in , pactest/tests/Makefile
and contrib/Makefile.in , contrib/Makefile to list of cleanup script.

Signed-off-by: Gerardo Exequiel Pozzi <vmlinuz386@yahoo.com.ar>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-05-18 22:57:16 -05:00
Gerardo Exequiel Pozzi
c5d9b999c7 Add repo-remove.8 to list of cleanup in doc/Makefile.am
repo-remove.8 is generated with Makefile but is not removed on clean.
This patch add it to list of untracked autoconf files.

Signed-off-by: Gerardo Exequiel Pozzi <vmlinuz386@yahoo.com.ar>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-05-18 22:54:03 -05:00
Dan McGee
4a582fac2a Merge commit 'allan/working' 2009-05-18 22:51:25 -05:00
Gerardo Exequiel Pozzi
86cd72573b Add an initial pactest/test/.gitignore
Add an initial pactest/test/.gitignore to exclude sync200.py
that is generated from sync200.py.in

Signed-off-by: Gerardo Exequiel Pozzi <vmlinuz386@yahoo.com.ar>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-05-18 22:25:53 -05:00
Allan McRae
80caeabce0 NEWS file updates for makepkg and contrib
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2009-05-16 14:39:18 +10:00
Allan McRae
250e66e57b makepkg: fix sourcing BUILDSCRIPT and PATH issues
The bash source command looks in the users PATH for the file to source
before the local directory. This causes issues when someone has a
PKGBUILD somewhere in their path (for unknown some reason...).
Fixes FS#14727.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2009-05-16 13:48:10 +10:00
Allan McRae
5e32928a42 makepkg: Document package splitting
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2009-05-14 16:30:02 +10:00
Allan McRae
de44a0f474 makepkg: do not update pkgver when building source package
When making a source package for a SCM PKGBUILD, makepkg should not
update the pkgver/pkgrel.  Noted in FS#14456.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2009-05-14 16:30:01 +10:00
Dan McGee
20017354f7 Remove version information from -Qqo output
This was the only --quiet operation that showed version information; make it
consistent with the rest.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-05-11 21:43:36 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
a783f3fbf1 Introduce -Qlq
With --quiet flag, -Ql doesn't print the package name, just lists the files.
I made --quiet documentation up-to-date (I also added -Sgq/-Qgq).

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-05-11 21:36:43 -05:00
Allan McRae
f569c4a042 makepkg: several small fixes
1) Do not attempt to strip compressed binaries
Original-work-by: Marc - A. Dahlhaus <mad@wol.de>

2) Add "\" in "GPL\'ed" so quote mark does not break source code highlighting

3) Add local to docdir paths in makepkg.conf for consistency

4) Use full path to sed in MacOSX in case users have GNU sed earlier in
path

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-05-11 21:23:46 -05:00
Gerardo Exequiel Pozzi
ed848b1c54 Fix non-C style comments in libalpm
Signed-off-by: Gerardo Exequiel Pozzi <vmlinuz386@yahoo.com.ar>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-05-11 20:26:49 -05:00
Allan McRae
c27904661e makepkg: make in-place sed portable
Do a sed replacement in-place is not very portable.  On Mac OSX and
BSDs, the syntax is "sed -i ''" where as with GNU sed the command is
"sed -i''" or just "sed -i".  This patch detects which command should
be used during configure.

Credit to Kevin Barry who researched this issue and provided a patch
to work around this using temporary backup files.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-04-26 09:22:23 -05:00
Loui Chang
10584ec8ea Mention required libraries in INSTALL.
Signed-off-by: Loui Chang <louipc.ist@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-04-15 22:44:10 -05:00
Bryan Ischo
db3e166503 Look in target-list first to resolve dependencies
This fixes a bug introduced by my previous changes which changes the
behavior of IgnorePkg/IgnoreGroup to allow the user to remove unresolvable
packages from the transaction.  The bug is that the target-list was no
longer being consulted first to resolve dependencies, which means that if
two packages in the sync database satisfied a dependency, and the user
explicitly requested one of those two packages in the sync, the other
package was still being pulled in.

A new test was added, sync993.py, to verify the desired behavior.

Signed-off-by: Bryan Ischo <bji-keyword-pacman.3644cb@www.ischo.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-04-11 14:39:24 -05:00
Bryan Ischo
d70465decc Remove duplicates from the unresolvable list before prompting user
Signed-off-by: Bryan Ischo <bji-keyword-pacman.3644cb@www.ischo.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-04-11 14:24:52 -05:00
Dan McGee
4b78852f7e const-ify endswith()
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-04-11 14:13:03 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
aefb4e0fa5 Remove pmsyncpkg_t
pmsyncpkg_t data sructure was removed:
1. pmpkg_t.reason is used instead of pmsyncpkg_t.newreason. (The target
packages come from sync repos, so we can use this field without any
problems. Upgrade transaction also uses this field to store this info.)
2. pmsyncpkg_t.removes was moved to pmpkg_t.removes.
This step requires careful programming, because we don't duplicate packages
when we add them to trans->packages. So we modify sync pkgcache when we
add this transaction-only info to our package. Hence it is important to
free this list when we remove any package from the target list
(remove_unresolvable, remove_conflicts, trans_free), otherwise this could
confuse the new sync transactions (with non-pacman GUI).

Overall, our code became ~100 line shorter, and we can call our helper
functions directly on trans->packages in sync.c, we don't need to maintain
parallel package lists.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-04-11 14:05:13 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
391952600d Fix for trans001.py (FS#9088)
From now on _alpm_db_find_fileconflicts() works with upgrade and remove
target lists (like checkdeps), which makes it transaction independent
(we still need a trans param because of the progressbar). This is a small
step towards the universal transaction. So we call this function directly
from sync.c before commiting the remove transaction. This is much safer,
but we can get false fileconflict error alarms in some tricky cases
("symlinks puzzle" etc).

The patch on find_fileconflict looks complex, but it is mainly an
"indent-patch", the new code-part can be found after the
/* check remove list ... */ comment, and I modified something around the
"file has changed hand" case (see comment modifications in the code).

Unfortunately sync.c became more ugly, because we have to create 2 parallel
internal transactions: to avoid duplicated work, upgrade transaction is
used to load package data (filelists). This problem will disappear, when
we finally get rid of internal transactions.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-04-11 13:59:55 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
634304feae Free *data list when user removes unresolvable packages
Resolvedeps reports error when it cannot resolve some dependencies, puts
them into the *data list, and set pm_errno. If user removes the
unresolvable packages from the target list, we have no error anymore,
so from now on we free *data list (we eliminate a memleak) and unset
pm_errno.

(Additionally I removed two needless lines from the code, unresolvable list
is always freed in cleanup.)

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-04-11 13:55:46 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
56fd24ecf8 Print warning in _alpm_resolvedep() if a satisfier package is ignored without QUESTION
After commit f57f8d3386 pacman *silently*
ignores packages from IgnorePkg/IgnoreGroup during dependency resolving,
if prompt == 0. This behavior is changed to "give warning + ignore".
(Otherwise the user is not informed about the fact that the package
resolving was blocked by ignorepkg.)

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-04-11 13:54:50 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
77efd51216 New error type: PM_ERR_PKG_IGNORED
This patch fixes FS#12059.
Now sync_addtarget can return with PM_ERR_PKG_IGNORED, which indicates that
although the requested package was found it is in ignorepkg, so alpm could
not add it to the transaction. So the front-end can decide what to do.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-04-11 13:54:25 -05:00
Dan McGee
93ca155b48 Merge branch 'xav/repo-add' 2009-04-11 13:50:56 -05:00
Dan McGee
101c16b3eb makepkg: fix double check on same path
Commit 142225fd typo-ed this one, as it should look like the rest of the
checks similar to it.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-04-11 13:30:38 -05:00
Loui Chang
52d184dae8 makepkg: Fix integrity check when files are missing.
The index in the for loop wasn't being incremented, so
if the first file wasn't found, the second file would be compared to the
first checksum, rather than the second.

Signed-off-by: Loui Chang <louipc.ist@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-04-11 12:52:11 -05:00
Sebastian Nowicki
63fc93607b Add detail documentation for alpm_db_update()
This adds alpm_db_update() to the alpm_databases Doxygen group. The function
is described in more detail and a code example is given.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-04-11 12:50:37 -05:00
Dan McGee
d15d4f923d Small cleanups to index.txt
Simplify the gitweb links.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-04-11 12:43:28 -05:00
Dan McGee
6fb0c5abd7 doc: move files around for consistency
Move some of our documentation files, even though they aren't manpages, to
the doc/ directory. This allows the new 'html' make target to manage them.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-04-11 12:38:20 -05:00
Dan McGee
20ab91fb79 doc: add 'html' target to Makefile.am
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-04-11 12:34:15 -05:00
Dan McGee
afb2f39291 doc: fix repo-add manpage
Now the comment was showing up in the generated manpage and HTML
documentation. Just kill it as asciidoc keeps screwing us over.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-04-11 12:33:33 -05:00
Dan McGee
e37ecbe8a4 Fix asciidoc formatting warnings and issues
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-04-11 11:14:28 -05:00
Dan McGee
22a4616550 Add the pacman home page to the doc directory
Also ignore .html files in doc/.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-04-11 11:00:22 -05:00
Allan McRae
cb8aee58eb Fix doc building for asciidoc >= 8.4.1
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-04-05 21:51:08 -05:00
Samed Beyribey
3cb4eaef4f fixed typos and alignment problem in Turkish translation
Signed-off-by: Samed Beyribey <ras0ir@eventualis.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-04-05 21:40:58 -05:00
Dan McGee
f385242f99 Merge commit 'allan/working' 2009-04-05 21:12:28 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
5fcc9ae7f4 Document --debug
After some irc/forum experiences, I decided to document this option.
However, I left the debug-level undocumented (--debug=2).

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-04-05 21:11:48 -05:00
Allan McRae
442b91a5dd makepkg: run tidy_install with no package() function
After the splitpkg implementation, the tidy_install function
was not being called in PKGBUILDs with only the build() function.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2009-03-30 17:41:34 +10:00
Allan McRae
deff57ce8b makepkg: do not bail on failure to install built package
Fixes FS#13417.  Do no exit makepkg on a failure to install the
built package(s).  This allows clean-up to still occur.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2009-03-29 16:49:57 +10:00
Allan McRae
7370fd595b makepkg: adjust log clean-up for new filenames
The log files now have -build or -package at the end and there
are separate log files for each *_package() function. Alter
clean_up() to deal with this. Also, move glob outside quotes so
this actually works.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2009-03-26 01:39:13 +10:00
Allan McRae
4c27a776bd makepkg: adjust install_package for split packages
Install all created packages when using the install option with
package splitting.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2009-03-25 23:52:27 +10:00
Allan McRae
7a8ba5a978 Refactor testing for color message output
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2009-03-16 09:18:41 +10:00
Allan McRae
7df0d048d1 makepkg: add pkgbase variable
The pkgbase variable is added to improve informational output and
source package naming when using split packages.  Defaults to
${pkgname[0]} if not set.

Also:
 - move splitpkg detection to after pkgname presence is verified
 - add "cd" line to package_foo() functions in splitpkg proto

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2009-03-16 09:17:10 +10:00
Xavier Chantry
0c614c181e repo-add : rename gstmpdir to tmpdir
What does gstmpdir mean?

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2009-03-15 18:10:24 +01:00
Xavier Chantry
91d43ba4b4 repo-add : don't change the modification time on depends and desc
The modification time on depends and desc file were changed to match the
modification time of the package file. I don't see why and we are actualling
losing information here. If we want to know the date of the package file, we
can just look inside the depends file. If we want to know when the entry was
created, we should not alter the modification time of depends and desc.

Besides, this had the non-obvious and undocumented side effect that the
depends file was always created, even if it was empty. And pacman actually
does require that. So I added a "touch depends" to always create the file.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2009-03-15 18:10:24 +01:00
Xavier Chantry
59b4725bbb repo-add : new locking system
Weird things could happen if several repo-add were run concurrently on the
same database. The introduced locking system will prevent this to happen.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2009-03-15 18:10:24 +01:00
Xavier Chantry
a556bc57fc repo-add : fix package variables declaration
- arch was missing

- backup is not used by repo-add. However makepkg still needs to put it in
  PKGINFO because pacman uses it

- startdir is no longer used after the new delta implementation

- the declaration of group, depend, backup, etc is not needed because these
  variables are always declared before being used :
	declare $var="$val"
	case "$var" in
		group)    _groups="$_groups$group\n" ;;

- reorder the variables declaration to follow the same order than they are
  written to the depends and desc file, for making future checks easier

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2009-03-15 18:10:24 +01:00
Xavier Chantry
bbcf96230a repo-add : rewrite delta support
Use the correct database format

Use xdelta3 to get the source and destination files from the delta itself

Allow delta files to be added with repo-add just like package files. delta
files can also be removed with repo-remove. This is simply done by looking
for a .delta extension in the arguments, and calling the appropriate
db_write_delta or db_remove_delta functions.

Example usage:
repo-add repo/test.db.tar.gz repo/libx11-1.1.99.2-2-x86_64.pkg.tar.gz
repo-add repo/test.db.tar.gz repo/libx11-1.1.5-2_to_1.1.99.2-2-x86_64.delta
repo-remove repo/test.db.tar.gz libx11-1.1.5-2_to_1.1.99.2-2-x86_64.delta

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2009-03-15 18:10:23 +01:00
Xavier Chantry
89685bdb29 repo-add : drop delta support to rewrite it from scratch
The current implementation has several problems :

Wrong database format

All the info is taken from the filename, which is a bit ugly

It looks for .delta files in the current directory when adding a package,
which is not very flexible

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2009-03-15 18:10:23 +01:00
Xavier Chantry
994804f20e repo-add.sh.in : repo-remove improvements
* report when a package entry to be removed is not found

* backup and restore eventual "deltas" files

* slight optimization when looking for an entry : only look at the entries
starting with $pkgname

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2009-03-15 18:10:23 +01:00
Xavier Chantry
f8bb69c1d2 repo-add cleanup
Refactor the main loop, which was difficult to read.

Use case instead of if when appropriate.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2009-03-15 18:10:23 +01:00
Xavier Chantry
9fa18d9a4b Add pkgdelta script to create deltas.
This should obsolete the delta support in makepkg. Having a separate script
should be more flexible.

Example usage:
$ pkgdelta repo/tzdata-2009a-1-x86_64.pkg.tar.gz repo/tzdata-2009b-1-x86_64.pkg.tar.gz
==> Generating delta from version 2009a-1 to version 2009b-1
==> Generated delta : 'repo/tzdata-2009a-1_to_2009b-1-x86_64.delta'

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2009-03-15 18:10:15 +01:00
Xavier Chantry
c8beffa790 Fix several issues with xdelta
1) The changes to sync.c look big but there are mostly caused by
the indentation. Fix a bug where download_size == 0 because the packages and
deltas are already in the cache, but we still need to build the deltas list
and apply the deltas to create the final package.

2) Fix the gzip / md5sum issue by switching to xdelta3, disabling external
recompression and using gzip -n in pacman, and disable bsdtar compression
and using gzip -n in makepkg.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2009-03-15 18:08:36 +01:00
Xavier Chantry
9519d22df7 be_files.c : use %jd instead of %ju for intmax_t
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-03-15 11:41:37 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
de97282fbd Revert "popen does NOT require /bin/sh in a subchroot"
This reverts commit 9558639d80.

This change was wrong, popen does require /bin/sh in a subchroot.

1) pacman -S lilo -r root

Notice no error

2) rm root/bin/sh ; pacman -S lilo -r root

Notice an error :
error: scriptlet failed to execute correctly

Actually, we already get an explicit error here, when popen is run, so there
is no need to check for bin/sh explicitely.

Besides this check was problematic in some cases. For example, bash itself
has a scriptlet, but only post_install and post_upgrade, no pre_install and
pre_upgrade. However, since bash has a scriptlet, runscriptlet will also be
called before bash is installed. It won't do anything since the scriptlet
has no pre_install function. But if we keep the check, we will still get
"error : no /bin/sh".

Conflicts:

	lib/libalpm/trans.c

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-03-15 11:41:37 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
36863b968f runscriptlet : Flush open fds before fork() to avoid cloning buffers
This is a bug I noticed 2 years ago :
http://www.nabble.com/Re%3A-logging-output-crazy-to11437357.html#a11479679

I thought I fixed it with 57d77eab32

But the bug was still here. Reading man fork, this part caught my attention:

*  The child inherits copies of the parent's set  of  open  file
descriptors.  Each  file descriptor  in  the  child refers to the same open
file description (see open(2)) as the corresponding file descriptor in the
parent.  This means that the two descriptors  share open  file  status
flags, current file offset, and signal-driven I/O attributes (see the
description of F_SETOWN and F_SETSIG in fcntl(2)).

Since the open file descriptors are inherited, it is probably a good idea to
flush them before forking.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-03-15 11:40:49 -05:00
Allan McRae
687f04ab46 Only check checksums if there is a source file
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-03-15 11:38:54 -05:00
Allan McRae
a864a50bc6 contrib/pacscripts - print install scripts from a package
Prints the install script from a given package file or from a package
in the pacman repo.

Original-work-by: Giulio "giulivo" Fidente <giulivo.navigante@gmail.com>
Improvements-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-03-15 11:38:53 -05:00
Dan McGee
d8d9ab8c87 Update checks for python in configure
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-02-28 15:46:51 -06:00
Dan McGee
4458f71851 Merge branch 'maint' 2009-02-28 15:43:36 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
b4e1365657 makepkg : remove xdelta support
The pkgdelta script can be used instead.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-02-28 15:42:07 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
8c09c19139 libalpm: remove from_md5 and to_md5 from pmdelta_t
The from_md5 and to_md5 fields were a nice extra safety, which would avoid
trying to apply deltas on corrupted package files. However, they are not
strictly necessary, since xdelta should be able to detect that on its own.

The main problem is that it is impossible to compute these informations from
the delta only. So repo-add would not be able to compute the delta entry
based on just the delta file.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-02-28 15:33:46 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
f09f82ee59 repo-add: print warning if same version already exists
Simple fix for FS#13414.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-02-28 15:33:39 -06:00
Baurzhan Muftakhidinov
b3c67a195f Add new Kazakh translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-02-24 08:24:47 -06:00
Dan McGee
2268981ebf Merge branch 'maint' 2009-02-23 20:40:27 -06:00
Dan McGee
9d661240fe Update pactest to use hashlib
The md5 module is deprecated in favor of hashlib.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-02-23 20:40:00 -06:00
Bryan Ischo
f57f8d3386 Don't prompt the user for unignore of IgnorePkg/IgnoreGroup packages
Don't prompt the user for unignore of IgnorePkg/IgnoreGroup packages,
except for packages explicitly listed for sync by the user.  This
eliminates many unnecessary prompts when IgnorePkg/IgnoreGroup is
used.

Signed-off-by: Bryan Ischo <bryan@ischo.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-02-23 20:37:14 -06:00
Bryan Ischo
0268550401 Enabled new interactive prompt and updated some tests
Enabled a new prompt to ask the user if they'd like to remove
unresolvable packages from the transaction rather than failing it.

Many pactest tests that used to fail now return success codes, because
pacman now issues a prompt allowing the user to cancel rather than
failing many transactions, and the pactest scripts always choose to
cancel with no error rather than failing.  The only net effect is that
the return status of pacman is now 0 in cases where it used to be
nonzero.

Signed-off-by: Bryan Ischo <bryan@ischo.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-02-23 20:33:56 -06:00
Allan McRae
a309a016bf makepkg: fix updating pkgrel with pkgver in SCM packages
Commit 1e656c0a introduced the changing of pkgrel to 1 when the
pkgver was updated in SCM PKGBUILDs. However, the output in the
"Making package:" was wrong. Attempting to fix that created
another bug (FS#13416). Interestingly, pkgver was only ever
being updated in the fakeroot stage which caused this problem.
Now both pkgver and pkgrel are updated after the first
devel_check and devel_update. Enjoy the really long explaination
for a two line fix...

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-02-23 20:18:08 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
c8a41b7d6d repo-add : remove realpath usage
Rework slightly db_write_entry so that $pkgfile is no longer referenced
from the temporary dir. This means $pkgfile can be a relative path and does
not need to be converted with realpath anymore.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-02-19 19:20:27 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
c590ac0997 repo-add : remove the need of realpath for REPO_DB_FILE
REPO_DB_FILE does not need to be an absolute path anymore so no need to
call realpath.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-02-19 19:20:19 -06:00
Dan McGee
1c4633ea2c Merge branch 'maint' 2009-02-18 21:20:17 -06:00
Bryan Ischo
6c4d702cb1 Reorganize code for one-at-a-time resolving
This change reorganizes the internal code so that packages are
resolved one at a time instead of all at once from a list.  This will
allow a future checkin to prompt the user to see if they'd rather
remove unresolvable packages from the transaction and continue, or
fail the transaction.  This change does not affect the actual behavior
of libalpm and all tests pass without changes.

Signed-off-by: Bryan Ischo <bryan@ischo.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-02-18 20:52:22 -06:00
Jan Stępień
e7daa59f84 A tiny fix in the Polish translation.
The previous translation of 'targets' meant literally 'it targets' and it
sounded awkwardly. The current version is a plural of a 'target'.

Signed-off-by: Jan Stępień <jstepien@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-02-18 19:25:57 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
e515d89969 repo-add : remove useless test_repo_db_file function
This function was used only once, was basically just one line, and was also
called with an unused argument.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-02-18 19:21:34 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
dce7aa8569 contrib/pacdiff : rework and cleanup
I initially only wanted to add a -l/--locate option to use locate instead of
find, which should have been easy.

Then I thought I would try to support filename with whitespace while I was
at it, and this was a bit more complex. The safest ways seem to be the
following ones : http://mywiki.wooledge.org/BashFAQ/020

Then I received a lot of suggestions on #bash about how to improve the
script, which I tried to address.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
[Dan: fix grouping of find arguments]
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-02-18 19:20:10 -06:00
Dan McGee
48b209d612 Rework optdepends documentation for clarity
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-02-17 16:58:33 -06:00
Kevin Barry
14c1a4423e configure.ac: use full path of stat for Mac OS X
Change configure.ac to use the full path of stat when on darwin/mac.
This is needed for situations when a user installs the GNU/coreutils
and places it in their path before /usr/bin, but the SIZECMD is
already configured for Darwin's version of stat.

Signed-off-by: Kevin Barry <barryk gmail com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-02-16 08:06:29 -06:00
Dan McGee
eb1775e485 repo-add: fix eval and quote issues
eval was ugly and dirty, and bit us here. Instead, use a safer form of
variable declaration to ensure quotes don't foil us in pkgdesc or any other
fields.

This fixes FS#10837.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-02-15 21:16:21 -06:00
Dan McGee
04c2b9d4ed Merge branch 'maint' 2009-02-08 11:43:08 -06:00
Sebastian Nowicki
ea84819bbb makepkg: Make stripping debug symbols cross-platform
The Linux and BSD versions of strip have the --strip-debug option (as
well as the -S option), however Mac OS X only has -S.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-02-08 11:33:33 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
34e1413d75 Delay the creation of local and sync db dir.
We don't need to create the directories when local or sync dbs are
registered. For example, if a sync db does not exist, we cannot even do
"pacman -Q" as an user.

Instead, we can create the local db if needed during the db_prepare
operation, and sync dbs on db_update.

Also remove some more useless abstractions in db_update and switch to a much
more efficient way to remove a sync db : rm -rf.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2009-01-20 14:07:15 +01:00
Xavier Chantry
14230869e6 Remove some db abstraction crap.
These db_open and db_close looked quite useless. And they caused the db
directory to be opened on a simple registering of a database. This is
totally unneeded, this opening can be delayed to when we actually need it.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2009-01-20 14:04:54 +01:00
Xavier Chantry
eab9684837 alpm_unpack : change prefix handling to workaround FS#12148.
Instead of appending the prefix to each entry name, we can chdir to the
prefix before extracting, and restoring when it is done.
This seems to work better with the strange and special case of FS#12148
where an archive contained the "./" entry.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2009-01-20 14:03:46 +01:00
Dan McGee
c794661f1e Merge branch 'maint' 2009-01-18 13:48:48 -06:00
Dan McGee
8929769902 makepkg: test fixes, part 2
The goal of this fix was empty string comparisons:
-  if [ "$pkgname" != "" ]; then
+  if [ -n "$pkgname" ]; then

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-01-18 13:48:31 -06:00
Dan McGee
350c3eb6ec makepkg: clean up test usage
In a lot of places, we had the following construct:
  [ "$foobar" = "0" ]
which is better represented by using the integer tests:
  [ $foobar -eq 0 ]

Attempt to unify makepkg to use the latter rather than the former in all
places. From here on out we should ensure anything that is set to 0, 1, etc.
uses the -eq format rather than =.

In addition, fix a few other test anomalies including usage of double
equals.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-01-18 13:46:23 -06:00
Nagy Gabor
472e51b975 Use archive_entry_set_perm instead of archive_entry_set_mode
This patch fixes FS#12148 ('unstable' regular file).
I also changed the other archive_entry_set_mode usage in add.c to
archive_entry_set_perm.

Since I cannot find any relevant info in libarchive manual, I quote
Tim Kientzle (the author of libarchive) here, and I say thank you for
his help.

*** Tim Kientzle wrote *************************************

This is the problem in libalpm/util.c:

323    if(S_ISREG(st->st_mode)) {
324            archive_entry_set_mode(entry, 0644);
325    } else if(S_ISDIR(st->st_mode)) {
326            archive_entry_set_mode(entry, 0755);
327    }

Your example unstable.db.tar.gz is not empty.  It has
one entry in it, called "./".  That entry is marked
as a directory.  But, when you call archive_entry_set_mode(),
you are changing the file type!  archive_read_extract()
then creates the file /var/unstable as you requested.
(archive_read_extract() will replace an empty directory
with a file.)

You should either set the mode value correctly:

323    if(S_ISREG(st->st_mode)) {
324            archive_entry_set_mode(entry, IFREG | 0644);
325    } else if(S_ISDIR(st->st_mode)) {
326            archive_entry_set_mode(entry, IFDIR | 0755);
327    }

Or use archive_entry_set_perm(), which does not change
the file type:

323    if(S_ISREG(st->st_mode)) {
324            archive_entry_set_perm(entry, 0644);
325    } else if(S_ISDIR(st->st_mode)) {
326            archive_entry_set_perm(entry, 0755);
327    }

************************************************************

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-01-18 13:35:17 -06:00
Allan McRae
fba5771fa4 makepkg: repackage rework with package functions
When using the optional package() function or split packages, the
entire packaging step is rerun instead of just final package
creation step.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-01-17 09:19:35 -06:00
Bryan Ischo
5bc23bc05d Fixed some inconsistencies and errors in the pactest documentation.
Signed-off-by: Bryan Ischo <bryan@ischo.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-01-16 20:22:58 -06:00
Dan McGee
3d49d88009 Merge branch 'am/splitpkg'
* am/splitpkg:
  makepkg: implement creation of split packages
  makepkg: Optional argument for run_package and create_package
  makepkg: hack around tee in run_package function
  makepkg: add functions for backup and restore of package fields
  makepkg: add optional package function
  makepkg: Add PKGBUILD-split.proto
2009-01-16 19:45:02 -06:00
Allan McRae
e946ee7745 makepkg: implement creation of split packages
Adds the ability to create multiple packages from one PKGBUILD

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2009-01-16 22:32:05 +10:00
Allan McRae
21b8a5418d makepkg: Optional argument for run_package and create_package
Generalize run_package to allow the passing of a package name
directing the use of an alternative package function. A similar
adjustment to create_package to prepare split packages.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2009-01-16 22:26:52 +10:00
Allan McRae
708ce1480f makepkg: hack around tee in run_package function
Piping the package function through tee to log the outut also
clears any variables set in the package function.  This is a
problem in split packages as package variable overrides are done
in the package function.  This is fixed by creating a node which
the output is piped through and duplicated using the tee function.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2009-01-16 22:24:21 +10:00
Allan McRae
9804911c5f makepkg: add functions for backup and restore of package fields
Adds functions for the backup and restoration of package variables
that can be over-ridden during package splitting.  Variables which
can be overridden are given in the splitpkg_overrides variable.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2009-01-16 22:22:04 +10:00
Allan McRae
08034ceb17 makepkg: add optional package function
This patch allows us to split the building and packaging stages of
a PKGBUILD and minimize fakeroot usage. This can be done with less
code duplication (run_build and run_package look quite similiar) but
the run_package function will be where the package splitting logic
is implemented in the future.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2009-01-16 22:20:05 +10:00
Allan McRae
219cb2eaac makepkg: Add PKGBUILD-split.proto
Prototype PKGBUILD for package splitting in makepkg

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2009-01-16 22:16:18 +10:00
Aaron Griffin
a9f030e84c Make the repo-add quiet flag less quiet
Considering one can easily run:
   repo-add .... >/dev/null
to get only warnings and errors, the -q flag is mostly useless.

Make the -q flag silence only level 2 messages.

Signed-off-by: Aaron Griffin <aaronmgriffin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-01-14 19:18:08 -06:00
Dan McGee
7a3a718c7a makepkg: fix my own stupid mistake
We don't want to bail if a certain integrity check wasn't even provided.
Whoops.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-01-13 20:13:31 -06:00
Aaron Schaefer
e3a06961f6 makepkg: use INTEGRITY_CHECK only for generation of checksums
Signed-off-by: Aaron Schaefer <aaron@elasticdog.com>
[Dan: fail if checksum array is incorrectly sized]
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-01-13 19:50:38 -06:00
Dan McGee
d7345da5ba doc: Consistency and formatting cleanups (for master)
Bring master in line with some things we just did on maint.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-01-13 00:11:17 -06:00
Dan McGee
b369f71fd6 Merge branch 'maint'
Conflicts:
	doc/makepkg.conf.5.txt
2009-01-13 00:10:36 -06:00
Dan McGee
1191303f8b doc: Consistency and formatting cleanups
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-01-13 00:06:58 -06:00
Dan McGee
e9ca40b56e doc: fix some more asciidoc fallout
They keep changing things on us. This gets rid of the '.ft C' text sprinkled
around our listing blocks.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-01-13 00:00:35 -06:00
Dan McGee
3d6da93093 doc: remove BUILDSCRIPT from makepkg.conf docs
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-01-12 23:59:44 -06:00
Nagy Gabor
cb7337eb64 db->pkgcache_loaded and db->grpcache_loaded
Clearly the old code was more elegant (NULL cache indicated "not loaded"),
but it had some drawbacks, so from now on we indicate the state of caches
explicitly.

Old drawbacks:
When we had an empty database (unstable), libalpm called db_populate after
every pkgcache access, because NULL pkgcache indicated "not loaded" state.
This is not a common case, but the same situation can happen with grpcache,
which is more problematic: If the user had a custom repo with no groups,
grpcache was always NULL. (grpcache is also loaded per database.) Thus
every get_grpcache call induced a load_grpcache operation, so the benefits
of grpcache was completely lost.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-01-12 23:59:37 -06:00
Nagy Gabor
4da70d800a Rename alpm_get_md5sum to alpm_compute_md5sum and alpm_dep_get_string to alpm_dep_compute_string
This patch introduces the following function name convention:
_compute_ in function name: the return value must be freed.
_get_ in function name: the return value must not be freed.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-01-12 23:59:30 -06:00
Nagy Gabor
a888f377a5 HoldPkg rework
The HoldPkg feature is even more important when the packages to be held are
pulled automatically by pacman, in a -Rc and -Rs operation. Before, it only
applied when the packages were explicitly requested by the user to be
removed. This patch extends holdpkg to -Rc and -Rs by doing the HoldPkg
check just before trans_commit.

Additionally, the whole HoldPkg stuff was moved to the front-end.

I changed the default behavior to "don't remove", so I modified remove030.py
pactest as well.

See also: FS#9173.

Original-work-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-01-12 22:44:00 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
8017b0bb8e Remove libdownload support and fix libfetch one.
Aaron said to consider libdownload a dead project so libdownload support was
removed to more easily fix libfetch one (otherwise many ifdef needed).

There was no direct replacement for ferror to detect an error while
downloading. So instead, I added a check at the end to see if the file was
fully downloaded, which is just a small chunk of code taken from here:
http://cvsweb.netbsd.org/bsdweb.cgi/pkgsrc/net/libfetch/files/fetch.c?only_with_tag=MAIN

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-01-12 22:40:15 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
4ec846f5ac makepkg : fix a lot of breakages caused by Allan
This patch started as a simple typo fix (pugre instead of purge in two
places), as well as a fix of a test which was using PURGE_TARGETS instead of
$PURGE_TARGETS.

It evolved in a slight handling change of the OPTIONS which have a variable
affecting their behavior (strip STRIP_DIRS, docs DOC_DIRS, zipman MAN_DIRS
and purge PURGE_TARGETS), as well as a clarification in makepkg.conf. Now
when a variable is undefined or empty, the corresponding option will have no
effect. It looked weird to have a fallback when a option is defined but
empty, it seems more natural to not have any fallbacks.

Also re-enable docs by default. It seems arbitrary to delete files from
packages by default, and it would be more vanilla and distro agnostic to
keep them. docs was also the only negated option.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-01-12 22:28:10 -06:00
Dan McGee
94c2830572 Fix linkman macro to work with asciidoc > 8.3.0
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-01-11 22:09:40 -06:00
Dan McGee
0501d340cd Merge branch 'maint' 2009-01-06 20:22:15 -06:00
Vojtěch Gondžala
c6bcdf4dc7 Update Czech translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-01-05 19:06:39 -06:00
Hugo Doria
9f5e1dc8cd Update Portuguese (Brazil) translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-01-05 07:05:40 -06:00
Dan McGee
cebe36c42c Update configure.ac for 3.2.2 release
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-01-04 11:34:47 -06:00
Dan McGee
301fe17f57 Update NEWS for 3.2.2
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-01-04 11:27:03 -06:00
Dan McGee
6f9539aefb Merge branch 'maint'
Conflicts:
	po/it.po
2009-01-04 11:12:28 -06:00
Mateusz Herych
997a611fa4 Update Polish translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-01-03 19:07:44 -06:00
Sergey Tereschenko
162e77ffdc Update Russian translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-01-03 19:05:19 -06:00
Samed Beyribey
a2cbccb8c7 Update Turkish translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-01-03 09:25:24 -06:00
Sergey Tereschenko
c850786e43 Update Russian translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-01-03 09:24:07 -06:00
Roman Kyrylych
3acc265f9d Update Unkranian translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-01-03 09:20:41 -06:00
Giovanni Scafora
03a63e01a5 Update Italian translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-01-03 09:17:50 -06:00
Matthias Gorissen
024012649f Update German translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-01-03 09:14:35 -06:00
Nagy Gabor
93d47ebbc0 Update Hungarian translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-01-03 09:11:56 -06:00
甘露(Gan Lu)
c2dc05c065 Update Chinese translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-01-03 09:10:08 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
fb18679a00 Update French translation
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2009-01-03 11:49:06 +01:00
Juan Pablo González Tognarelli
792ee97645 Update Spanish translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-01-03 00:30:09 -06:00
Dan McGee
a30bf868ca Merge branch 'maint' 2009-01-03 00:18:22 -06:00
Allan McRae
1cc8ad6112 makepkg: Add support for specifying LDFLAGS
Provide support for specifying LDFLAGS within makepkg.conf but leaves
this undefined by default. Fixes FS#12542.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-01-03 00:17:15 -06:00
Allan McRae
8f26bb9052 makepkg: move BUILDSCRIPT from makepkg.conf
Commit 4b183bf9 moved makepkg.conf sourcing to after the parsing
of options, breaking the -p option and --help output.  The solution
is to move BUILDSCRIPT out of makepkg.conf.  This patch moves the
definition BUILDSCRIPT back to makepkg itself and adds configure
option to allow easy changing of this value during build time.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-01-03 00:13:54 -06:00
Allan McRae
9a7f68317a makepkg: Introduce purge option
The purge option, combined with the PURGE_TARGETS variable,
allows makepkg to automatically remove commonly confliting or
removed files (e.g. /usr/share/info/dir, *.pod).

Original work: Tim Yang
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-01-03 00:11:51 -06:00
Allan McRae
774c252753 makepkg: Add used options to PKGINFO file
Adds defined options to the PKGINFO file in the form of "makepkgopt =".
It may be useful to be able to add these to the pacman DB at some point
as that would allow (e.g.) checking which packages have had their docs
striped (FS#7092).

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-01-03 00:11:48 -06:00
Allan McRae
1b7ff7a636 makepkg: add fallback for when MAN_DIRS is unset
This prevents makepkg compressing every file when MAN_DIRS is not
supplied in makepkg.conf

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-01-03 00:08:42 -06:00
Allan McRae
bb9b19a6c4 makepkg: provide MAN_DIRS configuration variable
Provides a MAN_DIRS variable in makepkg.conf which can be used
to specify folders to look for manual (man and info) pages to be
compressed.  Useful for packages that install to /opt.  Also
clarifies that "zipman" means "zip manuals" and covers both man
and info pages.

Original work by: Tiago Pierezan Camargo <tcamargo at gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-01-03 00:06:51 -06:00
Allan McRae
b55f478042 libalpm: add PID to db.lck
This is the first step in being able to automatically remove phantom
lock files.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
[Dan: fix compilation warnings]
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-01-03 00:00:19 -06:00
Allan McRae
a73ad4f0e3 Separate local db directory creation and db write
Changelogs and install files were getting extracted into the local
db folder before it was manually created.  This created issues for
uses with 0077 umasks and was highlighted with the new sudo handling
of umasks (FS#12263).

This moves the local db creation to its own function which is called
before the start of package archive extraction.  Also, added a check
that the folder is actually created.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
[Dan: rename to _alpm_db_prepare()]
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-01-02 23:52:32 -06:00
Sterling Winter
b3169a5687 Log pacsave warnings to pacman.log
Pacman currently logs .pacnew warnings to pacman.log but a similar history
of .pacsave warnings isn't kept. The user should be able to search
pacman.log to discover when and where all .pac* files were created by
pacman.

Addresses FS#12531.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-01-02 23:40:20 -06:00
Dan McGee
e49adbea4c Add a .gitattributes file
This will make python diffs prettier.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-01-02 22:49:51 -06:00
Dan McGee
f8b689d48e Merge branch 'maint'
Conflicts:
	lib/libalpm/dload.c
	po/it.po
	scripts/makepkg.sh.in
2009-01-02 22:48:52 -06:00
Dan McGee
c31fcfd833 Add new po files in prep for 3.2.2 release
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-01-02 22:46:48 -06:00
Dan McGee
cb03817ee8 Small makefile update
Use the proper call for symlink creation

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-01-02 22:46:48 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
bd2de5cdf6 Fix asciidoc manpage creation.
As reported here, man pages could no longer be built :
http://archlinux.org/pipermail/pacman-dev/2008-December/007726.html

I found the explanation here :
http://www.methods.co.nz/asciidoc/source-highlight-filter.html

"If you use a2x(1) to generate PDF you need to include the --no-xmllint
option to suppress xmllint(1) checking — the programlisting language
attribute (required by the dblatex source highlighter) is not part of the
DocBook 4 specification (but it is in the newer DocBook 5 specification)."

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-01-02 22:46:47 -06:00
Allan McRae
2f59996c54 makepkg: detect incorrect usage of provides array
Using > or < in the provides array is wrong so make it cause an error.
Fixes FS#12540.

Also, use bash substitution rather than spawning new processes where
possible in the error checking.  Move split package detection to a
better position.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
[Dan: backport to maint]
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-01-02 22:46:47 -06:00
Allan McRae
f4651c49af makepkg: tidy version package tests
The use if "! -z" to check if a string is not null is not good practice
so replace with the "-n" option. Also use the AND comparison within one
test rather than on two separate tests.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-01-02 22:46:47 -06:00
Allan McRae
751d37e749 makepkg: quote all uses of BUILDSCRIPT
Allows specifying alternative build script with spaces in name

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
[Dan: backport some of the fixes to maint]
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-01-02 22:46:37 -06:00
Allan McRae
08980fb4bc makepkg: Replace getopt with internal function
This will allow makepkg to work on systems like Mac OS X where the
default getopt is too old to properly handle long options.

The new parse_options function should replicate getopt's behaviour
completely.

Original work: Yun Zheng Hu <yunzheng.hu@gmail.com>
[Allan: Rewrite and bug fixes]
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-01-02 22:17:24 -06:00
Dan McGee
cc7f3b705e Print proxy information when downloading
May help debug issues we come across with proxy behavior (e.g. those pesky
segfaults) as well as be informative to the user when things aren't working
quite right. Addresses FS#12396.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-12-10 19:45:15 -06:00
Dan McGee
89b0a76b3c Remove mention of -b from makepkg manpage
Fixes FS#12408.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-12-10 19:23:34 -06:00
Dan McGee
bd628274cc Merge branch 'maint' 2008-12-07 22:12:17 -06:00
Giovanni Scafora
9ae7eb1292 Update Italian translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-12-07 22:11:43 -06:00
Dan McGee
818fae320f makepkg: ensure PKGBUILD does not contain CRLF characters
Do a simple check before sourcing the file to ensure we are a valid bash
script.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-12-07 22:11:37 -06:00
Allan McRae
69be73f68c makepkg: several small bits of tidying
1. Do not warn people about missing arch if they are using --ignorearch.

2. Remove unneed reference to bug report about using fakeroot as little
   as possible.  We want to do that, bug report of not.

3. Removes superfluous warning given when building as root. The user
   has already used the "--asroot" flag.

4. Move comment about skipping warning message to above where it occurs

5. Do not warn about skipping source retreval, integrety checks and
   extraction when using --repackage

6. Do not warn about skipping build when using --repackage

7. Move comment about fakeroot usage to above test condition

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-12-07 22:11:29 -06:00
Dan McGee
78cf32e194 Small documentation updates for clarity
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-12-07 22:09:24 -06:00
Dan McGee
59776ef306 makepkg: save and restore shell options before and after build()
Fix the issue uncovered by FS#12344. In this instance, the dotglob shopt was
being set in the build() function but never cleared, causing issues in the
remaining parts of the makepkg script.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-12-07 22:09:24 -06:00
Allan McRae
b373b1d16b contrib/pactree: fix option parsing
The option parsing was catching any "-d" in an argument so packages
with this in their name did not work.

Also removed commented code line that appears to be inserted during
testing.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-12-07 22:09:05 -06:00
Dan McGee
61c6552862 Merge branch 'maint'
Conflicts:
	lib/libalpm/dload.c
2008-12-02 22:15:02 -06:00
Allan McRae
a1f7c83dbf Add optdepends to PKGBUILD.proto
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-12-02 07:39:44 -06:00
Simo Leone
6d8a6aef09 Add flush after downloading message
When the output is going to a file, glibc seems to buffer way too much
making it hard to monitor progress while tailing a file.

Signed-off-by: Simo Leone <simo@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-12-02 07:39:32 -06:00
Dan McGee
b99bebc008 Add regex to delta code so we don't segfault when reading line
If the delta line doesn't match our regex, we won't go and process it,
possibly walking off the end of the string.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-11-30 17:17:00 -06:00
Nagy Gabor
a50b067470 Give an error message on alpm_db_register_sync() error
This patch slightly modifies pacman.c/_parseconfig():

See FS#12148. Now pacman prints the following error message in that case:
"error: could not register 'unstable' database (could not open database)"

I also added an error message for alpm_db_setserver() error.

I changed the "return(1);" scheme to "ret = 1; goto cleanup;" to make
sure that we free allocated memory and close open files.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-11-30 16:38:37 -06:00
Dan McGee
346139298b Simplify mercurial revision command
Not only does this require less sed-magic, it also fixes FS#12286 where
fetching the revision number fails if mercurial is in compact mode.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-11-30 16:07:06 -06:00
Dan McGee
f7192b5958 Minor code cleanups
Mostly noticed when compiling libalpm/pacman with ICC.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-11-17 21:47:55 -06:00
Dan McGee
9394f229a0 Merge branch 'maint' 2008-10-31 19:55:50 -05:00
Dan McGee
43f9eb1aa9 Set SIGPIPE handler to SIG_IGN when downloading
We don't want a failed write to kill our whole program when we are
downloading things, so set the SIGPIPE handler to ignore when downloading
and restore any previous signal handler when we complete the download.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-10-31 19:46:13 -05:00
Dan McGee
8d4e1e6754 Make libfetch the 'native' download library
Use libfetch naming in the code in place of libdownload names. This is in
preparation for dropping support for libdownload at some point as libfetch
can run on Linux.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-10-31 19:46:13 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
314b4462d2 -Qu rework
From now on -Qu is an "outdated package" filter on local database.
(This is a behaviour change.)

This patch fixes some memleaks and makes the code cleaner, for details see
my comment on FS#7884.

FS#11868 is implemented.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-10-31 19:46:13 -05:00
Allan McRae
c4b9991258 makepkg: actually fix passing PKGBUILD from pipe
If PKGBUILD (BUILDSCRIPT) is not found, test for information from a
pipe and use that.  Fixes FS#9187.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-10-31 19:46:13 -05:00
Dan McGee
2890114600 makepkg: fix bash substitution to work under older versions
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-10-31 18:59:19 -05:00
Allan McRae
8d33dcb81c makepkg: enable passing PKGBUILD from pipe
Do not attemp to update pkgver/pkgrel when reading a SCM based PKGBUILD
from a pipe.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-10-28 22:33:58 -05:00
Dan McGee
cd51abf0c8 Merge branch 'maint' 2008-10-28 22:20:09 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
2e431e1cc3 testdb : extend the tool to allow checking sync dbs too.
Example usage and output :

> src/util/testdb -h
usage:
testdb [-b <pacman db>]                : check the local database
testdb [-b <pacman db>] core extra ... : check the listed sync databases

> src/util/testdb
Checking the integrity of the local database in /var/lib/pacman/

> src/util/testdb core extra testing community
Checking the integrity of the sync databases in /var/lib/pacman/
missing dependency for archboot : bcm43xx-fwcutter>=006-2
missing dependency for xvattr : xfree86
missing dependency for eclipse-ve : eclipse<3.3
missing dependency for flumotion : twisted-web
missing dependency for gg2 : arts
missing dependency for man-pages-cs : groff-utf8
missing dependency for qc-usb : kernel26<2.6.26

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-10-28 22:18:53 -05:00
Dan McGee
a63aeed562 Give pacman-optimize a refresher
This patch addresses quite a few lingering issues in the pacman-optimize
script. FS#11767 provoked this look-over and the following issues were
noticed and fixed:

* If an alternate dbroot was specified, then the lockfile location was never
  updated to reflect it. The lockfile location is now set after all dbpath
  initialization.
* The inclusion of a trailing slash on dbroot was problematic and led to the
  following command being executed:
    bsdtar -xpf /tmp/pacman-optimize.p12Q4vAUWY/pacman-db.tar.gz \
	  -C /var/lib/pacman/.new/
  It is doubtful we meant to create a hidden directory like this below our
  database root, only to go and delete it a second later and then
  re-extract. Fix the whole thing by ensuring our dbpath has its trailing
  slash stripped and then appending it when necessary.
* The DB extraction was performed twice for no real apparent reason. This
  opens the door for extraction problems the second time around, leaving you
  with no original database to fall back to. Change the behavior so we only
  extract once, and then perform a directory shuffle once we verify the
  checksums are correct.
* Perform an explicit sync after we drop the new database on the disk. It
  should work better this way.
* Tighten up our check for a pacman lockfile and the time we create one.
  There is still a possible race condition but the window is shorter.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-10-28 22:18:22 -05:00
Lyman Li
2f5d792725 Update Chinese translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-10-28 22:06:34 -05:00
Allan McRae
1e656c0a6a makepkg: fix updating PKGBUILD when building SCM packages
Fixes a bug and resets pkgrel to 1 when bumping pkgver

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-10-28 21:46:40 -05:00
Dan McGee
50e3dc02bf repo-add: Use openssl instead of md5sum
This is similar to the change we made in makepkg so it is cross-platform
compatible and doesn't require coreutils.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-10-18 23:59:37 -05:00
Dan McGee
d1fec15d81 Correctly close the pipe used for scriptlet execution
We never had a call to pclose() in here before, leaving our file descriptor
in some sort of limbo state. In addition, clean up some of the other logic
such as directly calling exit(1) on a popen() failure rather than going to
our cleanup block, and handling and respecting the exit status of the
subprocess correctly.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-10-18 23:59:28 -05:00
Sergey Tereschenko
d24592cbcd Minor updates to Russian translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-10-12 23:19:07 -05:00
Dan McGee
fa02a71abd Merge branch 'maint' 2008-10-12 21:36:45 -05:00
Dan McGee
91a013a879 makepkg: allow compression type to be autodetected
Inspired by commit 7e8f1469c4, use our given
PKGEXT or SRCEXT to determine what method of compression to use on the
package we create. If the extension is invalid, this should fall back to
creating a non-compressed tar file.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-10-12 21:36:40 -05:00
Dan McGee
f1f8f0e1c2 Quiet up the make process a bit
When we do our sed edits, we really don't need every command printed out to
the terminal. Now with "make -s", the output is quite palatable.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-10-12 21:36:30 -05:00
Dan McGee
30851a24ff Make interrupt handler async-safe
Calling printf() in a signal handler can be dangerous, so avoid it by
writing directly which is guaranteed to be safe according to signal(7).

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-10-12 21:35:30 -05:00
Dan McGee
f0e1846b51 Remove unnecessary unistd.h header inclusion
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-10-12 21:30:15 -05:00
Dan McGee
d7e502a467 Attempt to idiot-proof making and refreshing docs
I mess this up more often than not, and maybe this will do the trick. Remove
the --enable-asciidoc option as it has been superseded by the --disable-doc
option in usefulness. If you want to skip building docs, you skip building
all docs which is much easier when it comes to ensuring the make 'dist' and
'distcheck' targets will always build the manpages and always build the most
up to date manpages.

Developers shouldn't be affected in their normal builds, nor should end
users of the source tarball.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-10-12 21:29:33 -05:00
Dan McGee
927ce2b7a5 Rework fakechroot checking
Do the checks in the tests that need it, and get rid of some of the
cluttered output when it is not available (one line per test run).

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-10-12 21:29:04 -05:00
Dan McGee
ce3d70aa99 Reduce number of calls to getcols()
Every call to getcols() results in two ioctl() calls, which we really didn't
need as changing the number of columns in mid-print would be pretty crazy.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-10-12 21:28:05 -05:00
Dan McGee
f9be2334f7 libalpm: handle syscall interruption correctly
It is possible to throw EINTR from a system call such as open(), close(), or
waitpid() if custom signal handlers are set up and they are not initialized
with the SA_RESTART flag. This was noticed by Andreas Radke when ^C (SIGINT)
was given during the call to waitpid(), causing it to throw the EINTR error
and we could not accommodate it.

Simply wrap these calls in a simple loop that allows us to retry the call if
interrupted.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-10-12 21:28:05 -05:00
Dan McGee
18452a6c51 Ensure we don't have double slashes when creating frontend paths
Because libalpm always returns a root path with a trailing slash, when we
use it to create our unspecified paths we get double slashes in the result.
Use the fix suggested by Jürgen Hötzel to remedy this.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-10-12 21:27:52 -05:00
Dan McGee
da933c223e Remove unnecessary initialization in new functions
We don't need to zero things out, we are already using calloc for this
purpose.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-09-03 09:36:31 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
242e9e90f4 Another attempt at fixing totaldownload.
This fixes FS#11339, which is a regression of commit 89c2c5196:

When totaldownload is enabled, the database downloading percent (-Sy) is
always at 0. That is because we have no guarantee that the totaldownload
callback was called by libalpm. In particular, it is not called (and it
would not make sense to) when a single file is downloaded, like it is the
case with databases.

So the correct way to detect if totaldownload should be used is checking
both config->totaldownload and list_total, like it was already done in
several places in the cb_dl_progress function.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-09-02 09:38:01 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
95ea6fb3c1 Separate targets on -Qi/-Si with a newline.
This fixes FS#11331

The newline was lost with commit 9451b2e4f2.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2008-08-28 20:55:26 +02:00
Dan McGee
1c47500ea6 Merge branch 'maint' 2008-08-26 20:11:25 -05:00
Roman Kyrylych
afac773d19 New Ukrainian translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-08-26 20:00:10 -05:00
Dan McGee
8263bd0cc2 Updates in preparation for 3.2.1 release
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-08-25 18:23:57 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
d6f62ba22d makepkg : allow to specify a download filename
A source entry can now have the following form, to specify a different
filename :
"filename::http://path/to/file"

Of course, the old syntax is still supported :
"http://path/to/file"

And as before, in the second case, the filename used is simply "file".

This fixes FS#11292, because handling multiple source files with the same
name is now possible (just choose a different filename).

But it will also allow to deal much more nicely with funny url like this by
using a sane filename (and unfortunately, there are quite a few) :
http://www.vim.org/scripts/download_script.php?src_id=6992

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-08-25 18:23:05 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
d05882db9e Rename alpm_db_get{pkg,grp}cache to alpm_db_get_{pkg,grp}cache
This is more consistent with the private functions :
_alpm_db_get_{pkg,grp}cache

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-08-25 18:10:03 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
0701356260 Change checkdeps and checkdbconflicts to be more flexible.
These two functions now take directly a package list rather than a database.

checkdbconflicts was renamed to checkconflicts.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2008-08-25 18:08:52 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
9dbe5c9d1e pacman : smarter optdepends handling.
During an upgrade, only the new optdepends will be displayed, to only keep
the useful information and not clutter pacman output too much.

The whole optdepends list is always available with -Si / -Qi.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-08-25 18:06:51 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
a06d0de104 makepkg.conf : some info / docs adjustements
After commit 7865fb9af4, info pages are now treated like man pages.
This means even with !docs, info pages will still be included. And including
info pages was the main reason the docs option was enabled by default
recently. So this is now longer needed, and we can revert back to !docs by
default for disabling gigantic html pages and other docs.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-08-25 18:05:25 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
24d7c6a372 Final updates on all translation for 3.2.1
* Update all .po files because of the last "-q,--quiet" fix.
Also for some strange reason, en_GB was missing a few c-format tags.

* Finally, delete all unused translations.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-08-25 17:54:22 -05:00
Roman Kyrylych
ece3d3606a Add missing comma to -S --help message
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-08-25 17:54:05 -05:00
Hugo Doria
81853893a5 Update Portuguese (Brazil) translation
Xav : alignment fixes
2008-08-25 19:55:45 +02:00
Samed Beyribey
eeb3c6868c Update Turkish translation 2008-08-25 19:36:01 +02:00
甘露(Lu.Gan)
cfc52dad98 Update Chinese Simplified translation 2008-08-25 08:34:16 +02:00
Vojtěch Gondžala
49c58ce9db Update Czech translation 2008-08-24 14:10:17 +02:00
Matthias Gorissen
08b0fb856d Update German translation 2008-08-24 14:10:16 +02:00
Sergey Tereschenko
6f38cedd8d Update Russian translation
[Xav: one minor fix to libalpm po file]
2008-08-24 02:04:39 +02:00
Dan McGee
a4100b3847 Merge branch 'maint' 2008-08-23 18:28:58 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
14203d77f4 Allow sync200 pactest to pass without libdownload.
This was a stupid and unimportant regression caused by commit
4476598e4e .

When libdownload is not available, a xfercommand is needed for this pactest
to run properly.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-08-23 18:01:45 -05:00
Henning Garus
ec928faad3 Add autotools magic for pactests
Added a Makefile.am for the pactest/tests dir. This is a blatant ripoff
of scripts/Makefile.am, which replaces predefined expressions in
NAME.py.in pactests with configure variables.
This can be used to write pactests which consider compile time options.

Signed-off-by: Henning Garus <henning.garus@gmail.com>
[Dan: autotools are tough, make a few adjustments for correctness]
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-08-23 18:00:37 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
4b183bf9a9 makepkg : add --config option for an alternate config file.
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-08-23 17:46:56 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
7e8f1469c4 Remove DB_COMPRESSION and DB_CHECKSUMS from makepkg.conf
DB_COMPRESSION was only used in repo-add and DB_CHECKSUMS was not used
anywhere.
This also removes the dependency on makepkg.conf in repo-add, so repo-add no
longer needs to source makepkg.conf

And instead of DB_COMPRESSION, it seems better to just check the extension
of the repository file. It does not make sense to have a tar.gz file with a
tar.bz2 extension or whatever.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-08-23 17:39:58 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
68e59ecbaf Update British English translation
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2008-08-23 23:38:40 +02:00
Xavier Chantry
91eeee08de Update French translation
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2008-08-23 23:36:12 +02:00
Nagy Gabor
05d23059fd Update Hungarian translation 2008-08-23 23:36:12 +02:00
Juan Pablo González Tognarelli
f56d763547 Update Spanish translation
Xav : one minor fix (a missing %s in the downgrading message).
2008-08-23 23:35:21 +02:00
Mateusz Herych
8f99f75e6e Update Polish translation 2008-08-23 23:15:55 +02:00
Giovanni Scafora
4b4ad18348 Update Italian translation 2008-08-23 23:13:12 +02:00
Dan McGee
b0b5dabf1b Update translation files for pending 3.2.1 release
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-08-23 11:21:28 -05:00
Dan McGee
31c7e82a51 Fix 'None' text so we don't have to translate it twice
We had one "None" and one "None\n" string; we can let the program do the
addition of the newline so we don't have to.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-08-23 11:20:59 -05:00
Dan McGee
496b687c3d makepkg: check all integrity sums found in the PKGBUILD
Currently we use the INTEGRITY_CHECK array from makepkg.conf to limit both
the integrity sums generated and checked. It doesn't make a whole lot of
sense to ignore integrity sums that are present in a PKGBUILD, so this patch
will enable checking any that are available, but will only print a warning
about missing sums for those types found in INTEGRITY_CHECK.

It also adds a slight optimization of checking for openssl- we only need to
check once now because we use the same program for all checks.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-08-23 10:19:17 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
baf5852555 Move -Sp implementation to the front-end
This patch kills one of our hackish pseudo transactions: PRINTURIS.
(The other one is -Sw)

From now on, front-end must not call trans_commit in case of -Sp,
it should print the uris of target packages "by hand" instead.

PRINTURIS flag was removed, NOCONFLICTS flag can be passed to skip
conflict checks.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-08-23 09:50:40 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
8146f6f1c6 New public alpm_pkg_get_db function
This function returns with the origin database of a package.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-08-23 09:44:47 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
adc4078b87 split yesno() into yesno() and noyes() functions.
The yesno function had a preset argument for specifying the default answer :
yes or no.

However, in all our calls to yesno, only one used the default "no" answer.
Having to specify preset==1 for all the other cases was rather cumbersome.

To make this easier, this commit adds a noyes function, with the following
behavior :
yesno() : default answer is yes
noyes() : default answer is no

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-08-23 09:22:34 -05:00
Allan McRae
7865fb9af4 Treat info pages like man pages
As far a package building is concerned, info pages need to be treated
in the same fashion as man pages in that they both can be compressed.
This separates them from other forms of documentation and so it makes
sense to make that distinction within makepkg.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-08-23 09:20:51 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
3ff7701e89 Pass the old package with PM_TRANS_EVT_UPGRADE_START
This is more rational and coherent with PM_TRANS_EVT_UPGRADE_DONE.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-08-23 09:20:32 -05:00
Dan McGee
b3033a59e9 pactest: remove need for pause when running tests
Instead of pausing 1.5 seconds on tests that check file mtimes, change the
mtimes to something in the far past so we can immediately tell if a file was
modified and/or touched. This saves a decent amount of time on the upgrade
tests which often check mtimes.

355 was a completely arbitrary time value, don't ask me why I picked it.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-08-23 09:20:32 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
5b51dbb11e Cleanup of _alpm_pkg_compare_versions.
* Change the return values to be more informative.

It was previously boolean, only indicating if a sync package was newer than
a local package.

Now it is a simple wrapper to vercmp, handling the force flag.

* Remove the verbose output from _alpm_pkg_compare_versions.

The "force" message is not so useful.
The "package : local (v1) is newer than repo (v2)" message can be moved to
-Su operation.
For the -S operation, it is better to have something like :
"downgrading package from v1 to v2"

* Don't display the "up to date -- skipping" and "up to date -- reinstalling"
messages, when the local version is newer than the sync one.

* Fix the behavior of --needed option to not skip a target when the local
version is newer, and clarify its description.

* Add a new alpm_pkg_has_force function

This allows us to access the pkg->force field like any other package fields.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-08-23 08:47:07 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
e760c4f478 download : disable progressbar when total is unknown.
This is a work around for FS#8725.

There are some bad combination of proxies and mirrors where the Content
Length is not returned, and thus the progress bar can't be displayed
correctly.

Dan: Note that this patch also adds a "downloading" message when the
progress bar is disabled, which was formerly not indicated at all in the
output.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-08-23 08:38:51 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
081f64aea3 fix HACKING asciidoc file.
The HACKING file seemed to be broken :
http://archlinux.org/pacman/HACKING.html

And indeed, running asciidoc HACKING issued a number of warnings :

WARNING: HACKING: line 27: missing [paradef-default] C-style entry
type:  numbered : expected  1  got  3
WARNING: HACKING: line 44: list item 3 out of sequence
WARNING: HACKING: line 49: missing [paradef-default] C-style entry
type:  numbered : expected  2  got  4
WARNING: HACKING: line 62: list item 4 out of sequence
type:  numbered : expected  3  got  5
WARNING: HACKING: line 69: list item 5 out of sequence
type:  numbered : expected  4  got  6
WARNING: HACKING: line 75: list item 6 out of sequence
type:  numbered : expected  5  got  7
WARNING: HACKING: line 83: list item 7 out of sequence
WARNING: HACKING: line 104: missing [paradef-default] C-style entry
WARNING: HACKING: line 116: missing [paradef-default] C-style entry
WARNING: HACKING: line 126: missing [paradef-default] C-style entry

I just followed the syntax example there :
http://www.methods.co.nz/asciidoc/userguide.html#X56
And all is fine now :)

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-08-23 08:38:43 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
0969c2e700 pacman : clarify help message.
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-08-23 08:38:36 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
56f0cf9d15 makepkg : localize the Y/n part of the question.
pacman already localizes the yesno stuff, so doing the same in makepkg is
more consistent.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-08-23 08:38:31 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
96e023c7bd pacman: print optdepends on install and upgrade.
This implements FS#10630.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-08-23 08:38:25 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
e27a8c9ae3 Add new list_display_linebreak function
list_display puts several members on the same line, which is not appropriate
for optdepends:

Optdepends: foo: feature1  bar: feature2  baz: feature3

The new list_display_linebreak function puts every member on its own line,
which is much better with optdepends:

Optdepends: foo: feature1
            bar: feature2
            baz: feature3

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
[Xav: implement this new behavior as a new function rather than as a
parameter of list_display]
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-08-23 08:38:18 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
9451b2e4f2 Move the the description parsing logic to string_display()
So dump_pkg_full will indent all strings correctly.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
[Xav: add string_length function]
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-08-23 08:38:11 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
901e4aa5c2 makepkg: do insensitive comparisons of checksums.
This fixes FS#11283 , which was originally reported on the forums :
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?id=53794

Insensitive comparisons were implicitly made before since md5sum --status was
used for checking. Now that we use openssl and compare checksums manually in
bash, we lost that feature.
This can be easily reintroduced using tr '[A-F]' '[a-f]'

What convinced me to fix it is that the md5 command line tool generates md5sums
in upper case by default :
http://www.fourmilab.ch/md5/

And finally, A-F and a-f are the same in hex and both are used.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-08-23 08:37:19 -05:00
Dan McGee
282eeadc68 Factor shell script size command into configure script
Commit 149839c539 introduced a small behavior regression as a drawback
for a better portability. repo-add now includes the approximate size (to the
nearest KB) rather than an exact size due to the switching of the du command
to a more portable form. Instead of sacrificing the exact size, use
configure to help us determine a valid command to acquire our filesize and
place it in the sync database.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-08-19 23:29:56 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
9609c0f135 repo-add: add optdepends to the sync database.
See FS#10630.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-08-19 19:24:56 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
6417ac129d repo-add: Fix whitespaces handling in variables.
repo-add didn't handle whitespaces nicely in fields value, and this has hurt
us several times, first with provision version (FS#9171) and then with
optdepends (FS#10630), so it is time to fix it.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-08-19 19:24:48 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
729651a554 Remove an usused variable from alpm/util.c/_alpm_lckmk()
Probably a tweakable "lockdb-retry" option was planned which is not
implemented. (Now it should be implemented in front-end.)

So now this variable was unused and caused a small memleak.
(FREE(dir) was not reached in case of error.)

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-08-19 18:43:46 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
232b838a54 libalpm/add.c : ensure the old pkg was fully loaded.
This fixes FS#11218.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-08-19 18:42:51 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
fb5c5086e1 pacman.c: fix typo s/NoPassiveFTP/NoPassiveFtp
This fixes FS#11203.

The doc has always mentioned NoPassiveFtp, but an inconsistency was
introduced with commit 76f816b9f7 when case
sensitive comparision was introduced, and was only found after commit
b3e6cf652c which dropped the case insensitive
comparison.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-08-19 18:42:42 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
a28b8e187f pacman.conf : add curl example for XferCommand.
curl is likely to be available on the majority of systems and supports the
file:// protocol.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-08-13 21:13:16 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
89c2c51964 pacman/callback.c : fix detection of totaldownload
This fixes FS#11180.

The usage of the total percent was detected like this :
/* use disp_percent if it is not 0, else show bar_percent */

However, it is very possible that the total percent is 0 at the beginning,
if the first packages downloaded are very small compared to the total
download.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-08-13 21:13:10 -05:00
Allan McRae
a23fc08758 Fix error when sourcing profile script
With the "set -e" property set, a failure when sourcing /etc/profile
can cause makepkg to exit without error message.  The bash-completion
package activates this bug.  Fixes FS#11179.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-08-13 21:09:38 -05:00
Allan McRae
57bd8974c7 Fix creation of source package with local source files
Fixes FS#11149.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2008-08-09 07:23:37 -05:00
Dan McGee
d8f8a12665 Fix segfault on x86_64 when using UseSyslog
Due to differences in handling va_list between i686 and x86_64, this bug
can only be seen on x86_64. va_list usage is not allowed but we had been
getting away with it. See
http://lists.opensuse.org/opensuse-programming/2008-02/msg00005.html
for details and explanation.

This fixes FS#11096.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-08-08 22:18:00 -05:00
Dan McGee
57393eb730 Fix variable naming issues in _alpm_db_cmp
When this function got a rewrite in commit f43805d875, argument and variable
names got a bit mixed up when separating the casts from the strcmp
operation. Fix the mixup which also fixes a possible segfault when this
function is called.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-08-08 13:45:46 -05:00
Dan McGee
f201f107db doc: allow asciidoc to format the note
By doing the bolding manually, it doesn't look as cool in the HTML generated
manpages. Let asciidoc do the work.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-08-07 13:11:20 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
72c5a298a3 Avoid double slashes in URLs given to libdownload.
If a Server specified in pacman.conf had a trailing slash, libalpm ended up
building URLs with double slashes, and this broke libdownload with errors
like the following one :

error: failed retrieving file 'redland-1.0.8-1-i686.pkg.tar.gz'
from 192.168.0.90 : Command okay

So the public function alpm_db_set_server will make sure to remove the
trailing slash of servers.  For the private function
_alpm_download_single_file, I only added a comment.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-08-05 19:30:29 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
4476598e4e dload.c : drop the specific handling of file: url.
Before commit fc48dc31, file:/// urls forced the use of the internal
downloader (libdownload), because the default XferCommand, wget, does not
handle them.  We tried to move away from forcing usage of libdownload, so
this commit implemented the handling of file:/// urls manually. However,
this implementation is way too basic. It does not handle the progress bar,
thus nothing at all appears in pacman's output when a file: repo is
synchronized, or when a file is downloaded from a sync repo. Also, it is not
able to detect when the repo is already up-to-date. When libdownload was
used, both were handled.

It seems better to just drop this implementation for now. All users who use
libdownload will get the much better file:// handling back. For the users of
XferCommand, it will be more problematic, but they have several options:

1) Switch to a downloader handling file:// (wget doesn't, but curl does for
example).
2) Drop the file:// repo, and set up light http or ftp servers instead.
Consider that going that way would make this repo available for the whole
local network, which can be useful.
3) Switch back to libdownload, which works perfectly for many users.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-08-05 09:58:52 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
9bc799ec7b makepkg: fix download functions with weird urls.
This fixes FS#11076.

1) quote the url in get_downloadclient
2) only enable nullglob where it is needed
You can see in 7fc306cd41 that nullglob was only enabled for one part, and
that it already caused other problems, which were fixed in 7ff5a917fd.
Thanks to Henning Garus for pointing out that nullglob was problematic with
urls containing expansion char like '?'.
3) change get_downloadcmd which displayed the download command line to
download_file which actually executes the download. It seems nicer that way.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-08-04 13:11:18 -05:00
Dan McGee
692ea72822 makepkg: Clarify usage instructions for --allsource/--source
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-08-04 13:02:58 -05:00
Dan McGee
fabf7ad6c4 Version bumps to configure for 3.2.0 release
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-30 19:28:07 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
8485b7b3a4 NEWS: updates from ML
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-30 07:25:23 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
115dcf0911 Final update of all translations.
Two recent commits slightly broke the translations, so this fixes all of
them.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-30 07:24:32 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
5949936777 Update README file.
Several pieces of information were outdated for the 3.2 release.  Add a
section for the API changes between 3.1 and 3.2.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
[Dan: small updates/grammar corrections]
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-29 22:33:26 -05:00
Dan McGee
a7244e6ab2 Further updates to submitting-patches
Xavier started the job, this should clean it up and get it up to date that
final bit.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-29 22:25:02 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
5d6788b36e Update submitting-patches file.
The submitting patches page needed a bit of updating. It was currently a
mash-up between the pre and post git eras.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-29 22:24:42 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
6ede1a5af0 makepkg: Fix STRIP_DIRS test.
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-29 21:57:17 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
0e0a846135 makepkg : use /etc/profile
This fixes FS#9486.
source /etc/profile instead of all individual files in /etc/profile.d/*
(which is done by /etc/profile anyway).

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-29 21:48:20 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
428b2fd8cc Put CleanMethod to pacman.conf (commented out)
Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-29 21:46:55 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
9a6fd1b021 Remove UseColor from front-end
This option wasn't used.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-29 21:46:42 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
e4b1a97ff2 New fileconflict005.py pactest
This makes the fileconflict004.py test complete.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-29 21:46:36 -05:00
Robson Roberto Souza Peixoto
85f5279ec0 Small fix to pt_BR translation.
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-29 21:46:08 -05:00
Giovanni Scafora
20a0b8e201 Small fix to Italian translation
Signed-off-by: Giovanni Scafora <linuxmania@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-25 07:14:55 -05:00
Dan McGee
3bf9448943 vercmptest: fix binary existence check
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-25 07:12:04 -05:00
Dan McGee
cf25884e99 pactest: exit with a non-zero error code on unexpected failure
This will allow the return code of pactest to be useful, for such things as
use in a git-bisect test script.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-24 22:16:29 -05:00
Dan McGee
9f57921467 pactest: add test.expectfailure option for tests
This will enable us to mark tests we know currently fail to differentiate
them from those that we know should pass. Regressions should be easier to
spot this way.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-24 22:16:29 -05:00
Allan McRae
7bc34ccde3 Update NEWS file for 3.2.0 release
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
[Dan: updates of my own + some from ML]
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-24 22:16:29 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
b8e306b73e Implement AND based package searching.
This fixes FS#2334.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
[Dan: add some comments to the code]
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-24 22:16:29 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
8877c88def Show number of packages to be installed / removed.
This fixes FS#7794.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-24 22:16:29 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
dfae7bdd52 src/pacman : rework the display_targets function.
We had a lot of duplicated code here. The code handling the showsize option
needed to be there three times :
1) for install part of -S
2) for remove part of -S (conflict removal)
3) for -R

This patch introduce a new display_targets(pkglist, install) function which
can handle the 3 cases above. We pass install == 1 for case 1), and install
== 0 for case 2) and 3).

Now we can finally get the benefit of an old patch which handled the
ShowSize option consistently in the 3 cases above, without an awful lot of
duplicated code :
http://www.archlinux.org/pipermail/pacman-dev/2008-January/011029.html

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-24 22:16:29 -05:00
Dan McGee
e6fb229534 Remove unused strverscmp substitute
Our internal vercmp function was the only user of this, and it no longer
relies on it.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-24 22:16:28 -05:00
Dan McGee
5078ca580e pacsearch: quote args passed to pacman
Something such as "pacsearch foo|bar" would cause problems due to the
quoting being dropped. Adding quotes solves the problem.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-24 22:16:28 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
310b13a4b7 libalpm/package.c : fix infolevel bug in pkg_dup
The pkg_dup function shouldn't call any alpm_pkg_get_ accessors because
this can fill the old package with all INFRQ_DESC fields for example, and
this won't necessarily be reproduced in the new package (for all the fields
that were copied before).

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-24 22:16:28 -05:00
Carlo Bersani
c317222d71 contrib: add pactree script
Pactree is a dependency tree viewer for installed packages.
It features both textual and graphic (through graphviz) output.

Script by: Carlo Bersani <carlocci@gmail.com>
[Allan: removed whitespace errors]
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
[Dan: killed some unnecessary lines, moved license header]
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-24 22:16:28 -05:00
Allan McRae
67f388c3fc makepkg: add packages to pkgdeps list only after successful install
This fixed FS#9403.  With this you can use "makepkg -sr", install the
dependencies, Ctrl+c during the makedepends installation and have
makepkg remove the installed packages on the exit.  Previously makepkg
tried to also remove the makedepends which were not installed.

The deplist="" line in remove_deps is due to an obscure bug where local
varaibles from the handle_deps function seem stay in scope because we
never formally exited it.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-24 22:16:28 -05:00
Dan McGee
5e4882dfe8 Fix vercmp and add additional tests
This vercmp issue has been a sticking point but this should resolve many of
the issues that have come up. Only a few minor code changes were necessary
to get the behavior we desired, and this version appears to beat any other
vercmp rendition on a few more cases added in this commit.

This commit passes all 58 vercmp tests currently out there. Other 'fixes'
still fail on a few tests, namely these ones:

test: ver1: 1.5.a ver2: 1.5 ret: -1 expected: 1
  ==> FAILURE
test: ver1: 1.5 ver2: 1.5.a ret: 1 expected: -1
  ==> FAILURE
test: ver1: 1.5-1 ver2: 1.5.b ret: 1 expected: -1
  ==> FAILURE
test: ver1: 1.5.b ver2: 1.5-1 ret: -1 expected: 1
  ==> FAILURE
4 of 58 tests failed

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-24 22:16:28 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
075b244be2 -Sqg and -Qqg
With --quiet, "pacman -Sg grp" and "pacman -Qg grp" don't list group names.

Note that "pacman -Qgq" and "pacman -Sggq" (without targets) still list
group names becuase their output would not be very useful without them.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-22 19:50:35 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
69f00385a9 Update pactest README
Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-22 19:50:10 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
06a4a5bd68 Re-enable --debug with -Sw and -Sp
Commit 8741908276 disabled --debug in these
cases. We just clear PM_LOG_WARNING flag now.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-22 19:49:30 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
22722261cc New fileconflict004.py pactest
Thread: http://www.archlinux.org/pipermail/pacman-dev/2008-July/012465.html

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
2008-07-22 19:47:35 -05:00
Hugo Doria
24783e6b6b Update Portuguese (Brazil) translation
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2008-07-22 19:47:01 -05:00
Mateusz Herych
c9550e9655 Update Polish translation
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2008-07-22 19:47:01 -05:00
Sergey Tereschenko
a7ee8f90f9 Update Russian translation
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2008-07-22 19:47:01 -05:00
Vojtěch Gondžala
12e804511a Update Czech translation
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2008-07-22 19:47:01 -05:00
Jeff Bailes
6d4f235af9 Update British English translation
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2008-07-22 19:47:01 -05:00
Samed Beyribey
441c2dd550 Update Turkish translation
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2008-07-22 19:47:00 -05:00
甘露(Lu.Gan)
27f56304d6 Update Chinese Simplified translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-22 19:46:56 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
501ce943e6 Update Hungarian translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-22 19:46:12 -05:00
Juan Pablo González Tognarelli
b169925c1e Update Spanish translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-22 19:46:11 -05:00
Giovanni Scafora
c1a648137e Update Italian translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-22 19:46:11 -05:00
Matthias Gorissen
4ebad47ae7 Update German translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-22 19:46:11 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
ad697d2fd5 Update French translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-22 19:46:11 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
991dfca90e Update pot files.
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2008-07-22 19:46:11 -05:00
Allan McRae
ae9e33ed88 Make strip paths configurable
This patch introduces a new STRIP_DIRS makepkg.conf option
to change makepkg's search path when stripping binaries.

Original work by: Thomas Bächler <thomas@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-20 19:06:14 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
b4f2cb53ef Rephrase some debug messages in alpm/sync.c
Debug messages were removed from _alpm_sync_find, because it is a general
purpose function; debug messages should be placed in the caller function.

I inserted "adding package foo-1.0-1 to the transaction targets" debug
message to find_replacements and sync_sysupgrade.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-19 11:05:17 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
2b73d45127 Use NULL instead of "" as no causingpkg
Our STRDUP macro (used in _alpm_depmiss_new) is NULL safe.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-19 11:04:38 -05:00
Allan McRae
a8405847e6 Strip *.a libraries in makepkg
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-19 11:03:10 -05:00
Allan McRae
99be5ab8d1 Use LC_ALL=C everywhere
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-19 11:03:03 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
471ed04790 alpm_list_remove treat NULL needle as "nothing"
So if you want to remove NULL needle from a list, alpm_list_remove will
return with "not found".

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-17 20:20:13 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
5929508198 Fix a possible segfault in alpm/remove.c
Before removing a package from target list (in remove_prepare_keep_needed),
we should check whether we have already removed it.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-17 20:20:06 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
03021713e5 _alpm_db_add_pkgincache rework
Commit 8240da6cb3 broke some alpm hierarchy
and introduced a new memleak (trans->packages was never freed in case of add
transaction, even if the transaction wasn't committed), so it is reverted
now.

We follow a different approach to reduce memory usage:
_alpm_db_add_pkgincache doesn't duplicate the whole package before adding
it to the cache, only the package name and version (INFRQ_BASE).
This method needs very small extra memory (compared to the reverted method),
and after transaction commit we use less memory than before (since the
big 'files' fields are not copied to cache), this is useful in GUIs.

Note: The old add_pkgincache was a bit broken, since pkg->origin wasn't
filled in correctly.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Acked-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-15 19:16:42 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
ffa3056010 Use "pacman -S $dep" in makepkg's dependency resolving
This method is equivalent with pacman's resolvedeps.
$dep can be any (versioned) dependency.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-15 19:14:23 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
37b5972212 Fix some memleaks in alpm/add.c
In case of error some allocated memory wasn't freed in commit_single_pkg.
Note: The return value of this function is not used.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-15 19:13:30 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
17e9c9d9ff Fix a wrong FREELIST usage in add.c
The dynamic pmconflict_t must be freed with _alpm_conflict_free.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-15 19:12:22 -05:00
Dan McGee
0bf66b097f makepkg: speed up svn revision check for large repositories
Using the suggestion from FS#10905, use 'svn info' rather than 'svn log' to
get the current revision number, which is much quicker for large Subversion
repositories. Eventually git will rule the world. :)

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-15 19:09:15 -05:00
Dan McGee
95995ae93f Remove pacman.static build from build files
This presents plenty of problems on OSes besides Linux, and even on Linux
when the libtool file for libarchive isn't present. The static build isn't
all that useful anyway as missing something such as glibc will still leave
you unable to run the pacman.static binary. Remove it from the formal build
process.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-15 19:05:24 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
8741908276 src/pacman/sync.c : Display only errors with -Sp and -Sw operations.
In particular, this avoids warnings cluttering the output of these
operations.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-13 09:19:24 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
fd8969f678 sync_addtarget rework
Now '-S provision' handling is done in the back-end.

In case of multiple providers, the first one is selected (behavior change:
deleted provision002.py). The old processing order was: literal, group,
provision; the new one: literal, provision, group. This is more rational,
but "pacman -S group" will be slower now. "pacman -S repo/provision" also
works. Provision was generalized to dependencies, so you can resolve deps by
hand: "pacman -S 'bash>2.0'" or "pacman -S 'core/bash>2.0'" etc. This can be
useful in makepkg dependency resolving. The changes were documented in
pacman manual.

alpm_find_pkg_satisfiers and _alpm_find_dep_satisfiers functions were
removed, since they are no longer needed.

I added some verbosity to "select provider instead of literal" and
"fallback to group".

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-13 09:16:55 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
f724fb2702 remove_addtarget rework (in front-end)
Now "pacman -R foo" first searches for literal, and then for group.
This is faster in most cases, see:
http://www.archlinux.org/pipermail/pacman-dev/2008-July/012311.html

"-R group" implementation was broken, since alpm_grp_get_pkgs returns with
an pmpkg_t list, not a string list.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-13 09:15:07 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
1d9d47d62c New remove060.py pactest
This is a group removal test.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-13 09:14:36 -05:00
Dan McGee
b196cc43a5 Merge branch 'maint' 2008-07-07 21:39:42 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
d92b0e674d Fix a bogus message in Hungarian translation
Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-07 21:30:42 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
30702350fa Remove requiredby from pactests
Also remove some meaningless pactests (broken requiredby, requiredby*.py
tests). requiredby001.py was renamed to upgrade076.py.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-07 21:14:13 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
72c0ab5c51 Resolvedeps rework
I divided resolvedeps into 2 functions. The new _alpm_resolvedep function
will resolve one dependency, for example the 'foo>=1.0-1' dependency.  It
can be useful in sync_addtarget refactoring.

The resolvedeps parameters were changed, to be coherent with recursedeps:
* the target-list is an alpm_list* instead of alpm_list**. This is OK,
  because alpm_list_add == alpm_list_add_last
* syncpkg param was removed. list contains the to-be-installed packages,
  resolvedeps will add the required dependencies into this list
* trans param was removed, it was used in QUESTION() only, which can be used
  on the main (handle->trans) transaction only (because the front-end cannot
  access our pseudo-transactions at all!).

The patch fixes some wrong dynamic pmdepmissing_t usage.

I did a behavior change (and sync1003.py was modified accordingly), which
needs some explanation: The old resolvedeps didn't elect packages from
'remove' list. I've dropped this because I don't want that 2nd excluding
list param. In fact, in real life, we ~never need this rule. Resolvedeps is
called before checkconflicts, so only -Su's %REPLACES% packages are sitting
in 'remove' list. This means, that we have the replacement packages in our
target list. Usually "foo replaces bar" means, that bar isn't in our repos
any more, so resolvedeps *cannot* elect it; but usually it won't try it at
all, because foo is in the target list, and it is expected to satisfy
'bar>=1.0-1'-like dependencies too. Since checkdeps and checkconflicts is
done after resolvedeps, this cannot cause any harm.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-07 21:12:55 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
8856146d71 Swap parameters on PM_TRANS_CONV_INSTALL_IGNOREPKG callback function
PM_TRANS_CONV_INSTALL_IGNOREPKG callback function can get 2 params: foo, bar
in this order (packages), bar can be NULL.

Old API:
foo, NULL: Do you want to install foo from IgnorePkg?
foo, bar: foo requires bar from IgnorePkg. Do you want to install bar?
New API:
foo, bar: Do you want to install foo from IgnorePkg? (If bar!=NULL:) bar
requires it.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-07 21:12:30 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
616b5967b8 New _alpm_find_dep_satisfier function
This function finds the first satisfier package in a pkglist. Using it
instead of _alpm_find_dep_satisfiers eliminates some memleaks and it is
faster. (_alpm_find_dep_satisfiers and _alpm_find_pkg_satisfiers will be
removed soon.)

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-07 21:04:37 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
f7199f36ba New _alpm_dep_edge function
The function is introduced to kill some code duplication. The function name
uses the 'dependency graph' terminology.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-07 21:04:16 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
2122eb1428 Don't duplicate packages in requiredby list
This is a "fix" for FS#10226. I think that multiple versioned dependencies
are quite common now, and the old behavior is quite annoying there. This
patch won't cause any slow-down.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-07 21:03:52 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
5f701005ed Use $PKGEXT (from /etc/makepkg.conf) in bacman
Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-07-01 21:08:50 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
11695bd0d7 repo-add cleanup.
* change ln -s to ln -sf in the Makefile to prevent a failure when the link
already exists.
* make test_repo_db_file simpler and more natural, move the complexity out
of it.
* remove one $cmd = repo-remove check that wasn't needed

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-06-29 17:37:45 -05:00
Allan McRae
d534488f2d Remove symlinks to libtool files
This prevents dangling symlinks to removed libtool files when
the !libtool option is used.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-06-27 09:07:39 -05:00
Carlo Bersani
b15fb504a1 bacman: fix issue with symlink early copy
test -e tries to resolve the link before testing, so if the link is copied
before the actual file, the script exited. This fixes the issue.

[Dan: also add some improved quoting in the script]

Signed-off-by: Carlo Bersani <carlocci@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-06-22 21:21:05 -05:00
Allan McRae
74eb2f5c61 Additional path quoting and srcdir/pkgdir usage
Removes the remaining $startdir/{src,pkg} usage and adds quoting
around (hopefully) all remaining path variables

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <mcrae_allan@hotmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-06-22 21:12:39 -05:00
Dan McGee
7edb2e5b0d Add information on version comparison to manpages
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-06-19 19:28:56 -05:00
Dan McGee
d594b6e797 Merge branch 'maint' 2008-06-19 08:51:36 -05:00
Dan McGee
5c6809987e makepkg.conf: make keeping docs the default
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-06-19 08:50:17 -05:00
Dan McGee
deec3c8d00 autoclean.sh: Fix paths to po/ dir
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-06-19 08:47:44 -05:00
Alper KANAT
d88524ea0e Add libalpm Türkçe (Turkish) translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-06-19 08:46:56 -05:00
Dan McGee
29bf6814f7 Use access() instead of stat() when possible
We were using the stat() system call in quite a few places when we didn't
actually need anything the stat struct returned- we were simply checking for
file existence. access() will be more efficient in those cases.

Before (strace pacman -Ss pacman):
% time     seconds  usecs/call     calls    errors syscall
------ ----------- ----------- --------- --------- ----------------
 33.16    0.005987           0     19016           stat64

After:
% time     seconds  usecs/call     calls    errors syscall
------ ----------- ----------- --------- --------- ----------------
 34.85    0.003863           0     12633         1 access
  7.95    0.000881           0      6391         7 stat64

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-06-15 22:52:27 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
7ff5a917fd makepkg: add several quotes needed after nullglob.
After the "shopt -s nullglob" change, all regular expressions should be
properly quoted.
This commit only fixes the ones I found, there are probably others left, so
this should be kept in mind for easier future fixing.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-06-15 13:53:15 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
b9445c12cf makepkg: Add missing quotes for the source array.
Now makepkg can handle filenames with whitespaces in the source array.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-06-15 13:52:54 -05:00
Sebastian Nowicki
b8a66d6859 Use openssl for checksum verification instead of *sum utilities
md5sum, sha1sum, etc, do not exist on BSD systems by default. Openssl is a
good portable alternative. This also brings in a dependency for openssl.

Closes FS#10530.

Signed-off-by: Sebastian Nowicki <sebnow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-06-15 13:52:03 -05:00
Dan McGee
2158b8e298 Expand PKGBUILD documentation
Add documentation for $startdir, $srcdir, and $pkgdir variables, as well as
general information about the build() function and about custom variables
in PKGBUILDs. This addresses FS#10634.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-06-14 12:00:43 -05:00
Dan McGee
fff746052c Document pacman -q/--quiet operation
Fixes FS#10644.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-06-14 12:00:40 -05:00
Dan McGee
a1dfa8e61f Combine repo-add and repo-remove into one script
They shared about 75% of their code, so there is no real reason we should
maintain them separately. Merge the differences accordingly and add a check
based on the basename of the command used to decide what behavior to follow.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-06-14 11:31:18 -05:00
Dan McGee
89819b3f92 repo-*: allow use of readlink or realpath
Linux coreutils provides readlink, and BSD systems tend to have realpath
available. Both commands provide similar functionality but of course have
different names. Add a check for either and use what is available.

While doing this, also unify some of the differences that have cropped up
between repo-add and repo-remove.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-06-14 10:48:28 -05:00
Allan McRae
c11bdf19b1 Move geninteg block in makepkg before error checking
This patch moves the generating of integrity checks to before any
error checking takes place in the PKGBUILD file.  This allows integrity
generation to complete when unrelated errors exist in a PKGBUILD file
and allows the removal of multiple checks of the GENINTEG variable that
would otherwise be needed.

In addition a minor fix is made to a comment.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <mcrae_allan@hotmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-06-14 08:35:40 -05:00
Dan McGee
7313c8546a Merge branch 'maint' 2008-06-12 19:21:06 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
331891ceb1 fr.po : fix one minor alignment problem.
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2008-06-12 19:20:39 -05:00
Alper KANAT
6d737254fc Add pacman Türkçe (Turkish) translation
No libalpm translation yet.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-06-12 19:14:16 -05:00
Juan Pablo González Tognarelli
0077bfa3a0 Spanish translation updates
Fixes to old translations and new strings for upcoming 3.2 release.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-06-12 19:10:43 -05:00
Dan McGee
7fc306cd41 Use shell builtin to list files for package inclusion
On BSD systems, as super user, the 'ls' command displays all dot files by
default, causing these to get included when not intended. If we use the bash
glob operator, we can avoid issues with ls on different platforms; however,
we need to turn the nullglob shell option on first to ensure we don't have
problems in empty directories.

Originally-noticed-by: Sebastian Nowicki <sebnow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-06-12 19:06:14 -05:00
Dan McGee
1824bc6ee6 Allow use of GIT_VERSION in documentation dir
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-06-08 17:26:02 -05:00
Dan McGee
f827c9572e makepkg: remove deprecated --usesudo code
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-06-08 17:25:28 -05:00
Allan McRae
4979157cba makepkg: add --allsource option
This supplements the --source option and does nearly the same thing, except
downloaded source files are included in the archive as well. The sources are
now packages with a pkgname/ prefix.

Original-work-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <mcrae_allan@hotmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-06-08 17:16:40 -05:00
Dan McGee
0fc538fcdb Various updates needed prior to a new release
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-06-08 13:50:01 -05:00
Thomas Bächler
512282ca54 Minor fix to German translation
Signed-off-by: Thomas Bächler <thomas@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-06-07 15:30:55 -05:00
Allan McRae
fcac23763b bacman - regenerate package from system
Original work by Carlo "carlocci" Bersani with additions by
Xavier Chantry and Allan McRae

This script rebuilds an already installed package using metadata
stored into the pacman database and system files.  Replaces the
outdated re-pacman script

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <mcrae_allan@hotmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-06-06 07:01:22 -05:00
Dan McGee
b04d6e751a Reformat -Sg output to look like -Qg
We used list_display() on -Sg output, which might have been slightly nicer
looking but made it much harder to parse in something like a shell script.
Reformat it in the 'grpname pkgname' format that -Qg is already using.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-06-05 14:36:35 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
5ae02e6ae7 Don't display filename on -Qip operation.
Some previous commits apparently broke the get_filename function for package
loaded with pkg_load (on a -Qip operation) because this field was no longer
filled. Now pkg_load fills it.
But the -Qip operation needs to be run like this : -Qip <filename>, so the
filename is already known. There is no need to display it again.
Besides, on a normal -Qi operation, the filename is not displayed either
because this information is not stored in the local database.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-06-04 16:25:31 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
d030d12542 src/pacman/sync.c : cleanup of pacman_sync
By putting the search / group / info / list operations just after the -Sy
op, we can simplify several checks :
1) the check for "missing targets". Since we took care of the above
operations, we now have less cases to consider :
* -Syu or -Su : we can proceed
* -Sy : we can end now (this is actually a bugfix)
* -S : this op requires targets, so exit with an error
2) the check to see if a transaction is needed. If we arrive at the end of
the function, it is either because we have -Su or -S <targets> so we already
know a transaction is needed there.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-06-04 16:25:31 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
0966c33a72 Get rid of double / in database paths.
Errors like the following one happen regularly (for unknown reasons...) :
error: could not open file /var/lib/pacman/local//glibc-2.7-9/depends: No
such file or directory

Anyway, every time an user reported an error like that, it always seemed
like he thought the error was caused by the double /, which is obviously
wrong.

Since db->path always include a trailing /, there is no need to add one when
concatenating paths in be_files.c or add.c.
Additionally, some static strings were switched to dynamic.
And the computation of the "dbpath"/"pkgname"-"pkgversion" was refactored
in db_read, db_write and db_remove with a get_pkgpath static function.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-06-04 16:25:27 -05:00
Dan McGee
fe781e4ce4 Reimplement TotalDownload functionality
Add a new totaldlcb callback function to libalpm and make pacman utilize it
when the TotalDownload option is enabled. This callback function is pretty
simple- it is meant to be called once at the beginning of a "list download"
action, and once at the end (with value 0 to indicate the list has been
finished). The frontend is responsible for keeping track of adding
individual file download amounts to the total xfered amount in order to
display some sort of overall progress.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-06-04 15:38:53 -05:00
Dan McGee
0669c9bfac Use correct C type for file sizes
We have been using unsigned long as a file size type for a while, which
works but isn't quite correct and could easily break. Worse was probably our
use of int in the download callback functions, which could be restrictive
for packages > 2GB in size.

Switch all file size variables to use off_t, which is the preferred type for
file sizes. Note that at least on Linux, all applications compiled against
libalpm must now be sure to use large file support, where _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
is defined to be 64 or there will be some weird issues that crop up.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-06-04 15:38:47 -05:00
Dan McGee
62b4195c76 libalpm/md5: Fix license header
This was mistakenly referencing the LGPL even after the XySSL code bump, so
fix the license clause to be correct.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-06-03 21:31:31 -05:00
Anton Fiuman
4a802838cb Don't require --force when using the --nobuild option
makepkg should not abort with error when a user uses the --nobuild option to
extract sources if a package has already been built.

Signed-off-by: Anton Fiuman <llexiw@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-06-01 23:49:38 -05:00
Dan McGee
5f0692def8 makepkg: remove some dead TODO code
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-05-31 12:06:45 -05:00
Dan McGee
636610432a Allow GIT version to be used in pacman builds
Add a new configure flag, --enable-git-version, that allows the output of
'git describe' to be used in the version string associated with this
package. This could aid in debugging for users that are using a development
version of pacman and we should be able to figure out which cut of code they
are using.

Sample output:
$ pacman --version
Pacman v3.1.4-190-g4cfa-dirty - libalpm v2.3.1

$ makepkg --version
makepkg (pacman) 3.1.4-190-g5861-dirty

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-05-31 12:06:34 -05:00
Dan McGee
54e1e3e642 Fix versioncmp regression after update
Commit 8428367285 introduced the regression,
and a previous commit introduced the vercmptest.sh test script to track down
these issues. This commit solves the problem by removing the previous
attempt at locating the pkgrel portions and replacing it with something that
performs the correct logic.

While tracking down everything I needed to, I also found a mistake in one of
the pactests which is fixed here as well as increased the functionality and
verbosity of the vercmptest script to both print out each test it is running
as well as automatically run the mirror of each test case.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-05-30 16:54:15 -05:00
Dan McGee
2cd0a87b3f Add simple vercmp test script
Commit 8428367285 updated the versioncmp code
in libalpm. Unfortunately for us, it also introduced the regression that
becomes apparant with the following upgrade:

warning: sonata: local (1.5-2) is newer than extra (1.5.1-2)

Add a vercmptest.sh test script that is run during the make check phase
which now points out three regressions in the version comparison function
that will need fixing. All current tests in this script pass with the old
versioncmp code.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-05-29 17:25:37 -05:00
Dan McGee
b48f703aa6 Add missing NULL set in group printing
If we don't set the pkgname var to NULL, we run into all sorts of beautiful
segfault behavior when a group spans multiple repositories and we try to
print out the location of the former list. Easy fix.

This regression was introduced in bf86700369.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-05-29 17:25:07 -05:00
Dan McGee
009f89c4d2 Merge branch 'maint' 2008-05-29 06:39:38 -05:00
Geoffroy Carrier
b32aa81b5e Add trailing / to DESTDIR for stupid Makefiles.
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-05-29 06:37:21 -05:00
Allan McRae
62ee1bfff0 Tidy up of the handle struct in libalpm
Removed unused handle->uid from pmhandle_t. The need to check permissions
should be determined by the frontend (and is in pacman).

Fixed comment on noextract in pmhandle_t.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <mcrae_allan@hotmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-05-29 06:37:21 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
1cca4ef764 Remove PM_TRANS_EVT_EXTRACT_START.
This event was unused, was missing the equivalent EXTRACT_DONE event, and
was useless because we already have ADD / UPGRADE START and DONE events.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-05-29 06:37:21 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
b262ddb2ed be_files : stores REPLACES and FORCE in desc.
repo-add and db_read both assume that REPLACES and FORCE fields are in the
desc file, so do that for db_write as well (instead of depends file).

Note that db_write is currently only used on the local database. And the
only purpose of replaces and force in local database is for information
purpose (available on -Qi operations). So this is not a big problem.

Ref: http://www.archlinux.org/pipermail/pacman-dev/2008-May/011859.html

Acked-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-05-29 06:37:20 -05:00
Allan McRae
f30dab4b5a Pactests for sync operations with NoUpgrade and NoExtract
This adds the sync equivalents of upgrade010.py and upgrade070.py.
Both additional test pass.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <mcrae_allan@hotmail.com>
Acked-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-05-29 06:37:20 -05:00
Allan McRae
c1a5616c26 makepkg - add check for valid options in PKGBUILD
This patch removes the code block in makepkg that checked for depreciated
options in a PKGBUILD and provided a workaround.  Unknown and depreciated
options are upgraded to error conditions.

Also, removed TODO regarding including install script if exists and $install
is unset.  That should never happen.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <mcrae_allan@hotmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-05-29 06:37:20 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
da1c11cc30 Add some verbosity to _alpm_db_read.
Name and version are computed from "/var/lib/pacman/..." pathname. And the
%NAME% and %VERSION% fields from the desc file were not even read. So now,
when we read the desc file, we make sure the %NAME% and %VERSION% fields are
consistent.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-05-29 06:37:20 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
ad54b28680 Fix for remove052.py by moving recursedeps before checkdeps.
In the case of -Rs operation, first pulling the dependencies with
recursedeps before calling checkdeps takes care of the dependency chain of
remove052 pactest.

In the case of -Rcs, we can keep the old behavior because we have no problem
there (any dependency returned by checkdeps will be added to the remove list
because of -Rc) and we have to run recursedeps on the final remove list
anyway to catch all orphans.

Ref.: http://www.archlinux.org/pipermail/pacman-dev/2008-April/011569.html

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba at bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-05-29 06:37:20 -05:00
Allan McRae
ae40d1c05b Pactest for removing multiple items in a dependency chain.
This adds a test for when removing multilpe packages recursively from a
chain of dependent packages. This situation can occur when removing
installed dependencies with makepkg if a "makedepend" recursively depends on
a "depend" or if redundant dependancies are included.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <mcrae_allan at hotmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-05-29 06:37:19 -05:00
Allan McRae
9577c07d86 No error in makepkg when removing deps fails
Catches error from when pacman is unable to remove dependencies after
successfully building package and prints warning.  Fixes FS#10039.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <mcrae_allan at hotmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-05-29 06:37:19 -05:00
Sebastian Nowicki
c33cabd675 Use chown 0:0 instead of root.root
On BSD systems using a dot as a separator is not allowed. On Mac OSX it
is deprecated. A colon should be used instead. BSD systems also use the
"wheel" group instead of "root" to indicate the "super user" group. Both
groups use the id of 0.

Signed-off-by: Sebastian Nowicki <sebnow@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Aaron Griffin <aaronmgriffin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-05-29 06:37:14 -05:00
Sebastian Nowicki
20ae871940 Use "legacy mode" on Mac OSX (for file command)
For some reason `file` on Mac OSX has different arguments than BSD and
Linux; -i no longer prints out the mime strings. With the environment
variable COMMAND_MODE set to "legacy", `file` behaves more like it does
on Linux and BSD, i.e., `file -i` prints the mime type.

Signed-off-by: Sebastian Nowicki <sebnow@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Acked-by: Aaron Griffin <aaronmgriffin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-05-29 06:37:14 -05:00
Sebastian Nowicki
b9369a747d Allow an unprivileged user to create packages without fakeroot
When fakeroot was not in BUILDENV and the user was not root, makepkg still
tried to use fakeroot for building packages.
BUILDENV is now checked to see if fakeroot is enabled. If it is not enabled the
package can still be built, but root will not have ownership of files. This is
useful when users want to make packages for personal use and don't care about
ownership.

Closes FS#10450.

Signed-off-by: Sebastian Nowicki <sebnow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-05-29 06:37:14 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
149839c539 du -b is not available on BSD, use du -k instead.
This fixes FS#10459.

There is apparently no portable ways to get the apparent size of a file,
like du -b does. So the best compromise seems to get the block size in kB,
and then convert that to byte so that we keep compatibility.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-05-29 06:37:14 -05:00
Sebastian Nowicki
1d71079c5b Replace usage of "cp -s" with the more portable "ln -s"
The "-s" argument does not exist on BSD, and neither does
"--remove-destination". This patch replaces the calls to "cp -s
--remove-destination" with the equivalent "rm -f" and "ln -s" calls, in
order to increase portability.

Signed-off-by: Sebastian Nowicki <sebnow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-05-29 06:37:13 -05:00
甘露(Lu.Gan)
398d4aff2d Update of Chinese simplified pacman translation.
Some small adjustements according to feedback from users of chinese forum.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2008-05-17 12:17:53 +02:00
Dan McGee
bf2964dc58 Fix compilation warning on x86_64
Glad we have so many developers using this as their native architecture.
int/size_t issue here.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-05-14 19:38:58 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
fb09d35e6a Disable geteuid in cygwin.
This is one of those rare cases where we actually want to code in a
platform-specific #ifdef. Because you don't need to be the root user on a
Windows box, and fakeroot doesn't exist so we can do easy testing, lets
disable any checking of the UID.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-05-14 09:17:02 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
33e3182dbd pactest: only use fakeroot when it is found.
Only use fakeroot and fakechroot when they are found AND required.
fakechroot only had the first condition, and fakeroot only the second.

When they are required (user != root) but not found, display a warning.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-05-14 09:15:14 -05:00
Dan McGee
a8ee185413 Remove wrapper call around versioncmp
Actually, just rename _alpm_versioncmp to alpm_pkg_vercmp and get rid of the
need for a wrapper since it did nothing anyway.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-05-14 00:37:51 -05:00
Dan McGee
8428367285 Update _alpm_versioncmp
This code hasn't been looked at in some time. I grabbed a more recent
version of the RPM source (4.4.2.3) and attempted to sync up any changes
they have made, as well as make the libalpm additional code much cleaner and
limited to only a few added lines of code.

The size of this patch might make you think we added code, but bloat-o-meter
actually tells us otherwise:
<function>                                 <old>   <new>  <diff>
_alpm_versioncmp                            1485    1021    -464

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-05-14 00:30:04 -05:00
Dan McGee
dd98aa8564 Simplify _alpm_pkg_new()
Any real call of this function doesn't specify a name or version ahead of
time, so just kill that functionality off. Now to remove those dummy
packages...

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-05-13 19:03:54 -05:00
Dan McGee
a422f6e39c Remove lazy init code from pkg name and version functions
If we have a package without name and/or version, we are really out of luck.
Speed these functions up by removing unnecessary code. Note that both the
splitname and pkg_load functions, where the name and version of packages are
initially populated for databases and pkg.tar.gz files respectively, enforce
that every new package struct created has a name and version.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-05-13 18:56:55 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
f671147282 Fix rewinddir regression by cleaning up db_scan
Commit 0460038447 caused a regression when
rereading the pkgcache after updating the on-disk databases. A rewinddir
call was errantly removed.

Instead of replacing the call to rewindir, clean up this whole mess.
db_scan is used only once and with target == NULL so there was actually half
the code of db_scan which was unused. This is gone now and replaced by a
single new db_populate function.

Dan: add_sorted ended up being 3x slower than one msort at the end, so I
changed back to that. I also made one pointer variable const and merged this
whole patch with my original fix for the rewinddir issue.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-05-13 18:44:13 -05:00
Dan McGee
ae5ef3b90f Remove --builddeps from makepkg
This really should be in an external script, as it is not makepkg's job to
rebuild your system.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-05-13 16:01:34 -05:00
Dan McGee
584ffa6aef Remove an outdated exception check in file conflict code
This has been around since at least pacman 2.9.8. Frugalware just dumped it
in commit 113ec73bfcfdc, and deleting it here and running pactest shows that
nothing that we have actually tested changes. If someone can pactest the
edge case where this is needed, then show me the money.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-05-13 15:49:02 -05:00
Chantry Xavier
d5278ebb3b Add SyncFirst option.
This patch offers a way to fix FS#9228.
By putting "SyncFirst = pacman" in pacman.conf, the version check will
happen before the transaction really starts, and before any replacements is
made.
Otherwise, no version check is done.

The sync301 pactest was updated to use this SyncFirst option.

Example session with SyncFirst = pacman, and a newer pacman version
available :
$ pacman -Su (or pacman -S <any targets>)
:: the following packages should be upgraded first :
    pacman
:: Do you want to cancel the current operation
:: and upgrade these packages now? [Y/n]

resolving dependencies...
looking for inter-conflicts...

Targets: pacman-x.y.z-t

Total Download Size:    x.xx MB
Total Installed Size:   x.xx MB

Proceed with installation? [Y/n] n

As Nagy previously noted, doing this check on any -S operations might look
intrusive, but it can be required.
For example, the case where you want to install a package with versioned
provisions, using a pacman version which didn't support that feature yet
(and there is already a newer pacman in sync db supporting it).

Signed-off-by: Chantry Xavier <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-05-13 15:49:02 -05:00
Chantry Xavier
f43805d875 Cleanup usages of alpm_list_find and alpm_list_remove.
* remove obsolete and unused *_cmp helper functions like deppkg_cmp and
_alpm_grp_cmp

* new alpm_list_remove_str function, used 6 times in handle.c

* remove _alpm_prov_cmp / _alpm_db_whatprovides and replace them by
a more general alpm_find_pkg_satisfiers with a cleaner implementation.
before: alpm_db_whatprovides(db, targ)
after: alpm_find_pkg_satisfiers(alpm_db_getpkgcache(db), targ)

* remove satisfycmp and replace alpm_list_find + satisfycmp usage by
_alpm_find_dep_satisfiers.
before : alpm_list_find(_alpm_db_get_pkgcache(db), dep, satisfycmp)
after : _alpm_find_dep_satisfiers(_alpm_db_get_pkgcache(db), dep)

* remove _alpm_pkgname_pkg_cmp, which was used with alpm_list_remove, and
use _alpm_pkg_find + alpm_list_remove with _alpm_pkg_cmp instead.

This commit actually get rids of all complicated and asymmetric _cmp
functions. I first thought these functions were worth it, be caused it
allowed us to reuse list_find and list_remove. But this was at the detriment
of the clarity and also the ease of use of these functions, dangerous
because of their asymmetricity.

Signed-off-by: Chantry Xavier <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-05-13 15:49:02 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
8248b4bfb1 Swap the parameters of alpm_pkg_find
Now the syntax is coherent with alpm_list_find and alpm_sync_find.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-05-13 15:49:02 -05:00
Dan McGee
e80232f24c Remove errant include of error.h
This doesn't exist anymore, the header file was removed a while back in
commit 4c872594da.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-05-13 15:49:02 -05:00
Dan McGee
663408532a Merge branch 'maint'
Conflicts:

	lib/libalpm/package.c - comment location moved to be_package.c
2008-05-11 20:14:30 -05:00
Dan McGee
13f24a5bda Refactor pkg_load/parse_descfile into a new backend file
alpm_pkg_load() and parse_descfile() are specific to getting information
from package files, just as other code is specific to getting information
into or out of a package database. Move this code out of package.c, which
should eventually only contain operators on the pmpkg_t struct that do not
depend at all on where the data came from.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-05-11 20:07:55 -05:00
Dan McGee
0460038447 Remove some useless abstraction and start db cleanup
We have some useless abstractions like an alpm_db_rewind function. I've read
somewhere that readdir() was the worst filesystem function call invented,
and what do we do? Add a wrapper around it. Kill this abstraction and move
some other things into be_files that should be there anyway because they
are so tied to how a files backend works.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-05-11 20:05:59 -05:00
Allan McRae
3c3cb001a4 Make all error messages use pm_fprintf
Tested using many easily generated error conditions.  Also added "malloc
failure" (conf.c) and "segmentation fault" (pacman.c) error messages for
translation.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <mcrae_allan@hotmail.com>
[Dan: fix trailing whitespace errors, other compilation issues]
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-05-11 20:05:28 -05:00
Dan McGee
3175faace4 pactest: fix --gdb option
A libtool upgrade broke the gdb option as we need a MODE specified; add the
execute mode to the call.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-05-11 20:05:14 -05:00
Sebastian Nowicki
e3d35b3274 Add detailed description to alpm_pkg_load
It was unclear what "loading the full package" actually did. The
detailed description should clear that up, without having to look at the
code.

Signed-off-by: Sebastian Nowicki <sebnow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-05-10 15:10:51 -05:00
Chantry Xavier
0bfc8adf37 contrib/paclist: list packages installed from given repo.
The paclist script provides a simple method for monitoring which packages
are installed from a given repo. This is particularly useful when using a
testing or unstable repository.

Thanks to Allan McRae for the idea and an initial bash script. As suggested
by Dan, I tried to rewrite in perl, and this resulted in much better
performance. Then Dan further cleaned up the script.

Signed-off-by: Chantry Xavier <shiningxc@gmail.com>
[Dan: add to Makefile & README, minor script cleanups]
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-05-10 11:13:24 -05:00
Dan McGee
1ba0d84da2 pacsearch: rewrite in perl
This rewrite in perl blows the socks off the old shell script version for
large searches:

$ time ./pacsearch.perl ^.*$ >/dev/null
real    0m0.836s
user    0m0.593s
sys     0m0.217s

$ time pacsearch.sh ^.*$ >/dev/null
real    1m53.818s
user    1m16.818s
sys     0m33.694s

Functionality and output is identical to the old version with the exception
of the old version's missing EOL after all the output.  It should be a lot
easier to add new things like the --color flag that has been a TODO at the
top of the script for a long time.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-05-10 11:04:17 -05:00
Dan McGee
b49fc504ac Update makepath to remove PATH_MAX usage
The start of a few commits to remove some PATH_MAX usage from our code. Use
a dynamically allocated string instead.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-05-10 00:51:04 -05:00
Dan McGee
2edd01a973 scripts: add -q/--quiet option to repo-add and repo-remove
They are pretty noisy scripts in their normal course of operations, so allow
all messages to be squashed except for warning and error messages with this
new flag.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-05-10 00:48:55 -05:00
Dan McGee
502645c0e3 makepkg: Unify start and end messages
I've always found it odd why the package version is shown at the start but
not the end of the package build. Fix it, and while we are at it, add the
$CARCH variable to the display too.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-05-10 00:48:47 -05:00
Dan McGee
df5024fd64 Use strdup() instead of a static buffer
We only need a copy of this string once we know we are going to extract it,
and we don't need a static buffer to copy it into since it is coming from a
known-length string.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-05-08 20:59:59 -05:00
Dan McGee
081ba4816e Update md5 routines
XySSL 0.9 was released; sync our code with the upstream source. Note that
there weren't any real changes besides renaming of macros, so nothing much
to see here.

The biggest change may be the licence- it is now GPL/BSD software rather
than LGPL/BSD. The license header is changed to reflect this.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-05-08 20:59:18 -05:00
Dan McGee
7fccfc7819 be_files.c: PATH_MAX cleanup
Most of these are not easy to remove, but I could kill the ones in the two
lastupdate functions.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-05-08 20:59:02 -05:00
Dan McGee
a13bf74979 pacman-side code cleanups
When taking a look at PATH_MAX usage, I found a few small things we can
clean up or fix.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-05-08 20:58:33 -05:00
Dan McGee
5389cdf654 Merge branch 'maint' 2008-04-29 19:52:06 -05:00
Chantry Xavier
6b31183576 Doxyfile : enable JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF.
From http://www.stack.nl/~dimitri/doxygen/config.html#cfg_javadoc_autobrief

JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF
    If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style comment as the brief
description. If set to NO (the default), the Javadoc-style will behave just
like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command
for a brief description.)

Signed-off-by: Chantry Xavier <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-04-29 15:51:48 -05:00
Sebastian Nowicki
8f902865d9 Add documentation for transaction events
It is hard to decipher what the transaction events actually notify you
of, and what parameters are passed to the callback function, without
looking at the code. This patch adds documentation for the _pmtransevt_t
enum in order to clarify what the event is for and what data is passed
when the callback is called.

Signed-off-by: Sebastian Nowicki <sebnow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Chantry Xavier <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-04-29 15:51:45 -05:00
Dan McGee
010279e449 Updates to _alpm_copyfile()
Rework to use a single #define for the buffsize, and in the process clean up
some other code and double the default buffer size.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-04-28 22:24:40 -05:00
Dan McGee
4e6361642e Rework extract_single_file() temp file creation
We were a bit juryrigged using one call to mkstemp() before rather than
extracting the new files side-by-side and doing our comparisons there. We
were also facing some permissions issues. Instead, make our life easier by
extracting all temp files to a '.paccheck' extension, doing our md5
comparisons, and then taking the correct actions.

Still to be done here- a cleanup of the use of PATH_MAX which should not be
necessary if we use dynamic allocation on the heap.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-04-28 22:24:40 -05:00
Dan McGee
1201c8ce3a Update pactest to allow setting modes on created files
This should allow some future tests to set modes and ensure they are set
after installation. It is also in anticipation of a test for checking
permissions on pacnew files.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-04-28 22:24:40 -05:00
Dan McGee
245efca759 Remove unnecessary archive_entry_set_pathname() calls
I'm not sure why these were ever here, as by this point we have already
extracted the file meaning a call to this function is basically a no-op.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-04-27 17:27:05 -05:00
Daenyth Blank
27943a04d6 makepkg: fix strip section to allow spaces in paths
Inside tidy_install, change the section which strips libraries to use find |
while read rather than for foo in `find`. This should allow whitespaces in
filenames to still be processed correctly.

This fixes FS#10294.

Signed-off-by: Daenyth Blank <Daenyth+git@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-04-27 14:18:43 -05:00
Dan McGee
6d79ba2db0 Fix some fallout from the delta/download changes
We removed one too many FREELIST() calls when trying to fix some memleaks,
and add a safety/sanity check to ensure filename is set, as packages in old
DBs are likely to not have this field.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-04-26 13:03:53 -05:00
Chantry Xavier
481c3edc89 get_filename : use the FILENAME db field only.
Reference : FS#9547.

The get_filename function first tries to get the filename field from the
database, and if it doesn't find it, it tries to guess it based on the name,
version and arch.

This field was introduced in 3.0, but there are still many old entries in
the official databases without it. So the databases need to be regenerated
first before this patch can be applied.
There is a second problem with the delta code, which needs the filename for
locally installed packages too, but this field is not present in the local
db. So the delta code needs to be fixed first.

Signed-off-by: Chantry Xavier <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-04-26 11:54:47 -05:00
Chantry Xavier
8fdf08ef78 libalpm/sync.c : memleak fixes.
Signed-off-by: Chantry Xavier <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2008-04-26 11:54:46 -05:00
Chantry Xavier
670fadf041 Get rid of the delta patches list
As Nathan noticed, the new informations in the delta struct allows us to
get rid of this list :
http://www.archlinux.org/pipermail/pacman-dev/2008-February/011163.html

So I rewrote apply_deltas for that. The previous apply_deltas also had a
limitation: it assumed that the initial package and the deltas were in the
first cache dir, which is not necessarily the case. That situation is
supported now.

Signed-off-by: Chantry Xavier <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-04-26 11:54:38 -05:00
Chantry Xavier
701a03dcdb Completely rework delta algorithm
Using the graph structures that Nagy set up for dependency sorting, we now
do a similar process for deltas. Load up all of the deltas into a graph
object on which we can then apply Dijkstra's algorithm, using the new weight
field of graph struct.
We initialize the nodes weight using the base files that we can use in our
filecache (both filename and md5sum must match). The algorithm then picks
the best path among those that can be resolved.

Note that this algorithm has a few advantages over the old one:
1. It is completely file agnostic. These delta chains do not have to consist
   of package files- this could be adopted to do delta-fied DBs.
2. It does not use the local_db anymore, or even care if a package or file
   is currently installed. Instead, it only looks in the filecache for files
   and packages that match delta chain entries.

Original-work-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Chantry Xavier <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2008-04-26 11:36:01 -05:00
Dan McGee
30bdf94c2b Rework delta struct and modify code accordingly
Start to move the delta struct away from an assumed package name scheme and
towards something that is package (or even filename) agnostic. This will
allow us much greater flexibility in the usage of deltas (maybe even sync
DBs some day) as well as allowing code outside of delta.h/delta.c to be much
cleaner with less of a need for snprintf() calls.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-04-26 11:30:12 -05:00
Chantry Xavier
ff9744aa1f Refactor the trans init and release code.
The calls to alpm_trans_init and alpm_trans_release (+ error checking) were
duplicated between remove.c, sync.c and upgrade.c
This patch introduces trans_init and trans_release functions in util.c to
have this code just once.

So instead of having to do the same change 3 times for fixing FS#10273, I
just had to do it once (so I did it too :))

Signed-off-by: Chantry Xavier <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-04-26 11:15:09 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
1b5a851851 Kill compute_requiredby usage in can_remove_package()
In the can_remove_package function, we don't need to compute the whole
requiredby list, we just need to find one member of it that doesn't belong
to the targets list.
That way we get a small speedup and remove the only usage of
alpm_pkg_compute_requiredby in the backend, so that it can be tweaked for
frontend usage.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Chantry Xavier <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-04-25 18:51:47 -05:00
Dan McGee
423820b34c Merge branch 'maint'
Conflicts:

	pactest/pmtest.py
2008-04-19 16:18:40 -05:00
Dan McGee
7a873a8f12 Give libalpm native support for both libdownload and libfetch
This should remove the need for any additional patching to run on platforms
that have libfetch available but not libdownload. It isn't the prettiest,
but we have kept our libdownload impact down to just a few files, so it can
be easily done.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-04-19 16:18:17 -05:00
Dan McGee
64e1dd64a4 Remove unnecessary NULL check in FREE() macro
free() is designed to do nothing if it is passed a NULL pointer, so there is
no need to check for it on our end. Change/fix the macro.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-04-19 15:59:40 -05:00
Chantry Xavier
c465d9e848 pactest : Use tarfile module.
Previously, tar was called manually with os.system. This caused one fork per
package/db creation, which is costly, especially on cygwin. Besides, it also
caused some problems with directory with whitespaces (that could also be
fixed with quotes, but well..)
Using tarfile module is cleaner and more efficient, and still easy enough.

Benchmark (time make check) :
- windows / cygwin
prepatch:
real    6m36.360s
user    2m28.914s
sys     2m35.866s
postpatch:
real    5m25.428s
user    1m26.029s
sys     2m0.006s

- linux
prepatch:
real    1m22.629s
user    0m31.498s
sys     0m18.899s
postpatch:
real    1m11.465s
user    0m26.382s
sys     0m12.986s

Signed-off-by: Chantry Xavier <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2008-04-17 14:29:08 -05:00
Chantry Xavier
5e375aa9d3 pactest: Add quotes for directory with whitespaces
Signed-off-by: Chantry Xavier <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-04-17 14:28:08 -05:00
Dan McGee
bf84c23266 Merge branch 'maint' 2008-04-15 19:07:51 -05:00
Dan McGee
0d8affeac0 Slight changes to fix warnings from autoconf 2.62
Two variables needed the _cv_ or warnings were spit out saying they were not
cache vars.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-04-15 19:07:13 -05:00
Dan McGee
c7a81c0b54 More non-Linux build updates, mostly Darwin
Darwin's binary format does support symbols with differing visibilities, but
it does not support the protected or internal visibilities- only hidden. For
Darwin only, we should fall back to this visibility to prevent warnings from
the compiler and because it is close enough for our library purposes.

See http://gcc.gnu.org/viewcvs/*checkout*/trunk/gcc/config/darwin.c, search
for the "darwin_assemble_visibility" function for more details.

Also add pacman.static.exe to gitignore.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-04-15 15:57:36 -05:00
Dan McGee
d685d0220f Fix gettext on non-Linux platforms
Linux includes all the gettext stuff in glibc, so there is no need for the
libintl links which we failed to include in our linker variables. Update the
makefiles which should enable NLS support on all platforms, including OS X
and Cygwin.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-04-14 21:01:30 -05:00
Dan McGee
ba70c52945 Fix compilation errors on x86_64
Things must have gotten stricter with GCC 4.3 on the '%zd' printf string and
this is the first I've tried to compile there. Fix the problem by using
size_t instead of int.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-04-14 18:24:45 -05:00
K. Piche
2d991a25ae remove.c: refactor into functions
Pulled two loops out of _alpm_remove_prepare and gave them their own
functions.

Signed-off-by: K. Piche <kevin@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-04-14 17:36:33 -05:00
K. Piche
db4258c1fd Some comments for _alpm_unpack.
Signed-off-by: K. Piche <kevin@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-04-14 17:19:32 -05:00
K. Piche
9f56137034 add.c: added some tracing and improved some variable locality
Signed-off-by: K. Piche <kevin@archlinux.org>
[Dan: removed one logger]
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-04-14 17:17:22 -05:00
Dan McGee
ee2bbb39b5 Memory allocation and other small cleanups
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-04-10 20:54:48 -05:00
Dan McGee
4bd0a85095 Merge branch 'maint' 2008-04-10 20:54:34 -05:00
Dan McGee
e9a0d35d08 Remove unnecessary import in dload.h
We no longer expose any of libdownload in our public functions, so no need
to include this header anymore.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-04-10 20:53:28 -05:00
Dan McGee
4b7f7e2a59 Correctly use the fd returned my mkstemp()
There were a few issues with this code:
1. We already had an open fd to a file, but never used it to our benefit.
   Use the libarchive convienence method to write the current file contents
   straight to a file descriptor.
2. The real problem cropped up on Windows where the locking semantics caused
   the old way of extraction to fail because we had an open file descriptor.
   By using the file descriptor and closing it ASAP, we prevent these
   failures.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-04-08 18:55:22 -05:00
Dan McGee
57acfced0d Update configure.ac to current code
Remove a few functions and things that were unnecessary, update the help
line calls to the current function name, and make the small change to
pacman.c for the signal handler return type that is defined in config.h.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-04-07 19:27:35 -05:00
Dan McGee
83c4b2aebb Merge branch 'maint' 2008-04-07 19:19:34 -05:00
Dan McGee
bec2ba5b40 Add check for swprintf() and a workaround when it is missing
We use this function once in our codebase, but fortunately the workaround is
relatively easy. swprintf() is not available on Cygwin so the compile failed
there, but we can do a series of mbstowcs() calls that produce the same end
result as the swprintf() call.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-04-07 19:09:46 -05:00
Dan McGee
9441fba124 Add *.exe ignores for certain other platforms
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-04-07 19:09:20 -05:00
Dan McGee
a708c6eadc Allow disabling of internal (libdownload) code
Add a new --disable-internal-download flag to configure allowing the
internal download code to be skipped. This will be helpful on platforms that
currently don't support either libdownload or libfetch (such as Cygwin) and
for just compiling a lighter weight pacman binary.

This was made really easy by our recent refactoring of the download code
into separate internal and external functions, as well as some error code
cleanup.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-04-06 21:00:11 -05:00
Dan McGee
9c7ebe6872 Remove a bit more download.h pollution
Kill it where it isn't absolutely necessary.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-04-06 20:28:43 -05:00
Dan McGee
4c872594da Remove unnecessary header file, move one macro to util.c
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-04-06 20:20:20 -05:00
Dan McGee
e4a4cf7ce5 libalpm error cleanup, step 1
Remove unused error codes, begin refactoring some of the others.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-04-06 20:16:57 -05:00
Dan McGee
4004bf9caf Remove libdownload reference from pacman frontend
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-04-06 20:02:39 -05:00
Dan McGee
404e0a0e10 Add quiet printout to --owns functionality
If we specify -q/--quiet on an --owns operation, only print a matching
package name rather than the verbose human-readable message.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-04-06 19:49:41 -05:00
Allan McRae
b3f4bd9750 Quote filenames in find expression in pacdiff
From 41cc28f560bf9843d81ce5fb62b884b6325d06a0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Allan McRae <mcrae_allan@hotmail.com>
Date: Sun, 6 Apr 2008 22:18:06 +1000
Subject: [PATCH] Quote filenames in find expression in pacdiff

Small patch to allow pacdiff to run in /etc.  See FS#10090.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <mcrae_allan@hotmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-04-06 10:44:44 -05:00
Dan McGee
073bac794d Merge branch 'maint'
Conflicts:

	configure.ac
	contrib/Makefile.am
2008-04-01 22:14:58 -05:00
Dan McGee
0bd6fb3bc2 Update -Ss and -Qs pactests to include groups
This update causes query003 to fail before commit
4b8ada818e. Hopefully the issue doesn't crop
up again but we might as well test for it.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-03-30 16:47:27 -05:00
Dan McGee
5f17ac8150 Enable display of multiple groups in -Ss and -Qs output
Not too complicated of a fix, but just adds some code to loop over the
entire group list and space it out.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-03-30 16:41:13 -05:00
Dan McGee
4b8ada818e Fix segfault on -Qs usage
This segfault creeped in as a result of commit bf867003. We were incorrectly
assuming the group member of our package was a pmgrp_t list when in fact it
is just a string list, which caused a segfault on any -Qs operation.

Also slightly cleanup the -Ss code (which was originally correct unlike the
-Qs code).

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-03-30 16:36:55 -05:00
Dan McGee
0d1263af26 Merge branch 'maint' 2008-03-30 13:42:24 -05:00
Dan McGee
41c1295559 doc/pacman.8: fix manpage typo
Fix a misspelling and make a clarification while we are at it.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-03-30 13:41:19 -05:00
Dan McGee
d140b440a8 Read .PKGINFO directly from package file
With the addition of the archive_fgets() function, we can now skip the temp
file usage in pkg_load/parse_descfile that was not needed. This has a nice
benefit of probably being both faster, reducing code, and getting rid of
"expensive" file operations.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-03-27 12:07:32 -05:00
Dan McGee
f8c737d3b6 Add an archive_fgets() function
This crude function allows reading from an archive on a line-by-line basis
similar to the familiar fgets() call on a FILE stream. This is the first
step in being able to read DB entries straight from an archive.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-03-27 12:07:26 -05:00
Dan McGee
1dfd841e40 Make db->treename a pointer
I really don't think we need statically allocated strings here.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-03-26 20:19:44 -05:00
Dan McGee
5f1ccdbc27 Merge branch 'maint' 2008-03-23 16:58:53 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
d1ea16dfd0 Avoid duplicated target names.
This patch should avoid duplicated target names in the backend.
1. sync_loadtarget will return with PM_ERR_TRANS_DUP_TARGET when trying to
add a duplicated target
2. sysupgrade never pulls duplicated targets
3. resolvedeps won't pull duplicated targets anymore

A pulled list was introduced in sync_prepare to improve the
pmsyncpkg_t<->pmpkg_t list conversion by making it more direct.

Also replace sync1005 and sync1006 by the sync1008 pactest, which is
similar but more interesting (the provisions are dependencies instead of
explicit targets).
sync1005 didn't work as expected anyway. It was expecting that pacman
failed, and pacman indeed failed, but not for the good reason. It didn't
fail during the preparation step because of conflicting targets, but during
the commit step, because of a md5 error...
And sync1006 didn't pass and was not really worth fixing. We have already
enough failing pactests more important than these two.
sync1008 pass with this patch.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Chantry Xavier <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2008-03-23 16:57:14 -05:00
Dan McGee
6104f2e1fb memleak fix: ensure we free result of get_destfile()
In the file:// download case, we didn't free the return from get_destfile()
after we were done with it. Fix it. (Found with xfercommand001.py)

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-03-23 16:57:14 -05:00
Dan McGee
bf86700369 Switch pmgrp_t to dynamic allocation, general group cleanup
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-03-23 14:51:51 -05:00
Dan McGee
90a48c771d Add -q (quiet) option to valgrind call in pactest
This gets rid of a lot of the unnecessary verbosity in the --valgrind output
when running all the tests. It should also make diff-ing output between test
runs a lot easier.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-03-23 14:25:38 -05:00
Dan McGee
f7f43dbb48 Update database mtime after it has been extracted
This will reduce the need for running an -Syy if the DB was only
half-extracted, as the mtime won't get updated until the new database is
completely in place.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-03-23 14:08:31 -05:00
Chantry Xavier
3d10d460df Add new CleanMethod option.
As it was already mentioned several times, the new -Sc behavior in 3.1 is
great, but only when the package cache is not shared.

This option has two possible values : KeepInstalled and KeepCurrent
With KeepCurrent, -Sc will clean packages that are no longer available in
any sync db, rather than packages that are no longer in the local db. The
resulting behavior should be better for shared cache.

Ref :
http://www.archlinux.org/pipermail/pacman-dev/2008-February/011140.html

Signed-off-by: Chantry Xavier <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-03-23 13:38:23 -05:00
Chantry Xavier
5af076f09f Kill the dependsonly option.
From the man page :
"This is pretty useless and we're not sure why it even exists."

Signed-off-by: Chantry Xavier <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2008-03-22 18:39:15 +01:00
Dan McGee
2f8fb80ee6 Merge branch 'maint' 2008-03-22 11:11:22 -05:00
Chantry Xavier
e7a2232934 Kill PM_TRANS_TYPE_ADD.
This was totally useless.

Signed-off-by: Chantry Xavier <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-03-17 21:01:22 -05:00
Chantry Xavier
73ab153c44 Kill some obsolete references to -A option.
Signed-off-by: Chantry Xavier <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2008-03-17 21:00:09 -05:00
Chantry Xavier
b3e6cf652c Drop case insensitive comparisons in the config parsing.
These case insensitive comparisons didn't work in some locales, like tr_TR
where upper(i) != I. So a second case sensitive comparison had to be made
for each directive.
Only keeping case sensitive comparisons make the code cleaner and treat all
locales equally.

Ref: http://www.archlinux.org/pipermail/pacman-dev/2008-March/011445.html

Also fix pactests to use the correct case.

Signed-off-by: Chantry Xavier <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-03-17 20:58:28 -05:00
Chantry Xavier
dae3f9deef Add zipman makepkg option.
All other steps in tidy_install function were already controlled by an
option in makepkg.conf, so this patch adds an option for the man page
compression step too.
This will allow to keep man pages uncompressed, which is required for some
special meta man page, like the zshall one (see FS#4580).

Ref: http://www.archlinux.org/pipermail/pacman-dev/2008-March/011472.html

Signed-off-by: Chantry Xavier <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2008-03-16 23:22:17 +01:00
Nagy Gabor
35135c0a0c Add -Rss option
* -Rss removes all dependencies (including explicitly installed ones).
* updated documentation
* two pactest files added to test the difference between -Rs and -Rss

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
2008-03-10 19:16:01 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
d060e31be3 Remove trans->targets
Its implementation was quite broken:
* add_loadtarget() might have silently filtered out some targets when
  replacing an older version.
* This was used in sync.c to determine whether a target is implicit or not,
  which is incorrect behavior. Before this patch we silently removed user
  confirmed replacements; now we always warn on a replacement.
* remove001.py behavior was quite odd in adding same target 5 times to the
  target list, we can change this behavior to be a failure.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
[Xav: changed remove001 pactest accordingly]
Signed-off-by: Chantry Xavier <shiningxc@gmail.com>
[Dan: rewrote commit message]
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-03-10 18:57:36 -05:00
Roman Kyrylych
f56f7ff391 makepkg: Support for resuming source downloads
Download to *.part and remove the suffix if successful, thus md5sums will be
checked only for complete files, and next time makepkg will resume
downloading of partial file instead of complaining about invalid md5sums.

Old DLAGENTS format is still supported.

Late fix: Do not try to download %u first

The output of grep was not suppressed, thus the output of get_downloadcmd
was wrong because of extra line at the beginning that contained an
unsubstituted (with %o and %u) entry from DLAGENTS.

Signed-off-by: Roman Kyrylych <roman@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-03-10 18:45:58 -05:00
Dan McGee
91b7f288fe Merge branch 'maint'
Conflicts:

	configure.ac
2008-03-09 12:03:54 -05:00
Chantry Xavier
fc48dc3118 Refactoring of the download code.
This should be the main step in the download refactoring initiated by commit
81a2a06818.
The stub functions introduced by that commit were implemented.

The big download code was mostly composed of two steps, and so it has been
naturally splitted in two functions :  download_external and download_internal

file:/// urls are now handled manually, instead of forcing the use of the
internal downloader.

Thanks to Dan for fixing the remaining issues and cleaning up the patch :)

Signed-off-by: Chantry Xavier <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2008-03-09 12:03:22 -05:00
Dan McGee
74c5bd70cf Remove useless TESTS file
This hasn't been updated in forever, and a simple python program could
regenerate it anyway. Or even grep.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-03-08 14:37:19 -06:00
Dan McGee
797c190f93 Remove frontend add code that is no longer necessary
Change the pacman_upgrade stub function to do what pacman_add used to do so
we can eliminate pacman_add. Move the code to the more-descriptive name of
upgrade.c.

Note that we have made no changes to the backend libalpm, where an ADD type
transaction could still be supported.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-03-08 14:13:34 -06:00
Dan McGee
3ec45486ff Remove the Add option from the command line
There is still a lot of code that could be cleaned up internally.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-03-08 14:13:34 -06:00
Dan McGee
266f06866b Move -A pactests that are relevant to -U, clean the rest out
This is in anticipation of removing the -A/--add option from the pacman
frontend. I've went through each of the pacman pactests that used the -A
operation and decided whether they were worth keeping, whether there was
already an upgrade test doing the same thing, or whether it should be moved
over.

The GIT rename log should make several of the moves obvious, but for those
that were deleted:
add001: handled by upgrade004
add002: worthless
add004: worthless
add010: handled by upgrade011
add050: handled by upgrade010

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-03-08 14:13:22 -06:00
Nagy Gabor
49197b7492 New alpm_version function
Now pacman frontend uses this function instead of the compile-time libalpm
version number.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
[Dan: fix one more spot where LIB_VERSION was used]
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-03-01 17:02:05 -06:00
Dan McGee
73ac9f7b27 Merge branch 'maint' 2008-03-01 16:24:42 -06:00
Chantry Xavier
d734ebdde2 libalpm: clean up of md5sum functions.
test_delta_md5sum and test_pkg_md5sum were simple wrappers to test_md5sum,
and only used once, so not very useful. I removed them.
Also, test_md5sum and alpm_pkg_checkmd5sum functions were a bit duplicated,
so I refactored them with a new _alpm_test_md5sum function in libalpm/util.c

Signed-off-by: Chantry Xavier <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2008-02-27 19:02:17 -06:00
Dan McGee
c2dbbd60bc Start removing some junk from the function template
I screwed up originally when I accepted the TotalDownload patch,
8ec27835f4. I didn't realize how deeply it
modified libalpm and I probably shouldn't have let it do what it did. This
commit reverts much of what that patch added in order to clean up our
internal function calls. We can find another way to do it right down the
road here but for now it has to go.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-02-27 18:58:24 -06:00
Chantry Xavier
4fe7eb66eb libalpm/dload.c : memleak fixes.
Signed-off-by: Chantry Xavier <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2008-02-27 18:55:26 -06:00
Chantry Xavier
79945ef7ff clean up dltotal leftover from 81a2a06818.
Signed-off-by: Chantry Xavier <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2008-02-27 18:53:18 -06:00
Dan McGee
d75f693155 Merge branch 'maint'
Also bump the devel version on the master branch to 3.2.0devel.
2008-02-25 20:49:59 -06:00
Dan McGee
f159203f6f Remove pmserver_t abstraction
Remove what was a pretty weird abstraction in the libalpm backend. Instead
of parsing server URLs as we get them (of which we don't usually use more
than a handful anyway), wait until they are actually used, which allows us
to store them as a simple string list instead. This allows us to remove a
lot of code, and will greatly simplify the continuing refactoring of the
download code.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-02-24 20:21:58 -06:00
Dan McGee
81a2a06818 Add new stub download functions for use throughout the code
Add new stub functions that work by calling the existing (terrible) download
forreal function, which needs a serious overhaul. Hide the existing
functions and switch all former users to the new functions.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-02-24 20:21:58 -06:00
Dan McGee
3e8ae774bd Move download code out of server.c
This is the first in what will be a series of patches to clean up the
current download code in libalpm. Start by moving download code out of
server.c and into download.c.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-02-24 20:21:58 -06:00
Chantry Xavier
143135e666 Improve yesno function.
Add a preset paramater to yesno function saying which answer should be the
default. Ref:
http://www.archlinux.org/pipermail/pacman-dev/2007-June/008470.html

This allows us to answer no by default to some questions, like the -Scc one
mentioned in the above thread, and implemented by this patch.

Another advantage is that we don't have to repeat the [Y/n] in every
questions. It's only put once in yesno function. This highly reduces the
chances that YES and NO strings are translated, but not some questions,
which lead to obvious confusions.

Finally, the noconfirm variable only needs to be used in that yesno
function. So all other usages of it were removed.

Signed-off-by: Chantry Xavier <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2008-02-24 18:17:49 -06:00
Dan McGee
ca1a187131 More cleanup to alpm_list
* Remove some #include statements that are not strictly necessary
* Remove node_new function that is really just a one-liner

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-02-24 18:07:44 -06:00
Nagy Gabor
8cfccf68c1 alpm_list.c clean-up
* Introduces 'list == NULL' convention for empty list. That means
alpm_list_new isn't needed anymore, so kill it

* Small straightforward fixes in alpm_list.c

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Chantry Xavier <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2008-02-25 00:52:58 +01:00
Dan McGee
3ad3077d8d Merge branch 'maint'
Conflicts:

	src/pacman/callback.c
2008-02-24 01:22:07 -06:00
Dan McGee
3a6f62d4c7 Remove all unnecessary snprintf usage
Both alpm_logaction() and yesno() are vararg functions, so we might as well
use this functionality and take advantage of it. Remove all of the
snprintf() calls and the LOG_STR_LEN constant that never seemed quite right.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-02-24 00:54:11 -06:00
Chantry Xavier
a3e6a6b822 Move -Sy operation into its own transaction
This allows us to remove the sync_only flag, and also do the following
steps in the future :
1) refresh the database (if asked)
2) do other stuff (eg checking if a newer pacman version is available)
3) start the actual transaction

Currently when we detect a newer pacman version, we have to release the
current transaction and start a new one.

Signed-off-by: Chantry Xavier <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2008-02-20 18:58:43 -06:00
Dan McGee
4bd52f3fe4 Merge branch 'maint'
Remove gettext() function addition from gensync and updatesync in master as
gettext is no longer used in them anyway.
2008-02-20 18:58:04 -06:00
Dan McGee
92ab7c33fb Move pmgraph_t struct and functions to their own header file
This will allow us to utilize this helpful type and functions in places
besides dependency calculations. In addition, remove the public declaration
of pmgraph_t in alpm.h- there is zero need to expose this internal type.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-02-16 11:58:49 -06:00
Dan McGee
6b07b5d345 Merge branch 'maint'
Conflicts:

	lib/libalpm/be_files.c
	lib/libalpm/package.c
2008-02-15 19:40:22 -06:00
Dan McGee
a16608c610 Update Doxyfile with some new options in new version
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-02-15 19:29:17 -06:00
Dan McGee
bfc024eab3 Merge branch 'maint' 2008-02-07 20:16:16 -06:00
Nagy Gabor
77c3cf9790 Remove alpm_sync_get_newversion function
sync->newversion shouldn't be public at all, and internally we access it directly.
(Before pmsyncpkg_t clean-up the analogue of this field [type] was needed in replaces computation.)

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Chantry Xavier <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2008-02-07 20:15:30 -06:00
Nagy Gabor
7dc37109b0 alpm_sync_sysupgrade split
This patch indroduces a new public alpm_sync_newversion, which scans for new
version of a package in sync repos.
Hopefully this will reduce code duplication in the future:
* check-for-pacman-new-version from front-end can be easier
* -Qu refactoring

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Chantry Xavier <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2008-02-07 20:15:23 -06:00
Nagy Gabor
05d5634958 libalpm/package.c : add _alpm_pkgname_pkg_cmp function.
_alpm_pkgname_pkg_cmp(pkgname, pkg) returns true iff pkg's name is pkgname.
This is useful if you want to remove a package from pmpkg_t* list, and you
want to search for package name.

This allows cleaning the -Ru code a bit, by removing the need of a dummy
pkg.

Signed-off-by: Chantry Xavier <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2008-02-06 08:46:15 +01:00
Nagy Gabor
e63366ae5e New remove option : -u / --unneeded (FS#6505).
With --unneeded option 'pacman -R' doesn't stop in case of dependency error;
it removes the needed-dependency targets from the target-list instead.  See
also: http://archlinux.org/pipermail/pacman-dev/2007-October/009653.html .

The patch also adds a new causingpkg field to pmdepmissing_t which indicates
the to-be-removed package which would cause a dependency break. This is
needed, because miss->depend.name may be a provision. miss->causingpkg will
be useful in -R dependency error messages too.

[Xavier: renamed inducer to causingpkg, removed the _alpm_pkgname_pkg_cmp
helper function as requested by Aaron. This might be added by a further
commit.  Other small cleanups, updated manpage and bash completion.]

Signed-off-by: Chantry Xavier <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2008-02-06 08:46:15 +01:00
Chantry Xavier
e81dec9b8c remove --force option from repo-add.
The force option should only be specified in the PKGBUILD with
options=(force).  This information should be handled like any other meta
info, and there is no need to have a special repo-add option for it.

Signed-off-by: Chantry Xavier <shiningxc@gmail.com>
[Dan: fix up a few more references in contrib/ scripts, etc]
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-02-05 19:35:41 -06:00
Dan McGee
eca30ed66a Merge branch 'maint'
Conflicts:

	contrib/gensync
	contrib/updatesync
2008-02-05 19:31:23 -06:00
Dan McGee
93a3050ed9 Remove "Installed Size" hackeration
Keeping this hack around where installed size is only shown if it is
greater than total download size encourages broken repository databases.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-02-05 18:34:03 -06:00
Dan McGee
5d03a6fd94 Remove gettext calls from gensync/updatesync
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-02-02 14:16:47 -06:00
Dan McGee
4fad7855fa Remove gensync and updatesync from normal distribution
Move these two scripts into contrib/, and start the process of de-automaking
them by removing the @sysconfdir@ references and the gettext initialization.
The removal of all gettext will soon follow.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-02-02 14:12:34 -06:00
Dan McGee
c492ca840c Merge branch 'maint' 2008-02-02 13:39:50 -06:00
Dan McGee
5647f7f512 Update libtool version (1.5.24 -> 1.5.26)
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-02-02 09:53:18 -06:00
Nagy Gabor
1fc83f4af6 pmsyncpkg_t cleanup
Fix for sync044.py and reason001.py.
Rename sync->data to sync->removes (alpm_list_t *)
Replace pmsynctype_t sync->type by pmpkgreason_t sync->newreason

The type field was set to UPGRADE or DEPEND or REPLACE.
Instead of using type = UPGRADE or DEPEND, we now rather use a
"pmpkgreason_t newreason" field directly (= explicit or depend) which allows
a better handling of the install reason.
And the REPLACE type is now deduced implicitly when the sync->removes list
is not empty.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Chantry Xavier <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-01-27 12:05:33 -06:00
Dan McGee
9fbb77c91b Merge branch 'maint' 2008-01-27 11:54:52 -06:00
Nagy Gabor
9bfbd73917 Fix PM_ERR_CONFLICTING_DEPS handling in sync.c
* eliminate asymmetry (innerconflict vs. outerconflict)
* fix a memleak (in case of PM_ERR_MEMORY deps wasn't freed)
* fix wrong pmconflict_t duplication (*retconflict = *conflict)

Note: the new code introduces some code duplication which shall disappear by
fixing FS#7524.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Chantry Xavier <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-01-27 11:54:35 -06:00
Nagy Gabor
ea828b5693 New _alpm_conflict_dup function
Added function to cleanly duplicate a conflict.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Chantry Xavier <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2008-01-27 11:54:25 -06:00
Nagy Gabor
f432ce41e0 small sync.c code clean-up
Remove unnecessary synclist_free function, and use our standard way
(alpm_list_free_inner + alpm_list_free) instead.
This slightly reduces code duplication.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Chantry Xavier <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-01-27 11:52:46 -06:00
Chantry Xavier
88cbee3c24 libalpm/sync.c : conflicts resolving cleanup.
The original patch from Nagy tried to resolve target vs target conflicts,
and so broke the following pactests : sync040, sync041 and sync990

Nagy's proposal to solve this situation was to choose the interactive way,
ask the user how to deal with it: either remove pkg1 or remove pkg2 or stop
here.  So he left this as a TODO.

But instead of trying to resolve these conflicts or asking the user, I
tried to find a more conservative way, looking at what the current pactests
expected:
If between the two conflicting packages, one provides the other, pacman
will keep that one and remove the other from the target list.  That breaks
sync893 and sync897. But Dan agreed these two looked weird and should be
changed.

This commit should close FS#8897, FS#8899 and FS#9024.

Reference:
http://www.archlinux.org/pipermail/pacman-dev/2007-October/009745.html
http://www.archlinux.org/pipermail/pacman-dev/2007-December/010393.html

Signed-off-by: Chantry Xavier <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-01-23 20:13:01 -06:00
Dan McGee
69c6d59bb6 Fix flip-flopped parameters to CALLOC macro
The mixup causes a fail in the build using --enable-debug on x86_64 but not
i686, so none of us caught this right away. Fix it. FS#9297.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-01-23 20:13:01 -06:00
Chantry Xavier
8240da6cb3 libalpm/cache.c : don't duplicate packages in pkgcache.
Edit _alpm_db_add_pkgincache to not duplicate packages, because this is not
needed, is slower, and uses more memory. This made the max memory usage
during base reinstall go from 10.4MB to 9.7MB.

Signed-off-by: Chantry Xavier <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-01-23 20:13:01 -06:00
Chantry Xavier
bd43a7f155 testdb : add conflicts checking.
Testdb will now scan the local database to check there are no conflicts.
I'm not sure how it's possible to get this situation. At least pacman
doesn't allow installing a package that conflicts with a local one, without
removing the local one. But maybe in a very weird situation, or because of
a bug, it could be possible.  But anyway, this only requires 5 lines of
code.

Signed-off-by: Chantry Xavier <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-01-23 20:12:50 -06:00
Chantry Xavier
22c900e7d5 Add new public alpm_checkdbconflicts function.
This function has a limited purpose, but might be interesting to do a
sanity check from a frontend (eg testdb).

Also removed the private _alpm_checkconflicts function to avoid confusion.
This function was used only once in libalpm, in sync.c, and was just a
single line anyway. Having to do it manually makes it explicit that we are
looking for two kind of conflicts (targ vs targ and db vs targ).

Signed-off-by: Chantry Xavier <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-01-23 20:12:41 -06:00
Chantry Xavier
6b8f404a33 small memleak fix in sync.c.
Signed-off-by: Chantry Xavier <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2008-01-23 19:52:16 -06:00
Dan McGee
8ca6501ee1 pactest: remove check for root permissions message
Pacman isn't designed to fail when under fakeroot anymore, so kill this
check off which fails anyway if the logfile is missing (such as when the
--valgrind flag is used).

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-01-21 19:47:03 -06:00
Dan McGee
9247ddbe8a conflict.c: move debug message out of inner loop
We have a debug message in the target vs. target file conflict check, and
this is a bit rediculous when it comes to watching output from something
like smoke001.py. Instead, put the output outside this inner loop so we only
see it at most once per target, which is much more reasonable.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-01-21 19:44:10 -06:00
Dan McGee
36264a3ab9 Fix memleak found by add004.py
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-01-21 19:44:02 -06:00
Dan McGee
cbcf542ad2 Merge branch 'maint' 2008-01-21 19:42:08 -06:00
Nagy Gabor
2a7101c049 New --asexplicit option
This is the symmetric of --asdeps, install packages explicitly.
Documentation and completion files were updated accordingly.
Added sync301.py and upgrade032.py pactest files to test this.

I also made a little modification in ALLDEPS handling too.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Chantry Xavier <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2008-01-21 19:39:26 -06:00
Chantry Xavier
b2914bf0af Move the deptest code from frontend to backend.
The deptest code (pacman -T) used by makepkg was mostly in the frontend.
There were 2 drawbacks:
1) the public splitdep function returns a pmdepend_t struct, but the
_alpm_dep_free function for freeing it is private. So there was a memleak.
2) there is a helper in the backend (satisfycmp in deps.c) which makes this
function much easier.

So this adds a new public alpm_deptest in libalpm/deps.c, which cleans
pacman_deptest in pacman/deptest.c a lot.
Besides, alpm_splitdep was made private, because the frontend no longer
requires it, and _alpm_dep_free is also private.
Finally the deptest001 pactest was extended.

Signed-off-by: Chantry Xavier <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-01-21 19:35:43 -06:00
Dan McGee
927af790ee Convert deltas to dynamic allocation
Another elimination of a static length structure in libalpm. Should result
in a little more memory saved during execution of packages with lots of
deltas attached.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-01-21 19:33:32 -06:00
Dan McGee
f6785dcb89 Merge branch 'maint' 2008-01-18 19:33:25 -06:00
Dan McGee
38e981fab3 Merge branch 'maint' 2008-01-14 22:58:44 -06:00
Dan McGee
521de7ceed Merge branch 'maint' 2008-01-13 12:27:17 -06:00
Dan McGee
4f26701793 memleak fix with new dynamic depend structure
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-01-12 20:18:20 -06:00
Chantry Xavier
435ec29bc7 libalpm/sync.c: don't duplicate packages for the sync->data field.
Packages put in the sync->data field were always duplicated with pkg_dup,
and then freed, This is not needed.
Killing this duplication of packages made the memory usage during base
reinstall go from 10.4 MB to 8.1 MB.

Signed-off-by: Chantry Xavier <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2008-01-12 17:51:29 -06:00
Aaron Griffin
26f4993e1d Store replaces in the local DB too
Signed-off-by: Aaron Griffin <aaronmgriffin@gmail.com>
[Dan: might as well store 'force' too]
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-01-12 01:33:57 -06:00
Dan McGee
2630556bde Merge branch 'maint' 2008-01-11 23:19:52 -06:00
Nagy Gabor
112caad838 New reason001.py pactest
This pactest demonstrates that we should copy the reason between the
to-be-replaced and replaced packages

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-01-11 23:19:08 -06:00
Dan McGee
3e133524a5 Add functions to manipulate pmdepend_t objects
We didn't have a free function before, causing some memory leaks. We also
need a dup function now that strings are not in the structure but are
dynamically allocated.

Also adapt pmdepmissing_t to use a pointer to a depend struct instead of an
inclusive one so we can use the functions we created here.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-01-11 22:58:05 -06:00
Dan McGee
ccc1c73152 Use dynamic string allocation in package structures
This also affects all structures with static strings, such as depmiss,
conflict, etc. This should help a lot with memory usage, and hopefully make
things a bit more "idiot proof".

Currently our pactest pass/fail rate is identical before and after this
patch. This is not to say it is a perfect patch- I have yet to pull valgrind
out. However, this should be quite safe to use in all situations from here
on out, and we can start plugging the memleaks.

Original-work-by: Aaron Griffin <aaronmgriffin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2008-01-11 00:01:58 -06:00
490 changed files with 83374 additions and 33945 deletions

1
.gitattributes vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
*.py diff=python

27
.gitignore vendored
View File

@@ -1,30 +1,21 @@
Makefile
Makefile.in
mkinstalldirs
*~
*.o
aclocal.m4
autom4te.cache
config.guess
config.h
config.h.in
config.log
config.status
config.status.lineno
config.rpath
config.sub
configure
configure.lineno
depcomp
install-sh
libtool
ltmain.sh
missing
stamp-h1
*.o
*~
root
tags
cscope.out
cscope.in.out
cscope.out
cscope.po.out
libtool
Makefile
Makefile.in
pacman-*.tar.gz
root
stamp-h1
tags

28
.mailmap Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
Aaron Griffin <aaron@archlinux.org> <aaronmgriffin@gmail.com>
Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org> <mcrae_allan@hotmail.com>
Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org> <mcrae_allan at hotmail.com>
Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org> <allan.mcrae@qimr.edu.au>
Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com> <stderr@mail.com>
Bryan Ischo <bryan@ischo.com> <bji-keyword-pacman.3644cb@www.ischo.com>
Christos Nouskas <nous@archlinux.us> <nouskas@gmail.com>
Daenyth Blank <daenyth+arch@gmail.com> <Daenyth+Arch@gmail.com>
Daenyth Blank <Daenyth+Arch@gmail.com> <Daenyth+git@gmail.com>
甘露(Gan Lu) <rhythm.gan@gmail.com>
Giovanni Scafora <giovanni@archlinux.org> <linuxmania@gmail.com>
Jaroslaw Swierczynski <swiergot@gmail.com> <swiergot@juvepoland.com>
Juan Pablo González Tognarelli <lord_jotape@yahoo.com.ar>
Juan Pablo González Tognarelli <lord_jotape@yahoo.com.ar> <jotapesan@gmail.com>
Manuel Tortosa <manutortosa@chakra-project.org> <manutortosa@gmail.com>
Marc - A. Dahlhaus <mad@wol.de>
Matthias Gorissen <matthias@archlinux.de> <siquame@web.de>
Laszlo Papp <djszapi@archlinux.us> <djszapi2@gmail.com>
Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu> <ngaba@petra.hos.u-szeged.hu>
Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu> <ngaba at bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Nezmer <git@nezmer.info> <Nezmer@allurelinux.org>
Roman Kyrylych <roman@archlinux.org> <roman.kyrylych@gmail.com>
Sebastian Nowicki <sebnow@gmail.com> <xilonmu@gmail.com>
Vojtěch Gondžala <vojtech.gondzala@gmail.com> <vogo@seznam.cz>
Vojtěch Gondžala <vojtech.gondzala@gmail.com> Vojtech Gondzala <vojtech.gondzala@gmail.com>
Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com> <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com> <xav@chantry.homelinux.org>

13
.tx/config Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
[main]
host = https://www.transifex.net
[archlinux-pacman.libalpm-pot]
file_filter = lib/libalpm/po/<lang>.po
source_file = lib/libalpm/po/libalpm.pot
source_lang = en
[archlinux-pacman.pacman-pot]
file_filter = po/<lang>.po
source_file = po/pacman.pot
source_lang = en

View File

@@ -11,6 +11,6 @@ James Rosten <seinfeld90@gmail.com>
Roman Kyrylych <Roman.Kyrylych@gmail.com>
Andrew Fyfe <andrew@neptune-one.net>
Chantry Xavier <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Nagy Gabor <ngaba@petra.hos.u-szeged.hu>
Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Nathan Jones <nathanj@insightbb.com>
Allan McRae <mcrae_allan@hotmail.com>

49
HACKING
View File

@@ -12,10 +12,10 @@ Coding style
1. All code should be indented with tabs. (Ignore the use of only spaces in
this file) By default, source files contain the following VIM modeline:
+
[C]
code~~~~~~~~~~
[source,C]
-------------------------------------------
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
code~~~~~~~~~~
-------------------------------------------
2. When opening new blocks such as 'while', 'if', or 'for', leave the opening
brace on the same line as the beginning of the codeblock. The closing brace
@@ -24,8 +24,8 @@ code~~~~~~~~~~
braces, even if it's just a one-line block. This reduces future error when
blocks are expanded beyond one line.
+
[C]
code~~~~~~~~~~
[source,C]
-------------------------------------------
for(lp = list; lp; lp = lp->next) {
newlist = _alpm_list_add(newlist, strdup(lp->data));
}
@@ -40,14 +40,14 @@ while(it) {
free(it);
it = ptr;
}
code~~~~~~~~~~
-------------------------------------------
3. When declaring a new function, put the opening and closing braces on their
own line. Also, when declaring a pointer, do not put a space between the
asterisk and the variable name.
+
[C]
code~~~~~~~~~~
[source,C]
-------------------------------------------
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_add(alpm_list_t *list, void *data)
{
alpm_list_t *ptr, *lp;
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ alpm_list_t *alpm_list_add(alpm_list_t *list, void *data)
}
...
}
code~~~~~~~~~~
-------------------------------------------
4. Comments should be ANSI-C89 compliant. That means no `// Comment` style;
use only `/* Comment */` style.
@@ -101,37 +101,50 @@ Currently our #include usage is in messy shape, but this is no reason to
continue down this messy path. When adding an include to a file, follow this
general pattern, including blank lines:
[C]
code~~~~~~~~~~
[source,C]
-------------------------------------------
#include "config.h"
#include <standardheader.h>
#include <another.h>
#include <...>
code~~~~~~~~~~
-------------------------------------------
Follow this with some more headers, depending on whether the file is in libalpm
or pacman proper. For libalpm:
[C]
code~~~~~~~~~~
[source,C]
-------------------------------------------
/* libalpm */
#include "yourfile.h"
#include "alpm_list.h"
#include "anythingelse.h"
code~~~~~~~~~~
-------------------------------------------
For pacman:
[C]
code~~~~~~~~~~
[source,C]
-------------------------------------------
#include <alpm.h>
#include <alpm_list.h>
/* pacman */
#include "yourfile.h"
#include "anythingelse.h"
code~~~~~~~~~~
-------------------------------------------
GDB and Valgrind Usage
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
When using GDB or valgrind on pacman, you will want to run it on the actual
binary rather than the shell script wrapper produced by libtool. The actual
binary lives at `src/pacman/.libs/lt-pacman`, and will exist after running
`./src/pacman/pacman` at least once.
For example, to run valgrind:
./src/pacman/pacman
valgrind --leak-check=full -- src/pacman/.libs/lt-pacman -Syu
/////
vim: set ts=2 sw=2 syntax=asciidoc et:

13
INSTALL
View File

@@ -10,10 +10,19 @@ unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
Basic Installation
==================
You will need to build and install two libraries before you can
properly build pacman.
libarchive
http://code.google.com/p/libarchive/
libfetch
ftp://ftp.netbsd.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/net/libfetch/README.html
Briefly, the shell commands `./configure; make; make install' should
configure, build, and install this package. The following
more-detailed instructions are generic; see the `README' file for
instructions specific to this package.
instructions are generic. Run `./configure --help` for specific
options.
The `configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for
various system-dependent variables used during compilation. It uses

View File

@@ -1,22 +1,29 @@
SUBDIRS = lib/libalpm src/util src/pacman scripts etc po pactest contrib
SUBDIRS = lib/libalpm src/util src/pacman scripts etc po test/pacman test/util contrib
if WANT_DOC
SUBDIRS += doc
endif
ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4 --install
# Make sure we test and build manpages when doing distcheck
DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS = --enable-doc --disable-git-version
# Some files automatically included, so they aren't specified below:
# AUTHORS, COPYING, NEWS, README
EXTRA_DIST = HACKING
# Sample makepkg prototype files
pkgdatadir = ${datadir}/${PACKAGE}
dist_pkgdata_DATA = PKGBUILD.proto proto.install ChangeLog.proto
dist_pkgdata_DATA = PKGBUILD.proto PKGBUILD-split.proto proto.install ChangeLog.proto
# run the pactest test suite
check-local: src/pacman
$(PYTHON) $(top_srcdir)/pactest/pactest.py --debug=1 \
--test $(top_srcdir)/pactest/tests/*.py \
# run the pactest test suite and vercmp tests
check-local: test/pacman test/util src/pacman src/util
$(PYTHON) $(top_srcdir)/test/pacman/pactest.py --debug=1 \
--test $(top_srcdir)/test/pacman/tests/*.py \
-p $(top_builddir)/src/pacman/pacman
rm -rf $(top_builddir)/root
$(SH) $(top_srcdir)/test/util/vercmptest.sh \
$(top_builddir)/src/util/vercmp
# create the pacman DB and cache directories upon install
install-data-local:

279
NEWS
View File

@@ -1,5 +1,284 @@
VERSION DESCRIPTION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.5.0 - sync DBs read directly from the database tarball
(FS#8586, FS#20233)
- local DB "depends" file has been merged into the "desc" file
- pacman-db-upgrade script provided to update the local
database format
- sync database extension is .db (without compression suffix)
- requires repo-add from pacman-3.4+
- package versions can have an 'epoch' value defined that will
overrule any version comparison
- this replaces the use of the "force" option in allowing for
package updates with versions that do not conform to the
default version comparison operations
- package versions have the format [epoch:]pkgver-pkgrel
- check available disk space before installing packages (FS#11639)
- enabled by the "CheckSpace" option in pacman.conf
- attempt to stop install if we hit an extraction issue
(FS#7692, FS#22034)
- improved interactive selection for groups/provides
(FS#19704, FS#19853)
- finer grained control of ignoring dependency resolution
- -Sd to ignore dependency versions only
- -Sdd to ignore all dependency information
- clean-up of --help output (FS#19526)
- CleanMethod for package cache cleaning can use both
KeepInstalled and KeepCurrent simultaneously
- various speed-ups:
- improved internal storage of the package cache
- faster pkgname/depends searches
- use OpenSSL crypto functions if available
- makepkg:
- add support for running testsuites in a check() function
(FS#15145)
- controlled by BUILDENV option 'check' in makepkg.conf
which may be overridden by --check/--nocheck on the
command-line
- extract any file bsdtar recognizes
- STRIP_DIRS has been removed in favor of stripping all
recognized files
- improve $srcdir/$pkgdir check to reduce false positives
- $pkgname can be used in split package() functions (FS#22174)
- added '!buildflags' option to allow unsetting of CFLAGS,
CXXFLAGS and LDFLAGS
- repo-add: added -f/--files to create files database (FS#11302)
- pactree: rewritten in C using libalpm
3.4.3 - fix attempted double remove of all files issue during upgrades
- respect IgnorePkg/IgnoreGroup for group members (FS#19854)
- back out epoch changes; 3.5.X will handle them differently
3.4.2 - fix progress bar display with empty packages
- make pactest testsuite Python 2.7 compatible
- write epoch values in preparation for 3.5.X releases
- fix null pointer dereference in architecture check (FS#21668)
- documentation: remove unnecessary "|| return 1"
- contrib/bacman: update package compression selection
- contrib/PKGBUILD.vim: add a few more license options
- translations: es, kk, sv, pt, ru updated
3.4.1 - fix interaction of --needed and multiple repo groups (FS#20221)
- bash completion: small fixes to prevent alias problems
- rankmirrors: fix bogus/empty variable assignment (FS#19911)
- repo-add: ensure bare DB symlinks are relative (FS#20498)
- repo-add: fallback to copy if symlink not permitted (FS#19907)
- makepkg:
- use absolute path to 'du' to exclude wrapper progs (FS#19932)
- ensure $startdir check doesn't stall indefinitely (FS#19975)
- fix repackaging with multiple passed packages (FS#20272)
- translations:
- zh_CN: fix crash when using during install (FS#20188)
- sk: new Slovak translation
- pt: new European Portuguese translation
- other small updates to various translations
3.4.0 - new "Architecture" option that will restrict pacman to
installing only packages from the given architecture. Can be
set to "auto" in which case the output of "uname -m" is used
- use "$arch" when specifying a mirror url to automatically
select the correct architecture
- Installing packages with -U can handle installing
dependencies, conflict resolution and replacing packages
(FS#3492, FS#5798)
- can upgrade the system and install a new package using
"pacman -Syu <pkg>" (FS#15581)
- new -D/--database operation for modifying package install
reasons (FS#12950)
- new --print and --print-format options to output information
in suitable format for wrapper scripts (FS#14208)
- only extract new entries when updating a repo database
- show "Required by" in -Sii output (FS#16244)
- -U and -R options always ask for confirmation
- allow -Qo to perform a functional 'which' (FS#8798)
- cache cleaning cleans all directories, not just first
- cleanupdelta: new utility to help remove unused deltas from
a repo database
- bash completion: rewrite for size and performance (FS#16630)
- repo-add: handle removing the final package from a repo
- rankmirrors: rewrite using bash
- vercmp: does not link to libalpm to prevent upgrade issues
- makepkg:
- automatically aborts on any errors during packaging
- changelogs are now included via the "changelog" variable
- override pkgver, pkgrel and arch in split packages (FS#15955)
- repackaging without a package() function is deprecated
- stricter syntax checking for backup and optdepends entries
- file stripping options are configurable
- New --pkg flag to allow building specific package(s) from
split PKGBUILDs (FS#15956)
- build() function is now optional (FS#15147)
- warn about reference to build root in a package (FS#14751)
- configure source package destination with SRCPKGDEST
- major internal refactoring of handling tests ("[" to "[[")
- contrib/pactree: print reverse dependency tree
3.3.3 - correctly check the return code from opendir()
- fix possible infinite loop in alpm_list_remove()
- makepkg:
- quote arrays to preserve spaces in arrays (FS#16871)
- allow passing arguments with spaces
- adjust preselected option for clearing cache
- translations:
- zh_CN: fix positional parameter usage in makepkg (FS#16983)
- el: fix Y/N response translation (FS#16568)
3.3.2 - fix infinite filesize download issue (FS#16359)
- fix bogus download size on TotalDownload
- documentation updates
- small translation updates
- repo-add: use size of target files and not symlinks
- repo-remove: create empty DB when all packages are removed
3.3.1 - use full path to ldconfig when calling in chroot
- optimize the check for modified databases during sync
- ensure installed libfetch is new enough
- have -Q ops return 1 when no package matches (FS#15938)
- skip SyncFirst dialog if unnecessary (FS#15810)
- misc documentation updates (FS#15870, FS#15984)
- testdb: be less verbose during checks
- existing translation updates
- two new translations: Norwegian, Swedish
- makepkg:
- add --skipinteg option (FS#15830)
- fix .PKGINFO creation with -R option (FS#15851)
- always keep symlinks to sources when unpacking
3.3.0 - xdelta: many fixes and improvements
- new pkgdelta script to create deltas
- repo-add can add both deltas and packages to a database
- xz archive format supported for packages and databases
- in case of unresolvable packages, pacman now asks
if they should be skipped instead of aborting
- -Suu synchronizes all packages with the version from the
repository (including upgrade and downgrade)
- replace libdownload dependency by the original libfetch
- better support of -q/--quiet flag with -Qo and -Ql
- -Sp works without root (FS#8905)
- fix a bug where the replacement of a package failed because
of a file conflict, and the package was lost (FS#9088)
- improved behavior of HoldPkg option (FS#9173)
- allow to ignore a package from a group (FS#12059)
- search package groups when searching a db (FS#13099)
- asciidoc fixes
- documentation updates
- repo-add: cleanups, improvements and speedup
- makepkg:
- package splitting support! - see PKGBUILD-split.proto
- limit fakeroot usage with addition of package() function
- info is handled like man pages and not other documentation
- configuration option for man/info page directories
- added ability to automatically remove files from package
- configuration option for default LDFLAGS
- specify alternative configuration file with --config flag
- check all integrity checksums provided in PKGBUILD
- fix pkgver/pkgrel updating in SCM packages
- BUILDSCRIPT option removed from makepkg.conf. Now specified
during configure
- enforce no ">" or "<" in provides array
- package compression autodetection
- check PKGBUILD for CRLF line endings
- fix reading PKGBUILD from pipe
- increase compatibility with BSDs & Mac OSX
- contrib
- pacdiff - improvements and new -l flag for using locate
- pacscripts - print install scripts for a package
3.2.2 - log pacsave warnings to pacman.log (FS#12531)
- separate local DB creation and writing (FS#12263)
- pacman-optimize: rewrite and refresh (FS#11767)
- repo-add: use openssl instead of md5sum
- simplify doc building process for ease of development
- ensure correct handling of syscall interruptions
- readd missing newline on -Qi/-Si output (FS#11331)
- fix TotalDownload regression (FS#11339)
- makepkg:
- replace getopt with an internal function
- detect incorrect usage of provides (FS#12540)
- fix bash substitution to work in older versions
- fix updating PKGBUILD and simplify logic for SCM packages
- save/restore shell options before/after build() (FS#12344)
- documentation updates and asciidoc build fix
- existing translation updates
3.2.1 - drop special handling of file:// URLs
- display optdepends on install and upgrade
- fix segfault on x86_64 when using UseSyslog (FS#11096)
- fix detection of TotalDownload (FS#11180)
- fix "No such file" error during --force installs (FS#11218)
- better handling of progressbar when behind a proxy (FS#8725)
- repo-add: fix whitespace handling (FS#9171, FS#10630)
- repo-add: add optdepends to the sync DB (FS#10630)
- makepkg:
- allow specifying a download filename (related to FS#11292)
- fix download functions with weird URLs (FS#11076)
- fix creation of source package with local files (FS#11149)
- fix error when sourcing profile scripts (FS#11179)
- perform case-insensitive checksum comparison (FS#11283)
- documentation and help updates (including fix for FS#11203)
- new Ukrainian translation
- existing translation updates
3.2.0 - removed -A/--add option from pacman frontend
- added --asexplicit option
- new remove option --unneeded
- add -Rss option to remove all dependencies
- removed useless -e/--dependsonly option
- config options are now case sensitive
- added CleanMethod option for variety in cache cleaning
- new Turkish translation, all others updated and revised
- handle multiple groups in -Ss and -Qs operations
- allow -q/--quiet option with -o/--own and -g/--groups options
- removed hack for packages with unknown installed size
- add SyncFirst option to pacman.conf
- support installation of versioned deps : pacman -S "dep>=2.0"
- add --enable-git-version configure flag to identify
developmental build version
- do not duplicate packages in required by list
- pacman.static is no longer built
- all error messages use pm_fprintf
- disable geteuid in cygwin
- use off_t type for large file support
- add vercmp test script
- moved gensync and updatesync to contrib/
- rewrote pacsearch script in perl
- paclist script to list installed packages from a repo
- bacman script to make backup of package from filesystem
- combined repo-add and repo-remove into one script
- removed --force option from repo-add
- add --quiet option to repo-add/repo-remove
- update libtool version to 1.5.26
- allow disabling of internal download with new configure
flag --disable-internal-download
- pactest can now check file permissions
- add the possibility to mark the pactests known to fail,
which allows more informative results of make check
- libalpm-specific changes:
- use dynamic string allocation in package structure
- new functions for manipulating pmdepend_t objects
- store replaces and force in local database
- moved deptest functionality to backend
- add alpm_checkdbconflicts function
- fix PM_ERR_CONFLICTING_DEPS handling
- cleanup of pmsyncpkg_t
- add alpm_sync_newversion function
- cleanup of alpm_list code
- refactor of download code
- download callback API changes
- removed test_delta_md5sum and test_pkg_md5sum functions
- add _alpm_archive_fgets function to read line-by-line from
an archive
- read .PKGINFO directly from package file with no temp file
- native support for both libdownload and libfetch
- rework delta algorithm (we still need script updates)
- swap parameters of alpm_pkg_find for consistency with
other find functions
- swap parameters of PM_TRANS_CONV_INSTALL_IGNOREPKG to make
more sense
- fix -Rs when removing multiple items in dependency chain
- makepkg-specific changes:
- support for resuming source downloads
- added zipman option
- removed -b/--builddeps
- various portability fixes for BSD and Mac OS X
- check for valid options in PKGBUILD
- add --allsource option
- remove deprecated --usesudo option
- handle spaces in build directory
- made keeping docs the default option
- use pacman version dep resolving
- fix regression in library stripping
- make strip paths configurable
- MANY other bug fixes and small improvements
3.1.4 - various small code cleanups and fixes
- small documentation updates
- improvements to PKGBUILD.vim

70
PKGBUILD-split.proto Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
# This is an example of a PKGBUILD for splitting packages. Use this as a
# start to creating your own, and remove these comments. For more information,
# see 'man PKGBUILD'. NOTE: Please fill out the license field for your package!
# If it is unknown, then please put 'unknown'.
# Maintainer: Your Name <youremail@domain.com>
pkgname=('pkg1' 'pkg2')
pkgbase=BASE
pkgver=VERSION
pkgrel=1
epoch=
pkgdesc=""
arch=()
url=""
license=('GPL')
groups=()
depends=()
makedepends=()
checkdepends=()
provides=()
conflicts=()
replaces=()
backup=()
options=()
install=
changelog=
source=($pkgbase-$pkgver.tar.gz)
noextract=()
md5sums=() #generate with 'makepkg -g'
build() {
cd "$srcdir/$pkgbase-$pkgver"
./configure --prefix=/usr
make
}
check() {
cd "$srcdir/$pkgname-$pkgver"
make -k check
}
package_pkg1() {
# options and directives that can be overridden
pkgver=
pkgrel=
pkgdesc=""
arch=()
license=()
groups=()
depends=()
optdepends=()
provides=()
conflicts=()
replaces=()
backup=()
options=()
install=
changelog=
cd "$srcdir/$pkgbase-$pkgver"
make DESTDIR="$pkgdir/" install-pkg1
}
package_pkg2() {
# options and directives overrides
pkgdesc=""
cd "$srcdir/$pkgbase-$pkgver"
make DESTDIR="$pkgdir/" install-pkg2
}

View File

@@ -3,10 +3,11 @@
# NOTE: Please fill out the license field for your package! If it is unknown,
# then please put 'unknown'.
# Contributor: Your Name <youremail@domain.com>
# Maintainer: Your Name <youremail@domain.com>
pkgname=NAME
pkgver=VERSION
pkgrel=1
epoch=
pkgdesc=""
arch=()
url=""
@@ -14,22 +15,33 @@ license=('GPL')
groups=()
depends=()
makedepends=()
checkdepends=()
optdepends=()
provides=()
conflicts=()
replaces=()
backup=()
options=()
install=
changelog=
source=($pkgname-$pkgver.tar.gz)
noextract=()
md5sums=() #generate with 'makepkg -g'
build() {
cd "$srcdir/$pkgname-$pkgver"
./configure --prefix=/usr
make || return 1
make DESTDIR="$pkgdir" install
make
}
check() {
cd "$srcdir/$pkgname-$pkgver"
make -k check
}
package() {
cd "$srcdir/$pkgname-$pkgver"
make DESTDIR="$pkgdir/" install
}
# vim:set ts=2 sw=2 et:

288
README
View File

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ ALPM library overview & internals
=================================
Here is a list of the main objects and files from the ALPM (i.e. Arch Linux
Package Management) library. This document, whilst not exhaustive, also
Package Management) library. This document, while not exhaustive, also
indicates some limitations (on purpose, or sometimes due to its poor design) of
the library at the present time.
@@ -13,9 +13,8 @@ the frontend. Lots of structures are of an opaque type and their fields are
only accessible in read-only mode, through some clearly defined functions.
In addition to "alpm.h", the interfaces of "alpm_list.h" have also been made
available to the frontend. It is not a requirement for the frontend to use
these list functions; however, it prevents frontends from having to reimplement
a list data structure.
available to the frontend, for allowing it to manipulate the lists returned by
the backend.
Several structures and functions have been renamed compared to pacman 2.9 code.
This was done at first for the sake of naming scheme consistency, and then
@@ -25,7 +24,7 @@ same name declared in both spaces. To avoid such conflicts, internal function
names have been prepended with "_alpm_".
In a general manner, public library functions are named "alpm_<type>_<action>"
(examples: alpm_trans_commit(), alpm_release(), alpm_pkg_getinfo(), ...).
(examples: alpm_trans_commit(), alpm_release(), alpm_pkg_get_name(), ...).
Internal (and thus private) functions should be named "_alpm_XXX" for instance
(examples: _alpm_needbackup(), _alpm_runscriplet(), ...). Functions defined and
used inside a single file should be defined as "static".
@@ -33,59 +32,60 @@ used inside a single file should be defined as "static".
[Initialization]
alpm_init() is used to initialize library internals and to create
alpm_initialize() is used to initialize library internals and to create
a transparent handle object. Before its call, the library can't be used.
alpm_lib_release() just does the opposite (memory used by the library, and the
handle is freed). After its call, the library is no longer available.
alpm_release() just does the opposite (memory used by the library, and the
handle is freed). After its call, the library is no longer available.
[Options]
In the future, the library will not use any configuration file. It will be up
to the front end to The handle holds a
number of configuration options instead (IGNOREPKG, SYSLOG usage,
log file name, registered databases, ...).
The library does not use any configuration file. It is up to the front end to
configure the library as needed; the handle holds a number of configuration
options instead.
All of the following options have a alpm_option_get_* and alpm_option_set_*
function for getting and setting the value. The cannot be set before the
function for getting and setting the value. They cannot be set before the
library is initialized.
* logcb: The callback function for "log" operations.
* dlcb: The callback function for download progress.
* logmask: The logging mask for which level of output is sent to the logcb.
* root: The root directory on which pacman operates (Default: /)
* dbpath: The base path to pacman's databases (Default: var/lib/pacman)
* cachedir: The base path to pacman's download cache (Default: var/cache/pacman)
* logfile: The base path to pacman's log file (Default: var/log/pacman.log)
* dlcb: The callback function for download progress of each package.
* fetchcb: Callback for custom download function.
* totaldlcb: The callback function for overall download progress.
* root: The root directory for pacman to install to (Default: /)
* dbpath: The toplevel database directory (Default: /var/lib/pacman)
* logfile: The base path to pacman's log file (Default: /var/log/pacman.log)
* usesyslog: Log to syslog instead of `logfile` for file-base logging.
* xfercommand: The command to use for downloading instead of pacman's internal
downloading functionality.
* nopassiveftp: Do not use passive FTP commands for ftp connections.
* chomp: No way, easter eggs are secret!
* usecolor: Unimplemented, but for the future. You can assume what it means.
The following options also have a `alpm_option_add_*` function, as the values
are list structures (NOTE: The add functions are NOT plural, as they're in
english: alpm_option_get_noupgrades -> alpm_option_add_noupgrade).
The following options also have `alpm_option_{add,remove}_*` functions, as the
values are list structures.
NOTE: The add and remove functions are NOT plural, as they are in English:
alpm_option_{get,set}_noupgrades -> alpm_option_{add,remove}_noupgrade.
* cachedirs: Paths to pacman's download caches (Default: /var/cache/pacman/pkg)
* noupgrades: Files which will never be touched by pacman (extracted as .pacnew)
* noextracts: Files which will never be extracted at all (no .pacnew file)
* ignorepkgs: Packages to ignore when upgrading.
* holdpkgs: Packages which must be upgraded before continuing.
* ignoregrps: Groups to ignore when upgrading.
The following options are read-only, having ONLY alpm_option_get_* functions:
* lockfile: The file used for locking the database
(Default: <dbpath>/db.lck)
* localdb: A pmdb_t structure for the local (installed) database
* syncdbs: A list of pmdb_t structures to which pacman can sync from.
The following options are write-only, having ONLY alpm_option_set_* functions:
* usedelta: Download delta files instead of complete packages if possible.
[Transactions]
The transaction sturcture permits easy manipulations of several packages
The transaction structure permits easy manipulations of several packages
at a time (i.e. adding, upgrade and removal operations).
A transaction can be initiated with a type (ADD, UPGRADE or REMOVE),
A transaction can be initiated with a type (SYNC, UPGRADE or REMOVE),
and some flags (NODEPS, FORCE, CASCADE, ...).
Note: there can only be one type at a time: a transaction is either
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ These targets represent the list of packages to be handled.
Then, a transaction needs to be prepared (alpm_trans_prepare()). It
means that the various targets added, will be inspected and challenged
against the set of already installed packages (dependency checkings,
against the set of already installed packages (dependency checking, etc...)
Last, a callback is associated with each transaction. During the
transaction resolution, each time a new step is started or done (i.e
@@ -116,27 +116,27 @@ the resolution. Can be useful to implement a progress bar.
[Package Cache]
libalpm maintains two caches for each DB. One is a general package cache, the
other is a group cache (for package groups). These caches are loaded on demand,
and freed when the libary is.
It is important to note tha, as a general rule, package structures should NOT be
freed manually, as they SHOULD be part of the cache.
The cache of a database is always updated by the library after
an operation changing the database content (adding and/or removal of
packages). Beware frontends ;)
libalpm maintains two caches for each DB. One is a general package cache, the
other is a group cache (for package groups). These caches are loaded on demand,
and freed when the library is.
It is important to note that, as a general rule, package structures should NOT
be freed manually, as they SHOULD be part of the cache. The cache of a
database is always updated by the library after an operation changing the
database content (adding and/or removal of packages). Beware frontends ;)
[Package]
The package structure maintains all information for a package. In general,
packages should never be freed from front-ends, as they should always be part of
the package cache.
The package structure maintains all information for a package. In general,
packages should never be freed from front-ends, as they should always be part
of the package cache.
The 'origin' data member indicates whether the package is from a file
(i.e. -U operations) or from the package cache. In the case of a file, all data
members available are present in the structure. Packages indicated as being
from the cache have data members filled on demand. For this reason, the
alpm_pkg_get_* functions will load the data from the DB as needed.
The 'origin' data member indicates whether the package is from a file (i.e. -U
operations) or from the package cache. In the case of a file, all data members
available are present in the structure. Packages indicated as being from the
cache have data members filled on demand. For this reason, the alpm_pkg_get_*
functions will load the data from the DB as needed.
[Errors]
@@ -149,13 +149,15 @@ indicating success, -1 indicating a failure.
If -1 is returned, the variable pm_errno is set to a meaningful value
Wise frontends should always care for these returned values.
Note: the helper function alpm_strerror() can also be used to translate
the error code into a more friendly sentence.
Note: the helper function alpm_strerror() can also be used to translate one
specified error code into a more friendly sentence, and alpm_strerrorlast()
does the same for the last error encountered (represented by pm_errno).
[List - alpm_list_t]
The alpm_list_t structure is a doubly-linked list for use with the libalpm
routines. This type is provided publicly so that frontends are free to use it
routines. This type is provided publicly so that frontends are free to use it
if they have no native list type (C++, glib, python, etc all have list types).
See the proper man pages for alpm_list_t references.
@@ -179,41 +181,187 @@ perform a special action.
[MAIN] (see pacman.c)
Calls for alpm_lib_init(), and alpm_lib_release().
Calls for alpm_initialize(), and alpm_release().
Read the configuration file, and parse command line arguments.
Based on the action requested, it initiates the appropriate transactions
(see pacman_add(), pacman_remove(), pacman_sync() in files add.c,
(see pacman_upgrade(), pacman_remove(), pacman_sync() in files upgrade.c,
remove.c and sync.c).
[CONFIGURATION] (see conf.c)
[CONFIGURATION] (see conf.h)
The frontend is using a configuration file, usually "/etc/pacman.conf".
Part of these options are only useful for the frontend only (mainly,
the download stuffs, and some options like HOLDPKG).
The rest is used to configure the library.
The frontend is using a configuration file, usually "/etc/pacman.conf". Some
of these options are only useful for the frontend only (mainly the ones used to
control the output like showsize or totaldownload, or the behavior with
cleanmethod and syncfirst). The rest is used to configure the library.
[ADD/UPGRADE/REMOVE/SYNC]
Nothing new here, excepted some reorganization.
[UPGRADE/REMOVE/SYNC]
The file pacman.c has been divided into several smaller files, namely
add.c, remove.c, sync.c and query.c, to hold the big parts: pacman_add,
upgrade.c, remove.c, sync.c and query.c, to hold the big parts: pacman_upgrade,
pacman_remove, pacman_sync.
These 3 functions have been split to ease the code reading.
LIMITATIONS/BEHAVIOR CHANGES COMPARED TO PACMAN 2.9
===================================================
Excepted missing features still needing to be implemented, one can
notice the following limitations:
API CHANGES BETWEEN 3.1 AND 3.2
===============================
- If pacman is out of date, the frontend displays a warning and recommends
to give up the on-going transanction. The frontend does not allow to
upgrade pacman itself on-the-fly, and thus it should be restarted with
only "pacman" as a target.
[REMOVED]
- alpm_db_whatprovides()
- alpm_splitdep (no longer public)
- trans->targets was removed, so alpm_trans_get_targets() as well
- error codes:
PM_ERR_OPT_*, PM_ERR_PKG_INSTALLED, PM_ERR_DLT_CORRUPTED,
PM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE_ERROR
- event: PM_TRANS_EVT_EXTRACT_DONE
- PM_TRANS_TYPE_ADD pmtranstype_t (add transaction)
- PM_TRANS_FLAG_DEPENDSONLY pmtransflag_t
- ...
[CHANGED]
- alpm_grp_get_pkgs returns with pmpkg_t list, not package-name list
- Swap parameters on PM_TRANS_CONV_INSTALL_IGNOREPKG callback function
- download callback API changed: alpm_cb_download, alpm_cb_totaldl split
(+ new alpm_option_get_totaldlcb(), alpm_option_set_totaldlcb() functions)
- unsigned long->off_t changes where size is used
- pmsyncpkg_t struct changes:
- pmsynctype_t and alpm_sync_get_type() were removed
- alpm_sync_get_data() was removed
- alpm_sync_get_removes() was added
[ADDED]
- alpm_delta_get_from_md5sum(), alpm_delta_get_to_md5sum()
- alpm_miss_get_causingpkg() (new causingpkg field in pmdepmissing_t)
- alpm_checkdbconflicts()
- alpm_sync_newversion()
- alpm_deptest()
- error codes :
PM_ERR_DLT_INVALID, PM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE, PM_ERR_LIBDOWNLOAD and
PM_ERR_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD
- flags:
PM_TRANS_FLAG_ALLEXPLICIT, PM_TRANS_FLAG_UNNEEDED and
PM_TRANS_FLAG_RECURSEALL
API CHANGES BETWEEN 3.2 AND 3.3
===============================
[REMOVED]
- pmsyncpkg_t struct (pmpkg_t is used for all types of transaction targets):
- alpm_sync_get_pkg()
- alpm_sync_get_removes() (use alpm_pkg_get_removes() instead)
- HoldPkg handling (it is the front-end's task):
- alpm_option_get_holdpkgs()
- alpm_option_add_holdpkg()
- alpm_option_set_holdpkgs()
- alpm_option_remove_holdpkg()
- PM_TRANS_CONV_REMOVE_HOLDPKG conversation
- Print URIs feature (it is the front-end's task):
- flag: PM_TRANS_FLAG_PRINTURIS
- event: PM_TRANS_EVT_PRINTURI
- alpm_delta_get_from_md5sum() and alpm_delta_get_to_md5sum()
- alpm_sync_sysupgrade()
- error codes:
PM_ERR_TRANS_COMMITING, PM_ERR_TRANS_DOWNLOADING, PM_ERR_PKG_LOAD,
PM_ERR_PKG_CANT_FRESH, PM_ERR_GRP_NOT_FOUND, PM_ERR_USER_ABORT,
PM_ERR_INTERNAL_ERROR, PM_ERR_DB_SYNC, PM_ERR_PKG_HOLD and
PM_ERR_LIBDOWNLOAD
[CHANGED]
- XferCommand support was removed, any fetch callback function can be defined:
- alpm_option_get_xfercommand() and alpm_option_set_xfercommand() were removed
- alpm_option_get_fetchcb() and alpm_option_set_fetchcb() were added
- function renames:
- alpm_db_getpkgcache() -> alpm_db_get_pkgcache()
- alpm_db_getgrpcache() -> alpm_db_get_grpcache()
- alpm_dep_get_string() -> alpm_dep_compute_string()
- alpm_get_md5sum() -> alpm_compute_md5sum()
- alpm_checkdbconflicts() -> alpm_checkconflicts()
- alpm_trans_sysupgrade() has a new enable_downgrade parameter
- alpm_checkdeps() and alpm_checkconflicts() require local package list instead
of local database
- the to-be-upgraded package is passed to the callback function with
PM_TRANS_EVT_UPGRADE_START (as the second parameter)
- the "requiredby" package is never passed to the callback function with
PM_TRANS_CONV_INSTALL_IGNOREPKG (the second parameter is always NULL)
[ADDED]
- alpm_pkg_get_db()
- alpm_pkg_get_removes()
- conversation: PM_TRANS_CONV_REMOVE_PKGS (remove unresolvable targets)
- flag: PM_TRANS_FLAG_NOLOCK (do not lock database)
- error codes:
PM_ERR_SERVER_NONE, PM_ERR_TRANS_NOT_LOCKED, PM_ERR_PKG_IGNORED and
PM_ERR_LIBFETCH
API CHANGES BETWEEN 3.3 AND 3.4
===============================
[REMOVED]
- pmtranstype_t struct (transaction type), alpm_trans_get_type()
- alpm_option_get_nopassiveftp(), alpm_option_set_nopassiveftp()
[CHANGED]
- interface for target loading:
- alpm_trans_addtarget() and alpm_trans_sysupgrade() were removed
- alpm_sync_target() and alpm_sync_dbtarget() can be used to add a sync target
- alpm_sync_sysupgrade() can be used to add outdated packages (for sysupgrade)
- alpm_add_target() can be used to add an add/upgrade target
- alpm_remove_target() can be used to add a remove target
- interface for target listing:
- alpm_trans_get_pkgs() was removed
- alpm_pkg_get_removes() was removed
- alpm_trans_get_add() can be used to list add/upgrade/sync targets
- alpm_trans_get_remove() can be used to list to-be-removed packages
- the type parameter of alpm_trans_init() was removed
- the type of alpm_db_fetch callback function: mtimeold and mtimenew parameters
were replaced by force parameter
- unsigned short -> int changes for Boolean variables
[ADDED]
- alpm_db_set_pkgreason()
- alpm_option_get_arch(), alpm_option_set_arch()
- alpm_option_get_usedelta()
- alpm_pkg_unused_deltas()
- alpm_conflict_get_reason()
- error code: PM_ERR_PKG_INVALID_ARCH
API CHANGES BETWEEN 3.4 AND 3.5
===============================
[REMOVED]
- alpm_db_register_local()
- alpm_pkg_has_force()
- alpm_depcmp()
[CHANGED]
- alpm_trans_cb_progress type had some types changed from int to size_t
- alpm_cb_log format string is now const char *
- the interface to add/remove targets:
- functions take pmpkg_t * rather than char *.
- alpm_sync_target() and alpm_sync_dbtarget() are replaced by alpm_add_pkg()
- alpm_add_target() is replaced by alpm_add_pkg()
- alpm_remove_target() is replaced by alpm_remove_pkg()
- packages can come from:
- alpm_db_get_pkg() for normal targets
- alpm_find_dbs_satisfier() for versioned provisions
- alpm_find_grp_pkgs() for groups
- alpm_deptest() is replaced by the more flexibile alpm_find_satisfier()
- size_t used for alpm_list_t sizes
- return type for alpm_list_count()
- parameter type in alpm_list_msort() and alpm_list_nth()
[ADDED]
- alpm_option_get_checkspace(), alpm_option_set_checkspace()
- alpm_find_grp_pkgs()
- alpm_trans_get_flags()
- error codes:
PM_ERR_DISK_SPACE, PM_ERR_WRITE
- flags
PM_TRANS_FLAG_NODEPVERSION, PM_TRANS_EVT_DISKSPACE_START,
PM_TRANS_EVT_DISKSPACE_DONE, PM_TRANS_CONV_SELECT_PROVIDER,
PM_TRANS_PROGRESS_DISKSPACE_START, PM_TRANS_PROGRESS_INTEGRITY_START

View File

@@ -10,33 +10,52 @@ If your language is not listed here and you wish it was, let the pacman mailing
list know you are interested in making a translation. We will be happy to add
your language to the mix.
Catalan (ca):
Manuel Tortosa <manutortosa@chakra-project.org>
Czech (cs):
Vojtěch Gondžala <vojtech.gondzala@gmail.com>
German (de):
Matthias Gorissen <matthias@archlinux.de>
Benjamin Andresen <benny@in-ulm.de>
Greek (el):
Christos Nouskas <nouskas@gmail.com>
British English (en_GB):
Jeff Bailes <thepizzaking@gmail.com>
Spanish (es):
Juan Pablo González Tognarelli <lord_jotape@yahoo.com.ar>
Fernando Lagos <fernando@zerial.org>
Juan Pablo Gonzalez <jotapesan@gmail.com>
French (fr):
Chantry Xavier <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Hungarian (hu):
Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Avramucz Péter <muczyjoe@gmail.com>
Italian (it):
Giovanni 'voidnull' Scafora <linuxmania@gmail.com>
Giovanni Scafora <giovanni@archlinux.org>
Kazakh (kk):
Baurzhan Muftakhidinov <baurthefirst@gmail.com>
Norwegian (nb):
Hans-Kristian Arntzen <maister@archlinux.us>
Polish (pl):
Mateusz Herych <heniekk@gmail.com>
Jaroslaw Swierczynski <swiergot@gmail.com>
Mateusz Jędrasik <m.jedrasik@gmail.com>
Brazilian Portuguese (pt_BR):
<none>
Armando M. Baratti <ambaratti@archlinux-br.org>
Rodrigo Flores <flores@archlinux-br.org>
Marcelo Cavalcante <kalibslack@gmail.com>
Romanian (ro):
Volodia Macovei <blog@volodia.ro>
Russian (ru):
Sergey Tereschenko <serg.partizan@gmail.com>
Vitaly Dolgov <ferhiord@gmail.com>
Oleg Finkelshteyn <olegfink@gmail.com>
Vladimir Bayrakovskiy <4rayven@gmail.com>
Swedish (sv):
Christian Larsson <congacx@gmail.com>
Turkish (tr):
Samed Beyribey <ras0ir@eventualis.org>
Alper KANAT <alperkanat@gmail.com>
Ukrainian (uk):
Roman Kyrylych (Роман Кирилич) <roman.kyrylych@gmail.com>
Ivan Kovnatsky (Іван Ковнацький) <sevenfourk@gmail.com>
Simplified Chinese (zh_CN):
甘露(Lu.Gan) <rhythm.gan@gmail.com>

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -2,33 +2,36 @@
[ -f Makefile ] && make distclean
rm -rf autom4te.cache
rm -rf {Makefile.in,Makefile}
rm -rf {config.h.in,config.h}
rm -rf config.status
rm -rf configure
rm -rf stamp*
rm -rf aclocal.m4
rm -rf compile
rm -rf libtool
rm -f {Makefile.in,Makefile}
rm -f {config.h.in,config.h}
rm -f config.status
rm -f configure
rm -f stamp*
rm -f aclocal.m4
rm -f compile
rm -f libtool
rm -rf lib/libalpm/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
rm -rf src/util/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
rm -rf src/pacman/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
rm -rf scripts/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
rm -rf etc/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
rm -rf etc/pacman.d/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
rm -rf etc/abs/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
rm -rf pactest/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
rm -rf doc/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
rm -rf doc/html/*.html
rm -rf doc/man3/*.3
rm -f lib/libalpm/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
rm -f src/util/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
rm -f src/pacman/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
rm -f scripts/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
rm -f etc/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
rm -f etc/pacman.d/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
rm -f etc/abs/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
rm -f test/{pacman,util}{,/tests}/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
rm -f contrib/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
rm -f doc/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
rm -rf src/pacman/po/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
rm -rf src/pacman/po/POTFILES
rm -rf src/pacman/po/stamp-po
rm -rf src/pacman/po/*.gmo
rm -f test/pacman/*.pyc
rm -f doc/html/*.html
rm -f doc/man3/*.3
rm -rf lib/libalpm/po/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
rm -rf lib/libalpm/po/POTFILES
rm -rf lib/libalpm/po/stamp-po
rm -rf lib/libalpm/po/*.gmo
rm -f po/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
rm -f po/POTFILES
rm -f po/stamp-po
rm -f po/*.gmo
rm -f lib/libalpm/po/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
rm -f lib/libalpm/po/POTFILES
rm -f lib/libalpm/po/stamp-po
rm -f lib/libalpm/po/*.gmo

View File

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
#!/bin/sh -xu
aclocal
aclocal -I m4 --install
autoheader
automake --foreign
autoconf

279
config.guess vendored
View File

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
#! /bin/sh
# Attempt to guess a canonical system name.
# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation,
# Inc.
# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
timestamp='2007-05-17'
timestamp='2010-08-21'
# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -27,16 +27,16 @@ timestamp='2007-05-17'
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
# Originally written by Per Bothner <per@bothner.com>.
# Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>. Submit a context
# diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry.
# Originally written by Per Bothner. Please send patches (context
# diff format) to <config-patches@gnu.org> and include a ChangeLog
# entry.
#
# This script attempts to guess a canonical system name similar to
# config.sub. If it succeeds, it prints the system name on stdout, and
# exits with 0. Otherwise, it exits with 1.
#
# The plan is that this can be called by configure scripts if you
# don't specify an explicit build system type.
# You can get the latest version of this script from:
# http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.guess;hb=HEAD
me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`
@@ -56,8 +56,9 @@ version="\
GNU config.guess ($timestamp)
Originally written by Per Bothner.
Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free
Software Foundation, Inc.
This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
@@ -91,7 +92,7 @@ if test $# != 0; then
exit 1
fi
trap 'exit 1' 1 2 15
trap 'exit 1' HUP INT TERM
# CC_FOR_BUILD -- compiler used by this script. Note that the use of a
# compiler to aid in system detection is discouraged as it requires
@@ -105,7 +106,7 @@ trap 'exit 1' 1 2 15
set_cc_for_build='
trap "exitcode=\$?; (rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null) && exit \$exitcode" 0 ;
trap "rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null; exit 1" 1 2 13 15 ;
trap "rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null; exit 1" HUP INT PIPE TERM ;
: ${TMPDIR=/tmp} ;
{ tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "$TMPDIR/cgXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp" ; } ||
{ test -n "$RANDOM" && tmp=$TMPDIR/cg$$-$RANDOM && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) ; } ||
@@ -170,7 +171,7 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
arm*|i386|m68k|ns32k|sh3*|sparc|vax)
eval $set_cc_for_build
if echo __ELF__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
| grep __ELF__ >/dev/null
| grep -q __ELF__
then
# Once all utilities can be ECOFF (netbsdecoff) or a.out (netbsdaout).
# Return netbsd for either. FIX?
@@ -324,14 +325,33 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
case `/usr/bin/uname -p` in
sparc) echo sparc-icl-nx7; exit ;;
esac ;;
s390x:SunOS:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
exit ;;
sun4H:SunOS:5.*:*)
echo sparc-hal-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
exit ;;
sun4*:SunOS:5.*:* | tadpole*:SunOS:5.*:*)
echo sparc-sun-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
exit ;;
i86pc:SunOS:5.*:* | ix86xen:SunOS:5.*:*)
echo i386-pc-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
i86pc:AuroraUX:5.*:* | i86xen:AuroraUX:5.*:*)
echo i386-pc-auroraux${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
i86pc:SunOS:5.*:* | i86xen:SunOS:5.*:*)
eval $set_cc_for_build
SUN_ARCH="i386"
# If there is a compiler, see if it is configured for 64-bit objects.
# Note that the Sun cc does not turn __LP64__ into 1 like gcc does.
# This test works for both compilers.
if [ "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != 'no_compiler_found' ]; then
if (echo '#ifdef __amd64'; echo IS_64BIT_ARCH; echo '#endif') | \
(CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \
grep IS_64BIT_ARCH >/dev/null
then
SUN_ARCH="x86_64"
fi
fi
echo ${SUN_ARCH}-pc-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
exit ;;
sun4*:SunOS:6*:*)
# According to config.sub, this is the proper way to canonicalize
@@ -532,7 +552,7 @@ EOF
echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2
fi
exit ;;
*:AIX:*:[45])
*:AIX:*:[4567])
IBM_CPU_ID=`/usr/sbin/lsdev -C -c processor -S available | sed 1q | awk '{ print $1 }'`
if /usr/sbin/lsattr -El ${IBM_CPU_ID} | grep ' POWER' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
IBM_ARCH=rs6000
@@ -640,7 +660,7 @@ EOF
# => hppa64-hp-hpux11.23
if echo __LP64__ | (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) |
grep __LP64__ >/dev/null
grep -q __LP64__
then
HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w"
else
@@ -791,18 +811,24 @@ EOF
i*:PW*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-pw32
exit ;;
*:Interix*:[3456]*)
*:Interix*:*)
case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in
x86)
x86)
echo i586-pc-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
EM64T | authenticamd)
authenticamd | genuineintel | EM64T)
echo x86_64-unknown-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
IA64)
echo ia64-unknown-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
esac ;;
[345]86:Windows_95:* | [345]86:Windows_98:* | [345]86:Windows_NT:*)
echo i${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mks
exit ;;
8664:Windows_NT:*)
echo x86_64-pc-mks
exit ;;
i*:Windows_NT*:* | Pentium*:Windows_NT*:*)
# How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem?
# It also conflicts with pre-2.0 versions of AT&T UWIN. Should we
@@ -832,8 +858,29 @@ EOF
i*86:Minix:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-minix
exit ;;
alpha:Linux:*:*)
case `sed -n '/^cpu model/s/^.*: \(.*\)/\1/p' < /proc/cpuinfo` in
EV5) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;;
EV56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;;
PCA56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
PCA57) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
EV6) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;;
EV67) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;;
EV68*) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;;
esac
objdump --private-headers /bin/sh | grep -q ld.so.1
if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC="libc1" ; else LIBC="" ; fi
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu${LIBC}
exit ;;
arm*:Linux:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
eval $set_cc_for_build
if echo __ARM_EABI__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
| grep -q __ARM_EABI__
then
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
else
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnueabi
fi
exit ;;
avr32*:Linux:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
@@ -847,6 +894,17 @@ EOF
frv:Linux:*:*)
echo frv-unknown-linux-gnu
exit ;;
i*86:Linux:*:*)
LIBC=gnu
eval $set_cc_for_build
sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
#ifdef __dietlibc__
LIBC=dietlibc
#endif
EOF
eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep '^LIBC'`
echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-${LIBC}"
exit ;;
ia64:Linux:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
exit ;;
@@ -856,74 +914,33 @@ EOF
m68*:Linux:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
exit ;;
mips:Linux:*:*)
mips:Linux:*:* | mips64:Linux:*:*)
eval $set_cc_for_build
sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
#undef CPU
#undef mips
#undef mipsel
#undef ${UNAME_MACHINE}
#undef ${UNAME_MACHINE}el
#if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL)
CPU=mipsel
CPU=${UNAME_MACHINE}el
#else
#if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB)
CPU=mips
CPU=${UNAME_MACHINE}
#else
CPU=
#endif
#endif
EOF
eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | sed -n '
/^CPU/{
s: ::g
p
}'`"
test x"${CPU}" != x && { echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu"; exit; }
;;
mips64:Linux:*:*)
eval $set_cc_for_build
sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
#undef CPU
#undef mips64
#undef mips64el
#if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL)
CPU=mips64el
#else
#if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB)
CPU=mips64
#else
CPU=
#endif
#endif
EOF
eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | sed -n '
/^CPU/{
s: ::g
p
}'`"
eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep '^CPU'`
test x"${CPU}" != x && { echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu"; exit; }
;;
or32:Linux:*:*)
echo or32-unknown-linux-gnu
exit ;;
ppc:Linux:*:*)
echo powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu
padre:Linux:*:*)
echo sparc-unknown-linux-gnu
exit ;;
ppc64:Linux:*:*)
echo powerpc64-unknown-linux-gnu
exit ;;
alpha:Linux:*:*)
case `sed -n '/^cpu model/s/^.*: \(.*\)/\1/p' < /proc/cpuinfo` in
EV5) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;;
EV56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;;
PCA56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
PCA57) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
EV6) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;;
EV67) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;;
EV68*) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;;
esac
objdump --private-headers /bin/sh | grep ld.so.1 >/dev/null
if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC="libc1" ; else LIBC="" ; fi
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu${LIBC}
parisc64:Linux:*:* | hppa64:Linux:*:*)
echo hppa64-unknown-linux-gnu
exit ;;
parisc:Linux:*:* | hppa:Linux:*:*)
# Look for CPU level
@@ -933,8 +950,11 @@ EOF
*) echo hppa-unknown-linux-gnu ;;
esac
exit ;;
parisc64:Linux:*:* | hppa64:Linux:*:*)
echo hppa64-unknown-linux-gnu
ppc64:Linux:*:*)
echo powerpc64-unknown-linux-gnu
exit ;;
ppc:Linux:*:*)
echo powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu
exit ;;
s390:Linux:*:* | s390x:Linux:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-linux
@@ -948,78 +968,18 @@ EOF
sparc:Linux:*:* | sparc64:Linux:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
exit ;;
tile*:Linux:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-tilera-linux-gnu
exit ;;
vax:Linux:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-linux-gnu
exit ;;
x86_64:Linux:*:*)
echo x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu
exit ;;
xtensa:Linux:*:*)
echo xtensa-unknown-linux-gnu
xtensa*:Linux:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
exit ;;
i*86:Linux:*:*)
# The BFD linker knows what the default object file format is, so
# first see if it will tell us. cd to the root directory to prevent
# problems with other programs or directories called `ld' in the path.
# Set LC_ALL=C to ensure ld outputs messages in English.
ld_supported_targets=`cd /; LC_ALL=C ld --help 2>&1 \
| sed -ne '/supported targets:/!d
s/[ ][ ]*/ /g
s/.*supported targets: *//
s/ .*//
p'`
case "$ld_supported_targets" in
elf32-i386)
TENTATIVE="${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnu"
;;
a.out-i386-linux)
echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuaout"
exit ;;
coff-i386)
echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnucoff"
exit ;;
"")
# Either a pre-BFD a.out linker (linux-gnuoldld) or
# one that does not give us useful --help.
echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuoldld"
exit ;;
esac
# Determine whether the default compiler is a.out or elf
eval $set_cc_for_build
sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
#include <features.h>
#ifdef __ELF__
# ifdef __GLIBC__
# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
LIBC=gnu
# else
LIBC=gnulibc1
# endif
# else
LIBC=gnulibc1
# endif
#else
#if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) || defined(__PGI) || defined(__SUNPRO_C) || defined(__SUNPRO_CC)
LIBC=gnu
#else
LIBC=gnuaout
#endif
#endif
#ifdef __dietlibc__
LIBC=dietlibc
#endif
EOF
eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | sed -n '
/^LIBC/{
s: ::g
p
}'`"
test x"${LIBC}" != x && {
echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-${LIBC}"
exit
}
test x"${TENTATIVE}" != x && { echo "${TENTATIVE}"; exit; }
;;
i*86:DYNIX/ptx:4*:*)
# ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there.
# earlier versions are messed up and put the nodename in both
@@ -1048,7 +1008,7 @@ EOF
i*86:syllable:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-syllable
exit ;;
i*86:LynxOS:2.*:* | i*86:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | i*86:LynxOS:4.0*:*)
i*86:LynxOS:2.*:* | i*86:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | i*86:LynxOS:4.[02]*:*)
echo i386-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
i*86:*DOS:*:*)
@@ -1092,8 +1052,11 @@ EOF
pc:*:*:*)
# Left here for compatibility:
# uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about
# the processor, so we play safe by assuming i386.
echo i386-pc-msdosdjgpp
# the processor, so we play safe by assuming i586.
# Note: whatever this is, it MUST be the same as what config.sub
# prints for the "djgpp" host, or else GDB configury will decide that
# this is a cross-build.
echo i586-pc-msdosdjgpp
exit ;;
Intel:Mach:3*:*)
echo i386-pc-mach3
@@ -1131,6 +1094,16 @@ EOF
3[34]??:*:4.0:* | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:*)
/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
&& { echo i486-ncr-sysv4; exit; } ;;
NCR*:*:4.2:* | MPRAS*:*:4.2:*)
OS_REL='.3'
test -r /etc/.relid \
&& OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid`
/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
&& { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; }
/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \
&& { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; }
/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep pteron >/dev/null \
&& { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } ;;
m68*:LynxOS:2.*:* | m68*:LynxOS:3.0*:*)
echo m68k-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
@@ -1143,7 +1116,7 @@ EOF
rs6000:LynxOS:2.*:*)
echo rs6000-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
PowerPC:LynxOS:2.*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:4.0*:*)
PowerPC:LynxOS:2.*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:4.[02]*:*)
echo powerpc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
SM[BE]S:UNIX_SV:*:*)
@@ -1206,6 +1179,9 @@ EOF
BePC:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Intel PC compatible.
echo i586-pc-beos
exit ;;
BePC:Haiku:*:*) # Haiku running on Intel PC compatible.
echo i586-pc-haiku
exit ;;
SX-4:SUPER-UX:*:*)
echo sx4-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
@@ -1233,6 +1209,16 @@ EOF
*:Darwin:*:*)
UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` || UNAME_PROCESSOR=unknown
case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in
i386)
eval $set_cc_for_build
if [ "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != 'no_compiler_found' ]; then
if (echo '#ifdef __LP64__'; echo IS_64BIT_ARCH; echo '#endif') | \
(CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \
grep IS_64BIT_ARCH >/dev/null
then
UNAME_PROCESSOR="x86_64"
fi
fi ;;
unknown) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc ;;
esac
echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-apple-darwin${UNAME_RELEASE}
@@ -1314,6 +1300,9 @@ EOF
i*86:rdos:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-rdos
exit ;;
i*86:AROS:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-aros
exit ;;
esac
#echo '(No uname command or uname output not recognized.)' 1>&2
@@ -1474,9 +1463,9 @@ This script, last modified $timestamp, has failed to recognize
the operating system you are using. It is advised that you
download the most up to date version of the config scripts from
http://savannah.gnu.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs/*checkout*/config/config/config.guess
http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.guess;hb=HEAD
and
http://savannah.gnu.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs/*checkout*/config/config/config.sub
http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.sub;hb=HEAD
If the version you run ($0) is already up to date, please
send the following data and any information you think might be

197
config.sub vendored
View File

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
#! /bin/sh
# Configuration validation subroutine script.
# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation,
# Inc.
# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
timestamp='2007-04-29'
timestamp='2010-09-11'
# This file is (in principle) common to ALL GNU software.
# The presence of a machine in this file suggests that SOME GNU software
@@ -32,13 +32,16 @@ timestamp='2007-04-29'
# Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>. Submit a context
# diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry.
# diff and a properly formatted GNU ChangeLog entry.
#
# Configuration subroutine to validate and canonicalize a configuration type.
# Supply the specified configuration type as an argument.
# If it is invalid, we print an error message on stderr and exit with code 1.
# Otherwise, we print the canonical config type on stdout and succeed.
# You can get the latest version of this script from:
# http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.sub;hb=HEAD
# This file is supposed to be the same for all GNU packages
# and recognize all the CPU types, system types and aliases
# that are meaningful with *any* GNU software.
@@ -72,8 +75,9 @@ Report bugs and patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>."
version="\
GNU config.sub ($timestamp)
Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free
Software Foundation, Inc.
This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
@@ -120,8 +124,10 @@ esac
# Here we must recognize all the valid KERNEL-OS combinations.
maybe_os=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\2/'`
case $maybe_os in
nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-dietlibc | linux-newlib* | linux-uclibc* | \
uclinux-uclibc* | uclinux-gnu* | kfreebsd*-gnu* | knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | \
nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-android* | linux-dietlibc | linux-newlib* | \
linux-uclibc* | uclinux-uclibc* | uclinux-gnu* | kfreebsd*-gnu* | \
knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | \
kopensolaris*-gnu* | \
storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | rtmk-nova*)
os=-$maybe_os
basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'`
@@ -148,10 +154,13 @@ case $os in
-convergent* | -ncr* | -news | -32* | -3600* | -3100* | -hitachi* |\
-c[123]* | -convex* | -sun | -crds | -omron* | -dg | -ultra | -tti* | \
-harris | -dolphin | -highlevel | -gould | -cbm | -ns | -masscomp | \
-apple | -axis | -knuth | -cray)
-apple | -axis | -knuth | -cray | -microblaze)
os=
basic_machine=$1
;;
-bluegene*)
os=-cnk
;;
-sim | -cisco | -oki | -wec | -winbond)
os=
basic_machine=$1
@@ -249,13 +258,16 @@ case $basic_machine in
| h8300 | h8500 | hppa | hppa1.[01] | hppa2.0 | hppa2.0[nw] | hppa64 \
| i370 | i860 | i960 | ia64 \
| ip2k | iq2000 \
| lm32 \
| m32c | m32r | m32rle | m68000 | m68k | m88k \
| maxq | mb | microblaze | mcore | mep \
| maxq | mb | microblaze | mcore | mep | metag \
| mips | mipsbe | mipseb | mipsel | mipsle \
| mips16 \
| mips64 | mips64el \
| mips64vr | mips64vrel \
| mips64octeon | mips64octeonel \
| mips64orion | mips64orionel \
| mips64r5900 | mips64r5900el \
| mips64vr | mips64vrel \
| mips64vr4100 | mips64vr4100el \
| mips64vr4300 | mips64vr4300el \
| mips64vr5000 | mips64vr5000el \
@@ -268,28 +280,41 @@ case $basic_machine in
| mipsisa64sr71k | mipsisa64sr71kel \
| mipstx39 | mipstx39el \
| mn10200 | mn10300 \
| moxie \
| mt \
| msp430 \
| nds32 | nds32le | nds32be \
| nios | nios2 \
| ns16k | ns32k \
| or32 \
| pdp10 | pdp11 | pj | pjl \
| powerpc | powerpc64 | powerpc64le | powerpcle | ppcbe \
| pyramid \
| rx \
| score \
| sh | sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[23]e | sh[34]eb | sheb | shbe | shle | sh[1234]le | sh3ele \
| sh | sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[24]aeb | sh[23]e | sh[34]eb | sheb | shbe | shle | sh[1234]le | sh3ele \
| sh64 | sh64le \
| sparc | sparc64 | sparc64b | sparc64v | sparc86x | sparclet | sparclite \
| sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v \
| spu | strongarm \
| tahoe | thumb | tic4x | tic80 | tron \
| tahoe | thumb | tic4x | tic54x | tic55x | tic6x | tic80 | tron \
| ubicom32 \
| v850 | v850e \
| we32k \
| x86 | xc16x | xscale | xscalee[bl] | xstormy16 | xtensa \
| z8k)
| z8k | z80)
basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
;;
m6811 | m68hc11 | m6812 | m68hc12)
c54x)
basic_machine=tic54x-unknown
;;
c55x)
basic_machine=tic55x-unknown
;;
c6x)
basic_machine=tic6x-unknown
;;
m6811 | m68hc11 | m6812 | m68hc12 | picochip)
# Motorola 68HC11/12.
basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
os=-none
@@ -320,7 +345,7 @@ case $basic_machine in
| arm-* | armbe-* | armle-* | armeb-* | armv*-* \
| avr-* | avr32-* \
| bfin-* | bs2000-* \
| c[123]* | c30-* | [cjt]90-* | c4x-* | c54x-* | c55x-* | c6x-* \
| c[123]* | c30-* | [cjt]90-* | c4x-* \
| clipper-* | craynv-* | cydra-* \
| d10v-* | d30v-* | dlx-* \
| elxsi-* \
@@ -329,14 +354,17 @@ case $basic_machine in
| hppa-* | hppa1.[01]-* | hppa2.0-* | hppa2.0[nw]-* | hppa64-* \
| i*86-* | i860-* | i960-* | ia64-* \
| ip2k-* | iq2000-* \
| lm32-* \
| m32c-* | m32r-* | m32rle-* \
| m68000-* | m680[012346]0-* | m68360-* | m683?2-* | m68k-* \
| m88110-* | m88k-* | maxq-* | mcore-* \
| m88110-* | m88k-* | maxq-* | mcore-* | metag-* | microblaze-* \
| mips-* | mipsbe-* | mipseb-* | mipsel-* | mipsle-* \
| mips16-* \
| mips64-* | mips64el-* \
| mips64vr-* | mips64vrel-* \
| mips64octeon-* | mips64octeonel-* \
| mips64orion-* | mips64orionel-* \
| mips64r5900-* | mips64r5900el-* \
| mips64vr-* | mips64vrel-* \
| mips64vr4100-* | mips64vr4100el-* \
| mips64vr4300-* | mips64vr4300el-* \
| mips64vr5000-* | mips64vr5000el-* \
@@ -351,27 +379,34 @@ case $basic_machine in
| mmix-* \
| mt-* \
| msp430-* \
| nds32-* | nds32le-* | nds32be-* \
| nios-* | nios2-* \
| none-* | np1-* | ns16k-* | ns32k-* \
| orion-* \
| pdp10-* | pdp11-* | pj-* | pjl-* | pn-* | power-* \
| powerpc-* | powerpc64-* | powerpc64le-* | powerpcle-* | ppcbe-* \
| pyramid-* \
| romp-* | rs6000-* \
| sh-* | sh[1234]-* | sh[24]a-* | sh[23]e-* | sh[34]eb-* | sheb-* | shbe-* \
| romp-* | rs6000-* | rx-* \
| sh-* | sh[1234]-* | sh[24]a-* | sh[24]aeb-* | sh[23]e-* | sh[34]eb-* | sheb-* | shbe-* \
| shle-* | sh[1234]le-* | sh3ele-* | sh64-* | sh64le-* \
| sparc-* | sparc64-* | sparc64b-* | sparc64v-* | sparc86x-* | sparclet-* \
| sparclite-* \
| sparcv8-* | sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | sparcv9v-* | strongarm-* | sv1-* | sx?-* \
| tahoe-* | thumb-* \
| tic30-* | tic4x-* | tic54x-* | tic55x-* | tic6x-* | tic80-* \
| tile-* | tilegx-* \
| tron-* \
| ubicom32-* \
| v850-* | v850e-* | vax-* \
| we32k-* \
| x86-* | x86_64-* | xc16x-* | xps100-* | xscale-* | xscalee[bl]-* \
| xstormy16-* | xtensa-* \
| xstormy16-* | xtensa*-* \
| ymp-* \
| z8k-*)
| z8k-* | z80-*)
;;
# Recognize the basic CPU types without company name, with glob match.
xtensa*)
basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
;;
# Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand
# for a CPU type and a company and sometimes even an OS.
@@ -435,6 +470,10 @@ case $basic_machine in
basic_machine=m68k-apollo
os=-bsd
;;
aros)
basic_machine=i386-pc
os=-aros
;;
aux)
basic_machine=m68k-apple
os=-aux
@@ -443,10 +482,35 @@ case $basic_machine in
basic_machine=ns32k-sequent
os=-dynix
;;
blackfin)
basic_machine=bfin-unknown
os=-linux
;;
blackfin-*)
basic_machine=bfin-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
os=-linux
;;
bluegene*)
basic_machine=powerpc-ibm
os=-cnk
;;
c54x-*)
basic_machine=tic54x-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
;;
c55x-*)
basic_machine=tic55x-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
;;
c6x-*)
basic_machine=tic6x-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
;;
c90)
basic_machine=c90-cray
os=-unicos
;;
cegcc)
basic_machine=arm-unknown
os=-cegcc
;;
convex-c1)
basic_machine=c1-convex
os=-bsd
@@ -475,8 +539,8 @@ case $basic_machine in
basic_machine=craynv-cray
os=-unicosmp
;;
cr16c)
basic_machine=cr16c-unknown
cr16)
basic_machine=cr16-unknown
os=-elf
;;
crds | unos)
@@ -514,6 +578,10 @@ case $basic_machine in
basic_machine=m88k-motorola
os=-sysv3
;;
dicos)
basic_machine=i686-pc
os=-dicos
;;
djgpp)
basic_machine=i586-pc
os=-msdosdjgpp
@@ -668,6 +736,14 @@ case $basic_machine in
basic_machine=m68k-isi
os=-sysv
;;
m68knommu)
basic_machine=m68k-unknown
os=-linux
;;
m68knommu-*)
basic_machine=m68k-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
os=-linux
;;
m88k-omron*)
basic_machine=m88k-omron
;;
@@ -679,6 +755,9 @@ case $basic_machine in
basic_machine=ns32k-utek
os=-sysv
;;
microblaze)
basic_machine=microblaze-xilinx
;;
mingw32)
basic_machine=i386-pc
os=-mingw32
@@ -783,6 +862,12 @@ case $basic_machine in
np1)
basic_machine=np1-gould
;;
neo-tandem)
basic_machine=neo-tandem
;;
nse-tandem)
basic_machine=nse-tandem
;;
nsr-tandem)
basic_machine=nsr-tandem
;;
@@ -813,6 +898,14 @@ case $basic_machine in
basic_machine=i860-intel
os=-osf
;;
parisc)
basic_machine=hppa-unknown
os=-linux
;;
parisc-*)
basic_machine=hppa-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
os=-linux
;;
pbd)
basic_machine=sparc-tti
;;
@@ -1009,17 +1102,14 @@ case $basic_machine in
basic_machine=t90-cray
os=-unicos
;;
tic54x | c54x*)
basic_machine=tic54x-unknown
os=-coff
# This must be matched before tile*.
tilegx*)
basic_machine=tilegx-unknown
os=-linux-gnu
;;
tic55x | c55x*)
basic_machine=tic55x-unknown
os=-coff
;;
tic6x | c6x*)
basic_machine=tic6x-unknown
os=-coff
tile*)
basic_machine=tile-unknown
os=-linux-gnu
;;
tx39)
basic_machine=mipstx39-unknown
@@ -1096,6 +1186,10 @@ case $basic_machine in
basic_machine=z8k-unknown
os=-sim
;;
z80-*-coff)
basic_machine=z80-unknown
os=-sim
;;
none)
basic_machine=none-none
os=-none
@@ -1134,7 +1228,7 @@ case $basic_machine in
we32k)
basic_machine=we32k-att
;;
sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[34]eb | sh[1234]le | sh[23]ele)
sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[24]aeb | sh[34]eb | sh[1234]le | sh[23]ele)
basic_machine=sh-unknown
;;
sparc | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v)
@@ -1184,6 +1278,9 @@ case $os in
# First match some system type aliases
# that might get confused with valid system types.
# -solaris* is a basic system type, with this one exception.
-auroraux)
os=-auroraux
;;
-solaris1 | -solaris1.*)
os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|solaris1|sunos4|'`
;;
@@ -1204,10 +1301,11 @@ case $os in
# Each alternative MUST END IN A *, to match a version number.
# -sysv* is not here because it comes later, after sysvr4.
-gnu* | -bsd* | -mach* | -minix* | -genix* | -ultrix* | -irix* \
| -*vms* | -sco* | -esix* | -isc* | -aix* | -sunos | -sunos[34]*\
| -hpux* | -unos* | -osf* | -luna* | -dgux* | -solaris* | -sym* \
| -*vms* | -sco* | -esix* | -isc* | -aix* | -cnk* | -sunos | -sunos[34]*\
| -hpux* | -unos* | -osf* | -luna* | -dgux* | -auroraux* | -solaris* \
| -sym* | -kopensolaris* \
| -amigaos* | -amigados* | -msdos* | -newsos* | -unicos* | -aof* \
| -aos* \
| -aos* | -aros* \
| -nindy* | -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -ebmon* | -hms* | -mvs* \
| -clix* | -riscos* | -uniplus* | -iris* | -rtu* | -xenix* \
| -hiux* | -386bsd* | -knetbsd* | -mirbsd* | -netbsd* \
@@ -1216,9 +1314,10 @@ case $os in
| -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* | -oabi* \
| -ptx* | -coff* | -ecoff* | -winnt* | -domain* | -vsta* \
| -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \
| -chorusos* | -chorusrdb* \
| -chorusos* | -chorusrdb* | -cegcc* \
| -cygwin* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \
| -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -linux-newlib* | -linux-uclibc* \
| -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -linux-android* \
| -linux-newlib* | -linux-uclibc* \
| -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \
| -interix* | -uwin* | -mks* | -rhapsody* | -darwin* | -opened* \
| -openstep* | -oskit* | -conix* | -pw32* | -nonstopux* \
@@ -1226,7 +1325,7 @@ case $os in
| -os2* | -vos* | -palmos* | -uclinux* | -nucleus* \
| -morphos* | -superux* | -rtmk* | -rtmk-nova* | -windiss* \
| -powermax* | -dnix* | -nx6 | -nx7 | -sei* | -dragonfly* \
| -skyos* | -haiku* | -rdos* | -toppers* | -drops*)
| -skyos* | -haiku* | -rdos* | -toppers* | -drops* | -es*)
# Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number.
;;
-qnx*)
@@ -1356,6 +1455,11 @@ case $os in
-zvmoe)
os=-zvmoe
;;
-dicos*)
os=-dicos
;;
-nacl*)
;;
-none)
;;
*)
@@ -1396,6 +1500,15 @@ case $basic_machine in
c4x-* | tic4x-*)
os=-coff
;;
tic54x-*)
os=-coff
;;
tic55x-*)
os=-coff
;;
tic6x-*)
os=-coff
;;
# This must come before the *-dec entry.
pdp10-*)
os=-tops20
@@ -1553,7 +1666,7 @@ case $basic_machine in
-sunos*)
vendor=sun
;;
-aix*)
-cnk*|-aix*)
vendor=ibm
;;
-beos*)

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
# -*- Autoconf -*-
# Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
# Minimum version of autoconf required
AC_PREREQ(2.60)
AC_PREREQ(2.62)
# UPDATING VERSION NUMBERS FOR RELEASES
#
@@ -40,29 +40,19 @@ AC_PREREQ(2.60)
#
# Bugfix releases:
# pacman_version_micro += 1
#
# pacman_version_suffix should be similar to one of the following:
# For beta releases: [beta2]
# For code under development: [devel]
# For production releases: []
m4_define([lib_current], [5])
m4_define([lib_revision], [1])
m4_define([lib_age], [3])
m4_define([lib_current], [6])
m4_define([lib_revision], [0])
m4_define([lib_age], [0])
m4_define([pacman_version_major], [3])
m4_define([pacman_version_minor], [1])
m4_define([pacman_version_micro], [4])
m4_define([pacman_version_suffix], [])
m4_define([pacman_version_minor], [5])
m4_define([pacman_version_micro], [0])
m4_define([pacman_version],
[pacman_version_major.pacman_version_minor.pacman_version_micro])
m4_define([pacman_display_version],
pacman_version[]m4_ifdef([pacman_version_suffix],[pacman_version_suffix]))
# Autoconf initialization
# AC_INIT(FULL-PACKAGE-NAME, VERSION, BUG-REPORT-ADDRESS)
AC_INIT([Pacman Package Manager], [pacman_display_version],
[pacman-dev@archlinux.org], [pacman])
AC_INIT([pacman], [pacman_version], [pacman-dev@archlinux.org])
AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([config.h.in])
AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h])
@@ -80,48 +70,54 @@ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([LIB_VERSION], ["$LIB_VERSION"], [libalpm version number])
# Help line for root directory
AC_ARG_WITH(root-dir,
AC_HELP_STRING([--with-root-dir=path], [set the location of pacman's root operating directory]),
AS_HELP_STRING([--with-root-dir=path], [set the location of the root operating directory]),
[ROOTDIR=$withval], [ROOTDIR=/])
# Help line for package extension
AC_ARG_WITH(pkg-ext,
AC_HELP_STRING([--with-pkg-ext=ext], [set the file extension used by packages]),
AS_HELP_STRING([--with-pkg-ext=ext], [set the file extension used by packages]),
[PKGEXT=$withval], [PKGEXT=.pkg.tar.gz])
# Help line for source package directory
AC_ARG_WITH(src-ext,
AC_HELP_STRING([--with-src-ext=ext], [set the file extension used by source packages]),
AS_HELP_STRING([--with-src-ext=ext], [set the file extension used by source packages]),
[SRCEXT=$withval], [SRCEXT=.src.tar.gz])
# Help line for database extension
AC_ARG_WITH(db-ext,
AC_HELP_STRING([--with-db-ext=ext], [set the file extension used by the database]),
[DBEXT=$withval], [DBEXT=.db.tar.gz])
# Help line for buildscript filename
AC_ARG_WITH(buildscript,
AS_HELP_STRING([--with-buildscript=name], [set the build script name used by makepkg]),
[BUILDSCRIPT=$withval], [BUILDSCRIPT=PKGBUILD])
# Help line for using OpenSSL
AC_ARG_WITH(openssl,
AS_HELP_STRING([--with-openssl], [use OpenSSL crypto implementations instead of internal routines]),
[], [with_openssl=check])
# Help line for libfetch
AC_ARG_WITH(fetch,
AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fetch], [use libfetch as an internal downloader]),
[], [with_fetch=check])
# Help line for documentation
AC_ARG_ENABLE(doc,
AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-doc], [prevent make from looking at doc/ dir]),
AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-doc], [prevent make from looking at doc/ dir]),
[wantdoc=$enableval], [wantdoc=yes])
# Help line for doxygen
AC_ARG_ENABLE(doxygen,
AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-doxygen], [build your own API docs via Doxygen]),
AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-doxygen], [build your own API docs via Doxygen]),
[wantdoxygen=$enableval], [wantdoxygen=no])
# Help line for asciidoc
AC_ARG_ENABLE(asciidoc,
AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-asciidoc], [build your own manpages with Asciidoc]),
[wantasciidoc=$enableval], [wantasciidoc=no])
# Help line for debug
AC_ARG_ENABLE(debug,
AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-debug], [enable debugging support]),
AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-debug], [enable debugging support]),
[debug=$enableval], [debug=no])
# Help line for pacman.static
AC_ARG_ENABLE(pacman-static,
AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-pacman-static], [do not build static version of pacman]),
[pacmanstatic=$enableval], [pacmanstatic=yes])
# Help line for using git version in pacman version string
AC_ARG_ENABLE(git-version,
AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-git-version],
[enable use of git version in version string if available]),
[wantgitver=$enableval], [wantgitver=no])
# Checks for programs.
AC_PROG_AWK
@@ -129,22 +125,53 @@ AC_PROG_CC_C99
AC_PROG_INSTALL
AC_PROG_LN_S
AC_PROG_MAKE_SET
AC_PROG_RANLIB
AC_PROG_LIBTOOL
AC_CHECK_PROGS([PYTHON], [python2.5 python2.4 python], [false])
AC_CHECK_PROGS([PYTHON], [python2.7 python2.6 python2.5 python2 python], [false])
AC_PATH_PROGS([BASH_SHELL], [bash bash4 bash3], [false])
# find installed gettext
AM_GNU_GETTEXT([external])
AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION(0.13.1)
# Check for libarchive
AC_CHECK_LIB([archive], [archive_read_data], , AC_MSG_ERROR([libarchive is needed to compile pacman!]))
AC_CHECK_LIB([archive], [archive_read_data], ,
AC_MSG_ERROR([libarchive is needed to compile pacman!]))
# Check for libdownload
AC_CHECK_LIB([download], [downloadParseURL], , AC_MSG_ERROR([libdownload is needed to compile pacman!]))
# Check for OpenSSL
AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether to link with libssl)
AS_IF([test "x$with_openssl" != "xno"],
[AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
AC_CHECK_LIB([ssl], [MD5_Final], ,
[if test "x$with_openssl" != "xcheck"; then
AC_MSG_FAILURE([--with-openssl was given, but -lssl was not found])
fi],
[-lcrypto])],
AC_MSG_RESULT(no))
AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_LIBSSL], [test "x$ac_cv_lib_ssl_MD5_Final" = "xyes"])
# Enable or disable usage of libfetch
AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether to link with libfetch)
AS_IF([test "x$with_fetch" != "xno"],
[AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
AC_CHECK_LIB([fetch], [fetchParseURL], ,
[if test "x$with_fetch" != "xcheck"; then
AC_MSG_FAILURE([--with-fetch was given, but -lfetch was not found])
fi],
[-lcrypto -ldl])
# Check if libfetch supports connnection caching which we use
AS_IF([test "x$ac_cv_lib_fetch_fetchParseURL" = "xyes"],
[AC_CHECK_DECL(fetchConnectionCacheInit, ,
AC_MSG_ERROR([libfetch must be version 2.28 or greater]),
[#include <fetch.h>])
])
],
AC_MSG_RESULT(no))
AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_LIBFETCH], [test "x$ac_cv_lib_fetch_fetchParseURL" = "xyes"])
# Checks for header files.
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([fcntl.h libintl.h limits.h locale.h string.h strings.h sys/ioctl.h sys/statvfs.h sys/time.h syslog.h wchar.h])
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([fcntl.h glob.h libintl.h locale.h mntent.h string.h \
sys/ioctl.h sys/mount.h sys/param.h sys/statvfs.h \
sys/time.h sys/types.h sys/ucred.h syslog.h wchar.h])
# Checks for typedefs, structures, and compiler characteristics.
AC_C_INLINE
@@ -154,15 +181,22 @@ AC_TYPE_PID_T
AC_TYPE_SIZE_T
AC_STRUCT_TM
AC_TYPE_UID_T
AC_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE
PATH_MAX_DEFINED
# Checks for library functions.
AC_FUNC_CLOSEDIR_VOID
AC_FUNC_FORK
AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT
AC_FUNC_LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK
AC_FUNC_MKTIME
AC_TYPE_SIGNAL
AC_CHECK_FUNCS([realpath regcomp strcasecmp strdup strerror strnlen \
strndup strrchr strsep strstr strverscmp uname geteuid])
AC_CHECK_FUNCS([geteuid getmntinfo realpath regcomp strcasecmp \
strndup strrchr strsep swprintf \
wcwidth uname])
# For the diskspace code
FS_STATS_TYPE
AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct statvfs.f_flag],,,[[#include <sys/statvfs.h>]])
AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct statfs.f_flags],,,[[#include <sys/param.h>
#include <sys/mount.h>]])
# Enable large file support if available
AC_SYS_LARGEFILE
@@ -172,13 +206,40 @@ GCC_VISIBILITY_CC
# Check if we have -fgnu89-inline flag
GCC_GNU89_INLINE_CC
# Host-dependant flags
case "${host}" in
*-*-cygwin*)
# Host-dependant definitions
SIZECMD="stat -L -c %s"
SEDINPLACE="sed -i"
STRIP_BINARIES="--strip-all"
STRIP_SHARED="--strip-unneeded"
STRIP_STATIC="--strip-debug"
case "${host_os}" in
*bsd*)
SIZECMD="stat -L -f %z"
SEDINPLACE="sed -i ''"
;;
cygwin*)
host_os_cygwin=yes
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DCYGWIN"
;;
darwin*)
host_os_darwin=yes
SIZECMD="/usr/bin/stat -L -f %z"
SEDINPLACE="/usr/bin/sed -i ''"
STRIP_BINARIES=""
STRIP_SHARED="-S"
STRIP_STATIC="-S"
;;
esac
AM_CONDITIONAL([CYGWIN], test "x$host_os_cygwin" = "xyes")
AM_CONDITIONAL([DARWIN], test "x$host_os_darwin" = "xyes")
AC_PATH_PROGS([DUPATH], [du], [du], [/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/bin] )
AC_SUBST(SIZECMD)
AC_SUBST(SEDINPLACE)
AC_SUBST(STRIP_BINARIES)
AC_SUBST(STRIP_SHARED)
AC_SUBST(STRIP_STATIC)
# Check for architecture, used in default makepkg.conf
# (Note single space left after CARCHFLAGS)
case "${host}" in
@@ -224,9 +285,15 @@ AC_SUBST(CARCHFLAGS)
AC_SUBST(CHOST)
# Check for documentation support and status
AC_CHECK_PROGS([ASCIIDOC], [asciidoc])
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for building documentation])
if test "x$wantdoc" = "xyes" ; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
if test $ASCIIDOC ; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes, enabled by configure])
else
asciidoc="(warning : asciidoc not installed)"
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes $asciidoc])
fi
wantdoc=yes
else
AC_MSG_RESULT([no, disabled by configure])
@@ -235,9 +302,9 @@ fi
AM_CONDITIONAL(WANT_DOC, test "x$wantdoc" = "xyes")
# Check for doxygen support and status
AC_CHECK_PROGS([DOXYGEN], [doxygen])
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for doxygen])
if test "x$wantdoxygen" = "xyes" ; then
AC_CHECK_PROGS([DOXYGEN], [doxygen])
if test $DOXYGEN ; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
usedoxygen=yes
@@ -251,23 +318,6 @@ else
fi
AM_CONDITIONAL(USE_DOXYGEN, test "x$usedoxygen" = "xyes")
# Check for asciidoc support and status
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for asciidoc])
if test "x$wantasciidoc" = "xyes" ; then
AC_CHECK_PROGS([ASCIIDOC], [asciidoc])
if test $ASCIIDOC ; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
useasciidoc=yes
else
AC_MSG_RESULT([no, asciidoc missing])
useasciidoc=no
fi
else
AC_MSG_RESULT([no, disabled by configure])
useasciidoc=no
fi
AM_CONDITIONAL(USE_ASCIIDOC, test "x$useasciidoc" = "xyes")
# Enable or disable debug code
AC_MSG_CHECKING(for debug mode request)
if test "x$debug" = "xyes" ; then
@@ -278,21 +328,31 @@ if test "x$debug" = "xyes" ; then
# Check for -fstack-protector availability
GCC_STACK_PROTECT_LIB
GCC_STACK_PROTECT_CC
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Wall -Werror"
GCC_FORTIFY_SOURCE_CC
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -g -Wall -Werror"
else
AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Wall"
fi
# Enable or disable inclusion of pacman.static
AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether to build pacman.static)
if test "x$pacmanstatic" = "xyes" ; then
AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
AC_DEFINE([INCLUDE_PACMAN_STATIC], , [Build pacman.static])
# Enable or disable use of git version in pacman version string
AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether to use git version if available)
if test "x$wantgitver" = "xyes" ; then
AC_CHECK_PROGS([GIT], [git])
AC_CHECK_FILE([.git/], hasgitdir=yes)
if test $GIT -a "x$hasgitdir" = "xyes"; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
usegitver=yes
AC_DEFINE([USE_GIT_VERSION], , [Use GIT version in version string])
else
AC_MSG_RESULT([no, git or .git dir missing])
usegitver=no
fi
else
AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
AC_MSG_RESULT([no, disabled by configure])
usegitver=no
fi
AM_CONDITIONAL(INCLUDE_PACMAN_STATIC, test "x$pacmanstatic" = "xyes")
AM_CONDITIONAL(USE_GIT_VERSION, test "x$usegitver" = "xyes")
# Set root directory
AC_SUBST(ROOTDIR)
@@ -302,9 +362,9 @@ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([PKGEXT], "$PKGEXT", [The file extension used by pacman packa
# Set source package file extension
AC_SUBST(SRCEXT)
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([SRCEXT], "$SRCEXT", [The file extension used by pacman source packages])
# Set database file extension
AC_SUBST(DBEXT)
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([DBEXT], "$DBEXT", [The file extension used by pacman databases])
# Set makepkg build script name
AC_SUBST(BUILDSCRIPT)
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([BUILDSCRIPT], "$BUILDSCRIPT", [The build script name used by makepkg])
# Configuration files
AC_CONFIG_FILES([
@@ -316,14 +376,16 @@ scripts/Makefile
doc/Makefile
etc/Makefile
po/Makefile.in
pactest/Makefile
test/pacman/Makefile
test/pacman/tests/Makefile
test/util/Makefile
contrib/Makefile
Makefile
])
AC_OUTPUT
echo "
pacman_display_version:
${PACKAGE_NAME}:
Build information:
source code location : ${srcdir}
@@ -340,23 +402,24 @@ pacman_display_version:
Architecture : ${CARCH}
Architecture flags : ${CARCHFLAGS}
Host Type : ${CHOST}
Filesize command : ${SIZECMD}
In-place sed command : ${SEDINPLACE}
libalpm version : ${LIB_VERSION}
libalpm version info : ${LIB_VERSION_INFO}
pacman version : ${PACKAGE_VERSION}
using git version : ${usegitver}
Directory and file information:
root working directory : ${ROOTDIR}
package extension : ${PKGEXT}
source pkg extension : ${SRCEXT}
database extension : ${DBEXT}
build script name : ${BUILDSCRIPT}
Compilation options:
Run make in doc/ dir : ${wantdoc}
Run make in doc/ dir : ${wantdoc} ${asciidoc}
Doxygen support : ${usedoxygen}
Asciidoc support : ${useasciidoc}
debug support : ${debug}
build pacman.static : ${pacmanstatic}
"
# vim:set ts=2 sw=2 noet:

8
contrib/.gitignore vendored
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
bacman
bash_completion
pacdiff
paclist
pacscripts
pacsearch
wget-xdelta.sh
zsh_completion

View File

@@ -1,12 +1,61 @@
OURSCRIPTS = \
bacman \
pacdiff \
paclist \
pacscripts \
pacsearch \
wget-xdelta.sh
OURFILES = \
bash_completion \
zsh_completion
EXTRA_DIST = \
PKGBUILD.vim \
bash_completion \
pacdiff \
pacsearch \
re-pacman \
bacman.in \
bash_completion.in \
pacdiff.in \
paclist.in \
pacscripts.in \
pacsearch.in \
vimprojects \
wget-xdelta.sh \
zsh_completion \
wget-xdelta.sh.in \
zsh_completion.in \
README
# Files that should be removed, but which Automake does not know.
MOSTLYCLEANFILES = $(OURSCRIPTS) $(OURFILES) *.tmp
edit = sed \
-e 's|@sysconfdir[@]|$(sysconfdir)|g' \
-e 's|@localstatedir[@]|$(localstatedir)|g' \
-e 's|@BASH_SHELL[@]|$(BASH_SHELL)|g'
$(OURSCRIPTS): Makefile
@echo ' ' GEN $@;
@rm -f $@ $@.tmp
@$(edit) $(srcdir)/$@.in >$@.tmp
@chmod +x $@.tmp
@chmod a-w $@.tmp
@mv $@.tmp $@
$(OURFILES): Makefile
@echo ' ' GEN $@;
@rm -f $@ $@.tmp
@$(edit) $(srcdir)/$@.in >$@.tmp
@chmod a-w $@.tmp
@mv $@.tmp $@
all-am: $(OURSCRIPTS) $(OURFILES)
bacman: $(srcdir)/bacman.in
bash_completion: $(srcdir)/bash_completion.in
pacdiff: $(srcdir)/pacdiff.in
paclist: $(srcdir)/paclist.in
pacscripts: $(srcdir)/pacscripts.in
pacsearch: $(srcdir)/pacsearch.in
pactree: $(srcdir)/pactree.in
wget-xdelta.sh: $(srcdir)/wget-xdelta.sh.in
zsh_completion: $(srcdir)/zsh_completion.in
# vim:set ts=2 sw=2 noet:

View File

@@ -25,6 +25,13 @@ syn match pbValidPkgname /\([[:alnum:]]\|+\|-\|_\){,32}/ contained contains=pbIl
syn match pbIllegalPkgname /[[:upper:]]\|[^[:alnum:]-+_=]\|=.*=\|=['"]\?.\{33,\}['"]\?/ contained
syn match pbPkgnameGroup /^pkgname=.*/ contains=pbIllegalPkgname,pb_k_pkgname,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
" pkgbase
" FIXME if '=' is in pkgbase/pkgname/pkgver, it highlights whole string, not just '='
syn keyword pb_k_pkgbase pkgbase contained
syn match pbValidPkgbase /\([[:alnum:]]\|+\|-\|_\){,32}/ contained contains=pbIllegalPkgbase
syn match pbIllegalPkgbase /[[:upper:]]\|[^[:alnum:]-+_=]\|=.*=\|=['"]\?.\{33,\}['"]\?/ contained
syn match pbPkgbaseGroup /^pkgbase=.*/ contains=pbIllegalPkgbase,pb_k_pkgbase,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
" pkgver
syn keyword pb_k_pkgver pkgver contained
syn match pbValidPkgver /\([[:alnum:]]\|\.\|+\|_\)/ contained contains=pbIllegalPkgver
@@ -33,7 +40,7 @@ syn match pbPkgverGroup /^pkgver=.*/ contains=pbIllegalPkgver,pbValidPkgver,pb_k
" pkgrel
syn keyword pb_k_pkgrel pkgrel contained
syn match pbValidPkgrel /[[:digit:]]*/ contained contains=pbIllegalPkgver
syn match pbValidPkgrel /[[:digit:]]*/ contained contains=pbIllegalPkgrel
syn match pbIllegalPkgrel /[^[:digit:]=]\|=.*=/ contained
syn match pbPkgrelGroup /^pkgrel=.*/ contains=pbIllegalPkgrel,pbValidPkgrel,pb_k_pkgrel,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
@@ -45,6 +52,12 @@ syn match pbValidPkgdesc /[^='"]\.\{,80}/ contained contains=pbIllegalPkgdesc
syn match pbPkgdescGroup /^pkgdesc=.*/ contains=pbIllegalPkgdesc,pb_k_desc,pbValidPkgdesc,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
syn match pbPkgdescSign /[='"]/ contained
" epoch
syn keyword pb_k_epoch epoch contained
syn match pbValidEpoch /[[:digit:]]*/ contained contains=pbIllegalEpoch
syn match pbIllegalEpoch /[^[:digit:]=]\|=.*=/ contained
syn match pbEpochGroup /^epoch=.*/ contains=pbIllegalEpoch,pbValidEpoch,pb_k_epoch,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
" url
syn keyword pb_k_url url contained
syn match pbValidUrl /['"]*\(https\|http\|ftp\)\:\/.*\.\+.*/ contained
@@ -54,10 +67,13 @@ syn match pbUrlGroup /^url=.*/ contains=pbValidUrl,pb_k_url,pbIllegalUrl,shDoubl
" license
syn keyword pb_k_license license contained
syn keyword pbLicense APACHE CDDL EPL FDL GPL LGPL MPL PHP RUBY ZLIB ISC MIT BSD contained
" echo $(pacman -Ql licenses | grep '/usr/share/licenses/common/' | cut -d'/' -f6 | sort -u)
syn keyword pbLicense APACHE CCPL CDDL CPL EPL FDL FDL1.2 FDL1.3 GPL GPL2 GPL3 LGPL LGPL2.1 LGPL3 LPPL MPL PerlArtistic PHP PSF RALINK RUBY ZPL contained
" special cases from http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Arch_Packaging_Standards
syn keyword pbLicenseSpecial BSD MIT ZLIB Python contained
syn match pbLicenseCustom /custom\(:[[:alnum:]]*\)*/ contained
syn match pbIllegalLicense /[^='"() ]/ contained contains=pbLicenseCustom,pbLicense
syn region pbLicenseGroup start=/^license=(/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_license,pbLicenseCustom,pbLicense,pbIllegalLicense
syn match pbIllegalLicense /[^='"() ]/ contained contains=pbLicenseCustom,pbLicenseSpecial,pbLicense
syn region pbLicenseGroup start=/^license=(/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_license,pbLicenseCustom,pbLicenseSpecial,pbLicense,pbIllegalLicense
" backup
syn keyword pb_k_backup backup contained
@@ -66,7 +82,7 @@ syn region pbBackupGroup start=/^backup=(/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_backup,pbValidB
" arch
syn keyword pb_k_arch arch contained
syn keyword pbArch i686 x86_64 ppc contained
syn keyword pbArch i686 x86_64 ppc any contained
syn match pbIllegalArch /[^='"() ]/ contained contains=pbArch
syn region pbArchGroup start=/^arch=(/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_arch,pbArch,pbIllegalArch
@@ -115,6 +131,12 @@ syn match pbValidInstall /\([[:alnum:]]\|\$\|+\|-\|_\)*\.install/ contained
syn match pbIllegalInstall /[^=]/ contained contains=pbValidInstall
syn match pbInstallGroup /^install=.*/ contains=pb_k_install,pbValidInstall,pbIllegalInstall,shDeref,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
" changelog
syn keyword pb_k_changelog changelog contained
syn match pbValidChangelog /\([[:alnum:]]\|\$\|+\|-\|_\)*/ contained
syn match pbIllegalChangelog /[^=]/ contained contains=pbValidChangelog
syn match pbChangelogGroup /^changelog=.*/ contains=pb_k_changelog,pbValidChangelog,pbIllegalChangelog,shDeref,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
" source:
" XXX remove source from shStatement, fix strange bug
syn clear shStatement
@@ -127,13 +149,12 @@ syn match pbDerefEmulation /\$[{]\?[[:alnum:]_]*[}]\?/ contained
hi def link pbDerefEmulation PreProc
" md5sums
syn keyword pb_k_md5sums md5sums contained
syn match pbIllegalMd5sums /[^='"()\/ ]/ contained contains=pbValidMd5sums
syn match pbValidMd5sums /[[:alnum:]]\{32\}/ contained
syn match pbValidMd5sums /\x\{32\}/ contained
syn region pbMd5sumsGroup start=/^md5sums/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_md5sums,pbMd5Quotes,pbMd5Hash,pbIllegalMd5sums keepend
syn match pbMd5Quotes /'.*'\|".*"/ contained contains=pbMd5Hash,pbIllegalMd5sums
syn match pbMd5Hash /[[:alnum:]]\+/ contained contains=pbValidMd5sums
syn match pbMd5Hash /\x\+/ contained contains=pbValidMd5sums
hi def link pbMd5Quotes Keyword
hi def link pbMd5Hash Error
hi def link pbValidMd5sums Number
@@ -141,17 +162,17 @@ hi def link pbValidMd5sums Number
" sha1sums
syn keyword pb_k_sha1sums sha1sums contained
syn match pbIllegalSha1sums /[^='"()\/ ]/ contained contains=pbValidSha1sums
syn match pbValidSha1sums /[[:alnum:]]\{40\}/ contained
syn match pbValidSha1sums /\x\{40\}/ contained
syn region pbSha1sumsGroup start=/^sha1sums/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_sha1sums,pbSha1Quotes,pbSha1Hash,pbIllegalSha1sums keepend
syn match pbSha1Quotes /'.*'\|".*"/ contained contains=pbSha1Hash,pbIllegalSha1sums
syn match pbSha1Hash /[[:alnum:]]\+/ contained contains=pbValidSha1sums
syn match pbSha1Hash /\x\+/ contained contains=pbValidSha1sums
hi def link pbSha1Quotes Keyword
hi def link pbSha1Hash Error
hi def link pbValidSha1sums Number
" options
syn keyword pb_k_options options contained
syn match pbOptions /\(no\)\?\(strip\|docs\|libtool\|emptydirs\|ccache\|distcc\|makeflags\|force\)/ contained
syn match pbOptions /\(no\)\?\(strip\|docs\|libtool\|emptydirs\|zipman\|ccache\|distcc\|makeflags\|buildflags\)/ contained
syn match pbOptionsNeg /\!/ contained
syn match pbOptionsDeprec /no/ contained
syn region pbOptionsGroup start=/^options=(/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_options,pbOptions,pbOptionsNeg,pbOptionsDeprec,pbIllegalOption,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
@@ -181,6 +202,9 @@ hi def link pbTodo Todo
hi def link pbIllegalPkgname Error
hi def link pb_k_pkgname pbKeywords
hi def link pbIllegalPkgbase Error
hi def link pb_k_pkgbase pbKeywords
hi def link pbIllegalPkgver Error
hi def link pb_k_pkgver pbKeywords
@@ -212,6 +236,9 @@ hi def link pb_k_provides pbKeywords
hi def link pbIllegalInstall Error
hi def link pb_k_install pbKeywords
hi def link pbIllegalChangelog Error
hi def link pb_k_changelog pbKeywords
hi def link pb_k_source pbKeywords
hi def link pbIllegalSource Error

View File

@@ -12,11 +12,18 @@ zsh_completion - a zsh completion script, install (with a rename) to
pacdiff - a simple pacnew/pacorig/pacsave updater for /etc/.
paclist - list all packages installed from a given repository. Useful for
seeing which packages you may have installed from the testing repository,
for instance.
pacscripts - tries to print out the {pre,post}_{install,remove,upgrade}
scripts of a given package.
pacsearch - a colorized search combining both -Ss and -Qs output. Installed
packages are easily identified with a *** and local-only packages are also
listed.
re-pacman - regenerate a pacman package based on installed files and the pacman
bacman - regenerate a pacman package based on installed files and the pacman
database entries. Useful for reuse, or possible config file extension.
vimprojects - a project file for the vim project plugin.

307
contrib/bacman.in Executable file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,307 @@
#!@BASH_SHELL@
#
# bacman: recreate a package from a running system
# This script rebuilds an already installed package using metadata
# stored into the pacman database and system files
#
# (c) 2008 - locci <carlocci_at_gmail_dot_com>
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#
readonly progname="bacman"
readonly progver="0.2.1"
#
# User Friendliness
#
function usage(){
echo "This program recreates a package using pacman's db and system files"
echo "Usage: $progname <installed package name>"
echo "Example: $progname kernel26"
}
if [ $# -ne 1 ] ; then
usage
exit 1
fi
if [ "$1" = "--help" -o "$1" = "-h" ] ; then
usage
exit 0
fi
if [ "$1" = "--version" -o "$1" = "-v" ]; then
echo "$progname version $progver"
echo "Copyright (C) 2008 locci"
exit 0
fi
#
# Fakeroot support
#
if [ $EUID -gt 0 ]; then
if [ -f /usr/bin/fakeroot ]; then
echo "Entering fakeroot environment"
export INFAKEROOT="1"
/usr/bin/fakeroot -u -- $0 $1
exit $?
else
echo "WARNING: installing fakeroot or running ${progname} as root is required to"
echo " preserve the ownership permissions of files in some packages"
echo ""
fi
fi
#
# Setting environmental variables
#
if [ ! -r @sysconfdir@/pacman.conf ]; then
echo "ERROR: unable to read @sysconfdir@/pacman.conf"
exit 1
fi
eval $(awk '/DBPath/ {print $1$2$3}' @sysconfdir@/pacman.conf)
pac_db="${DBPath:-@localstatedir@/lib/pacman/}/local"
if [ ! -r @sysconfdir@/makepkg.conf ]; then
echo "ERROR: unable to read @sysconfdir@/makepkg.conf"
exit 1
fi
source "@sysconfdir@/makepkg.conf"
if [ -r ~/.makepkg.conf ]; then
source ~/.makepkg.conf
fi
pkg_arch=${CARCH:-'unknown'}
pkg_dest="${PKGDEST:-$PWD}"
pkg_pkger=${PACKAGER:-'Unknown Packager'}
pkg_name="$1"
pkg_dir="$(echo $pac_db/$pkg_name-[0-9]*)"
pkg_namver="${pkg_dir##*/}"
#
# Checks everything is in place
#
if [ ! -d "$pac_db" ] ; then
echo "ERROR: pacman database directory ${pac_db} not found"
exit 1
fi
if [ ! -d "$pkg_dir" ] ; then
echo "ERROR: package ${pkg_name} not found in pacman database"
exit 1
fi
#
# Begin
#
echo Package: ${pkg_namver}
work_dir=$(mktemp -d -p /tmp)
cd "$work_dir" || exit 1
#
# File copying
#
echo "Copying package files..."
cat "$pkg_dir"/files |
while read i; do
if [ -z "$i" ] ; then
continue
fi
if [[ "$i" =~ %[A-Z]*% ]] ; then
current=$i
continue
fi
case $current in
%FILES%)
ret=0
if [ -e "/$i" ]; then
bsdtar -cnf - "/$i" 2> /dev/null | bsdtar -xpf -
# Workaround to bsdtar not reporting a missing file as an error
if [ ! -e "$work_dir/$i" -a ! -L "$work_dir/$i" ]; then
echo ""
echo "ERROR: unable to add /$i to the package"
echo " If your user does not have permssion to read this file then"
echo " you will need to run $progname as root"
rm -rf "$work_dir"
exit 1
fi
else
echo ""
echo "WARNING: package file /$i is missing"
echo ""
fi
;;
esac
done
ret=$?
if [ $ret -ne 0 ]; then
rm -rf "$work_dir"
exit 1
fi
pkg_size=$(du -sk | awk '{print $1 * 1024}')
#
# .PKGINFO stuff
#
echo Generating .PKGINFO metadata...
echo "# Generated by $progname $progver" > .PKGINFO
if [ "$INFAKEROOT" = "1" ]; then
echo "# Using $(fakeroot -v)" >> .PKGINFO
fi
echo "# $(LC_ALL=C date)" >> .PKGINFO
echo "#" >> .PKGINFO
cat "$pkg_dir"/{desc,files,depends} |
while read i; do
if [[ -z "$i" ]]; then
continue;
fi
if [[ "$i" =~ %[A-Z]*% ]] ; then
current=$i
continue
fi
case "$current" in
# desc
%NAME%)
echo "pkgname = $i" >> .PKGINFO
;;
%VERSION%)
echo "pkgver = $i" >> .PKGINFO
;;
%DESC%)
echo "pkgdesc = $i" >> .PKGINFO
;;
%URL%)
echo "url = $i" >> .PKGINFO
;;
%LICENSE%)
echo "license = $i" >> .PKGINFO
;;
%ARCH%)
echo "arch = $i" >> .PKGINFO
;;
%BUILDDATE%)
echo "builddate = $(date -u "+%s")" >> .PKGINFO
;;
%PACKAGER%)
echo "packager = $pkg_pkger" >> .PKGINFO
;;
%SIZE%)
echo "size = $pkg_size" >> .PKGINFO
;;
%GROUPS%)
echo "group = $i" >> .PKGINFO
;;
%REPLACES%)
echo "replaces = $i" >> .PKGINFO
;;
# files
%BACKUP%)
# strip the md5sum after the tab
echo "backup = ${i%%$'\t'*}" >> .PKGINFO
;;
# depends
%DEPENDS%)
echo "depend = $i" >> .PKGINFO
;;
%OPTDEPENDS%)
echo "optdepend = $i" >> .PKGINFO
;;
%CONFLICTS%)
echo "conflict = $i" >> .PKGINFO
;;
%PROVIDES%)
echo "provides = $i" >> .PKGINFO
;;
esac
done
comp_files=".PKGINFO"
if [ -f "$pkg_dir/install" ] ; then
cp "$pkg_dir/install" "$work_dir/.INSTALL"
comp_files+=" .INSTALL"
fi
if [ -f $pkg_dir/changelog ] ; then
cp "$pkg_dir/changelog" "$work_dir/.CHANGELOG"
comp_files+=" .CHANGELOG"
fi
#
# Fixes owner:group and permissions for .PKGINFO, .CHANGELOG, .INSTALL
#
chown root:root "$work_dir"/{.PKGINFO,.CHANGELOG,.INSTALL} 2> /dev/null
chmod 644 "$work_dir"/{.PKGINFO,.CHANGELOG,.INSTALL} 2> /dev/null
#
# Generate the package
#
echo "Generating the package..."
case "$PKGEXT" in
*tar.gz) EXT=${PKGEXT%.gz} ;;
*tar.bz2) EXT=${PKGEXT%.bz2} ;;
*tar.xz) EXT=${PKGEXT%.xz} ;;
*tar) EXT=${PKGEXT} ;;
*) echo "WARNING: '%s' is not a valid archive extension." \
"$PKGEXT" ; EXT=$PKGEXT ;;
esac
pkg_file="$pkg_dest/$pkg_namver-$pkg_arch${PKGEXT}"
ret=0
# when fileglobbing, we want * in an empty directory to expand to
# the null string rather than itself
shopt -s nullglob
# TODO: Maybe this can be set globally for robustness
shopt -s -o pipefail
bsdtar -cf - $comp_files * |
case "$PKGEXT" in
*tar.gz) gzip -c -f -n ;;
*tar.bz2) bzip2 -c -f ;;
*tar.xz) xz -c -z - ;;
*tar) cat ;;
esac > ${pkg_file} || ret=$?
if [ $ret -ne 0 ]; then
echo "ERROR: unable to write package to $pkg_dest"
echo " Maybe the disk is full or you do not have write access"
rm -rf "$work_dir"
exit 1
fi
rm -rf "$work_dir"
echo Done
exit 0
# vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet:

View File

@@ -1,362 +0,0 @@
# vim: set ft=sh ts=2 sw=2 et:
# file: /etc/bash_completion.d/pacman
# Bash completion for pacman
# Original: Manolis Tzanidakis <mtzanidakis@freemail.gr>
#
# Distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public License, v2 or later.
#
## initial functions
rem_selected ()
{
# (Adapted from bash_completion by Ian Macdonald <ian@caliban.org>)
# This removes any options from the list of completions that have
# already been specified on the command line.
COMPREPLY=($(echo "${COMP_WORDS[@]}" | \
(while read -d ' ' i; do
[ "${i}" == "" ] && continue
# flatten array with spaces on either side,
# otherwise we cannot grep on word boundaries of
# first and last word
COMPREPLY=" ${COMPREPLY[@]} "
# remove word from list of completions
COMPREPLY=(${COMPREPLY/ ${i%% *} / })
done
echo ${COMPREPLY[@]})))
return 0
}
_available_repos ()
{
COMPREPLY=( $( compgen -W "$(grep '\[' /etc/pacman.conf | grep -v -e 'options' -e '^#' | tr -d '[]' )" -- $cur ) )
}
_installed_pkgs ()
{
local installed_pkgs
installed_pkgs=$( ls /var/lib/pacman/local/ )
COMPREPLY=( $( compgen -W "$( for i in $installed_pkgs; do echo ${i%-*-*}; done )" -- $cur ) )
}
_available_pkgs ()
{
#find balks easilly on a find /foo/*/* type dir, especially one like
# /var/lib/pacman/*/*
# This little change-up removes the find *and* only uses enabled repos
local available_pkgs
local enabled_repos
enabled_repos=$( grep '\[' /etc/pacman.conf | grep -v -e 'options' -e '^#' | tr -d '[]' )
available_pkgs=$( for r in $enabled_repos; do echo /var/lib/pacman/sync/$r/*; done )
COMPREPLY=( $( compgen -W "$( for i in $available_pkgs; do j=${i##*/}; echo ${j%-*-*}; done )" -- $cur ) )
}
_installed_groups ()
{
local installed_groups
installed_groups=$( find /var/lib/pacman/local -name desc -exec sed -ne '/%GROUPS%/,/^$/{//d; p}' {} \; | sort -u )
COMPREPLY=( $( compgen -W "$( for i in $installed_groups; do echo ${i%-*-*}; done )" -- $cur ) )
}
_available_groups ()
{
#find balks easilly on a find /foo/*/* type dir, especially one like
# /var/lib/pacman/*/*
# This little change-up removes the find *and* only uses enabled repos
local available_groups
local enabled_repos
enabled_repos=$( grep '\[' /etc/pacman.conf | grep -v -e 'options' -e '^#' | tr -d '[]' )
available_groups=$( for r in $enabled_repos; do sed '/%GROUPS%/,/^$/{//d; p}' /var/lib/pacman/sync/$r/*/desc | sort -u; done )
COMPREPLY=( $( compgen -W "$( for i in $available_groups; do echo ${i%-*-*}; done )" -- $cur ) )
}
## makepkg completion
_makepkg ()
{
local cur prev
COMPREPLY=()
cur=${COMP_WORDS[COMP_CWORD]}
prev=${COMP_WORDS[COMP_CWORD-1]}
case "$prev" in
-p)
_filedir
return 0
;;
--help|--cleancache)
COMPREPLY=''
return 0
;;
esac
if [[ "$cur" == -* ]]; then
COMPREPLY=( $( compgen -W '\
-A --ignorearch \
-b --builddeps \
-c --clean \
-C --cleancache \
-d --nodeps \
-e --noextract \
-f --force \
-g --geninteg \
-h --help \
-i --install \
-L --log \
-m --nocolor \
-o --nobuild \
-p \
-r --rmdeps \
-s --syncdeps \
--asroot \
--source \
--noconfirm \
--noprogressbar' -- $cur ) )
fi
rem_selected
}
complete -o default -F _makepkg makepkg
## pacman completion
_instring ()
{
str="${1}"
shift 1
for c in "${@}"; do
if [ $(expr index "${str}" "${c}") -gt 0 ]; then
return 0
fi
done
return 1
}
_pacman ()
{
local a arg toparse op mod cur
COMPREPLY=()
# This argument parsing is done so we can check for flag existance later
# right now it's a tad crappy, but does the job
for (( i=1; i < ${#COMP_WORDS[@]}-1; i++ )); do
a=${COMP_WORDS[i]}
arg="${a:0:2}"
toparse="${a:2}"
case "${arg}" in
-@(A|U|R|S|Q|h|V))
op="${arg/-}"
mod="${mod}${a:2}"
;;
--)
arg="${a:2}"
case "${arg}" in
add) op="A" ;;
remove) op="R" ;;
upgrade) op="U" ;;
query) op="Q" ;;
sync) op="S" ;;
help) op="h" ;;
version) op="V" ;;
verbose) mod="${mod}v" ;;
root) mod="${mod}r" ;;
dbpath) mod="${mod}b" ;;
nodeps) mod="${mod}d" ;;
force) mod="${mod}f" ;;
groups) mod="${mod}g" ;;
info) mod="${mod}i" ;;
list) mod="${mod}l" ;;
print-uris) mod="${mod}p" ;;
search) mod="${mod}s" ;;
sysupgrade) mod="${mod}u" ;;
upgrades) mod="${mod}u" ;;
downloadonly) mod="${mod}w" ;;
refresh) mod="${mod}y" ;;
changelog) mod="${mod}c" ;;
deps) mod="${mod}d" ;;
explicit) mod="${mod}e" ;;
unrequired) mod="${mod}t" ;;
foreign) mod="${mod}m" ;;
owns) mod="${mod}o" ;;
file) mod="${mod}p" ;;
search) mod="${mod}s" ;;
upgrades) mod="${mod}u" ;;
cascade) mod="${mod}c" ;;
dbonly) mod="${mod}k" ;;
nosave) mod="${mod}n" ;;
recursive) mod="${mod}s" ;;
esac ;;
*) toparse="${a}" ;;
esac
arglen=$(( ${#toparse}-1 ))
for c in $(seq 0 "${arglen}"); do
arg=${toparse:$c:1}
[ "${arg}" != "-" ] && mod="${mod}${arg}"
done
done
cur=${COMP_WORDS[COMP_CWORD]}
if [ $COMP_CWORD -eq 1 ] && [[ "$cur" == -* ]]; then
COMPREPLY=( $( compgen -W '\
-A --add \
-h --help \
-Q --query \
-R --remove \
-S --sync \
-U --upgrade \
-V --version \
' -- $cur ) )
rem_selected
return 0
fi
if [[ "$cur" == -* ]]; then
case "${op}" in
A|U)
COMPREPLY=( $( compgen -W '\
--asdeps \
-d --nodeps \
-f --force \
-h --help \
--config \
--logfile \
--noconfirm \
--noprogressbar \
--noscriptlet \
-v --verbose \
-r --root \
-b --dbpath \
--cachedir \
' -- $cur ) )
return 0
;;
R)
COMPREPLY=( $( compgen -W '\
-c --cascade \
-d --nodeps \
-h --help \
-k --dbonly \
-n --nosave \
-s --recursive \
--config \
--logfile \
--noconfirm \
--noprogressbar \
--noscriptlet \
-v --verbose \
-r --root \
-b --dbpath \
--cachedir \
' -- $cur ) )
return 0
;;
S)
COMPREPLY=( $( compgen -W '\
--asdeps \
-c --clean \
-d --nodeps \
-e --dependsonly \
-f --force \
-g --groups \
-h --help \
-i --info \
-l --list \
-p --print-uris \
-s --search \
-u --sysupgrade \
-w --downloadonly \
-y --refresh \
--needed \
--ignore \
--ignoregroup \
--config \
--logfile \
--noconfirm \
--noprogressbar \
--noscriptlet \
-v --verbose \
-r --root \
-b --dbpath \
--cachedir \
' -- $cur ) )
return 0
;;
Q)
COMPREPLY=( $( compgen -W '\
-c --changelog \
-d --deps \
-e --explicit \
-g --groups \
-h --help \
-i --info \
-l --list \
-m --foreign \
-o --owns \
-p --file \
-s --search \
-t --unrequired \
-u --upgrades \
--config \
--logfile \
--noconfirm \
--noprogressbar \
--noscriptlet \
-v --verbose \
-r --root \
-b --dbpath \
--cachedir \
' -- $cur ) )
return 0
;;
esac
rem_selected
else
case "${op}" in
A|U)
COMPREPLY=( $( compgen -d -- "$cur" ) \
$( compgen -f -X '!*.pkg.tar.gz' -- "$cur" ) )
return 0
;;
h|V)
COMPREPLY=''
return 0
;;
Q)
if _instring $mod g; then
_installed_groups
elif _instring $mod o; then
COMPREPLY=( $( compgen -d -- "$cur" ) \
$( compgen -f -- "$cur" ) )
elif _instring $mod p; then
COMPREPLY=( $( compgen -d -- "$cur" ) \
$( compgen -f -X '!*.pkg.tar.gz' -- "$cur" ) )
elif _instring $mod u; then
COMPREPLY=''
return 0
else
_installed_pkgs
fi
return 0
;;
R)
_installed_pkgs
return 0
;;
S)
if _instring $mod l; then
_available_repos
else
_available_pkgs
fi
return 0
;;
esac
fi
rem_selected
}
complete -o filenames -F _pacman pacman

113
contrib/bash_completion.in Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
# This file is in the public domain.
_arch_compgen() {
local i r
COMPREPLY=($(compgen -W '$*' -- "$cur"))
for ((i=1; i < ${#COMP_WORDS[@]}-1; i++)); do
for r in ${!COMPREPLY[@]}; do
if [[ ${COMP_WORDS[i]} = ${COMPREPLY[r]} ]]; then
unset 'COMPREPLY[r]'; break
fi
done
done
}
_arch_ptr2comp() {
local list= x y
for x; do
for y in '0 --' '1 -'; do
eval 'set -- ${'$x'[${y% *}]}'
list+=\ ${@/#/${y#* }}
done
done
_arch_compgen $list
}
_arch_incomp() {
local r="\s-(-${1#* }\s|\w*${1% *})"; [[ $COMP_LINE =~ $r ]]
}
_makepkg() {
local cur opts prev
COMPREPLY=()
_get_comp_words_by_ref cur prev
if [[ $cur = -* && ! $prev =~ ^-(-(cleancache|config|help)$|\w*[Chp]) ]]; then
opts=('allsource asroot clean cleancache config force geninteg help holdver
ignorearch install log nobuild nocolor noconfirm nodeps noextract
noprogressbar pkg repackage rmdeps skipinteg source syncdeps'
'A C L R c d e f g h i m o p r s')
_arch_ptr2comp opts
fi
true
}
_pacman_pkg() {
_arch_compgen "$(
if [[ $2 ]]; then
\pacman -$1 | \cut -d' ' -f1 | \sort -u
else
\pacman -$1
fi
)"
}
_pacman() {
local common core cur database prev query remove sync upgrade o
COMPREPLY=()
_get_comp_words_by_ref cur prev
database=('asdeps asexplicit')
query=('changelog check deps explicit file foreign groups info list owns
search unrequired upgrades' 'c e g i k l m o p s t u')
remove=('cascade dbonly nodeps nosave print recursive unneeded' 'c k n p s u')
sync=('asdeps asexplicit clean downloadonly force groups ignore ignoregroup
info list needed nodeps print refresh search sysupgrade'
'c f g i l p s u w y')
upgrade=('asdeps asexplicit force nodeps print' 'f p')
common=('arch cachedir config dbpath debug help logfile noconfirm
noprogressbar noscriptlet quiet root verbose' 'b d h q r v')
core=('database help query remove sync upgrade version' 'D Q R S U V h')
for o in 'D database' 'Q query' 'R remove' 'S sync' 'U upgrade'; do
_arch_incomp "$o" && break
done
if [[ $? != 0 ]]; then
_arch_ptr2comp core
elif [[ ! $prev =~ ^-\w*[Vbhr] &&
! $prev = --@(cachedir|config|dbpath|help|logfile|root|version) ]]
then
[[ $cur = -* ]] && _arch_ptr2comp ${o#* } common ||
case ${o% *} in
D|R)
_pacman_pkg Qq;;
Q)
{ _arch_incomp 'g groups' && _pacman_pkg Qg sort; } ||
{ _arch_incomp 'p file' && _pacman_file; } ||
_arch_incomp 'o owns' || _arch_incomp 'u upgrades' ||
_pacman_pkg Qq;;
S)
{ _arch_incomp 'g groups' && _pacman_pkg Sg; } ||
{ _arch_incomp 'l list' && _pacman_pkg Sl sort; } ||
_pacman_pkg Slq;;
U)
_pacman_file;;
esac
fi
true
}
if [[ $(type -t compopt) = "builtin" ]]; then
_pacman_file() {
compopt -o filenames; _filedir 'pkg.tar.*'
}
complete -F _pacman -o default pacman
else
_pacman_file() {
_filedir 'pkg.tar.*'
}
complete -F _pacman -o filenames -o default pacman
fi
complete -F _makepkg -o default makepkg
# ex:et ts=2 sw=2 ft=sh

View File

@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
#!/bin/sh
# pacdiff : a simple pacnew/pacorig/pacsave updater for /etc/
#
# Copyright (c) 2007 Aaron Griffin <aaronmgriffin@gmail.com>
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#
# Original http://phraktured.net/config/bin/pacdiff
diffprog=${DIFFPROG:-vimdiff}
for x in $(find /etc/ -name *.pacnew -o -name *.pacorig -o -name *.pacsave)
do
echo "File: ${x%.pac*}"
chk="$(cmp $x ${x%.pac*})"
if [ -z "${chk}" ]; then
echo " Files are identical, removing..."
rm $x
else
echo -n " File differences found. (V)iew, (S)kip, (R)emove: [v/s/r] "
read c
c="$(echo $c| tr A-Z a-z)" #tolower
if [ "$c" = "r" ]; then
rm $x
elif [ "$c" = "s" ]; then
continue
else
[ "$c" = "n" -o "$c" = "N" ] || $diffprog $x ${x%.pac*}
echo -n " Remove file? [Y/n] "
read c
[ "$c" = "n" -o "$c" = "N" ] || rm $x
fi
fi
done

80
contrib/pacdiff.in Executable file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
#!@BASH_SHELL@
# pacdiff : a simple pacnew/pacorig/pacsave updater
#
# Copyright (c) 2007 Aaron Griffin <aaronmgriffin@gmail.com>
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#
diffprog=${DIFFPROG:-vimdiff}
diffsearchpath=${DIFFSEARCHPATH:-/etc}
locate=0
usage() {
echo "pacdiff : a simple pacnew/pacorig/pacsave updater"
echo "Usage : pacdiff [-l]"
echo " -l/--locate makes pacdiff use locate rather than find"
echo " DIFFPROG variable allows to override the default vimdiff"
echo " DIFFSEARCHPATH allows to override the default /etc path"
echo "Example : DIFFPROG=meld DIFFSEARCHPATH=\"/boot /etc /usr\" pacdiff"
}
cmd() {
if [ $locate -eq 1 ]; then
locate -0 -e -b \*.pacnew \*.pacorig \*.pacsave
else
find $diffsearchpath \( -name \*.pacnew -o -name \*.pacorig -o -name \*.pacsave \) -print0
fi
}
if [ $# -gt 0 ]; then
case $1 in
-l|--locate)
locate=1;;
*)
usage; exit 0;;
esac
fi
# see http://mywiki.wooledge.org/BashFAQ/020
while IFS= read -u 3 -r -d '' pacfile; do
file="${pacfile%.pac*}"
echo "File: $file"
if [ ! -f "$file" ]; then
echo " $file does not exist"
rm -i "$pacfile"
continue
fi
check="$(cmp "$pacfile" "$file")"
if [ -z "${check}" ]; then
echo " Files are identical, removing..."
rm "$pacfile"
else
echo -n " File differences found. (V)iew, (S)kip, (R)emove: [v/s/r] "
while read c; do
case $c in
r|R) rm "$pacfile"; break ;;
v|V)
$diffprog "$pacfile" "$file"
rm -i "$pacfile"; break ;;
s|S) break ;;
*) echo -n " Invalid answer. Try again: [v/s/r] "; continue ;;
esac
done
fi
done 3< <(cmd)
exit 0
# vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet:

88
contrib/paclist.in Executable file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
#!/usr/bin/perl
# paclist - List all packages installed from a given repo
#
# Copyright (C) 2008 Dan McGee <dpmcgee@gmail.com>
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
use strict;
use warnings;
my $progname = "paclist";
my $version = "1.0";
if ($#ARGV != 0 || $ARGV[0] eq "--help" || $ARGV[0] eq "-h") {
print "$progname - List all packages installed from a given repo\n";
print "Usage: $progname <repo>\n";
print "Example: $progname testing\n";
if ($#ARGV != 0) {
exit 1;
}
exit 0;
}
if ( $ARGV[0] eq "--version" || $ARGV[0] eq "-v") {
print "$progname version $version\n";
print "Copyright (C) 2008 Dan McGee\n";
exit 0;
}
# This hash table will be used to store pairs of ('name version', count) from
# the return of both pacman -Sl <repo> and pacman -Q output. We then check to
# see if a value was added twice (count = 2)- if so, we will print that package
# as it is both in the repo we queried and installed on our local system.
my %packages = ();
my $output;
$output = `pacman -Sl $ARGV[0]`;
if ($? != 0) {
exit 1;
}
my @sync = split(/\n/, $output);
# sample output from pacman -Sl:
# testing foobar 1.0-1
foreach $_ (@sync) {
my @info = split(/ /);
# we only want to store 'foobar 1.0-1' in our hash table
my $pkg = $info[1] . " " . $info[2];
$packages{$pkg}++;
}
$output = `pacman -Q`;
if ($? != 0) {
exit 1;
}
# sample output from pacman -Q:
# foobar 1.0-1
my @local = split(/\n/, $output);
foreach $_ (@local) {
# store 'foobar 1.0-1' in our hash table
$packages{$_}++;
}
# run comparison check- if value was added twice, it was in the intersection
my @intersection;
foreach $_ (keys %packages) {
if ($packages{$_} == 2) {
push @{ \@intersection }, $_;
}
}
# print our intersection, and bask in the glory and speed of perl
@intersection = sort @intersection;
foreach $_ (@intersection) {
print $_ . "\n";
}
#vim: set noet:

132
contrib/pacscripts.in Executable file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
#!@BASH_SHELL@
#
# pacscripts : tries to print out the {pre,post}_{install,remove,upgrade}
# scripts of a given package
#
# Copyright (c) 2009 Giulio "giulivo" Fidente <giulivo.navigante@gmail.com>
# Copyright (c) 2009 Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#
# bash options
set -o nounset
set -o errexit
progname=$(basename $0)
progver="0.4"
conf="@sysconfdir@/pacman.conf"
if [ ! -r "$conf" ]; then
echo "ERROR: unable to read $conf"
exit 1
fi
eval $(awk '/DBPath/ {print $1$2$3}' "$conf")
eval $(awk '/CacheDir/ {print $1$2$3}' "$conf")
pac_db="${DBPath:-@localstatedir@/lib/pacman}/local"
pac_cache="${CacheDir:-@localstatedir@/cache/pacman/pkg}"
error() {
local mesg=$1; shift
printf "==> $(gettext "ERROR:") ${mesg}\n" "$@" >&2
}
usage() {
echo "This program prints out the {pre,post}_{install,remove,upgrade} scripts"
echo "of a given package."
echo "Usage: $progname pkgname|pkgfile"
echo
echo " OPTIONS:"
echo " -h, --help Print this help message"
echo " -v, --version Print program name and version"
echo
echo "Example: $progname gconf-editor"
echo "Example: $progname gconf-editor-2.24.1-1-x86_64.pkg.tar.gz"
}
spacman() {
if [ $EUID -eq 0 ]; then
pacman "$@"
else
if [ ! "$(type -p sudo)" ]; then
error "Cannot find the sudo binary! Is sudo installed?"
error "Otherwise try to run the program as root"
exit 1
else
sudo pacman "$@"
fi
fi
}
print_db() {
pkg=$(pacman -Q "$1")
pkg=${pkg/ /-}
if [ -f $pac_db/$pkg*/install ]; then
cat $pac_db/$pkg*/install
echo
return 0
else
error "Package $1 does not include any .INSTALL script"
return 1
fi
}
print_pkg() {
if ! bsdtar -xOf "$1" .INSTALL 2>/dev/null; then
error "Package $1 does not include any .INSTALL script"
return 1
fi
echo
}
print_scriptlet() {
if [ -f "$1" ]; then
if bsdtar tf "$1" .PKGINFO &>/dev/null; then
print_pkg "$1"
return
fi
fi
if pacman -Q "$1" &>/dev/null; then
print_db "$1"
return
fi
if ! pacman -Si $1 &>/dev/null; then
error "Package $1 not found"
return 1
fi
url=$(spacman -Sdp $1 | tail -n1)
filename=$(basename $url)
if [ ! -f "$pac_cache/$filename" ]; then
if ! spacman -Sdw --noconfirm $1 >&2; then
error "Failed to download $1"
return 1
fi
echo >&2
fi
print_pkg "$pac_cache/$filename"
return
}
if [ $# -ne 1 ] ; then
usage
exit 1
fi
case "$1" in
--help|-h) usage; exit 0 ;;
--version|-v) echo "$progname version $progver"; exit 0 ;;
*) print_scriptlet $1 ;;
esac

View File

@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
#!/bin/bash
# pacsearch - Adds color and install information to a 'pacman -Ss' search
#
# Copyright (C) 2006-2007 Dan McGee <dpmcgee@gmail.com>
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#TODO: colors flag on commandline
readonly progname="pacsearch"
readonly version="1.0"
readonly CLR1='\\\e[0;34m'
readonly CLR2='\\\e[0;32m'
readonly CLR3='\\\e[0;35m'
readonly CLR4='\\\e[0;36m'
readonly CLR5='\\\e[0;31m'
readonly CLR6='\\\e[0;33m'
readonly CLR7='\\\e[1;36m'
readonly INST='\\\e[1;31m'
readonly BASE='\\\e[0m'
if [ "$1" = "--help" -o "$1" = "-h" ]; then
echo "Usage: $progname <pattern>"
echo "Ex: $progname ^gnome"
exit 0
fi
if [ "$1" = "--version" -o "$1" = "-v" ]; then
echo "$progname version $version"
echo "Copyright (C) 2006-2007 Dan McGee"
exit 0
fi
if [ -z "$1" -o "${1:0:1}" = "-" ]; then
echo "Usage: $progname <pattern>"
echo "Ex: $progname ^gnome"
exit 1
fi
# Make two temp files and send output of commands to these files
querydump=$(mktemp)
pacman -Qs $1 > $querydump
syncdump=$(mktemp)
pacman -Ss $1 > $syncdump
# Strip descriptions and 'local/' from -Qs query
instpkg=$(mktemp)
egrep '^[^ ]' $querydump | sed -e 's@^local/@@' > $instpkg
# Add pkgs not in sync db, mark pkgs that are installed
cat $instpkg | while read -r pkg; do
if [ -z "$(grep "$pkg" $syncdump)" ]; then
# grep package name; pipe to another grep that prints at most one
# line starting with 'local/', allows for comments >1 line
grep -A10 "$pkg" $querydump | grep -A10 -m1 "local/" >> $syncdump
fi
sed -i "s@^\(.\+/$pkg\)@\***\1@" $syncdump
done
# Print colorized package list and descriptions to screen
echo -e "$(sed -r \
-e "s@core/.*@$CLR1&$BASE@" \
-e "s@extra/.*@$CLR2&$BASE@" \
-e "s@community/.*@$CLR3&$BASE@" \
-e "s@testing/.*@$CLR4&$BASE@" \
-e "s@unstable/.*@$CLR5&$BASE@" \
-e "s@custom/.*@$CLR6&$BASE@" \
-e "s@local/.*@$CLR7&$BASE@" \
-e "s@(^|\*\*\*)([[:alnum:]]*/.* .*)@\1$CLR6\2$BASE@" \
-e "s@\*\*\*@$INST&@" \
< $syncdump )"
echo -en "\e[0m"
rm $querydump
rm $syncdump
rm $instpkg

136
contrib/pacsearch.in Executable file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
#!/usr/bin/perl
# pacsearch - Adds color and install information to a 'pacman -Ss' search
#
# Copyright (C) 2008-2011 Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
#
# Based off original shell script version:
# Copyright (C) 2006-2007 Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#TODO: colors flag on commandline
use strict;
use warnings;
my $progname = "pacsearch";
my $version = "2.0";
if ($#ARGV lt 0 || $ARGV[0] eq "--help" || $ARGV[0] eq "-h") {
print "$progname - Add color and install information to a pacman -Ss search\n";
print "Usage: $progname <pattern>\n";
print "Example: $progname ^gnome\n";
if ($#ARGV lt 0) {
exit 1;
}
exit 0;
}
if ($ARGV[0] eq "--version" || $ARGV[0] eq "-v") {
print "$progname version $version\n";
print "Copyright (C) 2006-2011 Dan McGee\n";
exit 0;
}
# define our colors to use when printing
my $CLR1 = "\e[0;34m";
my $CLR2 = "\e[0;32m";
my $CLR3 = "\e[0;35m";
my $CLR4 = "\e[0;36m";
my $CLR5 = "\e[0;31m";
my $CLR6 = "\e[0;33m";
my $CLR7 = "\e[1;36m";
my $INST = "\e[1;31m";
my $BASE = "\e[0m";
# color a "repo/pkgname pkgver" line based on the repository name
sub to_color {
my $line = shift;
# get the installed text colored first
$line =~ s/(\[.*\]$)/$INST$1$BASE/;
# and now the repo and dealings
$line =~ s/(^core\/.*)/$CLR1$1$BASE/;
$line =~ s/(^extra\/.*)/$CLR2$1$BASE/;
$line =~ s/(^community\/.*)/$CLR3$1$BASE/;
$line =~ s/(^testing\/.*)/$CLR4$1$BASE/;
$line =~ s/(^community-testing\/.*)/$CLR5$1$BASE/;
$line =~ s/(^multilib\/.*)/$CLR6$1$BASE/;
$line =~ s/(^local\/.*)/$CLR7$1$BASE/;
# any other unknown repository
$line =~ s/(^[\w-]*\/.*)/$CLR6$1$BASE/;
return $line;
}
my %allpkgs = ();
my $syncout = `pacman -Ss '@ARGV'`;
# split each sync search entry into its own array entry
my @syncpkgs = split(/\n^(?=\w)/m, $syncout);
# remove the extra \n from the last desc entry
if ($#syncpkgs >= 0) {
chomp($syncpkgs[$#syncpkgs]);
}
# counter var for packages, used here and in the query loop too
my $cnt = 0;
foreach $_ (@syncpkgs) {
# we grab 4 fields here: repo, name/ver, installed, and desc
my @pkgfields = /^(.*?)\/(.*?) ?(\[.*\])?\n(.*)$/s;
if(not @pkgfields) {
# skip any non-matching line and just print it for the user
print $_, "\n";
next;
}
# since installed is optional, we should fill it in if necessary
$pkgfields[2] = "" if not defined $pkgfields[2];
# add a fifth field that indicates original order
push (@pkgfields, $cnt++);
# add each sync pkg by name/ver to a hash table for quick lookup
$allpkgs{$pkgfields[1]} = [ @pkgfields ];
}
my $queryout = `pacman -Qs '@ARGV'`;
# split each querysearch entry into its own array entry
my @querypkgs = split(/\n^(?=\w)/m, $queryout);
# remove the extra \n from the last desc entry
if ($#querypkgs >= 0) {
chomp ($querypkgs[$#querypkgs]);
}
foreach $_ (@querypkgs) {
# we grab 4 fields here: repo, name/ver, installed, and desc
my @pkgfields = /^(.*?)\/(.*?) ?(\[.*\])?\n(.*)$/s;
# since installed is optional, we should fill it in if necessary
$pkgfields[2] = "" if not defined $pkgfields[2];
# check if the package was listed in the sync out
if (not exists $allpkgs{$pkgfields[1]}) {
$pkgfields[2] = "[installed]";
# add a fifth field that indicates original order (after sync)
push (@pkgfields, $cnt++);
# add our local-only package to the hash
$allpkgs{$pkgfields[1]} = [ @pkgfields ];
}
}
# sort by original order (the fifth field) and print
foreach $_ ( sort{ @{$allpkgs{$a}}[4] <=> @{$allpkgs{$b}}[4] } keys %allpkgs) {
my @v = @{$allpkgs{$_}};
my $line = "$v[0]/$v[1] $v[2]";
$line = to_color($line);
# print colorized "repo/pkgname pkgver" string with possible installed text
print "$line\n";
print "$v[3]\n";
}
#vim: set noet:

View File

@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
#!/bin/sh
#
# re-pacman: regenerate a pacman package based on installed files and the
# pacman database entries. Useful for reuse, or possible config file
# extension
#
# Copyright (c) 2006 Aaron Griffin <aaron@archlinux.org>
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#
#TODO
# * Check for md5 changes in backup lines and change pkgrel
pacinfo () {
[ $# -ne 2 ] && return 1
#use echo to strip spaces
echo $(pacman -Qi ${1} | grep "${2}" | cut -d: -f2-)
}
make_pkginfo () {
echo "# Generated by re-pacman 1.0.0"
echo "# On $(date)"
echo "pkgname =$(pacinfo ${1} Name)"
echo "pkgver =$(pacinfo ${1} Version)"
echo "pkgdesc =$(pacinfo ${1} Description)"
echo "url =$(pacinfo ${1} URL)"
echo "builddate =$(pacinfo ${1} 'Build Date')"
echo "packager =$(pacinfo ${1} Packager)"
echo "size =$(pacinfo ${1} Size)"
echo "arch =$(pacinfo ${1} Architecture)"
deps=$(pacinfo ${1} 'Depends On')
for d in ${deps}; do
echo "depend = ${d}"
done
}
LANG="POSIX"
if [ $# -ne 1 ]; then
echo "usage: re-pacman <installed package name>"
exit 1
fi
ver=$(pacinfo ${1} Version)
if [ "x${ver}" = "x" ]; then
echo "Package '${1}' not found, aborting."
exit 1
fi
echo ":: Cleaning up old files"
rm -f .PKGINFO "${1}-${ver}.pkg.tar.gz"
echo ":: Building PKGINFO"
make_pkginfo ${1} > .PKGINFO
flist=".PKGINFO"
flist="${flist} $(pacman -Ql ${1} | sed 's|\w* \(.*\)|/\1|g' | grep -v '/$')"
echo ":: Building final package tarball"
echo ${flist} | tr ' ' '\n' | tar czf "${1}-${ver}.pkg.tar.gz" -T - 2>/dev/null
rm -f .PKGINFO
echo ":: Package '${1}-${ver}.pkg.tar.gz' is now ready for installation"
# vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet:

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
#!/bin/bash
#!@BASH_SHELL@
if [ -r "/etc/makepkg.conf" ]; then
source /etc/makepkg.conf
if [ -r "@sysconfdir@/makepkg.conf" ]; then
source @sysconfdir@/makepkg.conf
else
echo "wget-xdelta: Unable to find makepkg.conf"
exit 1
@@ -30,11 +30,11 @@ new_version=$(echo $pkg_data | cut -d ' ' -f 2)
base_url=${file_url%/*}
# Look for the last version
for file in $(ls -r /var/cache/pacman/pkg/${pkgname}-*-*{,-$CARCH}$PKGEXT 2>/dev/null); do
for file in $(ls -r @localstatedir@/cache/pacman/pkg/${pkgname}-*-*{,-$CARCH}$PKGEXT 2>/dev/null); do
[[ "$file" =~ "$CARCH" ]] && arch="-$CARCH" || arch=""
check_version=$(echo $file | \
sed "s|^.*/${pkgname}-\([[:alnum:]_\.]*-[[:alnum:]_\.]*\)${arch}$PKGEXT$|\1|" | \
grep -v "^/var/cache/pacman/pkg")
grep -v "^@localstatedir@/cache/pacman/pkg")
[ "$check_version" = "" ] && continue

View File

@@ -6,7 +6,6 @@ typeset -A opt_args
# options for passing to _arguments: main pacman commands
_pacman_opts_commands=(
'-A[Add a package to the system]'
'-Q[Query the package database]'
'-R[Remove a package from the system]'
'-S[Synchronize packages]'
@@ -27,13 +26,14 @@ _pacman_opts_common=(
'--noconfirm[Do not ask for confirmation]'
'--noprogressbar[Do not show a progress bar when downloading files]'
'--noscriptlet[Do not execute the install scriptlet if one exists]'
'--print[Only print the targets instead of performing the operation]'
)
# options for passing to _arguments: options for --add and --update commands
# options for passing to _arguments: options for --upgrade commands
_pacman_opts_pkgfile=(
'-d[Skip dependency checks]'
'-f[Overwrite conflicting files]'
'*:package file:_files -g "*.pkg.tar.gz(.)"'
'*:package file:_files -g "*.pkg.tar.*(.)"'
)
# options for passing to _arguments: subactions for --query command
@@ -51,6 +51,7 @@ _pacman_opts_query_modifiers=(
'-e[List packages explicitly installed]'
'-i[View package information]'
'-ii[View package information including backup files]'
'-k[Check package files]'
'-l[List package contents]'
'-m[List installed packages not found in sync db(s)]'
'-t[List packages not required by any package]'
@@ -78,7 +79,6 @@ _pacman_opts_sync_actions=(
# options for passing to _arguments: options for --sync command
_pacman_opts_sync_modifiers=(
'-d[Skip dependency checks]'
'-e[Install dependencies only]'
'-f[Overwrite conflicting files]'
'-i[View package information]'
'-l[List all packages in a repository]'
@@ -91,15 +91,9 @@ _pacman_opts_sync_modifiers=(
'*--ignoregroup[Ignore a group upgrade]:package group:
_pacman_completions_all_groups'
'--asdeps[Install packages as non-explicitly installed]'
'--asexplicit[Install packages as explicitly installed]'
)
# handles --action subcommand
_pacman_action_add() {
_arguments -s : \
"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
"$_pacman_opts_pkgfile[@]"
}
# handles --help subcommand
_pacman_action_help() {
_arguments -s : \
@@ -127,7 +121,7 @@ _pacman_action_query() {
_arguments -s : \
"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
"$_pacman_opts_query_modifiers[@]" \
'*:package file:_files -g "*.pkg.tar.gz"'
'*:package file:_files -g "*.pkg.tar.*"'
;;
query_group)
_arguments -s : \
@@ -228,20 +222,20 @@ _pacman_completions_all_groups() {
_pacman_completions_all_packages() {
local -a cmd packages repositories packages_long
repositories=(${(o)${${${(M)${(f)"$(</etc/pacman.conf)"}:#\[*}/\[/}/\]/}:#options})
repositories=(${(o)${${${(M)${(f)"$(<@sysconfdir@/pacman.conf)"}:#\[*}/\[/}/\]/}:#options})
typeset -U repositories
packages_long=(/var/lib/pacman/sync/${^repositories}/*(/))
packages=(${(o)${${packages_long/\/var\/lib\/pacman\/sync\//}#*/}%-*-*} )
packages_long=(@localstatedir@/lib/pacman/sync/${^repositories}/*(/))
packages=(${(o)${${packages_long#@localstatedir@/lib/pacman/sync/}#*/}%-*-*} )
typeset -U packages
_wanted packages expl "packages" compadd - "${(@)packages}"
if [[ $PREFIX != */* ]] ; then
repositories=(${(o)${${${(M)${(f)"$(</etc/pacman.conf)"}:#\[*}/\[/}/\]/}:#options})
repositories=(${(o)${${${(M)${(f)"$(<@sysconfdir@/pacman.conf)"}:#\[*}/\[/}/\]/}:#options})
typeset -U repositories
_wanted repo_packages expl "repository/package" compadd -S "/" $repositories
else
compset -P '*/'
packages_long=(/var/lib/pacman/sync/$IPREFIX*(/))
packages=(${(o)${${packages_long/\/var\/lib\/pacman\/sync\//}#*/}%-*-*} )
packages_long=(@localstatedir@/lib/pacman/sync/$IPREFIX*(/))
packages=(${(o)${${packages_long#@localstatedir@/lib/pacman/sync/}#*/}%-*-*} )
typeset -U packages
_wanted repo_packages expl "repository/package" compadd ${(@)packages}
fi
@@ -259,15 +253,15 @@ _pacman_completions_installed_groups() {
# provides completions for installed packages
_pacman_completions_installed_packages() {
local -a cmd packages packages_long
packages_long=(/var/lib/pacman/local/*(/))
packages=( ${${packages_long/\/var\/lib\/pacman\/local\//}%-*-*} )
packages_long=(@localstatedir@/lib/pacman/local/*(/))
packages=( ${${packages_long#@localstatedir@/lib/pacman/local/}%-*-*} )
compadd "$@" -a packages
}
# provides completions for repository names
_pacman_completions_repositories() {
local -a cmd repositories
repositories=(${(o)${${${(M)${(f)"$(</etc/pacman.conf)"}:#\[*}/\[/}/\]/}:#options})
repositories=(${(o)${${${(M)${(f)"$(<@sysconfdir@/pacman.conf)"}:#\[*}/\[/}/\]/}:#options})
# Uniq the array
typeset -U repositories
compadd "$@" -a repositories
@@ -290,7 +284,6 @@ _pacman_get_command() {
# main dispatcher
_pacman() {
case $words[2] in
-A*) _pacman_action_add ;;
-Q*g*) # ipkg groups
_arguments -s : \
"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
@@ -303,11 +296,11 @@ _pacman() {
"$_pacman_opts_query_modifiers[@]" \
'*:package file:_files'
;;
-Q*p*) # file *.pkg.tar.gz
-Q*p*) # file *.pkg.tar.*
_arguments -s : \
"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
"$_pacman_opts_query_modifiers[@]" \
'*:package file:_files -g "*.pkg.tar.gz"'
'*:package file:_files -g "*.pkg.tar.*"'
;;
-Q*) _pacman_action_query ;;
-R*) _pacman_action_remove ;;

116
depcomp
View File

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
#! /bin/sh
# depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects
scriptversion=2006-10-15.18
scriptversion=2009-04-28.21; # UTC
# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software
# Foundation, Inc.
# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2009 Free
# Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,9 +17,7 @@ scriptversion=2006-10-15.18
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
# 02110-1301, USA.
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
@@ -87,6 +85,15 @@ if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then
depmode=dashmstdout
fi
cygpath_u="cygpath -u -f -"
if test "$depmode" = msvcmsys; then
# This is just like msvisualcpp but w/o cygpath translation.
# Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward
# slashes to satisfy depend.m4
cygpath_u="sed s,\\\\\\\\,/,g"
depmode=msvisualcpp
fi
case "$depmode" in
gcc3)
## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what
@@ -192,14 +199,14 @@ sgi)
' < "$tmpdepfile" \
| sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' | \
tr '
' ' ' >> $depfile
echo >> $depfile
' ' ' >> "$depfile"
echo >> "$depfile"
# The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file.
tr ' ' '
' < "$tmpdepfile" \
| sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \
>> $depfile
>> "$depfile"
else
# The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just
# store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile
@@ -215,34 +222,39 @@ aix)
# current directory. Also, the AIX compiler puts `$object:' at the
# start of each line; $object doesn't have directory information.
# Version 6 uses the directory in both cases.
stripped=`echo "$object" | sed 's/\(.*\)\..*$/\1/'`
tmpdepfile="$stripped.u"
dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`
test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir=
base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'`
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
tmpdepfile2=$base.u
tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.u
"$@" -Wc,-M
else
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.u
tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.u
"$@" -M
fi
stat=$?
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then :
else
stripped=`echo "$stripped" | sed 's,^.*/,,'`
tmpdepfile="$stripped.u"
fi
if test $stat -eq 0; then :
else
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
exit $stat
fi
for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
do
test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
done
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
outname="$stripped.o"
# Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h'.
# Do two passes, one to just change these to
# `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
sed -e "s,^$outname:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
sed -e "s,^$outname: \(.*\)$,\1:," < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
# That's a tab and a space in the [].
sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[ ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
else
# The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just
# store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile
@@ -323,7 +335,12 @@ hp2)
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
# Add `dependent.h:' lines.
sed -ne '2,${; s/^ *//; s/ \\*$//; s/$/:/; p;}' "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
sed -ne '2,${
s/^ *//
s/ \\*$//
s/$/:/
p
}' "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
else
echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
fi
@@ -399,7 +416,7 @@ dashmstdout)
# Remove the call to Libtool.
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do
while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
shift
done
shift
@@ -450,32 +467,39 @@ makedepend)
"$@" || exit $?
# Remove any Libtool call
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do
while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
shift
done
shift
fi
# X makedepend
shift
cleared=no
for arg in "$@"; do
cleared=no eat=no
for arg
do
case $cleared in
no)
set ""; shift
cleared=yes ;;
esac
if test $eat = yes; then
eat=no
continue
fi
case "$arg" in
-D*|-I*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
# Strip any option that makedepend may not understand. Remove
# the object too, otherwise makedepend will parse it as a source file.
-arch)
eat=yes ;;
-*|$object)
;;
*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
esac
done
obj_suffix="`echo $object | sed 's/^.*\././'`"
obj_suffix=`echo "$object" | sed 's/^.*\././'`
touch "$tmpdepfile"
${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@"
rm -f "$depfile"
@@ -495,7 +519,7 @@ cpp)
# Remove the call to Libtool.
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do
while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
shift
done
shift
@@ -533,13 +557,27 @@ cpp)
msvisualcpp)
# Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
# always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o,
# because we must use -o when running libtool.
# always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
"$@" || exit $?
# Remove the call to Libtool.
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
shift
done
shift
fi
IFS=" "
for arg
do
case "$arg" in
-o)
shift
;;
$object)
shift
;;
"-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI")
set fnord "$@"
shift
@@ -552,16 +590,23 @@ msvisualcpp)
;;
esac
done
"$@" -E |
sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::echo "`cygpath -u \\"\1\\"`":p' | sort | uniq > "$tmpdepfile"
"$@" -E 2>/dev/null |
sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::\1:p' | $cygpath_u | sort -u > "$tmpdepfile"
rm -f "$depfile"
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
. "$tmpdepfile" | sed 's% %\\ %g' | sed -n '/^\(.*\)$/ s:: \1 \\:p' >> "$depfile"
sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s:: \1 \\:p' >> "$depfile"
echo " " >> "$depfile"
. "$tmpdepfile" | sed 's% %\\ %g' | sed -n '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile"
sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
msvcmsys)
# This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by
# looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run,
# since it is checked for above.
exit 1
;;
none)
exec "$@"
;;
@@ -580,5 +625,6 @@ exit 0
# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-end: "$"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:

4
doc/.gitignore vendored
View File

@@ -6,5 +6,9 @@ pacman.8
pacman.conf.5
repo-add.8
repo-remove.8
vercmp.8
*.css
*.html
*.xml
man3
website.tar.gz

View File

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
# Doxyfile 1.5.2
# Doxyfile 1.5.5
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Project related configuration options
@@ -28,7 +28,8 @@ FULL_PATH_NAMES = NO
STRIP_FROM_PATH =
STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
SHORT_NAMES = NO
JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = YES
QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
DETAILS_AT_TOP = NO
INHERIT_DOCS = YES
@@ -37,10 +38,14 @@ TAB_SIZE = 4
ALIASES =
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
SIP_SUPPORT = NO
DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
SUBGROUPING = YES
TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Build related configuration options
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -49,6 +54,7 @@ EXTRACT_PRIVATE = NO
EXTRACT_STATIC = NO
EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
@@ -60,6 +66,7 @@ SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
INLINE_INFO = YES
SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
GENERATE_TODOLIST = YES
GENERATE_TESTLIST = YES
@@ -126,6 +133,10 @@ HTML_FOOTER =
HTML_STYLESHEET =
HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES
GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = NO
CHM_FILE =
HHC_LOCATION =
GENERATE_CHI = NO
@@ -194,7 +205,9 @@ EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
INCLUDE_PATH = ../..
INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = *.h
PREDEFINED = HAVE_CONFIG_H= SYMHIDDEN= SYMEXPORT=
PREDEFINED = HAVE_CONFIG_H= \
SYMHIDDEN= \
SYMEXPORT=
EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -227,6 +240,7 @@ DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
DOT_PATH =
DOTFILE_DIRS =
DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 50
MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 3
DOT_TRANSPARENT = NO
DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
GENERATE_LEGEND = YES

View File

@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ ASCIIDOC_MANS = \
pacman.8 \
makepkg.8 \
repo-add.8 \
vercmp.8 \
PKGBUILD.5 \
makepkg.conf.5 \
pacman.conf.5 \
@@ -14,23 +15,59 @@ ASCIIDOC_MANS = \
DOXYGEN_MANS = $(wildcard man3/*.3)
HTML_MANPAGES = \
pacman.8.html \
makepkg.8.html \
repo-add.8.html \
vercmp.8.html \
PKGBUILD.5.html \
makepkg.conf.5.html \
pacman.conf.5.html \
libalpm.3.html
HTML_OTHER = \
index.html \
submitting-patches.html \
translation-help.html \
HACKING.html
HTML_DOCS = \
$(HTML_MANPAGES) \
$(HTML_OTHER)
EXTRA_DIST = \
asciidoc.conf \
pacman.8.txt \
makepkg.8.txt \
repo-add.8.txt \
vercmp.8.txt \
PKGBUILD.5.txt \
PKGBUILD-example.txt \
makepkg.conf.5.txt \
pacman.conf.5.txt \
libalpm.3.txt \
footer.txt \
index.txt \
submitting-patches.txt \
translation-help.txt \
Doxyfile \
$(ASCIIDOC_MANS) \
$(DOXYGEN_MANS)
# Files that should be removed, but which Automake does not know.
MOSTLYCLEANFILES = *.xml
MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = $(ASCIIDOC_MANS)
MOSTLYCLEANFILES = *.xml $(ASCIIDOC_MANS) $(HTML_DOCS) repo-remove.8 website.tar.gz
# Ensure manpages are fresh when building a dist tarball
dist-hook:
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) clean
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) all
if USE_GIT_VERSION
GIT_VERSION := $(shell sh -c 'git describe --abbrev=4 --dirty | sed s/^v//')
REAL_PACKAGE_VERSION = $(GIT_VERSION)
else
REAL_PACKAGE_VERSION = $(PACKAGE_VERSION)
endif
man_MANS =
dist_man_MANS = $(ASCIIDOC_MANS) repo-remove.8
@@ -38,39 +75,71 @@ dist_man_MANS = $(ASCIIDOC_MANS) repo-remove.8
if USE_DOXYGEN
man_MANS += $(DOXYGEN_MANS)
all: doxygen.in
all-local: doxygen.in
doxygen.in:
$(DOXYGEN) $(srcdir)/Doxyfile
endif
if USE_ASCIIDOC
html: $(HTML_DOCS)
website: html
bsdtar czf website.tar.gz $(HTML_DOCS) \
-C /etc/asciidoc/stylesheets/ \
xhtml11.css xhtml11-manpage.css xhtml11-quirks.css \
-C /etc/asciidoc/javascripts/ \
asciidoc-xhtml11.js \
-C /etc/asciidoc/ \
images
pkgdatadir = ${datadir}/${PACKAGE}
ASCIIDOC_OPTS = \
-f asciidoc.conf \
-a pacman_version="$(PACKAGE_VERSION)" \
-a pacman_version="$(REAL_PACKAGE_VERSION)" \
-a pacman_date="`date +%Y-%m-%d`" \
-a pkgdatadir=$(pkgdatadir) \
-a localstatedir=$(localstatedir) \
-a sysconfdir=$(sysconfdir)
A2X_OPTS = \
--no-xmllint \
-d manpage \
-f manpage \
--xsltproc-opts='-param man.endnotes.list.enabled 0' \
--xsltproc-opts='-param man.endnotes.are.numbered 0'
$(ASCIIDOC_MANS):
a2x $(A2X_OPTS) --asciidoc-opts="$(ASCIIDOC_OPTS)" $@.txt
--xsltproc-opts='-param man.endnotes.list.enabled 0 -param man.endnotes.are.numbered 0'
# These rules are due to the includes and files of the asciidoc text
$(ASCIIDOC_MANS): asciidoc.conf footer.txt
pacman.8: pacman.8.txt
makepkg.8: makepkg.8.txt
repo-add.8: repo-add.8.txt
PKGBUILD.5: PKGBUILD.5.txt PKGBUILD-example.txt
makepkg.conf.5: makepkg.conf.5.txt
pacman.conf.5: pacman.conf.5.txt
libalpm.3: libalpm.3.txt
a2x $(A2X_OPTS) --asciidoc-opts="$(ASCIIDOC_OPTS)" $@.txt
%.html: %.txt
asciidoc $(ASCIIDOC_OPTS) $*.txt
dos2unix $@
HACKING.html: ../HACKING
asciidoc $(ASCIIDOC_OPTS) -o $@ ../HACKING
dos2unix $@
# Customizations for certain HTML docs
$(HTML_MANPAGES): asciidoc.conf footer.txt
$(HTML_OTHER): asciidoc.conf
%.html: ASCIIDOC_OPTS += -a linkcss -a toc -a icons
%.8.html: ASCIIDOC_OPTS += -d manpage
%.5.html: ASCIIDOC_OPTS += -d manpage
%.3.html: ASCIIDOC_OPTS += -d manpage
# Dependency rules
pacman.8 pacman.8.html: pacman.8.txt
makepkg.8 makepkg.8.html: makepkg.8.txt
repo-add.8 repo-add.8.html: repo-add.8.txt
vercmp.8 vercmp.8.html: vercmp.8.txt
PKGBUILD.5 PKGBUILD.5.html: PKGBUILD.5.txt PKGBUILD-example.txt
makepkg.conf.5 makepkg.conf.5.html: makepkg.conf.5.txt
pacman.conf.5 pacman.conf.5.html: pacman.conf.5.txt
libalpm.3 libalpm.3.html: libalpm.3.txt
# this one is just a symlink
repo-remove.8: repo-add.8
ln -s repo-add.8 repo-remove.8
endif
rm -f repo-remove.8
$(LN_S) repo-add.8 repo-remove.8
# vim:set ts=2 sw=2 noet:

View File

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
# Maintainer: judd <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
# Maintainer: Joe User <joe.user@example.com>
pkgname=patch
pkgver=2.5.4
pkgrel=3
pkgdesc="A utility to apply patch files to original sources"
arch=(i686 x86_64)
arch=('i686' 'x86_64')
url="http://www.gnu.org/software/patch/patch.html"
license=('GPL')
groups=('base-devel')
@@ -13,8 +13,8 @@ source=(ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/$pkgname/$pkgname-$pkgver.tar.gz)
md5sums=('ee5ae84d115f051d87fcaaef3b4ae782')
build() {
cd $startdir/src/$pkgname-$pkgver
cd $srcdir/$pkgname-$pkgver
./configure --prefix=/usr
make || return 1
make prefix=$startdir/pkg/usr install
make
make prefix=$pkgdir/usr install
}

View File

@@ -20,33 +20,53 @@ This manual page is meant to describe general rules about PKGBUILDs. Once a
PKGBUILD is written, the actual package is built using makepkg and installed
with pacman.
NOTE: If you are using Arch Linux and have a local copy of the Arch Build
System (ABS) tree on your computer, or are using another distribution that
provides a similar tree of build files, you can copy the provided
PKGBUILD.proto file to a new package build directory and make customizations to
suit your needs. An up to date prototype file can also be found in the source
distribution of this package.
NOTE: An example PKGBUILD, useful for reference, is located in '{pkgdatadir}'.
Also located there are other example files such as a ChangeLog and an install
script. You can copy the provided PKGBUILD.proto file to a new package build
directory and make customizations to suit your needs.
Options and Directives
----------------------
*pkgname*::
The following is a list of standard options and directives available for use
in a PKGBUILD. These are all understood and interpreted by makepkg, and most
will be directly transferred to the built package.
If you need to create any custom variables for use in your build process, it is
recommended to name your custom variables with an '_' (underscore) prefix.
This will prevent any possible name clashes with internal makepkg variables.
For example, to store the base kernel version in a variable, use something
similar to `$_basekernver`.
*pkgname (array)*::
The name of the package. This has be a unix-friendly name as it will be
used in the package filename.
used in the package filename. Members of the array are not allowed to start
with hyphens.
*pkgver*::
The version of the software as released from the author (e.g. \'2.7.1').
The version of the software as released from the author (e.g. '2.7.1').
The variable is not allowed to contain colons or hyphens.
*pkgrel*::
This is the release number specific to the Arch Linux release. This
allows package maintainers to make updates to the package's configure
flags, for example. A pkgrel of 1 is typically used for each upstream
software release and is incremented for intermediate PKGBUILD updates.
flags, for example. A pkgrel of '1' is typically used for each upstream
software release and is incremented for intermediate PKGBUILD updates. The
variable is not allowed to contain hyphens.
*pkgdesc*::
This should be a brief description of the package and its functionality.
Try to keep the description to one line of text.
*epoch*::
Used to force the package to be seen as newer than any previous versions
with a lower epoch, even if the version number would normally not trigger
such an upgrade. This value is required to be a positive integer; the
default value if left unspecified is '0'. This is useful when the version
numbering scheme of a package changes (or is alphanumeric), breaking normal
version comparison logic. See linkman:pacman[8] for more information on
version comparisons.
*url*::
This field contains a URL that is associated with the software being
packaged. This is typically the project's website.
@@ -55,19 +75,25 @@ Options and Directives
This field specifies the license(s) that apply to the package.
Commonly-used licenses are found in '/usr/share/licenses/common'. If you
see the package's license there, simply reference it in the license
field (e.g. `$$license=('GPL')$$`). If the package provides a license not
field (e.g. `license=('GPL')`). If the package provides a license not
found in '/usr/share/licenses/common', then you should include the license
in the package itself and set `$$license=('custom')$$` or
`$$license=('custom:LicenseName')$$`. The license should be placed in
in the package itself and set `license=('custom')` or
`license=('custom:LicenseName')`. The license should be placed in
'$pkgdir/usr/share/licenses/$pkgname' when building the package. If
multiple licenses are applicable for a package, list all of them:
`$$license=('GPL' 'FDL')$$`.
`license=('GPL' 'FDL')`.
*install*::
Specifies a special install script that is to be included in the package.
This file should reside in the same directory as the PKGBUILD, and will
be copied into the package by makepkg. It does not need to be included
in the source array (e.g. `$$install=pkgname.install$$`).
in the source array (e.g. `install=pkgname.install`).
*changelog*::
Specifies a changelog file that is to be included in the package.
This file should reside in the same directory as the PKGBUILD, and will
be copied into the package by makepkg. It does not need to be included
in the source array (e.g. `changelog=$pkgname.changelog`).
*source (array)*::
An array of source files required to build the package. Source files
@@ -77,6 +103,10 @@ Options and Directives
variables if possible when specifying the download location. Any files
that are compressed will automatically be extracted, unless found in
the noextract array listed below.
+
It is also possible to specify an optional filename, which is helpful
with weird URLs and for handling multiple source files with the same
name. The syntax is: `source=('filename::url')`.
*noextract (array)*::
An array of filenames corresponding to those from the source array. Files
@@ -89,14 +119,13 @@ Options and Directives
source array (in the same order). makepkg will use this to verify source
file integrity during subsequent builds. To easily generate md5sums, run
``makepkg -g >> PKGBUILD''. If desired, move the md5sums line to an
appropriate location. *NOTE:* makepkg supports multiple integrity
algorithms and their corresponding arrays (i.e. sha1sums for the SHA1
algorithm); however, official packages use only md5sums for the time
being.
appropriate location.
*sha1sums, etc.*::
Alternative integrity checks that makepkg supports, as noted in md5sums
above.
*sha1sums, sha256sums, sha384sums, sha512sums (arrays)*::
Alternative integrity checks that makepkg supports; these all behave
similar to the md5sums option described above. To enable use and generation
of these checksums, be sure to set up the `INTEGRITY_CHECK` option in
linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
*groups (array)*::
An array of symbolic names that represent groups of packages, allowing
@@ -105,7 +134,8 @@ Options and Directives
*arch (array)*::
Defines on which architectures the given package is available (e.g.
`$$arch=('i686' 'x86_64')$$`).
`arch=('i686' 'x86_64')`). Packages that contain no architecture specific
files may use arch=('any').
*backup (array)*::
A space-delimited array of filenames, without preceding slashes, that
@@ -126,12 +156,18 @@ Options and Directives
needed at runtime. Packages in this list follow the same format as
depends.
*checkdepends (array)*::
An array of packages that this package depends on to run its test suite,
but are not needed at runtime. Packages in this list follow the same
format as depends. These dependencies are only considered when the
check() function is present and is to be run by makepkg.
*optdepends (array)*::
An array of optional packages (and accompanying reasons) that are not
essential to the package, but would offer increased functionality or other
features when installed. optdepends are currently for informational
purposes only and are not utilized by pacman during dependency resolution.
The format should be similar to the following:
An array of packages (and accompanying reasons) that are not essential for
base functionality, but may be necessary to make full use of the contents
of this package. optdepends are currently for informational purposes only
and are not utilized by pacman during dependency resolution. The format
for specifying optdepends is:
optdepends=('fakeroot: for makepkg usage as normal user')
@@ -147,7 +183,9 @@ Options and Directives
depend on 'cron' rather than 'dcron OR fcron'.
Versioned provisions are also possible, in the 'name=version' format.
For example, dcron can provide 'cron=2.0' to satisfy the 'cron>=2.0'
dependency of other packages.
dependency of other packages. Provisions involving the '>' and '<'
operators are invalid as only specific versions of a package may be
provided.
*replaces (array)*::
An array of packages that this package should replace, and can be used
@@ -163,8 +201,8 @@ Options and Directives
in the options array. To reverse the default behavior, place an ``!'' at
the front of the option. Only specify the options you specifically want
to override, the rest will be taken from linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
*NOTE:* 'force' is a special option only used in a linkman:PKGBUILD[5],
do not use it unless you know what you are doing.
*NOTE:* 'force' is a now-removed option in favor of the top level 'epoch'
variable.
*strip*;;
Strip symbols from binaries and libraries. If you frequently
@@ -172,8 +210,8 @@ Options and Directives
disable this option.
*docs*;;
Save doc and info directories. If you wish to delete doc and
info directories, specify `!docs` in the array.
Save doc directories. If you wish to delete doc directories,
specify `!docs` in the array.
*libtool*;;
Leave libtool (.la) files in packages. Specify `!libtool` to
@@ -182,6 +220,9 @@ Options and Directives
*emptydirs*;;
Leave empty directories in packages.
*zipman*;;
Compress man and info pages with gzip.
*ccache*;;
Allow the use of ccache during build. More useful in its negative
form `!ccache` with select packages that have problems building
@@ -192,18 +233,87 @@ Options and Directives
form `!distcc` with select packages that have problems building
with distcc.
*buildflags*;;
Allow the use of user-specific buildflags (CFLAGS, CXXFLAGS, LDFLAGS)
during build as specified in linkman:makepkg.conf[5]. More useful in
its negative form `!buildflags` with select packages that have problems
building with custom buildflags.
*makeflags*;;
Allow the use of user-specific makeflags during build as specified
in linkman:makepkg.conf[5]. More useful in its negative form
`!makeflags` with select packages that have problems building with
custom makeflags such as `-j2` (or higher).
*force*;;
Force the package to be upgraded by a pacman system upgrade
operation, even if the version number would normally not trigger
such an upgrade. This is useful when the version numbering scheme
of a package changes (or is alphanumeric).
build() Function
----------------
In addition to the above directives, the optional build() bash function usually
comprises the remainder of the PKGBUILD. This is directly sourced and executed
by makepkg, so anything that bash or the system has available is available for
use here. The function is run in `bash -e` mode, meaning any command that exits
with a non-zero status will cause the function to exit. Be sure any exotic
commands used are covered by `makedepends`.
All of the above variables such as `pkgname` and `pkgver` are available for use
in the build function. In addition, makepkg defines three variables for your
use during the build and install process. These three variables are as follows:
*startdir*::
This contains the absolute path to the directory where the PKGBUILD was
located, which is usually the output of `$(pwd)` when makepkg is started.
*srcdir*::
This points to the directory where makepkg extracts or copies all source
files.
*pkgdir*::
This points to the directory where makepkg bundles the installed package
(this directory will become the root directory of your built package).
If you create any variables of your own in the build function, it is
recommended to use the bash `local` keyword to scope the variable to inside
the build function.
check() Function
----------------
An optional check() function can be specified in which a packages test-suite
may be run. This function is run between the build() and package() functions.
The function is run in `bash -e` mode, meaning any command that exits with a
non-zero status will cause the function to exit. Be sure any exotic commands
used are covered by `checkdepends`.
package() Function
------------------
An optional package() function can be specified in addition to the build()
function. This function is run after the build() and check() functions. The
function is run in `bash -e` mode, meaning any command that exits with a
non-zero status will cause the function to exit. When specified in combination
with the fakeroot BUILDENV option in linkman:makepkg.conf[5], fakeroot usage
will be limited to running the packaging stage. An existing build() function
will be run as the user calling makepkg.
Package Splitting
-----------------
makepkg supports building multiple packages from a single PKGBUILD. This is
achieved by assigning an array of package names to the `pkgname` directive.
Each split package uses a corresponding packaging function with name
`package_foo()`, where `foo` is the name of the split package.
All options and directives for the split packages default to the global values
given within the PKGBUILD. However, some of these can be overridden within each
split package's packaging function. The following variables can be overridden:
`pkgver`, `pkgrel`, `pkgdesc`, `arch`, `license`, `groups`, `depends`,
`optdepends`, `provides`, `conflicts`, `replaces`, `backup`, `options`,
`install` and `changelog`.
An optional global directive is available when building a split package:
*pkgbase*::
The name used to refer to the group of packages in the output of makepkg
and in the naming of source-only tarballs. If not specified, the first
element in the `pkgname` array is used. The variable is not allowed to
begin with a hyphen.
Install/Upgrade/Remove Scripting
--------------------------------
@@ -243,9 +353,8 @@ same directory as the PKGBUILD script. Then use the install directive:
install=pkgname.install
The install script does not need to be specified in the source array. A
template install file is available with the source distribution of this
program, or one may be provided by your distribution. For example, Arch Linux
provides prototype install files in the ABS tree.
template install file is available in '{pkgdatadir}' as 'proto.install' for
reference with all of the available functions defined.
Development Directives
@@ -318,11 +427,10 @@ The following is an example PKGBUILD for the 'patch' package. For more
examples, look through the build files of your distribution's packages. For
those using Arch Linux, consult the ABS tree.
[sh]
source~~~~~
[source,sh]
-------------------------------
include::PKGBUILD-example.txt[]
source~~~~~
-------------------------------
See Also
--------

View File

@@ -8,7 +8,11 @@
# Show man link as: <command>(<section>); if section is defined, else just show
# the command.
[macros]
(?su)[\\]?(?P<name>linkman):(?P<target>\S*?)\[(?P<attrlist>.*?)\]=
[attributes]
asterisk=&#42;
plus=&#43;
caret=&#94;
startsb=&#91;
@@ -30,13 +34,7 @@ ifndef::docbook-xsl-172[]
[listingblock]
<example><title>{title}</title>
<literallayout>
ifdef::doctype-manpage[]
&#10;.ft C&#10;
endif::doctype-manpage[]
|
ifdef::doctype-manpage[]
&#10;.ft&#10;
endif::doctype-manpage[]
</literallayout>
{title#}</example>
endif::docbook-xsl-172[]

View File

@@ -15,9 +15,17 @@ mailto:pacman-dev@archlinux.org[].
Authors
-------
Current maintainers:
* Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
* Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
* Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Past contributors:
* Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
* Aurelien Foret <aurelien@archlinux.org>
* Aaron Griffin <aaron@archlinux.org>
* Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
See the 'AUTHORS' file for additional contributors.

205
doc/index.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
Pacman Home Page
================
A simple library-based package manager.
Introduction
------------
pacman is a utility which manages software packages in Linux. It uses simple
compressed files as a package format, and maintains a text-based package
database (more of a hierarchy), just in case some hand tweaking is necessary.
pacman does not strive to "do everything." It will add, remove and upgrade
packages in the system, and it will allow you to query the package database for
installed packages, files and owners. It also attempts to handle dependencies
automatically and can download packages from a remote server.
History
~~~~~~~
Version 2.0 of pacman introduced the ability to sync packages (the `--sync`
option) with a master server through the use of package databases. Prior to
this, packages would have to be installed manually using the `--add` and
`--upgrade` operations.
Version 3.0 was the switch to a two-part pacman- a backend named libalpm
(library for Arch Linux Package Management), and the familiar pacman frontend.
Speed in many cases was improved, along with dependency and conflict resolution
being able to handle a much wider variety of cases. The switch to a
library-based program should also make it easier in the future to develop
alternative front ends.
Documentation
-------------
Manpages
~~~~~~~~
There are several manpages available for the programs, utilities, and
configuration files dealing with pacman.
* linkman:PKGBUILD[5]
* linkman:libalpm[3]
* linkman:makepkg[8]
* linkman:makepkg.conf[5]
* linkman:pacman[8]
* linkman:pacman.conf[5]
* linkman:repo-add[8]
* linkman:vercmp[8]
Changelog
~~~~~~~~~
For a good idea of what is going on in pacman development, take a look at the
link:http://projects.archlinux.org/pacman.git/[Git summary page] for the
project.
See the most recent
link:http://projects.archlinux.org/pacman.git/tree/NEWS[NEWS]
file for a not-as-frequently-updated list of changes. However, this should
contain the biggest changes in a format more concise than the commit log.
Releases
--------
`------------`-------
Date Version
---------------------
2011-01-22 v3.4.3
2010-12-29 v3.4.2
2010-09-03 v3.4.1
2010-06-16 v3.4.0
2009-11-10 v3.3.3
2009-10-05 v3.3.2
2009-09-22 v3.3.1
2009-08-02 v3.3.0
2009-01-05 v3.2.2
2008-08-26 v3.2.1
2008-07-30 v3.2.0
2008-04-01 v3.1.4
2008-03-06 v3.1.3
2008-02-20 v3.1.2
2008-01-20 v3.1.1
2008-01-09 v3.1.0
2007-09-16 v3.0.6
2007-06-17 v3.0.5
2007-05-08 v3.0.4
2007-04-28 v3.0.3
2007-04-23 v3.0.2
2007-04-04 v3.0.1
2007-03-25 v3.0.0
2006-02-02 v2.9.8
2005-09-16 v2.9.7
2005-06-10 v2.9.6
2005-01-11 v2.9.5
2004-12-19 v2.9.4
2004-12-18 v2.9.3
2004-09-25 v2.9.2
2004-09-24 v2.9.1
2004-09-18 v2.9
---------------------
Source code for all releases is available at
link:ftp://ftp.archlinux.org/other/pacman/[]. To install, download the newest
available source tarball, unpack it in a directory, and run the three magic
commands:
$ ./configure
$ make
# make install
You may wish to read the options presented by `./configure --help` in order to
set appropriate paths and build options that are correct for your system.
Development
-----------
Mailing List
~~~~~~~~~~~~
There is a mailing list devoted to pacman development, hosted by Arch Linux.
link:http://mailman.archlinux.org/mailman/listinfo/pacman-dev/[Subscribe] or
link:http://mailman.archlinux.org/pipermail/pacman-dev/[view the archives].
Source Code
~~~~~~~~~~~
Development of pacman is currently done in GIT. The central repository is
hosted by Arch Linux, although some of the developers have their own trees (ask
on the above mailing lists if you are interested in finding the locations of
these trees).
The current development tree can be fetched with the following command:
git clone git://projects.archlinux.org/pacman.git pacman
which will fetch the full development history into a directory named pacman.
You can browse the source as well using
link:http://projects.archlinux.org/pacman.git/[cgit]. HTTP/HTTPS URLs are also
available for cloning purposes; these URLs are listed at the above page.
If you are interested in hacking on pacman, it is highly recommended you join
the mailing list mentioned above, as well as take a quick glance at our
link:HACKING.html[HACKING] document.
link:submitting-patches.html[submitting-patches] is also a recommended read.
Not as familiar with code as you'd like to be, but still want to help out? If
you speak a foreign language, you can help by either creating or updating a
translation file for your native language. Instructions can be found in
link:translation-help.html[translation-help].
Other Utilities
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Although the package manager itself is quite simple, many scripts have been
developed that help automate building and installing packages. These are used
extensively in link:http://archlinux.org/[Arch Linux]. Most of these utilities
are available in the Arch Linux projects
link:http://projects.archlinux.org/[code browser].
Utilities available:
* link:http://projects.archlinux.org/abs.git/[abs] - ABS (Arch Build System), scripts to download & use the Arch Linux PKGBUILD tree
* link:http://projects.archlinux.org/dbscripts.git/[dbscripts] - scripts used by Arch Linux to manage the main package repositories
* link:http://projects.archlinux.org/devtools.git/[devtools] - tools to assist in packaging and dependency checking
* link:http://projects.archlinux.org/namcap.git/[namcap] - a package analysis utility written in python
* link:http://projects.archlinux.org/srcpac.git/[srcpac] - a bash build-from-source pacman wrapper
Bugs
----
If you find bugs (which is quite likely), please email them to the pacman-dev
mailing last at mailto:pacman-dev@archlinux.org[] with specific information
such as your commandline, the nature of the bug, and even the package database
if it helps.
You can also post a bug to the Arch Linux bug tracker
link:http://bugs.archlinux.org/index.php?project=3[Flyspray]. Be sure to file
bugs under the Pacman project.
Pacman/libalpm in the Wild
--------------------------
Although Arch Linux is the primary user of pacman and libalpm, other
distributions and projects also use pacman as a package management tool. In
addition, there have been several projects started to provide a frontend GUI to
pacman and/or libalpm.
Arch derivatives:
* link:http://archie.dotsrc.org/[Archie] - Arch Live on steroids
* link:http://www.faunos.com/[FaunOS] - A portable, fully integrated operating system based on Arch Linux
* link:http://larch.berlios.de/[larch] - A live CD/DVD/USB-stick construction kit for Arch Linux
Other distributions:
* link:http://www.delilinux.org/[DeLi Linux] - "Desktop Light" Linux, a Linux distribution for old computers
* link:http://www.frugalware.org/[Frugalware Linux] - A general purpose Linux distribution for intermediate users (pacman is forked and maintained separately)
Pacman/libalpm frontends:
* link:http://shaman.iskrembilen.com/[Shaman] - A GUI frontend using Qt and libalpm
Copyright
---------
pacman is Copyright (C) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team
<pacman-dev@archlinux.org> and Copyright (C) 2002-2006 Judd Vinet
<jvinet@zeroflux.org> and is licensed through the GNU General Public License,
version 2 or later.
/////
vim: set ts=2 sw=2 syntax=asciidoc et:
/////

View File

@@ -43,14 +43,7 @@ Options
*-A, \--ignorearch*::
Ignore a missing or incomplete arch field in the build script. This is
for rebuilding packages from source when the PKGBUILD may be slightly
outdated and not updated with an `$$arch=('yourarch')$$` field.
*-b, \--builddeps*::
Build missing dependencies from source. When makepkg finds missing
build-time or run-time dependencies, it will look for the dependencies'
PKGBUILD files under `SRCROOT` (set in linkman:makepkg.conf[5]). If it
finds them it will call makepkg to build and install the missing
dependencies. The child calls will be made with the `-b` and `-i` options.
outdated and not updated with an `arch=('yourarch')` field.
*-c, \--clean*::
Clean up leftover work files and directories after a successful build.
@@ -59,6 +52,9 @@ Options
Removes all cached source files from the directory specified in `SRCDEST`
in linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
*--config* <`/path/to/config`>::
Use an alternate config file instead of the `{sysconfdir}/makepkg.conf` default;
*-d, \--nodeps*::
Do not perform any dependency checks. This will let you override and
ignore any dependencies required. There is a good chance this option
@@ -85,10 +81,14 @@ Options
*-g, \--geninteg*::
For each source file in the source array of PKGBUILD, download the file
if required and generate integrity checks. The integrity checks
generated are determined by the value of the INTEGRITY_CHECK array in
linkman:makepkg.conf[5]. This output can be redirected into your
PKGBUILD for source validation using "`makepkg -g >> PKGBUILD`".
if required and generate integrity checks. The integrity checks generated
are determined by the checks present in the PKGBUILD, falling back to the
value of the INTEGRITY_CHECK array in makepkg.conf(5) if these are absent
This output can be redirected into your PKGBUILD for source validation
using "`makepkg -g >> PKGBUILD`".
*--skipinteg*::
Do not perform any integrity checks, just print a warning instead.
*-h, \--help*::
Output syntax and command line options.
@@ -123,22 +123,42 @@ Options
*-r, \--rmdeps*::
Upon successful build, remove any dependencies installed by makepkg
during dependency auto-resolution (using `-b` or `-s`).
during dependency auto-resolution and installation when using `-s`.
*-R, \--repackage*::
Repackage contents of pkg/ without rebuilding the package. This is
useful if you forgot a depend or install file in your PKGBUILD and the
build itself will not change.
Repackage contents of the package without rebuilding the package. This
is useful if you forgot a depend or install file in your PKGBUILD and
the build itself will not change.
*-s, \--syncdeps*::
Install missing dependencies using pacman. When build-time or run-time
dependencies are not found, pacman will try to resolve them. If
successful, the missing packages will be downloaded and installed.
*\--allsource*::
Do not actually build the package, but build a source-only tarball that
includes all sources, including those that are normally download via
makepkg. This is useful for passing a single tarball to another program
such as a chroot or remote builder. It will also satisfy requirements of
the GPL when distributing binary packages.
*\--source*::
Do not actually build the package, but build a source-only tarball. This
is useful for passing a single tarball to another program such as a
chroot, remote builder, or an AUR upload.
Do not actually build the package, but build a source-only tarball that
does not include sources that can be fetched via a download URL. This is
useful for passing a single tarball to another program such as a chroot,
remote builder, or a tarball upload. Because integrity checks are verified,
all source files of the package need to be present or downloadable.
*\--pkg <`list`>*::
Only build listed packages from a split package. The use of quotes is
necessary when specifying multiple packages. e.g. `--pkg "pkg1 pkg3"`
*\--check*::
Run the check() function in the PKGBUILD, overriding the setting in
linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
*\--nocheck*::
Do not run the check() function in the PKGBUILD or handle the checkdepends.
*\--noconfirm*::
(Passed to pacman) Prevent pacman from waiting for user input before
@@ -157,6 +177,23 @@ separate utility 'versionpkg'. See linkman:PKGBUILD[5] for details on how to
set up a development PKGBUILD.
Environment Variables
---------------------
*PACMAN*::
The command that will be used to check for missing dependencies and to
install and remove packages. Pacman's -Qq, -Rns, -S, -T, and -U
operations must be supported by this command. If the variable is not
set or empty, makepkg will fall back to `pacman'.
**PKGDEST=**"/path/to/folder"::
Folder where the resulting packages will be stored. Overrides the
corresponding value defined in linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
**SRCDEST=**"/path/to/folder"::
Folder where the downloaded sources will be stored. Overrides the
corresponding value defined in linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
Configuration
-------------
See linkman:makepkg.conf[5] for more details on configuring makepkg using the

View File

@@ -34,9 +34,13 @@ Options
**DLAGENTS=(**\'protocol::/path/to/command [options]' ...**)**::
Sets the download agents used to fetch source files specified with a URL in
the linkman:PKGBUILD[5] file. Options can be specified for each command as
well; the download URL is placed on the end of the command. This is more
flexible than the former `FTPAGENT` variable, as any protocol can have a
download agent. Several examples are provided in the default makepkg.conf.
well, and any protocol can have a download agent. Several examples are provided
in the default makepkg.conf.
+
If present, `%u` will be replaced with the download URL. Otherwise, the
download URL will be placed on the end of the command. If present, `%o` will
be replaced with the local filename, plus a ``.part'' extension, which allows
makepkg to handle resuming file downloads.
**CARCH=**"carch"::
Specifies your computer architecture; possible values include such things
@@ -57,11 +61,16 @@ Options
**CXXFLAGS=**"cxxflags"::
Flags used for the C++ compiler; see CFLAGS for more info.
**LDFLAGS=**"ldflags"::
Flags used for the linker. Several options may be specified with common
usage resembling ``-Wl,--hash-style=gnu''. Read ld(1) for more details on
available linker flags.
**MAKEFLAGS=**"makeflags"::
This is often used to set the number of jobs used, for example, `-j2`.
Other flags that make accepts can also be passed.
**BUILDENV=(**fakeroot !distcc color !ccache !xdelta**)**::
**BUILDENV=(**fakeroot !distcc color !ccache**)**::
This array contains options that affect the build environment, the defaults
are shown here. All options should always be left in the array; to enable
or disable an option simply remove or place an ``!'' at the front of the
@@ -84,18 +93,18 @@ Options
be disabled for individual packages by placing `!ccache` in the
PKGBUILD options array.
*xdelta*;;
Generate an xdelta binary patch from previous to current package. The
previous package must be available in the makepkg cache directory for
this to occur.
*check*;;
Run the check() function if present in the PKGBUILD. This can be
enabled or disabled for individual packages through the use of
makepkg's `--check` and `--nocheck` options respectively.
**DISTCC_HOSTS=**"host1 ..."::
If using DistCC, this is used to specify a space-delimited list of hosts
running in the DistCC cluster. In addition, you will want to modify your
`MAKEFLAGS`.
**OPTIONS=(**strip !docs libtool emptydirs**)**::
This array contains options that affect the default packaging. All four are
**OPTIONS=(**strip !docs libtool emptydirs zipman**)**::
This array contains options that affect the default packaging. They are
equivalent to options that can be placed in the PKGBUILD; the defaults are
shown here. All options should always be left in the array; to enable or
disable an option simply remove or place an ``!'' at the front of the
@@ -107,27 +116,60 @@ Options
option.
*docs*;;
Save doc and info directories. If you wish to delete doc and info
directories, specify `!docs' in the array.
Save doc directories. If you wish to delete doc directories, specify
`!docs` in the array. The directories affected are specified by the
`DOC_DIRS` variable.
*libtool*;;
Leave libtool (.la) files in packages. Specify `!libtool' to remove
Leave libtool (.la) files in packages. Specify `!libtool` to remove
them.
*emptydirs*;;
Leave empty directories in packages.
*zipman*;;
Compress manual (man and info) pages with gzip. The directories
affected are specified by the `MAN_DIRS` variable.
*purge*;;
Remove files specified by the `PURGE_TARGETS` variable from the
package.
**INTEGRITY_CHECK=(**check1 ...**)**::
File integrity checks to use. Multiple checks may be specified; this
affects both generation and checking. The current valid options are:
`md5`, `sha1`, `sha256`, `sha384`, and `sha512`.
**DOC_DIRS=(**usr/{,share/}{info,doc} ...**)**::
If "!docs" is specified in the OPTIONS array, this variable will
**STRIP_BINARIES=**"--strip-all"::
Options to be used when stripping binaries. See linkman:strip[1]
for details.
**STRIP_SHARED=**"--strip-unneeded"::
Options to be used when stripping shared libraries. See linkman:strip[1]
for details.
**STRIP_STATIC=**"--strip-debug"::
Options to be used when stripping static libraries. See linkman:strip[1]
for details.
**MAN_DIRS=(**{usr{,/local}{,/share},opt/*}/{man,info} ...**)**::
If `zipman` is specified in the OPTIONS array, this variable will
instruct makepkg where to look to compress manual (man and info)
pages. If you build packages that are located in opt/, you may need
to add the directory to this array. *NOTE:* Do not add the leading
slash to the directory name.
**DOC_DIRS=(**usr/{,share/}{doc,gtk-doc} ...**)**::
If `!docs` is specified in the OPTIONS array, this variable will
instruct makepkg where to look to remove docs. If you build packages
that are located in opt/, you may need to add the directory to this
array. *NOTE:* Do not add the leading slash to the directory name.
**PURGE_TARGETS=(**usr/{,share}/info/dir .podlist *.pod...**)**::
If `purge` is specified in the OPTIONS array, this variable will
instruct makepkg which files to remove from the package. This is
useful for index files that are added by multiple packages.
**PKGDEST=**"/path/to/folder"::
If this value is not set, packages will by default be placed in the
current directory (location of the linkman:PKGBUILD[5]). Many people
@@ -139,14 +181,20 @@ Options
in the current directory. Many people like to keep all source files in
a central location for easy cleanup, so this path can be set here.
**PACKAGER=**"John Doe <john@doe.com>"::
**SRCPKGDEST=**"/path/to/folder"::
If this value is not set, source package files will be stored in
in the current directory. Many people like to keep all source package files
in a central location for easy cleanup, so this path can be set here.
**PACKAGER=**"John Doe <john@example.com>"::
This value is used when querying a package to see who was the builder.
It is recommended you change this to your name and email address.
*BUILDSCRIPT*, *PKGEXT*, *SRCEXT*, *DB_COMPRESSION*, *DB_CHECKSUMS*::
**PKGEXT=**".pkg.tar.gz", **SRCEXT=**".src.tar.gz"::
Sets the compression used when making compiled or source packages. The
current valid suffixes are `.tar`, `.tar.gz`, `.tar,bz2` and `.tar.xz`.
Do not touch these unless you know what you are doing.
See Also
--------
linkman:makepkg[8], linkman:pacman[8], linkman:PKGBUILD[5]

View File

@@ -22,28 +22,30 @@ hooks, and the ability to sync your local machine with a remote ftp server to
automatically upgrade packages. Pacman packages are a zipped tar format.
Since version 3.0.0, pacman has been the frontend to linkman:libalpm[3], the
"Arch Linux Package Management" library. This library allows alternative front
ends to be written (for instance, a GUI front end).
``Arch Linux Package Management'' library. This library allows alternative
front ends to be written (for instance, a GUI front end).
Operations
----------
*-A, \--add* (deprecated)::
Add a package to the system. Either a URL or file path can be specified.
The package will be uncompressed into the installation root and the
database will be updated. The package will not be installed if another
version is already installed. *NOTE*: please use '\--upgrade' in place of
this option.
*-D, \--database*::
Modify the package database. This options allows you to modify certain
attributes of the installed packages in pacman's database. At the
moment, you can only change the install reason using '\--asdeps' and
'\--asexplicit' options.
*-Q, \--query*::
Query the package database. This operation allows you to view installed
packages and their files, as well as meta-information about individual
packages (dependencies, conflicts, install date, build date, size). This
can be run against the local package database or can be used on
individual '.tar.gz' packages. See <<QO,Query Options>> below.
individual '.tar.gz' packages. In the first case, if no package names
are provided in the command line, all installed packages will be
queried. Additionally, various filters can be applied on the package
list. See <<QO,Query Options>> below.
*-R, \--remove*::
Remove a package from the system. Groups can also be specified to be
Remove package(s) from the system. Groups can also be specified to be
removed, in which case every package in that group will be removed.
Files belonging to the specified package will be deleted, and the
database will be updated. Most configuration files will be saved
@@ -56,7 +58,9 @@ Operations
example, `pacman -S qt` will download and install qt and all the
packages it depends on. If a package name exists in more than one repo, the
repo can be explicitly specified to clarify the package to install:
`pacman -S testing/qt`.
`pacman -S testing/qt`. You can also specify version requirements:
`pacman -S "bash>=3.2"`. (Quotes are needed, otherwise your shell
interprets ">" as redirection to file.)
+
In addition to packages, groups can be specified as well. For example, if
gnome is a defined package group, then `pacman -S gnome` will install every
@@ -68,12 +72,32 @@ provide the same functionality as foo will be searched for. If any package is
found, it will be installed.
+
You can also use `pacman -Su` to upgrade all packages that are out of date. See
<<SO,Sync Options>> below.
<<SO,Sync Options>> below. When upgrading, pacman performs version comparison
to determine which packages need upgrading. This behavior operates as follows:
Alphanumeric:
1.0a < 1.0alpha < 1.0b < 1.0beta < 1.0p < 1.0pre < 1.0rc < 1.0
Numeric:
1 < 1.0 < 1.1 < 1.1.1 < 1.2 < 2.0 < 3.0.0
+
Additionally, version strings can have an 'epoch' value defined that will
overrule any version comparison (unless the epoch values are equal). This is
specified in an `epoch:version-rel` format. For example, `2:1.0-1` is always
greater than `1:3.6-1`.
*-T, \--deptest*::
Check dependencies; this is useful in scripts such as makepkg to check
installed packages. This operation will check each dependency specified and
return a list of those which are not currently satisfied on the system.
This operation accepts no other options. Example usage: `pacman -T qt
"bash>=3.2"`.
*-U, \--upgrade*::
Upgrade or add a package to the system. Either a URL or file path can be
specified. This is a "remove-then-add" process. See <<HCF,Handling Config
Files>> for an explanation on how pacman takes care of config files.
Upgrade or add package(s) to the system and install the required
dependencies from sync repos. Either a URL or file path can be
specified. This is a ``remove-then-add'' process. See <<UO,Upgrade
Options>> below; also see <<HCF,Handling Config Files>> for an explanation
on how pacman takes care of config files.
*-V, \--version*::
Display version and exit.
@@ -85,59 +109,59 @@ You can also use `pacman -Su` to upgrade all packages that are out of date. See
Options
-------
*\--asdeps*::
Install packages non-explicitly; in other works, fake their install reason
to be installed as a dependency. This is useful for makepkg and other
build from source tools that need to install dependencies before building
the package.
*-b, \--dbpath* <'path'>::
Specify an alternative database location (a typical default is
``/var/lib/pacman''). This should not be used unless you know what you are
``{localstatedir}/lib/pacman''). This should not be used unless you know what you are
doing. *NOTE*: if specified, this is an absolute path and the root path is
not automatically prepended. This behavior changed in pacman 3.1.0.
*-d, \--nodeps*::
Skips all dependency checks. Normally, pacman will always check a
package's dependency fields to ensure that all dependencies are
installed and there are no package conflicts in the system.
*-f, \--force*::
Bypass file conflict checks and overwrite conflicting files. If the
package that is about to be installed contains files that are already
installed, this option will cause all those files to be overwritten.
This option should be used with care, ideally not at all.
not automatically prepended.
*-r, \--root* <'path'>::
Specify an alternative installation root (default is ``/''). This should
not be used as a way to install software into ``/usr/local'' instead of
``/usr''. This option is used if you want to install a package on a
temporary mounted partition which is "owned" by another system.
*NOTE*: If database path or logfile are not specified on either the
*NOTE*: if database path or logfile are not specified on either the
command line or in linkman:pacman.conf[5], their default location will
be inside this root path.
*-v, --verbose*::
*-v, \--verbose*::
Output paths such as as the Root, Conf File, DB Path, Cache Dirs, etc.
*\--arch* <'arch'>::
Specify an alternate architecture.
*\--cachedir* <'dir'>::
Specify an alternative package cache location (a typical default is
``/var/cache/pacman/pkg''). Multiple cache directories can be specified,
``{localstatedir}/cache/pacman/pkg''). Multiple cache directories can be specified,
and they are tried in the order they are passed to pacman. *NOTE*: this
is an absolute path, the root path is not automatically prepended. This
behavior changed in pacman 3.1.0.
is an absolute path, the root path is not automatically prepended.
*\--config* <'file'>::
Specify an alternate configuration file.
*\--debug*::
Display debug messages. When reporting bugs, this option is recommended
to be used.
*\--logfile* <'file'>::
Specify an alternate log file. This is an absolute path, regardless of
the installation root setting.
*\--noconfirm*::
Bypass any and all "Are you sure?" messages. It's not a good idea to do
Bypass any and all ``Are you sure?'' messages. It's not a good idea to do
this unless you want to run pacman from a script.
Transaction Options (apply to '-S', '-R' and '-U')
--------------------------------------------------
*-d, \--nodeps*::
Skips dependency version checks. Package names are still checked. Normally,
pacman will always check a package's dependency fields to ensure that all
dependencies are installed and there are no package conflicts in the
system. Specify this option twice to skip all dependency checks.
*-k, \--dbonly*::
Adds/Removes the database entry only, leaves all files in place.
*\--noprogressbar*::
Do not show a progress bar when downloading files. This can be useful
for scripts that call pacman and capture the output.
@@ -146,24 +170,62 @@ Options
If an install scriptlet exists, do not execute it. Do not use this
unless you know what you are doing.
*-p, \--print*::
Only print the targets instead of performing the actual operation (sync,
remove or upgrade). Use '\--print-format' to specify how targets are
displayed. The default format string is "%l", which displays URLs with
'-S', filenames with '-U' and pkgname-pkgver with '-R'.
*\--print-format* <'format'>::
Specify a printf-like format to control the output of the '\--print'
operation. The possible attributes are: %n for pkgname, %v for pkgver,
%l for location, %r for repo and %s for size.
Upgrade Options (apply to '-S' and '-U')[[UO]]
--------------------------------------------
*-f, \--force*::
Bypass file conflict checks and overwrite conflicting files. If the
package that is about to be installed contains files that are already
installed, this option will cause all those files to be overwritten.
This option should be used with care, ideally not at all.
*\--asdeps*::
Install packages non-explicitly; in other words, fake their install reason
to be installed as a dependency. This is useful for makepkg and other
build from source tools that need to install dependencies before building
the package.
*\--asexplicit*::
Install packages explicitly; in other words, fake their install reason to
be explicitly installed. This is useful if you want to mark a dependency
as explicitly installed so it will not be removed by the '\--recursive'
remove operation.
*\--ignore* <'package'>::
Directs pacman to ignore upgrades of package even if there is one
available. Multiple packages can be specified by separating them
with a comma.
*\--ignoregroup* <'group'>::
Directs pacman to ignore upgrades of all packages in 'group' even if
there is one available. Multiple groups can be specified by
separating them with a comma.
Query Options[[QO]]
-------------------
*-c, \--changelog*::
View the ChangeLog of a package. Not every package will provide one but
it will be shown if available.
View the ChangeLog of a package if it exists.
*-d, \--deps*::
List all packages installed as dependencies. This option can be combined
with '-t' for listing real orphans- packages that were installed as
dependencies but are no longer required by any installed package. ('-Qdt'
is equivalent to the pacman 3.0.X '-Qe' option.)
Restrict or filter output to packages installed as dependencies. This
option can be combined with '-t' for listing real orphans - packages that
were installed as dependencies but are no longer required by any
installed package.
*-e, \--explicit*::
List all packages explicitly installed. This option can be combined with
'-t' to list top-level packages- those packages that were explicitly
installed but are not required by any other package. ('-Qet' is equivalent
to the pacman 2.9.X '-Qe' option.)
Restrict or filter output to explicitly installed packages. This option
can be combined with '-t' to list explicitly installed packages which
are not required by any other package.
*-g, \--groups*::
Display all packages that are members of a named group. If a name is not
@@ -175,6 +237,11 @@ Query Options[[QO]]
'\--info' or '-i' flags will also display the list of backup files and
their modification states.
*-k \--check*::
Check that all files owned by the given package(s) are present on the
system. If packages are not specified or filter flags are not provided,
check all installed packages.
*-l, \--list*::
List all files owned by a given package. Multiple packages can be
specified on the command line.
@@ -185,25 +252,38 @@ Query Options[[QO]]
and installed with '\--upgrade'.
*-o, \--owns* <'file'>::
Search for the package that owns file. The path can be relative or
absolute.
Search for packages that own the specified file(s). The path can be
relative or absolute and one or more files can be specified.
*-p, \--file*::
Signifies that the package supplied on the command line is a file and
not an entry in the database. The file will be decompressed and queried.
This is useful in combination with '\--info' and '\--list'.
*-q, \--quiet*::
Show less information for certain query operations. (This is useful when
pacman's output is processed in a script.) Search will only show package
names and not version, group, and description information; owns will
only show package names instead of "file is owned by pkg" messages; group
will only show package names and omit group names; list will only show
files and omit package names; check will only show pairs of package names
and missing files; a bare query will only show package names
rather than names and versions.
*-s, \--search* <'regexp'>::
This will search each locally-installed package for names or
descriptions that match `regexp`.
Search each locally-installed package for names or descriptions that
match `regexp`. When including multiple search terms, only packages
with descriptions matching ALL of those terms are returned.
*-t, \--unrequired*::
Restrict or filter output to packages not required by any currently
installed package.
*-u, \--upgrades*::
Lists all packages that are out of date on the local system. This option
works best if the sync database is refreshed using '-Sy'.
Restrict or filter output to packages that are out of date on the local
system. (Only package versions are used to find outdated packages,
replacements are not checked here.) This option works best if the sync
database is refreshed using '-Sy'.
Remove Options[[RO]]
@@ -213,9 +293,6 @@ Remove Options[[RO]]
or more target packages. This operation is recursive, and must be used
with care since it can remove many potentially needed packages.
*-k, \--keep*::
Removes the database entry only. Leaves all files in place.
*-n, \--nosave*::
Instructs pacman to ignore file backup designations. Normally, when a
file is removed from the system the database is checked to see if the
@@ -226,7 +303,12 @@ Remove Options[[RO]]
that (A) they are not required by other packages; and (B) they were not
explicitly installed by the user. This operation is recursive and analogous
to a backwards '\--sync' operation, and helps keep a clean system without
orphans.
orphans. If you want to omit condition (B), pass this option twice.
*-u, \--unneeded*::
Removes targets that are not required by any other packages.
This is mostly useful when removing a group without using the '-c' option,
to avoid breaking any dependencies.
Sync Options[[SO]]
@@ -241,10 +323,9 @@ Sync Options[[SO]]
packages that are no longer installed; use two to remove all packages
from the cache. In both cases, you will have a yes or no option to
remove packages and/or unused downloaded databases.
*-e, \--dependsonly*::
Install all dependencies of a package, but not the specified package
itself. This is pretty useless and we're not sure why it even exists.
+
If you use a network shared cache, see the 'CleanMethod' option in
linkman:pacman.conf[5].
*-g, \--groups*::
Display all the members for each package group specified. If no group
@@ -252,21 +333,26 @@ Sync Options[[SO]]
view all groups and their members.
*-i, \--info*::
Display dependency and other information for a given package. This will
search through all repositories for a matching package.
Display information on a given sync database package. Passing two '\--info'
or '-i' flags will also display those packages in all repositories that
depend on this package.
*-l, \--list*::
List all packages in the specified repositories. Multiple repositories
can be specified on the command line.
*-p, \--print-uris*::
Print out URIs for each package that will be installed, including any
dependencies yet to be installed. These can be piped to a file and
downloaded at a later time, using a program like wget.
*-q, \--quiet*::
Show less information for certain sync operations. (This is useful when
pacman's output is processed in a script.) Search will only show package
names and not repo, version, group, and description information; list
will only show package names and omit databases and versions; group will
only show package names and omit group names.
*-s, \--search* <'regexp'>::
This will search each package in the sync databases for names or
descriptions that match `regexp`.
descriptions that match `regexp`. When you include multiple search
terms, only packages with descriptions matching ALL of those terms will
be returned.
*-u, \--sysupgrade*::
Upgrades all packages that are out of date. Each currently-installed
@@ -274,31 +360,25 @@ Sync Options[[SO]]
report of all packages to upgrade will be presented and the operation
will not proceed without user confirmation. Dependencies are
automatically resolved at this level and will be installed/upgraded if
necessary.
necessary. Pass this option twice to enable package downgrade; in this
case pacman will select sync packages whose version does not match with
the local version. This can be useful when the user switches from a testing
repo to a stable one. Additional targets can also be specified manually, so
that '-Su foo' will do a system upgrade and install/upgrade the foo package in
the same operation.
*-w, \--downloadonly*::
Retrieve all packages from the server, but do not install/upgrade
anything.
Retrieve all packages from the server, but do not install/upgrade anything.
*-y, \--refresh*::
Download a fresh copy of the master package list from the server(s)
defined in linkman:pacman.conf[5]. This should typically be used each time
you use '\--sysupgrade' or '-u'. Passing two '\--refresh' or '-y' flags
will force a refresh of all package lists even if they are thought to be up
will force a refresh of all package lists even if they appear to be up
to date.
*\--needed*::
Only install the targets that are not already installed and up-to-date.
*\--ignore* <'package'>::
Directs pacman to ignore upgrades of package even if there is one
available. Multiple packages can be specified by separating them
with a comma.
*\--ignoregroup* <'group'>::
Directs pacman to ignore upgrades of all packages in 'group' even if
there is one available. Multiple groups can be specified by
separating them with a comma.
Don't reinstall the targets that are already up to date.
Handling Config Files[[HCF]]
@@ -311,7 +391,7 @@ actual file existing on the filesystem. After comparing these 3 hashes, the
follow scenarios can result:
original=X, current=X, new=X::
All three files are the same, so overwrites are not an issue Install the
All three files are the same, so overwrites are not an issue. Install the
new file.
original=X, current=X, new=Y::
@@ -332,6 +412,25 @@ original=X, current=Y, new=Z::
necessary changes into the original file.
Examples
--------
pacman -Ss ne.hack::
Search for regexp "ne.hack" in package database.
pacman -S gpm::
Download and install gpm including dependencies.
pacman -U /home/user/ceofhack-0.6-1-x86_64.pkg.tar.gz::
Install ceofhack-0.6-1 package from a local file.
pacman -Syu::
Update package list and upgrade all packages afterwards.
pacman -Syu gpm::
Update package list, upgrade all packages, and then install gpm if it
wasn't already installed.
Configuration
-------------
See linkman:pacman.conf[5] for more details on configuring pacman using the

View File

@@ -25,6 +25,7 @@ which defines global options.
Example
-------
--------
#
# pacman.conf
@@ -34,12 +35,15 @@ NoUpgrade = etc/passwd etc/group etc/shadow
NoUpgrade = etc/fstab
[core]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/core
Include = {sysconfdir}/pacman.d/core
[custom]
Server = file:///home/pkgs
--------
NOTE: Each directive must be in CamelCase. If the case isn't respected, the
directive won't be recognized. For example. noupgrade or NOUPGRADE will not
work.
Options
-------
@@ -53,24 +57,23 @@ Options
*DBPath =* path/to/db/dir::
Overrides the default location of the toplevel database directory. A
typical default is ``/var/lib/pacman/''. Most users will not need to set
typical default is ``{localstatedir}/lib/pacman/''. Most users will not need to set
this option. *NOTE*: if specified, this is an absolute path and the root
path is not automatically prepended. This behavior changed in pacman 3.1.0.
path is not automatically prepended.
*CacheDir =* path/to/cache/dir::
Overrides the default location of the package cache directory. A typical
default is ``/var/cache/pacman/pkg/''. Multiple cache directories can be
default is ``{localstatedir}/cache/pacman/pkg/''. Multiple cache directories can be
specified, and they are tried in the order they are listed in the config
file. If a file is not found in any cache directory, it will be downloaded
to the first cache directory with write access. *NOTE*: this is an absolute
path, the root path is not automatically prepended. This behavior changed
in pacman 3.1.0.
path, the root path is not automatically prepended.
*LogFile =* '/path/to/file'::
Log actions directly to a file. A typical default is
``/var/log/pacman.log''. As of pacman 3.1.0, this does not need to be
specified by default. This is an absolute path and root is not prepended.
Overrides the default location of the pacman log file. A typical default
is ``{localstatedir}/log/pacman.log''. This is an absolute path and the root directory
is not prepended.
*HoldPkg =* package ...::
If a user tries to '\--remove' a package that's listed in `HoldPkg`,
@@ -80,13 +83,31 @@ Options
Instructs pacman to ignore any upgrades for this package when performing
a '\--sysupgrade'.
*SyncFirst =* package ...::
Instructs pacman to check for newer version of these packages before any
sync operation. The user will have the choice to either cancel the current
operation and upgrade these packages first or go on with the current
operation. This option is typically used with the 'pacman' package.
*NOTE*: when a `SyncFirst` transaction takes place, no command line flags
(e.g. '\--force') are honored. If this is not ideal, disabling `SyncFirst`
and performing a manual sync of the involved packages may be required.
*IgnoreGroup =* group ...::
Instructs pacman to ignore any upgrades for all packages in this
group when performing a '\--sysupgrade'.
*Include =* path::
Include another config file. This file can include repositories or
general configuration options.
general configuration options. Wildcards in the specified paths will get
expanded based on linkman:glob[7] rules.
*Architecture =* auto | i686 | x86_64 | ...::
If set, pacman will only allow installation of packages of the given
architecture (e.g. 'i686', 'x86_64', etc). The special value 'auto' will
use the system architecture, provided by in ``uname -m''. If unset, no
architecture checks are made. *NOTE*: packages with the special
architecture 'any' can always be installed, as they are meant to be
architecture independent.
*XferCommand =* /path/to/command %u::
If set, an external program will be used to download all remote files.
@@ -99,12 +120,10 @@ Options
http/ftp support, or need the more advanced proxy support that comes with
utilities like wget.
*NoPassiveFtp*::
Disables passive ftp connections when downloading packages. (aka Active Mode)
*NoUpgrade =* file ...::
All files listed with a `NoUpgrade` directive will never be touched during
a package install/upgrade.
a package install/upgrade, and the new files will be installed with a
'.pacnew' extension.
These files refer to files in the package archive, so do not include the
leading slash (the RootDir) when specifying them.
@@ -117,16 +136,27 @@ Options
These files refer to files in the package archive, so do not include the
leading slash (the RootDir) when specifying them.
*CleanMethod =* KeepInstalled &| KeepCurrent::
If set to `KeepInstalled` (the default), the '-Sc' operation will clean
packages that are no longer installed (not present in the local database).
If set to `KeepCurrent`, '-Sc' will clean outdated packages (not present in
any sync database).
The second behavior is useful when the package cache is shared among
multiple machines, where the local databases are usually different, but the
sync databases in use could be the same. If both values are specified,
packages are only cleaned if not installed locally and not present in any
known sync database.
*UseSyslog*::
Log action messages through syslog(). This will insert log entries into
``/var/log/messages'' or equivalent.
``{localstatedir}/log/messages'' or equivalent.
*ShowSize*::
Display the size of individual packages for '\--sync' and '\--query' modes.
*UseDelta*::
Download delta files instead of complete packages if possible. Requires
the xdelta program to be installed.
the xdelta3 program to be installed.
*TotalDownload*::
When downloading, display the amount downloaded, download rate, ETA,
@@ -134,6 +164,10 @@ Options
than the percent of each individual download target. The progress
bar is still based solely on the current file download.
*CheckSpace*::
Performs an approximate check for adequate available disk space before
installing packages.
Repository Sections
-------------------
Each repository section defines a section name and at least one location where
@@ -152,15 +186,17 @@ contain a file that lists the servers for that repository.
# use this repository first
Server = ftp://ftp.archlinux.org/core/os/arch
# next use servers as defined in the mirrorlist below
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
Include = {sysconfdir}/pacman.d/mirrorlist
--------
During parsing, pacman will define the `$repo` variable to the name of the
current section. This is often utilized in files specified using the 'Include'
directive so all repositories can use the same mirrorfile.
directive so all repositories can use the same mirrorfile. pacman also defines
the `$arch` variable to the value of `Architecture`, so the same mirrorfile can
even be used for different architectures.
--------
Server = ftp://ftp.archlinux.org/$repo/os/arch
Server = ftp://ftp.archlinux.org/$repo/os/$arch
--------
The order of repositories in the configuration files matters; repositories

View File

@@ -6,19 +6,13 @@ repo-add(8)
Name
----
////
* If we use this below line, the manpage name comes out all weird. We also
* can't use two separate lines, which is quite annoying. *
repo-add, repo-remove - package database maintenance utilities
////
repo-add - package database maintenance utility
Synopsis
--------
repo-add <path-to-db> [--force] <package> ...
repo-add [-d] [-f] [-q] <path-to-db> <package1> [<package2> ...]
repo-remove <path-to-db> <packagename> ...
repo-remove [-q] <path-to-db> <packagename> [<packagename2> ...]
Description
@@ -36,13 +30,18 @@ on the command line.
Options
-------
*--force* (repo-add only)::
Add a force entry to the sync database, which tells pacman to skip version
number comparison and update the package regardless. This flag can be
specified in the middle of the command line, with any packages listed
before the flag being added as normal entries, and any specified after
being marked as force upgrades.
*-d, \--delta*::
Automatically generate and add a delta file between the old entry and the
new one, if the old package file is found next to the new one.
*-f, \--files*::
Tells repo-add also to create and include a list of the files in the
specified packages. This is useful for creating databases listing all files
in a given sync repository for tools that may use this information.
*-q, \--quiet*::
Force this program to keep quiet and run silent except for warning and
error messages.
See Also
--------

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
Pacman - Submitting Patches
===========================
This document is here mainly to make the job of those who review patches
easier and is more of a guideline and not a strict set of rules. However,
please try to follow as much as you can.
NOTE: Some of this is paraphrased from the kernel documentation's
"SubmittingPatches" file.
Getting the most recent source
------------------------------
Patches need to be submitted in GIT format and are best if they are against the
latest version of the code. There are several helpful tutorials for getting
started with GIT if you have not worked with it before.
* http://www.kernel.org/pub/software/scm/git/docs/gittutorial.html
* http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Super_Quick_Git_Guide
The pacman code can be fetched using the following command:
git clone git://projects.archlinux.org/pacman.git
Creating your patch
-------------------
--
* use `git commit -s` for creating a commit of your changes.
The -s allows you to credit yourself by adding a "Signed Off By" line to
indicate who has "signed" the patch - who has approved it.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Griffin <aaron@archlinux.org>
Please use your real name and email address. Feel free to "scramble" the
address if you're afraid of spam.
* Describe your patch.
It helps if you describe the overview and goals of the patch in the git commit
log. This allows others to see what you intended so as to compare it to what
was actually done, and allows better feedback.
* Use `git format-patch` to create patches.
Your commit message will be shown above the patch by default when you will use
`git-format-patch`, including the signoff line.
--
Submitting your patch
---------------------
--
* Send the patch to the pacman-dev mailing list
The mailing list is the primary queue for review and acceptance. Here you
will get feedback, and let me know the details of your patch.
* No MIME, no links, no compression, no attachments. Just plain text.
Patches should be contained in the actual body of the email. There are many
reasons for this. First, it makes them easier to read with any mail reader,
it allows easier review "at a glance", and most importantly, it allows people
to comment on exact lines of the patch in reply emails.
`git send-email` allows you to send git formatted patches in plain text easily
and is the preferred method for submission to the mailing list.
--
After you submit
----------------
--
* Don't get discouraged
Any feedback you get, positive or negative, has nothing to do with you. If a
patch is rejected, try taking the suggestions into account and re-submitting.
We welcome most submissions here, and some may take a bit longer to get
looked over than others. If you think your patch got lost in the shuffle,
send another email to the list in reply to the original asking if anyone has
looked at it yet.
* Respond to feedback
When you do get feedback, it usually merits a response, whether this be a
resubmit of the patch with corrections or a follow-up email asking for
clarifications. When neither of these occurs, don't expect your patch to see
further review. The all-volunteer staff don't have time to fix up patches that
aren't their own.
--
/////
vim: set ts=2 sw=2 syntax=asciidoc et:
/////

View File

@@ -4,13 +4,17 @@ Pacman - Translating
This document is here to guide you in helping translate pacman messages,
libalpm messages, and the manpages for the entire pacman package.
A quick note- the gettext website is a very useful guide to read before
embarking on translation work, as it describes many of the commands in more
detail than I will here:
http://www.gnu.org/software/gettext/manual/html_node/gettext.html[]
We are currently using http://www.transifex.net/[Transifex] as the translation
platform for pacman and libalpm. You will need to sign up for an account there
and then register with a translation team on the
http://www.transifex.net/projects/p/archlinux-pacman/[pacman project page].
In addition, this site presents a small tutorial that I found useful:
http://oriya.sarovar.org/docs/gettext/[]
NOTE: This may be old information due to our switch to Transifex, but the
gettext website is a very useful guide to read before embarking on translation
work, as it describes many of the commands in more detail than I will here:
http://www.gnu.org/software/gettext/manual/html_node/gettext.html[]. In
addition, this site presents a small tutorial that I found useful:
http://oriya.sarovar.org/docs/gettext/[].
Translating Messages
@@ -28,35 +32,31 @@ original message and the corresponding translation. These po files can then
either be hand edited, or modified with a tool such as poedit, gtranslator or
kbabel. Using a translation tool tends to make the job easier.
Please read up on Transifex usage using the
http://help.transifex.net/[Transifex Help] if you are not familiar.
See the <<Notes,Notes>> section for additional hints on translating.
Pre-release Updates
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
A week or two before each release, the codebase will go into a string freeze
and an email will be sent by the 'translation lieutenant' to the
mailto:pacman-dev@archlinux.org[pacman-dev] mailing list asking for
translations. This email will have a prefix of *[translation]* for anyone
looking to set up an email filter.
and an email will be sent to the mailto:pacman-dev@archlinux.org[pacman-dev]
mailing list asking for translations. This email will have a prefix of
*[translation]* for anyone looking to set up an email filter.
At this time, the `.po` language files will be made available at a URL
specified in the email. Each language will have two files available (backend
and frontend). Translators interested in helping are encouraged to send a
follow-up message to the mailing list stating exactly what they intend to
translate so efforts are not duplicated on the same language.
At this time, the latest `.po` language files will be made available at the
Transifex project page. Each language will have two files available (backend
and frontend). Translators interested in helping are encouraged to use the
features of Transifex to let others know they are currently translating their
language.
Once a translator has completed the translation (*OR* realizes they do not have
time to finish), please email the `.po` files back to the list with a subject
such as '[translation] Updated German translation'. At this point, the
'translation lieutenant' will gather the translations together for inclusion in
the upcoming release.
time to finish), please upload your progress back to the Transifex site.
NOTE: Please email your translations back to the list as soon as possible- this
will give other speakers of your language time to review your translations and
update them as necessary.
For those familiar with GIT, you may wish to follow the procedure outlined
below as another alternative.
NOTE: Please upload your translations as soon as possible- this will give other
speakers of your language time to review your translations and update them as
necessary.
Incremental Updates
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

71
doc/vercmp.8.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
/////
vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet:
/////
vercmp(8)
=========
Name
----
vercmp - version comparsion utility
Synopsis
--------
'vercmp' <version1> <version2>
Description
-----------
'vercmp' is used to determine the relationship between two given version
numbers. It outputs values as follows:
* < 0 : if ver1 < ver2
* = 0 : if ver1 == ver2
* > 0 : if ver1 > ver2
Version comparsion operates as follows:
Alphanumeric:
1.0a < 1.0alpha < 1.0b < 1.0beta < 1.0p < 1.0pre < 1.0rc < 1.0
Numeric:
1 < 1.0 < 1.1 < 1.1.1 < 1.2 < 2.0 < 3.0.0
Additionally, version strings can have an 'epoch' value defined that will
overrule any version comparison (unless the epoch values are equal). This is
specified in an `epoch:version-rel` format. For example, `2:1.0-1` is always
greater than `1:3.6-1`.
Options
-------
*-h, \--help*::
Display syntax for the given operation. If no operation was supplied
then the general syntax is shown.
Examples
--------
$ vercmp 1 2
-1
$ vercmp 2 1
1
$ vercmp 2.0-1 1.7-6
1
$ vercmp 2.0 2.0-13
0
$ vercmp 4.34 1:001
-1
Configuration
-------------
There is none.
See Also
--------
linkman:pacman[8], linkman:makepkg[8], linkman:libalpm[3]
include::footer.txt[]

View File

@@ -13,6 +13,9 @@ edit = sed \
-e 's|@PACKAGE_NAME[@]|$(PACKAGE_NAME)|g' \
-e 's|@PKGEXT[@]|$(PKGEXT)|g' \
-e 's|@SRCEXT[@]|$(SRCEXT)|g' \
-e 's|@STRIP_BINARIES[@]|$(STRIP_BINARIES)|g' \
-e 's|@STRIP_SHARED[@]|$(STRIP_SHARED)|g' \
-e 's|@STRIP_STATIC[@]|$(STRIP_STATIC)|g' \
-e 's|@CARCH[@]|$(CARCH)|g' \
-e 's|@CHOST[@]|$(CHOST)|g' \
-e 's|@ARCHSWITCH[@]|$(ARCHSWITCH)|g' \
@@ -20,9 +23,10 @@ edit = sed \
-e 's|@ROOTDIR[@]|$(ROOTDIR)|g'
$(dist_sysconf_DATA): Makefile
rm -f $@ $@.tmp
$(edit) `test -f ./$@.in || echo $(srcdir)/`$@.in >$@.tmp
mv $@.tmp $@
@echo ' ' GEN $@;
@rm -f $@ $@.tmp
@$(edit) `test -f ./$@.in || echo $(srcdir)/`$@.in >$@.tmp
@mv $@.tmp $@
makepkg.conf: $(srcdir)/makepkg.conf.in
pacman.conf: $(srcdir)/pacman.conf.in

View File

@@ -8,11 +8,11 @@
#
#-- The download utilities that makepkg should use to acquire sources
# Format: 'protocol::agent'
DLAGENTS=('ftp::/usr/bin/wget -c --passive-ftp -t 3 --waitretry=3'
'http::/usr/bin/wget -c -t 3 --waitretry=3'
'https::/usr/bin/wget -c -t 3 --waitretry=3 --no-check-certificate'
'rsync::/usr/bin/rsync -z'
'scp::/usr/bin/scp -C')
DLAGENTS=('ftp::/usr/bin/wget -c --passive-ftp -t 3 --waitretry=3 -O %o %u'
'http::/usr/bin/wget -c -t 3 --waitretry=3 -O %o %u'
'https::/usr/bin/wget -c -t 3 --waitretry=3 --no-check-certificate -O %o %u'
'rsync::/usr/bin/rsync -z %u %o'
'scp::/usr/bin/scp -C %u %o')
# Other common tools:
# /usr/bin/snarf
@@ -26,11 +26,12 @@ DLAGENTS=('ftp::/usr/bin/wget -c --passive-ftp -t 3 --waitretry=3'
CARCH="@CARCH@"
CHOST="@CHOST@"
#-- Exclusive: will only run on @CARCHFLAGS@
#-- Exclusive: will only run on @CARCH@
# -march (or -mcpu) builds exclusively for an architecture
# -mtune optimizes for an architecture, but builds for whole processor family
CFLAGS="@CARCHFLAGS@-mtune=generic -O2 -pipe"
CXXFLAGS="@CARCHFLAGS@-mtune=generic -O2 -pipe"
#LDFLAGS=""
#-- Make Flags: change this for DistCC/SMP systems
#MAKEFLAGS="-j2"
@@ -38,16 +39,16 @@ CXXFLAGS="@CARCHFLAGS@-mtune=generic -O2 -pipe"
# BUILD ENVIRONMENT
#########################################################################
#
# Defaults: BUILDENV=(fakeroot !distcc color !ccache !xdelta)
# Defaults: BUILDENV=(fakeroot !distcc color !ccache check)
# A negated environment option will do the opposite of the comments below.
#
#-- fakeroot: Allow building packages as a non-root user
#-- distcc: Use the Distributed C/C++/ObjC compiler
#-- color: Colorize output messages
#-- ccache: Use ccache to cache compilation
#-- xdelta: Generate delta patch from previous to current package
#-- check: Run the check() function if present in the PKGBUILD
#
BUILDENV=(fakeroot !distcc color !ccache !xdelta)
BUILDENV=(fakeroot !distcc color !ccache check)
#
#-- If using DistCC, your MAKEFLAGS will also need modification. In addition,
#-- specify a space-delimited list of hosts running in the DistCC cluster.
@@ -58,20 +59,32 @@ BUILDENV=(fakeroot !distcc color !ccache !xdelta)
# These are default values for the options=() settings
#########################################################################
#
# Default: OPTIONS=(strip !docs libtool emptydirs)
# Default: OPTIONS=(strip docs libtool emptydirs zipman purge)
# A negated option will do the opposite of the comments below.
#
#-- strip: Strip symbols from binaries/libraries
#-- docs: Save doc and info directories
#-- docs: Save doc directories specified by DOC_DIRS
#-- libtool: Leave libtool (.la) files in packages
#-- emptydirs: Leave empty directories in packages
#-- zipman: Compress manual (man and info) pages in MAN_DIRS with gzip
#-- purge: Remove files specified by PURGE_TARGETS
#
OPTIONS=(strip !docs libtool emptydirs)
OPTIONS=(strip docs libtool emptydirs zipman purge)
#-- File integrity checks to use. Valid: md5, sha1, sha256, sha384, sha512
INTEGRITY_CHECK=(md5)
#-- Info and doc directories to remove (if option set correctly above)
DOC_DIRS=(usr/{,share/}{info,doc,gtk-doc} opt/*/{info,doc,gtk-doc})
#-- Options to be used when stripping binaries. See `man strip' for details.
STRIP_BINARIES="@STRIP_BINARIES@"
#-- Options to be used when stripping shared libraries. See `man strip' for details.
STRIP_SHARED="@STRIP_SHARED@"
#-- Options to be used when stripping static libraries. See `man strip' for details.
STRIP_STATIC="@STRIP_STATIC@"
#-- Manual (man and info) directories to compress (if zipman is specified)
MAN_DIRS=({usr{,/local}{,/share},opt/*}/{man,info})
#-- Doc directories to remove (if !docs is specified)
DOC_DIRS=(usr/{,local/}{,share/}{doc,gtk-doc} opt/*/{doc,gtk-doc})
#-- Files to be removed from all packages (if purge is specified)
PURGE_TARGETS=(usr/{,share}/info/dir .packlist *.pod)
#########################################################################
# PACKAGE OUTPUT
@@ -83,22 +96,19 @@ DOC_DIRS=(usr/{,share/}{info,doc,gtk-doc} opt/*/{info,doc,gtk-doc})
#PKGDEST=/home/packages
#-- Source cache: specify a fixed directory where source files will be cached
#SRCDEST=/home/sources
#-- Source root: specify location where PKGBUILDs are located for '--builddeps'
#SRCROOT=/home/pkgbuilds
#-- Source packages: specify a fixed directory where all src packages will be placed
#SRCPKGDEST=/home/srcpackages
#-- Packager: name/email of the person or organization building packages
#PACKAGER="John Doe <john@doe.com>"
#########################################################################
# BUILDSCRIPT/EXTENSION DEFAULTS
# EXTENSION DEFAULTS
#########################################################################
#
# WARNING: Do NOT modify these variables unless you know what you are
# doing.
#
BUILDSCRIPT='PKGBUILD'
PKGEXT='@PKGEXT@'
SRCEXT='@SRCEXT@'
DB_COMPRESSION='gz'
DB_CHECKSUMS=(md5)
# vim: set ft=sh ts=2 sw=2 et:

View File

@@ -14,7 +14,12 @@
#CacheDir = @localstatedir@/cache/pacman/pkg/
#LogFile = @localstatedir@/log/pacman.log
HoldPkg = pacman glibc
# If upgrades are available for these packages they will be asked for first
SyncFirst = pacman
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/wget --passive-ftp -c -O %o %u
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/curl -C - -f %u > %o
#CleanMethod = KeepInstalled
Architecture = auto
# Pacman won't upgrade packages listed in IgnorePkg and members of IgnoreGroup
#IgnorePkg =
@@ -24,11 +29,11 @@ HoldPkg = pacman glibc
#NoExtract =
# Misc options (all disabled by default)
#NoPassiveFtp
#UseSyslog
#ShowSize
#UseDelta
#TotalDownload
#CheckSpace
#
# REPOSITORIES
@@ -38,6 +43,7 @@ HoldPkg = pacman glibc
# - repositories listed first will take precedence when packages
# have identical names, regardless of version number
# - URLs will have $repo replaced by the name of the current repo
# - URLs will have $arch replaced by the name of the architecture
#
# Repository entries are of the format:
# [repo-name]
@@ -53,7 +59,7 @@ HoldPkg = pacman glibc
# servers immediately after the header and they will be used before the
# default mirrors.
#[core]
#Server = ftp://ftp.example.com/foobar/$repo/os/i686/
#Server = ftp://ftp.example.com/foobar/$repo/os/$arch/
# The file referenced here should contain a list of 'Server = ' lines.
#Include = @sysconfdir@/pacman.d/mirrorlist

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
#!/bin/sh
# install - install a program, script, or datafile
scriptversion=2006-10-14.15
scriptversion=2010-02-06.18; # UTC
# This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was
# later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ IFS=" "" $nl"
# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
doit="${DOITPROG-}"
doit=${DOITPROG-}
if test -z "$doit"; then
doit_exec=exec
else
@@ -58,34 +58,49 @@ fi
# Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path;
# or use environment vars.
mvprog="${MVPROG-mv}"
cpprog="${CPPROG-cp}"
chmodprog="${CHMODPROG-chmod}"
chownprog="${CHOWNPROG-chown}"
chgrpprog="${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}"
stripprog="${STRIPPROG-strip}"
rmprog="${RMPROG-rm}"
mkdirprog="${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}"
chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}
chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod}
chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown}
cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp}
cpprog=${CPPROG-cp}
mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}
mvprog=${MVPROG-mv}
rmprog=${RMPROG-rm}
stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip}
posix_glob='?'
initialize_posix_glob='
test "$posix_glob" != "?" || {
if (set -f) 2>/dev/null; then
posix_glob=
else
posix_glob=:
fi
}
'
posix_glob=
posix_mkdir=
# Desired mode of installed file.
mode=0755
chgrpcmd=
chmodcmd=$chmodprog
chowncmd=
chgrpcmd=
stripcmd=
mvcmd=$mvprog
rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
mvcmd="$mvprog"
stripcmd=
src=
dst=
dir_arg=
dstarg=
dst_arg=
copy_on_change=false
no_target_directory=
usage="Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE
usage="\
Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE
or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY
or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES...
or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES...
@@ -95,65 +110,55 @@ In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY.
In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES.
Options:
-c (ignored)
-d create directories instead of installing files.
-g GROUP $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP.
-m MODE $chmodprog installed files to MODE.
-o USER $chownprog installed files to USER.
-s $stripprog installed files.
-t DIRECTORY install into DIRECTORY.
-T report an error if DSTFILE is a directory.
--help display this help and exit.
--version display version info and exit.
--help display this help and exit.
--version display version info and exit.
-c (ignored)
-C install only if different (preserve the last data modification time)
-d create directories instead of installing files.
-g GROUP $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP.
-m MODE $chmodprog installed files to MODE.
-o USER $chownprog installed files to USER.
-s $stripprog installed files.
-t DIRECTORY install into DIRECTORY.
-T report an error if DSTFILE is a directory.
Environment variables override the default commands:
CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG RMPROG STRIPPROG
CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG
RMPROG STRIPPROG
"
while test $# -ne 0; do
case $1 in
-c) shift
continue;;
-c) ;;
-d) dir_arg=true
shift
continue;;
-C) copy_on_change=true;;
-d) dir_arg=true;;
-g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
shift
shift
continue;;
shift;;
--help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;;
-m) mode=$2
shift
shift
case $mode in
*' '* | *' '* | *'
'* | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*)
echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2
exit 1;;
esac
continue;;
shift;;
-o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
shift
shift
continue;;
shift;;
-s) stripcmd=$stripprog
shift
continue;;
-s) stripcmd=$stripprog;;
-t) dstarg=$2
shift
shift
continue;;
-t) dst_arg=$2
shift;;
-T) no_target_directory=true
shift
continue;;
-T) no_target_directory=true;;
--version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;;
@@ -165,21 +170,22 @@ while test $# -ne 0; do
*) break;;
esac
shift
done
if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dstarg"; then
if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then
# When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create.
# When -t is used, the destination is already specified.
# Otherwise, the last argument is the destination. Remove it from $@.
for arg
do
if test -n "$dstarg"; then
if test -n "$dst_arg"; then
# $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg.
set fnord "$@" "$dstarg"
set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg"
shift # fnord
fi
shift # arg
dstarg=$arg
dst_arg=$arg
done
fi
@@ -194,7 +200,11 @@ if test $# -eq 0; then
fi
if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
trap '(exit $?); exit' 1 2 13 15
do_exit='(exit $ret); exit $ret'
trap "ret=129; $do_exit" 1
trap "ret=130; $do_exit" 2
trap "ret=141; $do_exit" 13
trap "ret=143; $do_exit" 15
# Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes.
# However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps.
@@ -224,7 +234,7 @@ for src
do
# Protect names starting with `-'.
case $src in
-*) src=./$src ;;
-*) src=./$src;;
esac
if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
@@ -242,22 +252,22 @@ do
exit 1
fi
if test -z "$dstarg"; then
if test -z "$dst_arg"; then
echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2
exit 1
fi
dst=$dstarg
dst=$dst_arg
# Protect names starting with `-'.
case $dst in
-*) dst=./$dst ;;
-*) dst=./$dst;;
esac
# If destination is a directory, append the input filename; won't work
# if double slashes aren't ignored.
if test -d "$dst"; then
if test -n "$no_target_directory"; then
echo "$0: $dstarg: Is a directory" >&2
echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2
exit 1
fi
dstdir=$dst
@@ -378,26 +388,19 @@ do
# directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go.
case $dstdir in
/*) prefix=/ ;;
-*) prefix=./ ;;
*) prefix= ;;
/*) prefix='/';;
-*) prefix='./';;
*) prefix='';;
esac
case $posix_glob in
'')
if (set -f) 2>/dev/null; then
posix_glob=true
else
posix_glob=false
fi ;;
esac
eval "$initialize_posix_glob"
oIFS=$IFS
IFS=/
$posix_glob && set -f
$posix_glob set -f
set fnord $dstdir
shift
$posix_glob && set +f
$posix_glob set +f
IFS=$oIFS
prefixes=
@@ -459,41 +462,54 @@ do
# ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
# errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command.
#
{ test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } \
&& { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } \
&& { test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } \
&& { test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } &&
{ test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
{ test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
{ test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
{ test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } &&
# Now rename the file to the real destination.
{ $doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null \
|| {
# The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else
# to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not
# support -f.
# If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file.
if $copy_on_change &&
old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst" 2>/dev/null` &&
new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp" 2>/dev/null` &&
# Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location.
# We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some
# systems and the destination file might be busy for other
# reasons. In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new
# file should still install successfully.
{
if test -f "$dst"; then
$doit $rmcmd -f "$dst" 2>/dev/null \
|| { $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null \
&& { $doit $rmcmd -f "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; }; }\
|| {
echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2
(exit 1); exit 1
}
else
:
fi
} &&
eval "$initialize_posix_glob" &&
$posix_glob set -f &&
set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
$posix_glob set +f &&
# Now rename the file to the real destination.
$doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst"
}
} || exit 1
test "$old" = "$new" &&
$cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1
then
rm -f "$dsttmp"
else
# Rename the file to the real destination.
$doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
# The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else
# to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not
# support -f.
{
# Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location.
# We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some
# systems and the destination file might be busy for other
# reasons. In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new
# file should still install successfully.
{
test ! -f "$dst" ||
$doit $rmcmd -f "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
{ $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null &&
{ $doit $rmcmd -f "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; }
} ||
{ echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2
(exit 1); exit 1
}
} &&
# Now rename the file to the real destination.
$doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst"
}
fi || exit 1
trap '' 0
fi
@@ -503,5 +519,6 @@ done
# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-end: "$"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:

View File

@@ -10,8 +10,12 @@ DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"@localedir@\" @DEFS@
AM_CFLAGS = -pedantic -D_GNU_SOURCE
if ENABLE_VISIBILITY_CC
if DARWIN
AM_CFLAGS += -fvisibility=hidden
else
AM_CFLAGS += -fvisibility=internal
endif
endif
if ENABLE_GNU89_INLINE_CC
AM_CFLAGS += -fgnu89-inline
endif
@@ -21,24 +25,34 @@ libalpm_la_SOURCES = \
alpm.h alpm.c \
alpm_list.h alpm_list.c \
backup.h backup.c \
be_files.c \
cache.h cache.c \
be_local.c \
be_package.c \
be_sync.c \
conflict.h conflict.c \
db.h db.c \
delta.h delta.c \
deps.h deps.c \
error.h error.c \
diskspace.h diskspace.c \
dload.h dload.c \
error.c \
graph.h \
group.h group.c \
handle.h handle.c \
log.h log.c \
md5.h md5.c \
package.h package.c \
pkghash.h pkghash.c \
remove.h remove.c \
server.h server.c \
sync.h sync.c \
trans.h trans.c \
util.h util.c
util.h util.c \
version.c
if !HAVE_LIBSSL
libalpm_la_SOURCES += \
md5.h md5.c
endif
libalpm_la_LDFLAGS = -no-undefined -version-info $(LIB_VERSION_INFO)
libalpm_la_LIBADD = $(LTLIBINTL)
# vim:set ts=2 sw=2 noet:

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
/*
* add.c
*
* Copyright (c) 2002-2007 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -27,6 +28,8 @@
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <inttypes.h> /* int64_t */
#include <stdint.h> /* intmax_t */
/* libarchive */
#include <archive.h>
@@ -37,8 +40,6 @@
#include "alpm_list.h"
#include "trans.h"
#include "util.h"
#include "error.h"
#include "cache.h"
#include "log.h"
#include "backup.h"
#include "package.h"
@@ -48,241 +49,91 @@
#include "remove.h"
#include "handle.h"
int _alpm_add_loadtarget(pmtrans_t *trans, pmdb_t *db, char *name)
/** Add a package to the transaction.
* @param pkg the package to add
* @return 0 on success, -1 on error (pm_errno is set accordingly)
*/
int SYMEXPORT alpm_add_pkg(pmpkg_t *pkg)
{
pmpkg_t *pkg = NULL;
const char *pkgname, *pkgver;
alpm_list_t *i;
pmtrans_t *trans;
pmdb_t *db_local;
pmpkg_t *local;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
/* Sanity checks */
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
ASSERT(handle != NULL, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_HANDLE_NULL, -1));
trans = handle->trans;
ASSERT(trans != NULL, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_TRANS_NULL, -1));
ASSERT(db != NULL, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_DB_NULL, -1));
ASSERT(name != NULL && strlen(name) != 0, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
ASSERT(trans->state == STATE_INITIALIZED, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_TRANS_NOT_INITIALIZED, -1));
ASSERT(trans != NULL, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_TRANS_NULL, -1));
db_local = handle->db_local;
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "loading target '%s'\n", name);
if(alpm_pkg_load(name, 1, &pkg) != 0) {
goto error;
}
pkgname = alpm_pkg_get_name(pkg);
pkgver = alpm_pkg_get_version(pkg);
if(trans->type != PM_TRANS_TYPE_UPGRADE) {
/* only install this package if it is not already installed */
if(_alpm_db_get_pkgfromcache(db, pkgname)) {
pm_errno = PM_ERR_PKG_INSTALLED;
goto error;
}
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "adding package '%s'\n", pkgname);
if(_alpm_pkg_find(trans->add, pkgname)) {
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_TRANS_DUP_TARGET, -1);
}
/* check if an older version of said package is already in transaction
* packages. if so, replace it in the list */
for(i = trans->packages; i; i = i->next) {
pmpkg_t *pkg = i->data;
if(strcmp(pkg->name, pkgname) == 0) {
if(_alpm_versioncmp(pkg->version, pkgver) < 0) {
pmpkg_t *newpkg;
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_WARNING, _("replacing older version %s-%s by %s in target list\n"),
pkg->name, pkg->version, pkgver);
if((newpkg = _alpm_pkg_load(name, 1)) == NULL) {
/* pm_errno is already set by pkg_load() */
goto error;
}
_alpm_pkg_free(i->data);
i->data = newpkg;
local = _alpm_db_get_pkgfromcache(db_local, pkgname);
if(local) {
const char *localpkgname = alpm_pkg_get_name(local);
const char *localpkgver = alpm_pkg_get_version(local);
int cmp = _alpm_pkg_compare_versions(pkg, local);
if(cmp == 0) {
if(trans->flags & PM_TRANS_FLAG_NEEDED) {
/* with the NEEDED flag, packages up to date are not reinstalled */
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_WARNING, _("%s-%s is up to date -- skipping\n"),
localpkgname, localpkgver);
return(0);
} else {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_WARNING, _("newer version %s-%s is in the target list -- skipping\n"),
pkg->name, pkg->version);
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_WARNING, _("%s-%s is up to date -- reinstalling\n"),
localpkgname, localpkgver);
}
return(0);
} else if(cmp < 0) {
/* local version is newer */
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_WARNING, _("downgrading package %s (%s => %s)\n"),
localpkgname, localpkgver, pkgver);
}
}
if(trans->flags & PM_TRANS_FLAG_ALLDEPS) {
pkg->reason = PM_PKG_REASON_DEPEND;
}
/* add the package to the transaction */
trans->packages = alpm_list_add(trans->packages, pkg);
return(0);
error:
_alpm_pkg_free(pkg);
return(-1);
}
/* This is still messy. We have a lot of compare functions, and we should
* try to consolidate them as much as we can (between add and sync) */
/*static int deppkg_cmp(const void *p1, const void *p2)
{
return(strcmp(((pmdepmissing_t *)p1)->target,
((pmdepmissing_t *)p2)->target));
}*/
int _alpm_add_prepare(pmtrans_t *trans, pmdb_t *db, alpm_list_t **data)
{
alpm_list_t *lp = NULL;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
ASSERT(trans != NULL, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_TRANS_NULL, -1));
ASSERT(db != NULL, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_DB_NULL, -1));
/* Check dependencies
*/
if(!(trans->flags & PM_TRANS_FLAG_NODEPS)) {
EVENT(trans, PM_TRANS_EVT_CHECKDEPS_START, NULL, NULL);
/* look for unsatisfied dependencies */
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "looking for unsatisfied dependencies\n");
lp = alpm_checkdeps(db, trans->type == PM_TRANS_TYPE_UPGRADE, NULL, trans->packages);
if(lp != NULL) {
if(data) {
*data = lp;
} else {
FREELIST(lp);
}
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_UNSATISFIED_DEPS, -1);
}
/* no unsatisfied deps, so look for conflicts */
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "looking for conflicts\n");
alpm_list_t *inner = _alpm_innerconflicts(trans->packages);
alpm_list_t *outer = _alpm_outerconflicts(db, trans->packages);
lp = alpm_list_join(inner, outer);
/* TODO : factorize the conflict resolving code from sync.c to use it here (FS#3492) */
if(lp != NULL) {
if(data) {
*data = lp;
} else {
FREELIST(lp);
}
if(inner) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("conflicting packages were found in the target list\n"));
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("you cannot install two conflicting packages at the same time\n"));
}
if(outer) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("replacing packages with -A and -U is not supported yet\n"));
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("you can replace packages manually using -Rd and -U\n"));
}
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_CONFLICTING_DEPS, -1);
}
/* re-order w.r.t. dependencies */
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "sorting by dependencies\n");
lp = _alpm_sortbydeps(trans->packages, PM_TRANS_TYPE_ADD);
/* free the old alltargs */
alpm_list_free(trans->packages);
trans->packages = lp;
EVENT(trans, PM_TRANS_EVT_CHECKDEPS_DONE, NULL, NULL);
}
/* Check for file conflicts */
if(!(trans->flags & PM_TRANS_FLAG_FORCE)) {
EVENT(trans, PM_TRANS_EVT_FILECONFLICTS_START, NULL, NULL);
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "looking for file conflicts\n");
lp = _alpm_db_find_fileconflicts(db, trans, handle->root);
if(lp != NULL) {
if(data) {
*data = lp;
} else {
FREELIST(lp);
}
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_FILE_CONFLICTS, -1);
}
EVENT(trans, PM_TRANS_EVT_FILECONFLICTS_DONE, NULL, NULL);
}
pkg->reason = PM_PKG_REASON_EXPLICIT;
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "adding package %s-%s to the transaction targets\n",
pkgname, pkgver);
trans->add = alpm_list_add(trans->add, pkg);
return(0);
}
static int upgrade_remove(pmpkg_t *oldpkg, pmpkg_t *newpkg, pmtrans_t *trans, pmdb_t *db) {
/* this is kinda odd. If the old package exists, at this point we make a
* NEW transaction, unrelated to handle->trans, and instantiate a "remove"
* with the type PM_TRANS_TYPE_REMOVEUPGRADE. TODO: kill this weird
* behavior. */
pmtrans_t *tr = _alpm_trans_new();
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "removing old package first (%s-%s)\n",
oldpkg->name, oldpkg->version);
static int perform_extraction(struct archive *archive,
struct archive_entry *entry, const char *filename, const char *origname)
{
int ret;
const int archive_flags = ARCHIVE_EXTRACT_OWNER |
ARCHIVE_EXTRACT_PERM |
ARCHIVE_EXTRACT_TIME;
if(!tr) {
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_TRANS_ABORT, -1);
archive_entry_set_pathname(entry, filename);
ret = archive_read_extract(archive, entry, archive_flags);
if(ret == ARCHIVE_WARN && archive_errno(archive) != ENOSPC) {
/* operation succeeded but a "non-critical" error was encountered */
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_WARNING, _("warning given when extracting %s (%s)\n"),
origname, archive_error_string(archive));
} else if(ret != ARCHIVE_OK) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not extract %s (%s)\n"),
origname, archive_error_string(archive));
alpm_logaction("error: could not extract %s (%s)\n",
origname, archive_error_string(archive));
return(1);
}
if(_alpm_trans_init(tr, PM_TRANS_TYPE_REMOVEUPGRADE, trans->flags,
NULL, NULL, NULL) == -1) {
_alpm_trans_free(tr);
tr = NULL;
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_TRANS_ABORT, -1);
}
if(_alpm_remove_loadtarget(tr, db, newpkg->name) == -1) {
_alpm_trans_free(tr);
tr = NULL;
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_TRANS_ABORT, -1);
}
/* copy the remove skiplist over */
tr->skip_remove = alpm_list_strdup(trans->skip_remove);
const alpm_list_t *b;
/* Add files in the NEW backup array to the NoUpgrade array
* so this removal operation doesn't kill them */
alpm_list_t *old_noupgrade = alpm_list_strdup(handle->noupgrade);
/* old package backup list */
alpm_list_t *filelist = alpm_pkg_get_files(newpkg);
for(b = alpm_pkg_get_backup(newpkg); b; b = b->next) {
char *backup = _alpm_backup_file(b->data);
/* safety check (fix the upgrade026 pactest) */
if(!alpm_list_find_str(filelist, backup)) {
FREE(backup);
continue;
}
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "adding %s to the NoUpgrade array temporarily\n",
backup);
handle->noupgrade = alpm_list_add(handle->noupgrade,
backup);
}
/* TODO: we could also add files in the OLD backup array, but this would
* change the backup handling behavior, and break several pactests, and we
* can't do this just before 3.1 release.
* The unlink_file function in remove.c would also need to be reviewed. */
#if 0
/* new package backup list */
for(b = alpm_pkg_get_backup(oldpkg); b; b = b->next) {
char *backup = _alpm_backup_file(b->data);
/* make sure we don't add duplicate entries */
if(!alpm_list_find_ptr(handle->noupgrade, backup)) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "adding %s to the NoUpgrade array temporarily\n",
backup);
handle->noupgrade = alpm_list_add(handle->noupgrade,
backup);
}
}
#endif
int ret = _alpm_remove_commit(tr, db);
_alpm_trans_free(tr);
tr = NULL;
/* restore our "NoUpgrade" list to previous state */
FREELIST(handle->noupgrade);
handle->noupgrade = old_noupgrade;
if(ret == -1) {
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_TRANS_ABORT, -1);
}
return(0);
}
@@ -290,31 +141,29 @@ static int extract_single_file(struct archive *archive,
struct archive_entry *entry, pmpkg_t *newpkg, pmpkg_t *oldpkg,
pmtrans_t *trans, pmdb_t *db)
{
char entryname[PATH_MAX]; /* the name of the file in the archive */
const char *entryname;
mode_t entrymode;
char filename[PATH_MAX]; /* the actual file we're extracting */
int needbackup = 0, notouch = 0;
char *hash_orig = NULL;
const int archive_flags = ARCHIVE_EXTRACT_OWNER |
ARCHIVE_EXTRACT_PERM |
ARCHIVE_EXTRACT_TIME;
char *entryname_orig = NULL;
int errors = 0;
strncpy(entryname, archive_entry_pathname(entry), PATH_MAX);
entryname = archive_entry_pathname(entry);
entrymode = archive_entry_mode(entry);
memset(filename, 0, PATH_MAX); /* just to be sure */
if(strcmp(entryname, ".INSTALL") == 0) {
/* the install script goes inside the db */
snprintf(filename, PATH_MAX, "%s/%s-%s/install", db->path,
newpkg->name, newpkg->version);
archive_entry_set_mode(entry, 0644);
snprintf(filename, PATH_MAX, "%s%s-%s/install",
_alpm_db_path(db), newpkg->name, newpkg->version);
archive_entry_set_perm(entry, 0644);
} else if(strcmp(entryname, ".CHANGELOG") == 0) {
/* the changelog goes inside the db */
snprintf(filename, PATH_MAX, "%s/%s-%s/changelog", db->path,
newpkg->name, newpkg->version);
archive_entry_set_mode(entry, 0644);
snprintf(filename, PATH_MAX, "%s%s-%s/changelog",
_alpm_db_path(db), newpkg->name, newpkg->version);
archive_entry_set_perm(entry, 0644);
} else if(*entryname == '.') {
/* for now, ignore all files starting with '.' that haven't
* already been handled (for future possibilities) */
@@ -336,13 +185,6 @@ static int extract_single_file(struct archive *archive,
return(0);
}
/* if a file is in the add skiplist we never extract it */
if(alpm_list_find_str(trans->skip_add, filename)) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "%s is in trans->skip_add, skipping extraction\n", entryname);
archive_read_data_skip(archive);
return(0);
}
/* Check for file existence. This is one of the more crucial parts
* to get 'right'. Here are the possibilities, with the filesystem
* on the left and the package on the top:
@@ -368,28 +210,30 @@ static int extract_single_file(struct archive *archive,
if(_alpm_lstat(filename, &lsbuf) != 0 || stat(filename, &sbuf) != 0) {
/* cases 1,2,3: couldn't stat an existing file, skip all backup checks */
} else {
if(S_ISDIR(lsbuf.st_mode) && S_ISDIR(entrymode)) {
/* case 12: existing dir, ignore it */
if(lsbuf.st_mode != entrymode) {
/* if filesystem perms are different than pkg perms, warn user */
int mask = 07777;
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_WARNING, _("directory permissions differ on %s\n"
"filesystem: %o package: %o\n"), entryname, lsbuf.st_mode & mask,
entrymode & mask);
alpm_logaction("warning: directory permissions differ on %s\n"
if(S_ISDIR(lsbuf.st_mode)) {
if(S_ISDIR(entrymode)) {
/* case 12: existing dir, ignore it */
if(lsbuf.st_mode != entrymode) {
/* if filesystem perms are different than pkg perms, warn user */
mode_t mask = 07777;
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_WARNING, _("directory permissions differ on %s\n"
"filesystem: %o package: %o\n"), entryname, lsbuf.st_mode & mask,
entrymode & mask);
alpm_logaction("warning: directory permissions differ on %s\n"
"filesystem: %o package: %o\n", entryname, lsbuf.st_mode & mask,
entrymode & mask);
entrymode & mask);
}
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "extract: skipping dir extraction of %s\n",
entryname);
archive_read_data_skip(archive);
return(0);
} else {
/* case 10/11: trying to overwrite dir with file/symlink, don't allow it */
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("extract: not overwriting dir with file %s\n"),
entryname);
archive_read_data_skip(archive);
return(1);
}
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "extract: skipping dir extraction of %s\n",
entryname);
archive_read_data_skip(archive);
return(0);
} else if(S_ISDIR(lsbuf.st_mode) && S_ISLNK(entrymode)) {
/* case 11: existing dir, symlink in package, ignore it */
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "extract: skipping symlink extraction of %s\n",
entryname);
archive_read_data_skip(archive);
return(0);
} else if(S_ISLNK(lsbuf.st_mode) && S_ISDIR(entrymode)) {
/* case 9: existing symlink, dir in package */
if(S_ISDIR(sbuf.st_mode)) {
@@ -405,12 +249,6 @@ static int extract_single_file(struct archive *archive,
archive_read_data_skip(archive);
return(1);
}
} else if(S_ISDIR(lsbuf.st_mode) && S_ISREG(entrymode)) {
/* case 10: trying to overwrite dir tree with file, don't allow it */
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("extract: not overwriting dir with file %s\n"),
entryname);
archive_read_data_skip(archive);
return(1);
} else if(S_ISREG(lsbuf.st_mode) && S_ISDIR(entrymode)) {
/* case 6: trying to overwrite file with dir */
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "extract: overwriting file with dir %s\n",
@@ -437,7 +275,7 @@ static int extract_single_file(struct archive *archive,
/* if we force hash_orig to be non-NULL retroactive backup works */
if(needbackup && !hash_orig) {
hash_orig = strdup("");
STRDUP(hash_orig, "", RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
}
}
}
@@ -445,35 +283,27 @@ static int extract_single_file(struct archive *archive,
/* case 5,8: don't need to do anything special */
}
/* we need access to the original entryname later after calls to
* archive_entry_set_pathname(), so we need to dupe it and free() later */
STRDUP(entryname_orig, entryname, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
if(needbackup) {
char *tempfile = NULL;
char checkfile[PATH_MAX];
char *hash_local = NULL, *hash_pkg = NULL;
int fd;
int ret;
/* extract the package's version to a temporary file and checksum it */
tempfile = strdup("/tmp/alpm_XXXXXX");
fd = mkstemp(tempfile);
snprintf(checkfile, PATH_MAX, "%s.paccheck", filename);
archive_entry_set_pathname(entry, tempfile);
int ret = archive_read_extract(archive, entry, archive_flags);
if(ret == ARCHIVE_WARN) {
/* operation succeeded but a non-critical error was encountered */
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "warning extracting %s (%s)\n",
entryname, archive_error_string(archive));
} else if(ret != ARCHIVE_OK) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not extract %s (%s)\n"),
entryname, archive_error_string(archive));
alpm_logaction("error: could not extract %s (%s)\n",
entryname, archive_error_string(archive));
unlink(tempfile);
ret = perform_extraction(archive, entry, checkfile, entryname_orig);
if(ret == 1) {
/* error */
FREE(hash_orig);
close(fd);
FREE(entryname_orig);
return(1);
}
hash_local = alpm_get_md5sum(filename);
hash_pkg = alpm_get_md5sum(tempfile);
hash_local = alpm_compute_md5sum(filename);
hash_pkg = alpm_compute_md5sum(checkfile);
/* append the new md5 hash to it's respective entry
* in newpkg's backup (it will be the new orginal) */
@@ -481,16 +311,13 @@ static int extract_single_file(struct archive *archive,
for(backups = alpm_pkg_get_backup(newpkg); backups;
backups = alpm_list_next(backups)) {
char *oldbackup = alpm_list_getdata(backups);
if(!oldbackup || strcmp(oldbackup, entryname) != 0) {
if(!oldbackup || strcmp(oldbackup, entryname_orig) != 0) {
continue;
}
char *backup = NULL;
/* length is tab char, null byte and MD5 (32 char) */
int backup_len = strlen(oldbackup) + 34;
backup = malloc(backup_len);
if(!backup) {
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, -1);
}
size_t backup_len = strlen(oldbackup) + 34;
MALLOC(backup, backup_len, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
sprintf(backup, "%s\t%s", oldbackup, hash_pkg);
backup[backup_len-1] = '\0';
@@ -498,37 +325,41 @@ static int extract_single_file(struct archive *archive,
backups->data = backup;
}
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "checking hashes for %s\n", entryname);
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "checking hashes for %s\n", entryname_orig);
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "current: %s\n", hash_local);
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "new: %s\n", hash_pkg);
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "original: %s\n", hash_orig);
if(!oldpkg) {
/* looks like we have a local file that has a different hash as the
* file in the package, move it to a .pacorig */
if(strcmp(hash_local, hash_pkg) != 0) {
/* looks like we have a local file that has a different hash as the
* file in the package, move it to a .pacorig */
char newpath[PATH_MAX];
snprintf(newpath, PATH_MAX, "%s.pacorig", filename);
/* move the existing file to the "pacorig" */
if(rename(filename, newpath)) {
archive_entry_set_pathname(entry, filename);
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not rename %s (%s)\n"), filename, strerror(errno));
alpm_logaction("error: could not rename %s (%s)\n", filename, strerror(errno));
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not rename %s to %s (%s)\n"),
filename, newpath, strerror(errno));
alpm_logaction("error: could not rename %s to %s (%s)\n",
filename, newpath, strerror(errno));
errors++;
} else {
/* copy the tempfile we extracted to the real path */
if(_alpm_copyfile(tempfile, filename)) {
archive_entry_set_pathname(entry, filename);
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not copy tempfile to %s (%s)\n"), filename, strerror(errno));
alpm_logaction("error: could not copy tempfile to %s (%s)\n", filename, strerror(errno));
/* rename the file we extracted to the real name */
if(rename(checkfile, filename)) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not rename %s to %s (%s)\n"),
checkfile, filename, strerror(errno));
alpm_logaction("error: could not rename %s to %s (%s)\n",
checkfile, filename, strerror(errno));
errors++;
} else {
archive_entry_set_pathname(entry, filename);
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_WARNING, _("%s saved as %s\n"), filename, newpath);
alpm_logaction("warning: %s saved as %s\n", filename, newpath);
}
}
} else {
/* local file is identical to pkg one, so just remove pkg one */
unlink(checkfile);
}
} else if(hash_orig) {
/* the fun part */
@@ -537,38 +368,48 @@ static int extract_single_file(struct archive *archive,
/* installed file has NOT been changed by user */
if(strcmp(hash_orig, hash_pkg) != 0) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "action: installing new file: %s\n",
entryname);
entryname_orig);
if(_alpm_copyfile(tempfile, filename)) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not copy tempfile to %s (%s)\n"), filename, strerror(errno));
if(rename(checkfile, filename)) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not rename %s to %s (%s)\n"),
checkfile, filename, strerror(errno));
alpm_logaction("error: could not rename %s to %s (%s)\n",
checkfile, filename, strerror(errno));
errors++;
}
archive_entry_set_pathname(entry, filename);
} else {
/* there's no sense in installing the same file twice, install
* ONLY is the original and package hashes differ */
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "action: leaving existing file in place\n");
unlink(checkfile);
}
} else if(strcmp(hash_orig, hash_pkg) == 0) {
/* originally installed file and new file are the same - this
* implies the case above failed - i.e. the file was changed by a
* user */
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "action: leaving existing file in place\n");
unlink(checkfile);
} else if(strcmp(hash_local, hash_pkg) == 0) {
/* this would be magical. The above two cases failed, but the
* user changes just so happened to make the new file exactly the
* same as the one in the package... skip it */
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "action: leaving existing file in place\n");
unlink(checkfile);
} else {
char newpath[PATH_MAX];
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "action: keeping current file and installing new one with .pacnew ending\n");
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "action: keeping current file and installing"
" new one with .pacnew ending\n");
snprintf(newpath, PATH_MAX, "%s.pacnew", filename);
if(_alpm_copyfile(tempfile, newpath)) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not install %s as %s: %s\n"), filename, newpath, strerror(errno));
alpm_logaction("error: could not install %s as %s: %s\n", filename, newpath, strerror(errno));
if(rename(checkfile, newpath)) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not install %s as %s (%s)\n"),
filename, newpath, strerror(errno));
alpm_logaction("error: could not install %s as %s (%s)\n",
filename, newpath, strerror(errno));
} else {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_WARNING, _("%s installed as %s\n"), filename, newpath);
alpm_logaction("warning: %s installed as %s\n", filename, newpath);
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_WARNING, _("%s installed as %s\n"),
filename, newpath);
alpm_logaction("warning: %s installed as %s\n",
filename, newpath);
}
}
}
@@ -576,10 +417,9 @@ static int extract_single_file(struct archive *archive,
FREE(hash_local);
FREE(hash_pkg);
FREE(hash_orig);
unlink(tempfile);
FREE(tempfile);
close(fd);
} else {
int ret;
/* we didn't need a backup */
if(notouch) {
/* change the path to a .pacnew extension */
@@ -598,18 +438,10 @@ static int extract_single_file(struct archive *archive,
unlink(filename);
}
archive_entry_set_pathname(entry, filename);
int ret = archive_read_extract(archive, entry, archive_flags);
if(ret == ARCHIVE_WARN) {
/* operation succeeded but a non-critical error was encountered */
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "warning extracting %s (%s)\n",
entryname, archive_error_string(archive));
} else if(ret != ARCHIVE_OK) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not extract %s (%s)\n"),
entryname, archive_error_string(archive));
alpm_logaction("error: could not extract %s (%s)\n",
entryname, archive_error_string(archive));
ret = perform_extraction(archive, entry, filename, entryname_orig);
if(ret == 1) {
/* error */
FREE(entryname_orig);
return(1);
}
@@ -619,18 +451,15 @@ static int extract_single_file(struct archive *archive,
char *backup = NULL, *hash = NULL;
char *oldbackup = alpm_list_getdata(b);
/* length is tab char, null byte and MD5 (32 char) */
int backup_len = strlen(oldbackup) + 34;
size_t backup_len = strlen(oldbackup) + 34;
if(!oldbackup || strcmp(oldbackup, entryname) != 0) {
if(!oldbackup || strcmp(oldbackup, entryname_orig) != 0) {
continue;
}
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "appending backup entry for %s\n", filename);
hash = alpm_get_md5sum(filename);
backup = malloc(backup_len);
if(!backup) {
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, -1);
}
hash = alpm_compute_md5sum(filename);
MALLOC(backup, backup_len, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
sprintf(backup, "%s\t%s", oldbackup, hash);
backup[backup_len-1] = '\0';
@@ -639,41 +468,43 @@ static int extract_single_file(struct archive *archive,
b->data = backup;
}
}
FREE(entryname_orig);
return(errors);
}
static int commit_single_pkg(pmpkg_t *newpkg, int pkg_current, int pkg_count,
pmtrans_t *trans, pmdb_t *db)
static int commit_single_pkg(pmpkg_t *newpkg, size_t pkg_current,
size_t pkg_count, pmtrans_t *trans, pmdb_t *db)
{
int i, ret = 0, errors = 0;
struct archive *archive;
struct archive_entry *entry;
char cwd[PATH_MAX] = "";
char scriptlet[PATH_MAX+1];
int is_upgrade = 0;
double percent = 0.0;
pmpkg_t *oldpkg = NULL;
snprintf(scriptlet, PATH_MAX, "%s%s-%s/install", db->path,
alpm_pkg_get_name(newpkg), alpm_pkg_get_version(newpkg));
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
ASSERT(trans != NULL, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_TRANS_NULL, -1));
snprintf(scriptlet, PATH_MAX, "%s%s-%s/install",
_alpm_db_path(db), alpm_pkg_get_name(newpkg),
alpm_pkg_get_version(newpkg));
/* see if this is an upgrade. if so, remove the old package first */
pmpkg_t *local = _alpm_db_get_pkgfromcache(db, newpkg->name);
if(local) {
is_upgrade = 1;
EVENT(trans, PM_TRANS_EVT_UPGRADE_START, newpkg, NULL);
/* we'll need to save some record for backup checks later */
oldpkg = _alpm_pkg_dup(local);
/* make sure all infos are loaded because the database entry
* will be removed soon */
_alpm_local_db_read(oldpkg->origin_data.db, oldpkg, INFRQ_ALL);
EVENT(trans, PM_TRANS_EVT_UPGRADE_START, newpkg, oldpkg);
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "upgrading package %s-%s\n",
newpkg->name, newpkg->version);
/* we'll need to save some record for backup checks later */
oldpkg = _alpm_pkg_dup(local);
/* copy over the install reason (unless alldeps is set) */
if(trans->flags & PM_TRANS_FLAG_ALLDEPS) {
newpkg->reason = PM_PKG_REASON_DEPEND;
} else {
newpkg->reason = alpm_pkg_get_reason(local);
}
/* copy over the install reason */
newpkg->reason = alpm_pkg_get_reason(oldpkg);
/* pre_upgrade scriptlet */
if(alpm_pkg_has_scriptlet(newpkg) && !(trans->flags & PM_TRANS_FLAG_NOSCRIPTLET)) {
@@ -694,37 +525,70 @@ static int commit_single_pkg(pmpkg_t *newpkg, int pkg_current, int pkg_count,
}
}
/* we override any pre-set reason if we have alldeps or allexplicit set */
if(trans->flags & PM_TRANS_FLAG_ALLDEPS) {
newpkg->reason = PM_PKG_REASON_DEPEND;
} else if(trans->flags & PM_TRANS_FLAG_ALLEXPLICIT) {
newpkg->reason = PM_PKG_REASON_EXPLICIT;
}
if(oldpkg) {
/* set up fake remove transaction */
int ret = upgrade_remove(oldpkg, newpkg, trans, db);
if(ret != 0) {
return(ret);
if(_alpm_upgraderemove_package(oldpkg, newpkg, trans) == -1) {
pm_errno = PM_ERR_TRANS_ABORT;
ret = -1;
goto cleanup;
}
}
/* prepare directory for database entries so permission are correct after
changelog/install script installation (FS#12263) */
if(_alpm_local_db_prepare(db, newpkg)) {
alpm_logaction("error: could not create database entry %s-%s\n",
alpm_pkg_get_name(newpkg), alpm_pkg_get_version(newpkg));
pm_errno = PM_ERR_DB_WRITE;
ret = -1;
goto cleanup;
}
if(!(trans->flags & PM_TRANS_FLAG_DBONLY)) {
struct archive *archive;
struct archive_entry *entry;
char cwd[PATH_MAX] = "";
int restore_cwd = 0;
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "extracting files\n");
if ((archive = archive_read_new()) == NULL) {
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE_ERROR, -1);
pm_errno = PM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE;
ret = -1;
goto cleanup;
}
archive_read_support_compression_all(archive);
archive_read_support_format_all(archive);
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "archive: %s\n", newpkg->origin_data.file);
if(archive_read_open_filename(archive, newpkg->origin_data.file,
ARCHIVE_DEFAULT_BYTES_PER_BLOCK) != ARCHIVE_OK) {
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_PKG_OPEN, -1);
pm_errno = PM_ERR_PKG_OPEN;
ret = -1;
goto cleanup;
}
/* save the cwd so we can restore it later */
if(getcwd(cwd, PATH_MAX) == NULL) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not get current working directory\n"));
cwd[0] = 0;
} else {
restore_cwd = 1;
}
/* libarchive requires this for extracting hard links */
chdir(handle->root);
if(chdir(handle->root) != 0) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not change directory to %s (%s)\n"), handle->root, strerror(errno));
ret = -1;
goto cleanup;
}
/* call PROGRESS once with 0 percent, as we sort-of skip that here */
if(is_upgrade) {
@@ -736,26 +600,31 @@ static int commit_single_pkg(pmpkg_t *newpkg, int pkg_current, int pkg_count,
}
for(i = 0; archive_read_next_header(archive, &entry) == ARCHIVE_OK; i++) {
int percent;
if(newpkg->size != 0) {
/* Using compressed size for calculations here, as newpkg->isize is not
* exact when it comes to comparing to the ACTUAL uncompressed size
* (missing metadata sizes) */
unsigned long pos = archive_position_compressed(archive);
percent = (double)pos / (double)newpkg->size;
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "decompression progress: %f%% (%ld / %ld)\n",
percent*100.0, pos, newpkg->size);
if(percent >= 1.0) {
percent = 1.0;
int64_t pos = archive_position_compressed(archive);
percent = (pos * 100) / newpkg->size;
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "decompression progress: "
"%d%% (%"PRId64" / %jd)\n",
percent, pos, (intmax_t)newpkg->size);
if(percent >= 100) {
percent = 100;
}
} else {
percent = 0;
}
if(is_upgrade) {
PROGRESS(trans, PM_TRANS_PROGRESS_UPGRADE_START,
alpm_pkg_get_name(newpkg), (int)(percent * 100), pkg_count,
alpm_pkg_get_name(newpkg), percent, pkg_count,
pkg_current);
} else {
PROGRESS(trans, PM_TRANS_PROGRESS_ADD_START,
alpm_pkg_get_name(newpkg), (int)(percent * 100), pkg_count,
alpm_pkg_get_name(newpkg), percent, pkg_count,
pkg_current);
}
@@ -765,13 +634,13 @@ static int commit_single_pkg(pmpkg_t *newpkg, int pkg_current, int pkg_count,
}
archive_read_finish(archive);
/* restore the old cwd is we have it */
if(strlen(cwd)) {
chdir(cwd);
/* restore the old cwd if we have it */
if(restore_cwd && chdir(cwd) != 0) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not change directory to %s (%s)\n"), cwd, strerror(errno));
}
if(errors) {
ret = 1;
ret = -1;
if(is_upgrade) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("problem occurred while upgrading %s\n"),
newpkg->name);
@@ -792,12 +661,14 @@ static int commit_single_pkg(pmpkg_t *newpkg, int pkg_current, int pkg_count,
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "updating database\n");
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "adding database entry '%s'\n", newpkg->name);
if(_alpm_db_write(db, newpkg, INFRQ_ALL)) {
if(_alpm_local_db_write(db, newpkg, INFRQ_ALL)) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not update database entry %s-%s\n"),
alpm_pkg_get_name(newpkg), alpm_pkg_get_version(newpkg));
alpm_logaction("error: could not update database entry %s-%s\n",
alpm_pkg_get_name(newpkg), alpm_pkg_get_version(newpkg));
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_DB_WRITE, -1);
pm_errno = PM_ERR_DB_WRITE;
ret = -1;
goto cleanup;
}
if(_alpm_db_add_pkgincache(db, newpkg) == -1) {
@@ -812,7 +683,6 @@ static int commit_single_pkg(pmpkg_t *newpkg, int pkg_current, int pkg_count,
PROGRESS(trans, PM_TRANS_PROGRESS_ADD_START,
alpm_pkg_get_name(newpkg), 100, pkg_count, pkg_current);
}
EVENT(trans, PM_TRANS_EVT_EXTRACT_DONE, NULL, NULL);
/* run the post-install script if it exists */
if(alpm_pkg_has_scriptlet(newpkg)
@@ -833,14 +703,15 @@ static int commit_single_pkg(pmpkg_t *newpkg, int pkg_current, int pkg_count,
EVENT(trans, PM_TRANS_EVT_ADD_DONE, newpkg, oldpkg);
}
cleanup:
_alpm_pkg_free(oldpkg);
return(0);
return(ret);
}
int _alpm_add_commit(pmtrans_t *trans, pmdb_t *db)
int _alpm_upgrade_packages(pmtrans_t *trans, pmdb_t *db)
{
int pkg_count, pkg_current;
size_t pkg_count, pkg_current;
int skip_ldconfig = 0, ret = 0;
alpm_list_t *targ;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
@@ -848,29 +719,38 @@ int _alpm_add_commit(pmtrans_t *trans, pmdb_t *db)
ASSERT(trans != NULL, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_TRANS_NULL, -1));
ASSERT(db != NULL, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_DB_NULL, -1));
if(trans->packages == NULL) {
if(trans->add == NULL) {
return(0);
}
pkg_count = alpm_list_count(trans->targets);
pkg_count = alpm_list_count(trans->add);
pkg_current = 1;
/* loop through our package list adding/upgrading one at a time */
for(targ = trans->packages; targ; targ = targ->next) {
for(targ = trans->add; targ; targ = targ->next) {
if(handle->trans->state == STATE_INTERRUPTED) {
return(0);
return(ret);
}
pmpkg_t *newpkg = (pmpkg_t *)targ->data;
commit_single_pkg(newpkg, pkg_current, pkg_count, trans, db);
if(commit_single_pkg(newpkg, pkg_current, pkg_count, trans, db)) {
/* something screwed up on the commit, abort the trans */
trans->state = STATE_INTERRUPTED;
pm_errno = PM_ERR_TRANS_ABORT;
/* running ldconfig at this point could possibly screw system */
skip_ldconfig = 1;
ret = -1;
}
pkg_current++;
}
/* run ldconfig if it exists */
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "running \"ldconfig -r %s\"\n", handle->root);
_alpm_ldconfig(handle->root);
if(!skip_ldconfig) {
/* run ldconfig if it exists */
_alpm_ldconfig(handle->root);
}
return(0);
return(ret);
}
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
/*
* add.h
*
* Copyright (c) 2002-2007 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -23,9 +24,7 @@
#include "alpm_list.h"
#include "trans.h"
int _alpm_add_loadtarget(pmtrans_t *trans, pmdb_t *db, char *name);
int _alpm_add_prepare(pmtrans_t *trans, pmdb_t *db, alpm_list_t **data);
int _alpm_add_commit(pmtrans_t *trans, pmdb_t *db);
int _alpm_upgrade_packages(pmtrans_t *trans, pmdb_t *db);
#endif /* _ALPM_ADD_H */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
/*
* alpm.c
*
* Copyright (c) 2002-2007 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Aurelien Foret <orelien@chez.com>
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Christian Hamar <krics@linuxforum.hu>
* Copyright (c) 2005, 2006 by Miklos Vajna <vmiklos@frugalware.org>
@@ -22,10 +23,14 @@
#include "config.h"
/* connection caching setup */
#ifdef HAVE_LIBFETCH
#include <fetch.h>
#endif
/* libalpm */
#include "alpm.h"
#include "alpm_list.h"
#include "error.h"
#include "handle.h"
#include "util.h"
@@ -49,11 +54,21 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_initialize(void)
if(handle == NULL) {
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, -1);
}
if(_alpm_db_register_local() == NULL) {
/* error code should be set */
_alpm_handle_free(handle);
handle = NULL;
return(-1);
}
#ifdef ENABLE_NLS
bindtextdomain("libalpm", LOCALEDIR);
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_LIBFETCH
fetchConnectionCacheInit(5, 1);
#endif
return(0);
}
@@ -71,6 +86,11 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_release(void)
}
_alpm_handle_free(handle);
handle = NULL;
#ifdef HAVE_LIBFETCH
fetchConnectionCacheClose();
#endif
return(0);
}

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
/*
* alpm.h
*
* Copyright (c) 2002-2007 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Aurelien Foret <orelien@chez.com>
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Christian Hamar <krics@linuxforum.hu>
* Copyright (c) 2005, 2006 by Miklos Vajna <vmiklos@frugalware.org>
@@ -26,6 +27,7 @@
extern "C" {
#endif
#include <sys/types.h> /* for off_t */
#include <time.h> /* for time_t */
#include <stdarg.h> /* for va_list */
@@ -45,14 +47,11 @@ typedef struct __pmdb_t pmdb_t;
typedef struct __pmpkg_t pmpkg_t;
typedef struct __pmdelta_t pmdelta_t;
typedef struct __pmgrp_t pmgrp_t;
typedef struct __pmserver_t pmserver_t;
typedef struct __pmtrans_t pmtrans_t;
typedef struct __pmsyncpkg_t pmsyncpkg_t;
typedef struct __pmdepend_t pmdepend_t;
typedef struct __pmdepmissing_t pmdepmissing_t;
typedef struct __pmconflict_t pmconflict_t;
typedef struct __pmfileconflict_t pmfileconflict_t;
typedef struct __pmgraph_t pmgraph_t;
/*
* Library
@@ -68,95 +67,113 @@ const char *alpm_version(void);
/* Levels */
typedef enum _pmloglevel_t {
PM_LOG_ERROR = 0x01,
PM_LOG_WARNING = 0x02,
PM_LOG_DEBUG = 0x04,
PM_LOG_FUNCTION = 0x08
PM_LOG_ERROR = 1,
PM_LOG_WARNING = (1 << 1),
PM_LOG_DEBUG = (1 << 2),
PM_LOG_FUNCTION = (1 << 3)
} pmloglevel_t;
typedef void (*alpm_cb_log)(pmloglevel_t, char *, va_list);
int alpm_logaction(char *fmt, ...);
typedef void (*alpm_cb_log)(pmloglevel_t, const char *, va_list);
int alpm_logaction(const char *fmt, ...);
/*
* Downloading
*/
typedef void (*alpm_cb_download)(const char *filename, int file_xfered,
int file_total, int list_xfered, int list_total);
typedef void (*alpm_cb_download)(const char *filename,
off_t xfered, off_t total);
typedef void (*alpm_cb_totaldl)(off_t total);
/** A callback for downloading files
* @param url the URL of the file to be downloaded
* @param localpath the directory to which the file should be downloaded
* @param force whether to force an update, even if the file is the same
* @return 0 on success, 1 if the file exists and is identical, -1 on
* error.
*/
typedef int (*alpm_cb_fetch)(const char *url, const char *localpath,
int force);
/*
* Options
*/
#define PM_DLFNM_LEN 22
alpm_cb_log alpm_option_get_logcb();
alpm_cb_log alpm_option_get_logcb(void);
void alpm_option_set_logcb(alpm_cb_log cb);
alpm_cb_download alpm_option_get_dlcb();
alpm_cb_download alpm_option_get_dlcb(void);
void alpm_option_set_dlcb(alpm_cb_download cb);
const char *alpm_option_get_root();
alpm_cb_fetch alpm_option_get_fetchcb(void);
void alpm_option_set_fetchcb(alpm_cb_fetch cb);
alpm_cb_totaldl alpm_option_get_totaldlcb(void);
void alpm_option_set_totaldlcb(alpm_cb_totaldl cb);
const char *alpm_option_get_root(void);
int alpm_option_set_root(const char *root);
const char *alpm_option_get_dbpath();
const char *alpm_option_get_dbpath(void);
int alpm_option_set_dbpath(const char *dbpath);
alpm_list_t *alpm_option_get_cachedirs();
alpm_list_t *alpm_option_get_cachedirs(void);
int alpm_option_add_cachedir(const char *cachedir);
void alpm_option_set_cachedirs(alpm_list_t *cachedirs);
int alpm_option_remove_cachedir(const char *cachedir);
const char *alpm_option_get_logfile();
const char *alpm_option_get_logfile(void);
int alpm_option_set_logfile(const char *logfile);
const char *alpm_option_get_lockfile();
const char *alpm_option_get_lockfile(void);
/* no set_lockfile, path is determined from dbpath */
unsigned short alpm_option_get_usesyslog();
void alpm_option_set_usesyslog(unsigned short usesyslog);
int alpm_option_get_usesyslog(void);
void alpm_option_set_usesyslog(int usesyslog);
alpm_list_t *alpm_option_get_noupgrades();
alpm_list_t *alpm_option_get_noupgrades(void);
void alpm_option_add_noupgrade(const char *pkg);
void alpm_option_set_noupgrades(alpm_list_t *noupgrade);
int alpm_option_remove_noupgrade(const char *pkg);
alpm_list_t *alpm_option_get_noextracts();
alpm_list_t *alpm_option_get_noextracts(void);
void alpm_option_add_noextract(const char *pkg);
void alpm_option_set_noextracts(alpm_list_t *noextract);
int alpm_option_remove_noextract(const char *pkg);
alpm_list_t *alpm_option_get_ignorepkgs();
alpm_list_t *alpm_option_get_ignorepkgs(void);
void alpm_option_add_ignorepkg(const char *pkg);
void alpm_option_set_ignorepkgs(alpm_list_t *ignorepkgs);
int alpm_option_remove_ignorepkg(const char *pkg);
alpm_list_t *alpm_option_get_holdpkgs();
void alpm_option_add_holdpkg(const char *pkg);
void alpm_option_set_holdpkgs(alpm_list_t *holdpkgs);
int alpm_option_remove_holdpkg(const char *pkg);
alpm_list_t *alpm_option_get_ignoregrps();
alpm_list_t *alpm_option_get_ignoregrps(void);
void alpm_option_add_ignoregrp(const char *grp);
void alpm_option_set_ignoregrps(alpm_list_t *ignoregrps);
int alpm_option_remove_ignoregrp(const char *grp);
const char *alpm_option_get_xfercommand();
void alpm_option_set_xfercommand(const char *cmd);
const char *alpm_option_get_arch(void);
void alpm_option_set_arch(const char *arch);
unsigned short alpm_option_get_nopassiveftp();
void alpm_option_set_nopassiveftp(unsigned short nopasv);
void alpm_option_set_usedelta(unsigned short usedelta);
int alpm_option_get_usedelta(void);
void alpm_option_set_usedelta(int usedelta);
pmdb_t *alpm_option_get_localdb();
alpm_list_t *alpm_option_get_syncdbs();
int alpm_option_get_checkspace(void);
void alpm_option_set_checkspace(int checkspace);
pmdb_t *alpm_option_get_localdb(void);
alpm_list_t *alpm_option_get_syncdbs(void);
/*
* Install reasons -- ie, why the package was installed
*/
typedef enum _pmpkgreason_t {
PM_PKG_REASON_EXPLICIT = 0, /* explicitly requested by the user */
PM_PKG_REASON_DEPEND = 1 /* installed as a dependency for another package */
} pmpkgreason_t;
/*
* Databases
*/
/* Preferred interfaces db_register_local and db_register_sync */
pmdb_t *alpm_db_register_local(void);
pmdb_t *alpm_db_register_sync(const char *treename);
int alpm_db_unregister(pmdb_t *db);
int alpm_db_unregister_all(void);
@@ -169,12 +186,12 @@ int alpm_db_setserver(pmdb_t *db, const char *url);
int alpm_db_update(int level, pmdb_t *db);
pmpkg_t *alpm_db_get_pkg(pmdb_t *db, const char *name);
alpm_list_t *alpm_db_getpkgcache(pmdb_t *db);
alpm_list_t *alpm_db_whatprovides(pmdb_t *db, const char *name);
alpm_list_t *alpm_db_get_pkgcache(pmdb_t *db);
pmgrp_t *alpm_db_readgrp(pmdb_t *db, const char *name);
alpm_list_t *alpm_db_getgrpcache(pmdb_t *db);
alpm_list_t *alpm_db_get_grpcache(pmdb_t *db);
alpm_list_t *alpm_db_search(pmdb_t *db, const alpm_list_t* needles);
int alpm_db_set_pkgreason(pmdb_t *db, const char *name, pmpkgreason_t reason);
/*
* Packages
@@ -182,17 +199,11 @@ alpm_list_t *alpm_db_search(pmdb_t *db, const alpm_list_t* needles);
/* Info parameters */
/* reasons -- ie, why the package was installed */
typedef enum _pmpkgreason_t {
PM_PKG_REASON_EXPLICIT = 0, /* explicitly requested by the user */
PM_PKG_REASON_DEPEND = 1 /* installed as a dependency for another package */
} pmpkgreason_t;
int alpm_pkg_load(const char *filename, unsigned short full, pmpkg_t **pkg);
int alpm_pkg_load(const char *filename, int full, pmpkg_t **pkg);
int alpm_pkg_free(pmpkg_t *pkg);
int alpm_pkg_checkmd5sum(pmpkg_t *pkg);
char *alpm_fetch_pkgurl(const char *url);
int alpm_pkg_vercmp(const char *ver1, const char *ver2);
int alpm_pkg_vercmp(const char *a, const char *b);
alpm_list_t *alpm_pkg_compute_requiredby(pmpkg_t *pkg);
const char *alpm_pkg_get_filename(pmpkg_t *pkg);
@@ -205,8 +216,8 @@ time_t alpm_pkg_get_installdate(pmpkg_t *pkg);
const char *alpm_pkg_get_packager(pmpkg_t *pkg);
const char *alpm_pkg_get_md5sum(pmpkg_t *pkg);
const char *alpm_pkg_get_arch(pmpkg_t *pkg);
unsigned long alpm_pkg_get_size(pmpkg_t *pkg);
unsigned long alpm_pkg_get_isize(pmpkg_t *pkg);
off_t alpm_pkg_get_size(pmpkg_t *pkg);
off_t alpm_pkg_get_isize(pmpkg_t *pkg);
pmpkgreason_t alpm_pkg_get_reason(pmpkg_t *pkg);
alpm_list_t *alpm_pkg_get_licenses(pmpkg_t *pkg);
alpm_list_t *alpm_pkg_get_groups(pmpkg_t *pkg);
@@ -218,14 +229,16 @@ alpm_list_t *alpm_pkg_get_deltas(pmpkg_t *pkg);
alpm_list_t *alpm_pkg_get_replaces(pmpkg_t *pkg);
alpm_list_t *alpm_pkg_get_files(pmpkg_t *pkg);
alpm_list_t *alpm_pkg_get_backup(pmpkg_t *pkg);
pmdb_t *alpm_pkg_get_db(pmpkg_t *pkg);
void *alpm_pkg_changelog_open(pmpkg_t *pkg);
size_t alpm_pkg_changelog_read(void *ptr, size_t size,
const pmpkg_t *pkg, const void *fp);
/*int alpm_pkg_changelog_feof(const pmpkg_t *pkg, void *fp);*/
int alpm_pkg_changelog_close(const pmpkg_t *pkg, void *fp);
unsigned short alpm_pkg_has_scriptlet(pmpkg_t *pkg);
int alpm_pkg_has_scriptlet(pmpkg_t *pkg);
unsigned long alpm_pkg_download_size(pmpkg_t *newpkg, pmdb_t *db_local);
off_t alpm_pkg_download_size(pmpkg_t *newpkg);
alpm_list_t *alpm_pkg_unused_deltas(pmpkg_t *pkg);
/*
* Deltas
@@ -233,104 +246,145 @@ unsigned long alpm_pkg_download_size(pmpkg_t *newpkg, pmdb_t *db_local);
const char *alpm_delta_get_from(pmdelta_t *delta);
const char *alpm_delta_get_to(pmdelta_t *delta);
unsigned long alpm_delta_get_size(pmdelta_t *delta);
const char *alpm_delta_get_filename(pmdelta_t *delta);
const char *alpm_delta_get_md5sum(pmdelta_t *delta);
off_t alpm_delta_get_size(pmdelta_t *delta);
/*
* Groups
*/
const char *alpm_grp_get_name(const pmgrp_t *grp);
const alpm_list_t *alpm_grp_get_pkgs(const pmgrp_t *grp);
alpm_list_t *alpm_grp_get_pkgs(const pmgrp_t *grp);
alpm_list_t *alpm_find_grp_pkgs(alpm_list_t *dbs, const char *name);
/*
* Sync
*/
/* Types */
typedef enum _pmsynctype_t {
PM_SYNC_TYPE_REPLACE = 1,
PM_SYNC_TYPE_UPGRADE,
PM_SYNC_TYPE_DEPEND
} pmsynctype_t;
pmsynctype_t alpm_sync_get_type(const pmsyncpkg_t *sync);
pmpkg_t *alpm_sync_get_pkg(const pmsyncpkg_t *sync);
void *alpm_sync_get_data(const pmsyncpkg_t *sync);
int alpm_sync_sysupgrade(pmdb_t *db_local,
alpm_list_t *dbs_sync, alpm_list_t **syncpkgs);
pmpkg_t *alpm_sync_newversion(pmpkg_t *pkg, alpm_list_t *dbs_sync);
/*
* Transactions
*/
/* Types */
typedef enum _pmtranstype_t {
PM_TRANS_TYPE_ADD = 1,
PM_TRANS_TYPE_REMOVE,
PM_TRANS_TYPE_REMOVEUPGRADE,
PM_TRANS_TYPE_UPGRADE,
PM_TRANS_TYPE_SYNC
} pmtranstype_t;
/* Flags */
typedef enum _pmtransflag_t {
PM_TRANS_FLAG_NODEPS = 0x01,
PM_TRANS_FLAG_FORCE = 0x02,
PM_TRANS_FLAG_NOSAVE = 0x04,
/* 0x08 flag can go here */
PM_TRANS_FLAG_CASCADE = 0x10,
PM_TRANS_FLAG_RECURSE = 0x20,
PM_TRANS_FLAG_DBONLY = 0x40,
PM_TRANS_FLAG_DEPENDSONLY = 0x80,
PM_TRANS_FLAG_ALLDEPS = 0x100,
PM_TRANS_FLAG_DOWNLOADONLY = 0x200,
PM_TRANS_FLAG_NOSCRIPTLET = 0x400,
PM_TRANS_FLAG_NOCONFLICTS = 0x800,
PM_TRANS_FLAG_PRINTURIS = 0x1000,
PM_TRANS_FLAG_NEEDED = 0x2000
PM_TRANS_FLAG_NODEPS = 1,
PM_TRANS_FLAG_FORCE = (1 << 1),
PM_TRANS_FLAG_NOSAVE = (1 << 2),
PM_TRANS_FLAG_NODEPVERSION = (1 << 3),
PM_TRANS_FLAG_CASCADE = (1 << 4),
PM_TRANS_FLAG_RECURSE = (1 << 5),
PM_TRANS_FLAG_DBONLY = (1 << 6),
/* (1 << 7) flag can go here */
PM_TRANS_FLAG_ALLDEPS = (1 << 8),
PM_TRANS_FLAG_DOWNLOADONLY = (1 << 9),
PM_TRANS_FLAG_NOSCRIPTLET = (1 << 10),
PM_TRANS_FLAG_NOCONFLICTS = (1 << 11),
/* (1 << 12) flag can go here */
PM_TRANS_FLAG_NEEDED = (1 << 13),
PM_TRANS_FLAG_ALLEXPLICIT = (1 << 14),
PM_TRANS_FLAG_UNNEEDED = (1 << 15),
PM_TRANS_FLAG_RECURSEALL = (1 << 16),
PM_TRANS_FLAG_NOLOCK = (1 << 17)
} pmtransflag_t;
/* Transaction Events */
/**
* @addtogroup alpm_trans
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Transaction events.
* NULL parameters are passed to in all events unless specified otherwise.
*/
typedef enum _pmtransevt_t {
/** Dependencies will be computed for a package. */
PM_TRANS_EVT_CHECKDEPS_START = 1,
/** Dependencies were computed for a package. */
PM_TRANS_EVT_CHECKDEPS_DONE,
/** File conflicts will be computed for a package. */
PM_TRANS_EVT_FILECONFLICTS_START,
/** File conflicts were computed for a package. */
PM_TRANS_EVT_FILECONFLICTS_DONE,
/** Dependencies will be resolved for target package. */
PM_TRANS_EVT_RESOLVEDEPS_START,
/** Dependencies were resolved for target package. */
PM_TRANS_EVT_RESOLVEDEPS_DONE,
/** Inter-conflicts will be checked for target package. */
PM_TRANS_EVT_INTERCONFLICTS_START,
/** Inter-conflicts were checked for target package. */
PM_TRANS_EVT_INTERCONFLICTS_DONE,
/** Package will be installed.
* A pointer to the target package is passed to the callback.
*/
PM_TRANS_EVT_ADD_START,
/** Package was installed.
* A pointer to the new package is passed to the callback.
*/
PM_TRANS_EVT_ADD_DONE,
/** Package will be removed.
* A pointer to the target package is passed to the callback.
*/
PM_TRANS_EVT_REMOVE_START,
/** Package was removed.
* A pointer to the removed package is passed to the callback.
*/
PM_TRANS_EVT_REMOVE_DONE,
/** Package will be upgraded.
* A pointer to the upgraded package is passed to the callback.
*/
PM_TRANS_EVT_UPGRADE_START,
/** Package was upgraded.
* A pointer to the new package, and a pointer to the old package is passed
* to the callback, respectively.
*/
PM_TRANS_EVT_UPGRADE_DONE,
PM_TRANS_EVT_EXTRACT_DONE,
/** Target package's integrity will be checked. */
PM_TRANS_EVT_INTEGRITY_START,
/** Target package's integrity was checked. */
PM_TRANS_EVT_INTEGRITY_DONE,
/** Target deltas's integrity will be checked. */
PM_TRANS_EVT_DELTA_INTEGRITY_START,
/** Target delta's integrity was checked. */
PM_TRANS_EVT_DELTA_INTEGRITY_DONE,
/** Deltas will be applied to packages. */
PM_TRANS_EVT_DELTA_PATCHES_START,
/** Deltas were applied to packages. */
PM_TRANS_EVT_DELTA_PATCHES_DONE,
/** Delta patch will be applied to target package.
* The filename of the package and the filename of the patch is passed to the
* callback.
*/
PM_TRANS_EVT_DELTA_PATCH_START,
/** Delta patch was applied to target package. */
PM_TRANS_EVT_DELTA_PATCH_DONE,
/** Delta patch failed to apply to target package. */
PM_TRANS_EVT_DELTA_PATCH_FAILED,
/** Scriptlet has printed information.
* A line of text is passed to the callback.
*/
PM_TRANS_EVT_SCRIPTLET_INFO,
PM_TRANS_EVT_PRINTURI,
/** Files will be downloaded from a repository.
* The repository's tree name is passed to the callback.
*/
PM_TRANS_EVT_RETRIEVE_START,
/** Disk space usage will be computed for a package */
PM_TRANS_EVT_DISKSPACE_START,
/** Disk space usage was computed for a package */
PM_TRANS_EVT_DISKSPACE_DONE,
} pmtransevt_t;
/*@}*/
/* Transaction Conversations (ie, questions) */
typedef enum _pmtransconv_t {
PM_TRANS_CONV_INSTALL_IGNOREPKG = 0x01,
PM_TRANS_CONV_REPLACE_PKG = 0x02,
PM_TRANS_CONV_CONFLICT_PKG = 0x04,
PM_TRANS_CONV_CORRUPTED_PKG = 0x08,
PM_TRANS_CONV_LOCAL_NEWER = 0x10,
/* 0x20 flag can go here */
PM_TRANS_CONV_REMOVE_HOLDPKG = 0x40
PM_TRANS_CONV_INSTALL_IGNOREPKG = 1,
PM_TRANS_CONV_REPLACE_PKG = (1 << 1),
PM_TRANS_CONV_CONFLICT_PKG = (1 << 2),
PM_TRANS_CONV_CORRUPTED_PKG = (1 << 3),
PM_TRANS_CONV_LOCAL_NEWER = (1 << 4),
PM_TRANS_CONV_REMOVE_PKGS = (1 << 5),
PM_TRANS_CONV_SELECT_PROVIDER = (1 << 6),
} pmtransconv_t;
/* Transaction Progress */
@@ -338,7 +392,9 @@ typedef enum _pmtransprog_t {
PM_TRANS_PROGRESS_ADD_START,
PM_TRANS_PROGRESS_UPGRADE_START,
PM_TRANS_PROGRESS_REMOVE_START,
PM_TRANS_PROGRESS_CONFLICTS_START
PM_TRANS_PROGRESS_CONFLICTS_START,
PM_TRANS_PROGRESS_DISKSPACE_START,
PM_TRANS_PROGRESS_INTEGRITY_START,
} pmtransprog_t;
/* Transaction Event callback */
@@ -349,22 +405,23 @@ typedef void (*alpm_trans_cb_conv)(pmtransconv_t, void *, void *,
void *, int *);
/* Transaction Progress callback */
typedef void (*alpm_trans_cb_progress)(pmtransprog_t, const char *, int, int, int);
typedef void (*alpm_trans_cb_progress)(pmtransprog_t, const char *, int, size_t, size_t);
pmtranstype_t alpm_trans_get_type();
unsigned int alpm_trans_get_flags();
alpm_list_t * alpm_trans_get_targets();
alpm_list_t * alpm_trans_get_pkgs();
int alpm_trans_init(pmtranstype_t type, pmtransflag_t flags,
int alpm_trans_get_flags(void);
alpm_list_t * alpm_trans_get_add(void);
alpm_list_t * alpm_trans_get_remove(void);
int alpm_trans_init(pmtransflag_t flags,
alpm_trans_cb_event cb_event, alpm_trans_cb_conv conv,
alpm_trans_cb_progress cb_progress);
int alpm_trans_sysupgrade(void);
int alpm_trans_addtarget(char *target);
int alpm_trans_prepare(alpm_list_t **data);
int alpm_trans_commit(alpm_list_t **data);
int alpm_trans_interrupt(void);
int alpm_trans_release(void);
int alpm_sync_sysupgrade(int enable_downgrade);
int alpm_add_pkg(pmpkg_t *pkg);
int alpm_remove_pkg(pmpkg_t *pkg);
/*
* Dependencies and conflicts
*/
@@ -378,21 +435,25 @@ typedef enum _pmdepmod_t {
PM_DEP_MOD_LT
} pmdepmod_t;
pmdepend_t *alpm_splitdep(const char *depstring);
int alpm_depcmp(pmpkg_t *pkg, pmdepend_t *dep);
alpm_list_t *alpm_checkdeps(pmdb_t *db, int reversedeps,
alpm_list_t *alpm_checkdeps(alpm_list_t *pkglist, int reversedeps,
alpm_list_t *remove, alpm_list_t *upgrade);
pmpkg_t *alpm_find_satisfier(alpm_list_t *pkgs, const char *depstring);
pmpkg_t *alpm_find_dbs_satisfier(alpm_list_t *dbs, const char *depstring);
const char *alpm_miss_get_target(const pmdepmissing_t *miss);
pmdepend_t *alpm_miss_get_dep(pmdepmissing_t *miss);
const char *alpm_miss_get_causingpkg(const pmdepmissing_t *miss);
alpm_list_t *alpm_checkconflicts(alpm_list_t *pkglist);
const char *alpm_conflict_get_package1(pmconflict_t *conflict);
const char *alpm_conflict_get_package2(pmconflict_t *conflict);
const char *alpm_conflict_get_reason(pmconflict_t *conflict);
pmdepmod_t alpm_dep_get_mod(const pmdepend_t *dep);
const char *alpm_dep_get_name(const pmdepend_t *dep);
const char *alpm_dep_get_version(const pmdepend_t *dep);
char *alpm_dep_get_string(const pmdepend_t *dep);
char *alpm_dep_compute_string(const pmdepend_t *dep);
/*
* File conflicts
@@ -413,7 +474,7 @@ const char *alpm_fileconflict_get_ctarget(pmfileconflict_t *conflict);
*/
/* checksums */
char *alpm_get_md5sum(const char *name);
char *alpm_compute_md5sum(const char *name);
/*
* Errors
@@ -425,6 +486,7 @@ enum _pmerrno_t {
PM_ERR_NOT_A_FILE,
PM_ERR_NOT_A_DIR,
PM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS,
PM_ERR_DISK_SPACE,
/* Interface */
PM_ERR_HANDLE_NULL,
PM_ERR_HANDLE_NOT_NULL,
@@ -435,16 +497,12 @@ enum _pmerrno_t {
PM_ERR_DB_NULL,
PM_ERR_DB_NOT_NULL,
PM_ERR_DB_NOT_FOUND,
PM_ERR_DB_VERSION,
PM_ERR_DB_WRITE,
PM_ERR_DB_REMOVE,
/* Servers */
PM_ERR_SERVER_BAD_URL,
/* Configuration */
PM_ERR_OPT_LOGFILE,
PM_ERR_OPT_DBPATH,
PM_ERR_OPT_LOCALDB,
PM_ERR_OPT_SYNCDB,
PM_ERR_OPT_USESYSLOG,
PM_ERR_SERVER_NONE,
/* Transactions */
PM_ERR_TRANS_NOT_NULL,
PM_ERR_TRANS_NULL,
@@ -453,39 +511,31 @@ enum _pmerrno_t {
PM_ERR_TRANS_NOT_PREPARED,
PM_ERR_TRANS_ABORT,
PM_ERR_TRANS_TYPE,
PM_ERR_TRANS_COMMITING,
PM_ERR_TRANS_DOWNLOADING,
PM_ERR_TRANS_NOT_LOCKED,
/* Packages */
PM_ERR_PKG_NOT_FOUND,
PM_ERR_PKG_IGNORED,
PM_ERR_PKG_INVALID,
PM_ERR_PKG_OPEN,
PM_ERR_PKG_LOAD,
PM_ERR_PKG_INSTALLED,
PM_ERR_PKG_CANT_FRESH,
PM_ERR_PKG_CANT_REMOVE,
PM_ERR_PKG_INVALID_NAME,
PM_ERR_PKG_CORRUPTED,
PM_ERR_PKG_INVALID_ARCH,
PM_ERR_PKG_REPO_NOT_FOUND,
/* Deltas */
PM_ERR_DLT_CORRUPTED,
PM_ERR_DLT_INVALID,
PM_ERR_DLT_PATCHFAILED,
/* Groups */
PM_ERR_GRP_NOT_FOUND,
/* Dependencies */
PM_ERR_UNSATISFIED_DEPS,
PM_ERR_CONFLICTING_DEPS,
PM_ERR_FILE_CONFLICTS,
/* Misc */
PM_ERR_USER_ABORT,
PM_ERR_INTERNAL_ERROR,
PM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE_ERROR,
PM_ERR_DB_SYNC,
PM_ERR_RETRIEVE,
PM_ERR_PKG_HOLD,
PM_ERR_WRITE,
PM_ERR_INVALID_REGEX,
/* Downloading */
PM_ERR_CONNECT_FAILED,
PM_ERR_FORK_FAILED
/* External library errors */
PM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE,
PM_ERR_LIBFETCH,
PM_ERR_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD
};
extern enum _pmerrno_t pm_errno;

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
/*
* alpm_list.c
*
* Copyright (c) 2002-2007 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,15 +18,16 @@
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include "config.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdio.h>
/* libalpm */
#include "alpm_list.h"
#include "util.h"
/* check exported library symbols with: nm -C -D <lib> */
#define SYMEXPORT __attribute__((visibility("default")))
#define SYMHIDDEN __attribute__((visibility("internal")))
/**
* @addtogroup alpm_list List Functions
@@ -39,25 +41,6 @@
/* Allocation */
/**
* @brief Allocate a new alpm_list_t.
*
* @return a new alpm_list_t item, or NULL on failure
*/
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_new()
{
alpm_list_t *list = NULL;
list = malloc(sizeof(alpm_list_t));
if(list) {
list->data = NULL;
list->prev = list; /* maintain a back reference to the tail pointer */
list->next = NULL;
}
return(list);
}
/**
* @brief Free a list, but not the contained data.
*
@@ -107,30 +90,26 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_add(alpm_list_t *list, void *data)
{
alpm_list_t *ptr, *lp;
ptr = list;
ptr = calloc(1, sizeof(alpm_list_t));
if(ptr == NULL) {
ptr = alpm_list_new();
if(ptr == NULL) {
return(NULL);
}
return(list);
}
lp = alpm_list_last(ptr);
if(lp == ptr && lp->data == NULL) {
/* nada */
} else {
lp->next = alpm_list_new();
if(lp->next == NULL) {
return(NULL);
}
lp->next->prev = lp;
lp = lp->next;
list->prev = lp;
ptr->data = data;
ptr->next = NULL;
/* Special case: the input list is empty */
if(list == NULL) {
ptr->prev = ptr;
return(ptr);
}
lp->data = data;
lp = alpm_list_last(list);
lp->next = ptr;
ptr->prev = lp;
list->prev = ptr;
return(ptr);
return(list);
}
/**
@@ -144,12 +123,15 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_add(alpm_list_t *list, void *data)
*/
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_add_sorted(alpm_list_t *list, void *data, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn)
{
if(!fn) {
return alpm_list_add(list, data);
if(!fn || !list) {
return(alpm_list_add(list, data));
} else {
alpm_list_t *add = NULL, *prev = NULL, *next = list;
add = alpm_list_new();
add = calloc(1, sizeof(alpm_list_t));
if(add == NULL) {
return(list);
}
add->data = data;
/* Find insertion point. */
@@ -159,26 +141,25 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_add_sorted(alpm_list_t *list, void *data, alpm_
next = next->next;
}
/* Insert node before insertion point. */
add->prev = prev;
add->next = next;
if(next != NULL) {
next->prev = add; /* Not at end. */
}
if(prev != NULL) {
prev->next = add; /* In middle. */
} else {
list = add; /* At beginning, or new list */
}
if(next == NULL) {
/* At end, adjust tail pointer on head node */
/* Insert the add node to the list */
if(prev == NULL) { /* special case: we insert add as the first element */
add->prev = list->prev; /* list != NULL */
add->next = list;
list->prev = add;
return(add);
} else if(next == NULL) { /* another special case: add last element */
add->prev = prev;
add->next = NULL;
prev->next = add;
list->prev = add;
return(list);
} else {
add->prev = prev;
add->next = next;
next->prev = add;
prev->next = add;
return(list);
}
return(list);
}
}
@@ -198,10 +179,10 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_join(alpm_list_t *first, alpm_list_t *second)
alpm_list_t *tmp;
if (first == NULL) {
return second;
return(second);
}
if (second == NULL) {
return first;
return(first);
}
/* tmp is the last element of the first list */
tmp = first->prev;
@@ -288,7 +269,7 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_mmerge(alpm_list_t *left, alpm_list_t *right, a
*
* @return the resultant list
*/
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_msort(alpm_list_t *list, int n, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn)
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_msort(alpm_list_t *list, size_t n, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn)
{
if (n > 1) {
alpm_list_t *left = list;
@@ -304,6 +285,53 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_msort(alpm_list_t *list, int n, alpm_list_fn_cm
return(list);
}
/**
* @brief Remove an item from the list.
* item is not freed; this is the respnsiblity of the caller.
*
* @param haystack the list to remove the item from
* @param item the item to remove from the list
*
* @return the resultant list
*/
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_remove_item(alpm_list_t *haystack,
alpm_list_t *item)
{
if(haystack == NULL || item == NULL) {
return(haystack);
}
if(item == haystack) {
/* Special case: removing the head node which has a back reference to
* the tail node */
haystack = item->next;
if(haystack) {
haystack->prev = item->prev;
}
item->prev = NULL;
} else if(item == haystack->prev) {
/* Special case: removing the tail node, so we need to fix the back
* reference on the head node. We also know tail != head. */
if(item->prev) {
/* i->next should always be null */
item->prev->next = item->next;
haystack->prev = item->prev;
item->prev = NULL;
}
} else {
/* Normal case, non-head and non-tail node */
if(item->next) {
item->next->prev = item->prev;
}
if(item->prev) {
item->prev->next = item->next;
}
}
return(haystack);
}
/**
* @brief Remove an item from the list.
*
@@ -314,62 +342,56 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_msort(alpm_list_t *list, int n, alpm_list_fn_cm
*
* @return the resultant list
*/
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_remove(alpm_list_t *haystack, const void *needle, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn, void **data)
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_remove(alpm_list_t *haystack,
const void *needle, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn, void **data)
{
alpm_list_t *i = haystack, *tmp = NULL;
alpm_list_t *i = haystack;
if(data) {
*data = NULL;
}
if(needle == NULL) {
return(haystack);
}
while(i) {
if(i->data == NULL) {
i = i->next;
continue;
}
tmp = i->next;
if(fn(needle, i->data) == 0) {
/* we found a matching item */
if(i == haystack) {
/* Special case: removing the head node which has a back reference to
* the tail node */
haystack = i->next;
if(haystack) {
haystack->prev = i->prev;
}
i->prev = NULL;
} else if(i == haystack->prev) {
/* Special case: removing the tail node, so we need to fix the back
* reference on the head node. We also know tail != head. */
if(i->prev) {
/* i->next should always be null */
i->prev->next = i->next;
haystack->prev = i->prev;
i->prev = NULL;
}
} else {
/* Normal case, non-head and non-tail node */
if(i->next) {
i->next->prev = i->prev;
}
if(i->prev) {
i->prev->next = i->next;
}
}
if(fn(i->data, needle) == 0) {
haystack = alpm_list_remove_item(haystack, i);
if(data) {
*data = i->data;
}
i->data = NULL;
free(i);
i = NULL;
break;
} else {
i = tmp;
i = i->next;
}
}
return(haystack);
}
/**
* @brief Remove a string from a list.
*
* @param haystack the list to remove the item from
* @param needle the data member of the item we're removing
* @param data output parameter containing data of the removed item
*
* @return the resultant list
*/
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_remove_str(alpm_list_t *haystack,
const char *needle, char **data)
{
return(alpm_list_remove(haystack, (const void *)needle,
(alpm_list_fn_cmp)strcmp, (void **)data));
}
/**
* @brief Create a new list without any duplicates.
*
@@ -464,18 +486,22 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_copy_data(const alpm_list_t *list,
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_reverse(alpm_list_t *list)
{
const alpm_list_t *lp;
alpm_list_t *newlist = NULL;
alpm_list_t *newlist = NULL, *backup;
if(list == NULL) {
return(NULL);
}
lp = alpm_list_last(list);
if(list) {
/* break our reverse circular list */
list->prev = NULL;
}
/* break our reverse circular list */
backup = list->prev;
list->prev = NULL;
while(lp) {
newlist = alpm_list_add(newlist, lp->data);
lp = lp->prev;
}
list->prev = backup; /* restore tail pointer */
return(newlist);
}
@@ -490,18 +516,22 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_reverse(alpm_list_t *list)
*/
inline alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_first(const alpm_list_t *list)
{
return((alpm_list_t*)list);
if(list) {
return((alpm_list_t*)list);
} else {
return(NULL);
}
}
/**
* @brief Return nth element from list (starting from 0).
*
* @param list the list
* @param n the index of the item to find
* @param n the index of the item to find (n < alpm_list_count(list) IS needed)
*
* @return an alpm_list_t node for index `n`
*/
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_nth(const alpm_list_t *list, int n)
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_nth(const alpm_list_t *list, size_t n)
{
const alpm_list_t *i = list;
while(n--) {
@@ -519,7 +549,11 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_nth(const alpm_list_t *list, int n)
*/
inline alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_next(const alpm_list_t *node)
{
return(node->next);
if(node) {
return(node->next);
} else {
return(NULL);
}
}
/**
@@ -560,9 +594,9 @@ void SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_getdata(const alpm_list_t *node)
*
* @return the number of list items
*/
int SYMEXPORT alpm_list_count(const alpm_list_t *list)
size_t SYMEXPORT alpm_list_count(const alpm_list_t *list)
{
unsigned int i = 0;
size_t i = 0;
const alpm_list_t *lp = list;
while(lp) {
++i;
@@ -594,7 +628,7 @@ void SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_find(const alpm_list_t *haystack, const void *needle,
}
/* trivial helper function for alpm_list_find_ptr */
static int ptrcmp(const void *p, const void *q)
static int ptr_cmp(const void *p, const void *q)
{
return(p != q);
}
@@ -602,7 +636,7 @@ static int ptrcmp(const void *p, const void *q)
/**
* @brief Find an item in a list.
*
* Search for the item whos data matches that of the `needle`.
* Search for the item whose data matches that of the `needle`.
*
* @param needle the data to search for (== comparison)
* @param haystack the list
@@ -611,7 +645,7 @@ static int ptrcmp(const void *p, const void *q)
*/
void SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_find_ptr(const alpm_list_t *haystack, const void *needle)
{
return(alpm_list_find(haystack, needle, ptrcmp));
return(alpm_list_find(haystack, needle, ptr_cmp));
}
/**
@@ -622,17 +656,73 @@ void SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_find_ptr(const alpm_list_t *haystack, const void *need
*
* @return `needle` if found, NULL otherwise
*/
char SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_find_str(const alpm_list_t *haystack, const char *needle)
char SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_find_str(const alpm_list_t *haystack,
const char *needle)
{
return((char *)alpm_list_find(haystack, (const void*)needle, (alpm_list_fn_cmp)strcmp));
return((char *)alpm_list_find(haystack, (const void*)needle,
(alpm_list_fn_cmp)strcmp));
}
/**
* @brief Find the items in list `lhs` that are not present in list `rhs`.
* @brief Find the differences between list `left` and list `right`
*
* Entries are not duplicated. Operation is O(m*n). The first list is stepped
* through one node at a time, and for each node in the first list, each node
* in the second list is compared to it.
* The two lists must be sorted. Items only in list `left` are added to the
* `onlyleft` list. Items only in list `right` are added to the `onlyright`
* list.
*
* @param left the first list
* @param right the second list
* @param fn the comparison function
* @param onlyleft pointer to the first result list
* @param onlyright pointer to the second result list
*
*/
void SYMEXPORT alpm_list_diff_sorted(const alpm_list_t *left,
const alpm_list_t *right, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn,
alpm_list_t **onlyleft, alpm_list_t **onlyright)
{
const alpm_list_t *l = left;
const alpm_list_t *r = right;
if(!onlyleft && !onlyright) {
return;
}
while (l != NULL && r != NULL) {
int cmp = fn(l->data, r->data);
if(cmp < 0) {
if(onlyleft) {
*onlyleft = alpm_list_add(*onlyleft, l->data);
}
l = l->next;
}
else if(cmp > 0) {
if(onlyright) {
*onlyright = alpm_list_add(*onlyright, r->data);
}
r = r->next;
} else {
l = l->next;
r = r->next;
}
}
while (l != NULL) {
if(onlyleft) {
*onlyleft = alpm_list_add(*onlyleft, l->data);
}
l = l->next;
}
while (r != NULL) {
if(onlyright) {
*onlyright = alpm_list_add(*onlyright, r->data);
}
r = r->next;
}
}
/**
* @brief Find the items in list `lhs` that are not present in list `rhs`.
*
* @param lhs the first list
* @param rhs the second list
@@ -643,21 +733,18 @@ char SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_find_str(const alpm_list_t *haystack, const char *need
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_diff(const alpm_list_t *lhs,
const alpm_list_t *rhs, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn)
{
const alpm_list_t *i, *j;
alpm_list_t *left, *right;
alpm_list_t *ret = NULL;
for(i = lhs; i; i = i->next) {
int found = 0;
for(j = rhs; j; j = j->next) {
if(fn(i->data, j->data) == 0) {
found = 1;
break;
}
}
if(!found) {
ret = alpm_list_add(ret, i->data);
}
}
left = alpm_list_copy(lhs);
left = alpm_list_msort(left, alpm_list_count(left), fn);
right = alpm_list_copy(rhs);
right = alpm_list_msort(right, alpm_list_count(right), fn);
alpm_list_diff_sorted(left, right, fn, &ret, NULL);
alpm_list_free(left);
alpm_list_free(right);
return(ret);
}

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
/*
* alpm_list.h
*
* Copyright (c) 2002-2007 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +20,8 @@
#ifndef _ALPM_LIST_H
#define _ALPM_LIST_H
#include <stdlib.h> /* size_t */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
@@ -45,7 +48,6 @@ typedef void (*alpm_list_fn_free)(void *); /* item deallocation callback */
typedef int (*alpm_list_fn_cmp)(const void *, const void *); /* item comparison callback */
/* allocation */
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_new(void);
void alpm_list_free(alpm_list_t *list);
void alpm_list_free_inner(alpm_list_t *list, alpm_list_fn_free fn);
@@ -54,8 +56,10 @@ alpm_list_t *alpm_list_add(alpm_list_t *list, void *data);
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_add_sorted(alpm_list_t *list, void *data, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn);
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_join(alpm_list_t *first, alpm_list_t *second);
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_mmerge(alpm_list_t *left, alpm_list_t *right, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn);
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_msort(alpm_list_t *list, int n, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn);
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_msort(alpm_list_t *list, size_t n, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn);
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_remove_item(alpm_list_t *haystack, alpm_list_t *item);
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_remove(alpm_list_t *haystack, const void *needle, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn, void **data);
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_remove_str(alpm_list_t *haystack, const char *needle, char **data);
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_remove_dupes(const alpm_list_t *list);
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_strdup(const alpm_list_t *list);
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_copy(const alpm_list_t *list);
@@ -64,17 +68,19 @@ alpm_list_t *alpm_list_reverse(alpm_list_t *list);
/* item accessors */
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_first(const alpm_list_t *list);
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_nth(const alpm_list_t *list, int n);
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_nth(const alpm_list_t *list, size_t n);
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_next(const alpm_list_t *list);
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_last(const alpm_list_t *list);
void *alpm_list_getdata(const alpm_list_t *entry);
/* misc */
int alpm_list_count(const alpm_list_t *list);
size_t alpm_list_count(const alpm_list_t *list);
void *alpm_list_find(const alpm_list_t *haystack, const void *needle, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn);
void *alpm_list_find_ptr(const alpm_list_t *haystack, const void *needle);
char *alpm_list_find_str(const alpm_list_t *haystack, const char *needle);
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_diff(const alpm_list_t *lhs, const alpm_list_t *rhs, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn);
void alpm_list_diff_sorted(const alpm_list_t *left, const alpm_list_t *right,
alpm_list_fn_cmp fn, alpm_list_t **onlyleft, alpm_list_t **onlyright);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}

View File

@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
/*
* backup.c
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Aurelien Foret <orelien@chez.com>
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Christian Hamar <krics@linuxforum.hu>
@@ -32,7 +33,7 @@
#include "util.h"
/* split a backup string "file\thash" into two strings : file and hash */
int _alpm_backup_split(const char *string, char **file, char **hash)
static int backup_split(const char *string, char **file, char **hash)
{
char *str = strdup(string);
char *ptr;
@@ -64,14 +65,14 @@ int _alpm_backup_split(const char *string, char **file, char **hash)
char *_alpm_backup_file(const char *string)
{
char *file = NULL;
_alpm_backup_split(string, &file, NULL);
backup_split(string, &file, NULL);
return(file);
}
char *_alpm_backup_hash(const char *string)
{
char *hash = NULL;
_alpm_backup_split(string, NULL, &hash);
backup_split(string, NULL, &hash);
return(hash);
}
@@ -94,7 +95,7 @@ char *_alpm_needbackup(const char *file, const alpm_list_t *backup)
char *hash = NULL;
/* no hash found */
if(!_alpm_backup_split((char *)lp->data, &filename, &hash)) {
if(!backup_split((char *)lp->data, &filename, &hash)) {
FREE(filename);
continue;
}

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
/*
* backup.h
*
* Copyright (c) 2002-2007 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by

View File

@@ -1,805 +0,0 @@
/*
* be_files.c
*
* Copyright (c) 2006 by Christian Hamar <krics@linuxforum.hu>
* Copyright (c) 2006 by Miklos Vajna <vmiklos@frugalware.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include "config.h"
#include <unistd.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdint.h> /* uintmax_t */
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <dirent.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include <time.h>
#include <limits.h> /* PATH_MAX */
#include <locale.h> /* setlocale */
/* libalpm */
#include "db.h"
#include "alpm_list.h"
#include "log.h"
#include "util.h"
#include "alpm.h"
#include "error.h"
#include "handle.h"
#include "package.h"
#include "delta.h"
#include "deps.h"
/* This function is used to convert the downloaded db file to the proper backend
* format
*/
int _alpm_db_install(pmdb_t *db, const char *dbfile)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
/* TODO we should not simply unpack the archive, but better parse it and
* db_write each entry (see sync_load_dbarchive to get archive content) */
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "unpacking database '%s'\n", dbfile);
if(_alpm_unpack(dbfile, db->path, NULL)) {
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_SYSTEM, -1);
}
return unlink(dbfile);
}
int _alpm_db_open(pmdb_t *db)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(db == NULL) {
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_DB_NULL, -1);
}
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "opening database from path '%s'\n", db->path);
db->handle = opendir(db->path);
if(db->handle == NULL) {
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_DB_OPEN, -1);
}
return(0);
}
void _alpm_db_close(pmdb_t *db)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(db == NULL) {
return;
}
if(db->handle) {
closedir(db->handle);
db->handle = NULL;
}
}
void _alpm_db_rewind(pmdb_t *db)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(db == NULL || db->handle == NULL) {
return;
}
rewinddir(db->handle);
}
static int _alpm_db_splitname(const char *target, char *name, char *version)
{
/* the format of a db entry is as follows:
* package-version-rel/
* package name can contain hyphens, so parse from the back- go back
* two hyphens and we have split the version from the name.
*/
char *tmp, *p, *q;
if(target == NULL) {
return(-1);
}
tmp = strdup(target);
p = tmp + strlen(tmp);
/* do the magic parsing- find the beginning of the version string
* by doing two iterations of same loop to lop off two hyphens */
for(q = --p; *q && *q != '-'; q--);
for(p = --q; *p && *p != '-'; p--);
if(*p != '-' || p == tmp) {
return(-1);
}
/* copy into fields and return */
if(version) {
strncpy(version, p+1, PKG_VERSION_LEN);
}
/* insert a terminator at the end of the name (on hyphen)- then copy it */
*p = '\0';
if(name) {
strncpy(name, tmp, PKG_NAME_LEN);
}
free(tmp);
return(0);
}
pmpkg_t *_alpm_db_scan(pmdb_t *db, const char *target)
{
struct dirent *ent = NULL;
struct stat sbuf;
char path[PATH_MAX];
char name[PKG_FULLNAME_LEN];
char *ptr = NULL;
int found = 0;
pmpkg_t *pkg = NULL;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(db == NULL) {
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_DB_NULL, NULL);
}
/* We loop here until we read a valid package. When an iteration of this loop
* fails, it means alpm_db_read failed to read a valid package, so we'll read
* the next so as not to abort whole-db operations early
*/
while(!pkg) {
if(target != NULL) {
/* search for a specific package (by name only) */
rewinddir(db->handle);
while(!found && (ent = readdir(db->handle)) != NULL) {
if(!strcmp(ent->d_name, ".") || !strcmp(ent->d_name, "..")) {
continue;
}
/* stat the entry, make sure it's a directory */
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%s/%s", db->path, ent->d_name);
if(stat(path, &sbuf) || !S_ISDIR(sbuf.st_mode)) {
continue;
}
strncpy(name, ent->d_name, PKG_FULLNAME_LEN);
/* truncate the string at the second-to-last hyphen, */
/* which will give us the package name */
if((ptr = rindex(name, '-'))) {
*ptr = '\0';
}
if((ptr = rindex(name, '-'))) {
*ptr = '\0';
}
if(!strcmp(name, target)) {
found = 1;
}
}
if(!found) {
return(NULL);
}
} else { /* target == NULL, full scan */
int isdir = 0;
while(!isdir) {
ent = readdir(db->handle);
if(ent == NULL) {
return(NULL);
}
if(!strcmp(ent->d_name, ".") || !strcmp(ent->d_name, "..")) {
isdir = 0;
continue;
}
/* stat the entry, make sure it's a directory */
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%s/%s", db->path, ent->d_name);
if(!stat(path, &sbuf) && S_ISDIR(sbuf.st_mode)) {
isdir = 1;
}
}
}
pkg = _alpm_pkg_new(NULL, NULL);
if(pkg == NULL) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "db scan could not find package: %s\n", target);
return(NULL);
}
/* split the db entry name */
if(_alpm_db_splitname(ent->d_name, pkg->name, pkg->version) != 0) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("invalid name for database entry '%s'\n"),
ent->d_name);
alpm_pkg_free(pkg);
pkg = NULL;
continue;
}
/* explicitly read with only 'BASE' data, accessors will handle the rest */
if(_alpm_db_read(db, pkg, INFRQ_BASE) == -1) {
/* TODO removed corrupt entry from the FS here */
_alpm_pkg_free(pkg);
} else {
pkg->origin = PKG_FROM_CACHE;
pkg->origin_data.db = db;
}
}
return(pkg);
}
int _alpm_db_read(pmdb_t *db, pmpkg_t *info, pmdbinfrq_t inforeq)
{
FILE *fp = NULL;
struct stat buf;
char path[PATH_MAX+1];
char line[513];
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(db == NULL) {
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_DB_NULL, -1);
}
if(info == NULL || info->name[0] == 0 || info->version[0] == 0) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "invalid package entry provided to _alpm_db_read, skipping\n");
return(-1);
}
if(info->origin == PKG_FROM_FILE) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "request to read database info for a file-based package '%s', skipping...\n", info->name);
return(-1);
}
/* bitmask logic here:
* infolevel: 00001111
* inforeq: 00010100
* & result: 00000100
* == to inforeq? nope, we need to load more info. */
if((info->infolevel & inforeq) == inforeq) {
/* already loaded this info, do nothing */
return(0);
}
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_FUNCTION, "loading package data for %s : level=0x%x\n",
info->name, inforeq);
/* clear out 'line', to be certain - and to make valgrind happy */
memset(line, 0, 513);
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%s/%s-%s", db->path, info->name, info->version);
if(stat(path, &buf)) {
/* directory doesn't exist or can't be opened */
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "cannot find '%s-%s' in db '%s'\n",
info->name, info->version, db->treename);
return(-1);
}
/* DESC */
if(inforeq & INFRQ_DESC) {
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%s/%s-%s/desc", db->path, info->name, info->version);
if((fp = fopen(path, "r")) == NULL) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not open file %s: %s\n"), path, strerror(errno));
goto error;
}
while(!feof(fp)) {
if(fgets(line, 256, fp) == NULL) {
break;
}
_alpm_strtrim(line);
if(!strcmp(line, "%FILENAME%")) {
if(fgets(info->filename, sizeof(info->filename), fp) == NULL) {
goto error;
}
_alpm_strtrim(info->filename);
} else if(!strcmp(line, "%DESC%")) {
if(fgets(info->desc, sizeof(info->desc), fp) == NULL) {
goto error;
}
_alpm_strtrim(info->desc);
} else if(!strcmp(line, "%GROUPS%")) {
while(fgets(line, 512, fp) && strlen(_alpm_strtrim(line))) {
info->groups = alpm_list_add(info->groups, strdup(line));
}
} else if(!strcmp(line, "%URL%")) {
if(fgets(info->url, sizeof(info->url), fp) == NULL) {
goto error;
}
_alpm_strtrim(info->url);
} else if(!strcmp(line, "%LICENSE%")) {
while(fgets(line, 512, fp) && strlen(_alpm_strtrim(line))) {
info->licenses = alpm_list_add(info->licenses, strdup(line));
}
} else if(!strcmp(line, "%ARCH%")) {
if(fgets(info->arch, sizeof(info->arch), fp) == NULL) {
goto error;
}
_alpm_strtrim(info->arch);
} else if(!strcmp(line, "%BUILDDATE%")) {
char tmp[32];
if(fgets(tmp, sizeof(tmp), fp) == NULL) {
goto error;
}
_alpm_strtrim(tmp);
char first = tolower(tmp[0]);
if(first > 'a' && first < 'z') {
struct tm tmp_tm = {0}; //initialize to null incase of failure
setlocale(LC_TIME, "C");
strptime(tmp, "%a %b %e %H:%M:%S %Y", &tmp_tm);
info->builddate = mktime(&tmp_tm);
setlocale(LC_TIME, "");
} else {
info->builddate = atol(tmp);
}
} else if(!strcmp(line, "%INSTALLDATE%")) {
char tmp[32];
if(fgets(tmp, sizeof(tmp), fp) == NULL) {
goto error;
}
_alpm_strtrim(tmp);
char first = tolower(tmp[0]);
if(first > 'a' && first < 'z') {
struct tm tmp_tm = {0}; //initialize to null incase of failure
setlocale(LC_TIME, "C");
strptime(tmp, "%a %b %e %H:%M:%S %Y", &tmp_tm);
info->installdate = mktime(&tmp_tm);
setlocale(LC_TIME, "");
} else {
info->installdate = atol(tmp);
}
} else if(!strcmp(line, "%PACKAGER%")) {
if(fgets(info->packager, sizeof(info->packager), fp) == NULL) {
goto error;
}
_alpm_strtrim(info->packager);
} else if(!strcmp(line, "%REASON%")) {
char tmp[32];
if(fgets(tmp, sizeof(tmp), fp) == NULL) {
goto error;
}
_alpm_strtrim(tmp);
info->reason = atol(tmp);
} else if(!strcmp(line, "%SIZE%") || !strcmp(line, "%CSIZE%")) {
/* NOTE: the CSIZE and SIZE fields both share the "size" field
* in the pkginfo_t struct. This can be done b/c CSIZE
* is currently only used in sync databases, and SIZE is
* only used in local databases.
*/
char tmp[32];
if(fgets(tmp, sizeof(tmp), fp) == NULL) {
goto error;
}
_alpm_strtrim(tmp);
info->size = atol(tmp);
/* also store this value to isize if isize is unset */
if(info->isize == 0) {
info->isize = atol(tmp);
}
} else if(!strcmp(line, "%ISIZE%")) {
/* ISIZE (installed size) tag only appears in sync repositories,
* not the local one. */
char tmp[32];
if(fgets(tmp, sizeof(tmp), fp) == NULL) {
goto error;
}
_alpm_strtrim(tmp);
info->isize = atol(tmp);
} else if(!strcmp(line, "%MD5SUM%")) {
/* MD5SUM tag only appears in sync repositories,
* not the local one. */
if(fgets(info->md5sum, sizeof(info->md5sum), fp) == NULL) {
goto error;
}
} else if(!strcmp(line, "%REPLACES%")) {
/* the REPLACES tag is special -- it only appears in sync repositories,
* not the local one. */
while(fgets(line, 512, fp) && strlen(_alpm_strtrim(line))) {
info->replaces = alpm_list_add(info->replaces, strdup(line));
}
} else if(!strcmp(line, "%FORCE%")) {
/* FORCE tag only appears in sync repositories,
* not the local one. */
info->force = 1;
}
}
fclose(fp);
fp = NULL;
}
/* FILES */
if(inforeq & INFRQ_FILES) {
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%s/%s-%s/files", db->path, info->name, info->version);
if((fp = fopen(path, "r")) == NULL) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not open file %s: %s\n"), path, strerror(errno));
goto error;
}
while(fgets(line, 256, fp)) {
_alpm_strtrim(line);
if(!strcmp(line, "%FILES%")) {
while(fgets(line, 512, fp) && strlen(_alpm_strtrim(line))) {
info->files = alpm_list_add(info->files, strdup(line));
}
} else if(!strcmp(line, "%BACKUP%")) {
while(fgets(line, 512, fp) && strlen(_alpm_strtrim(line))) {
info->backup = alpm_list_add(info->backup, strdup(line));
}
}
}
fclose(fp);
fp = NULL;
}
/* DEPENDS */
if(inforeq & INFRQ_DEPENDS) {
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%s/%s-%s/depends", db->path, info->name, info->version);
if((fp = fopen(path, "r")) == NULL) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not open file %s: %s\n"), path, strerror(errno));
goto error;
}
while(!feof(fp)) {
fgets(line, 255, fp);
_alpm_strtrim(line);
if(!strcmp(line, "%DEPENDS%")) {
while(fgets(line, 512, fp) && strlen(_alpm_strtrim(line))) {
pmdepend_t *dep = alpm_splitdep(line);
info->depends = alpm_list_add(info->depends, dep);
}
} else if(!strcmp(line, "%OPTDEPENDS%")) {
while(fgets(line, 512, fp) && strlen(_alpm_strtrim(line))) {
info->optdepends = alpm_list_add(info->optdepends, strdup(line));
}
} else if(!strcmp(line, "%CONFLICTS%")) {
while(fgets(line, 512, fp) && strlen(_alpm_strtrim(line))) {
info->conflicts = alpm_list_add(info->conflicts, strdup(line));
}
} else if(!strcmp(line, "%PROVIDES%")) {
while(fgets(line, 512, fp) && strlen(_alpm_strtrim(line))) {
info->provides = alpm_list_add(info->provides, strdup(line));
}
}
/* TODO: we were going to move these things here, but it should wait.
* A better change would be to figure out how to restructure the DB. */
/* else if(!strcmp(line, "%REPLACES%")) {
* the REPLACES tag is special -- it only appears in sync repositories,
* not the local one. *
while(fgets(line, 512, fp) && strlen(_alpm_strtrim(line))) {
info->replaces = alpm_list_add(info->replaces, strdup(line));
}
} else if(!strcmp(line, "%FORCE%")) {
* FORCE tag only appears in sync repositories,
* not the local one. *
info->force = 1;
} */
}
fclose(fp);
fp = NULL;
}
/* DELTAS */
if(inforeq & INFRQ_DELTAS) {
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%s/%s-%s/deltas", db->path, info->name, info->version);
if((fp = fopen(path, "r"))) {
while(!feof(fp)) {
fgets(line, 255, fp);
_alpm_strtrim(line);
if(!strcmp(line, "%DELTAS%")) {
while(fgets(line, 512, fp) && strlen(_alpm_strtrim(line))) {
info->deltas = alpm_list_add(info->deltas, _alpm_delta_parse(line));
}
}
}
fclose(fp);
fp = NULL;
}
}
/* INSTALL */
if(inforeq & INFRQ_SCRIPTLET) {
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%s/%s-%s/install", db->path, info->name, info->version);
if(!stat(path, &buf)) {
info->scriptlet = 1;
}
}
/* internal */
info->infolevel |= inforeq;
return(0);
error:
if(fp) {
fclose(fp);
}
return(-1);
}
int _alpm_db_write(pmdb_t *db, pmpkg_t *info, pmdbinfrq_t inforeq)
{
FILE *fp = NULL;
char path[PATH_MAX];
mode_t oldmask;
alpm_list_t *lp = NULL;
int retval = 0;
int local = 0;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(db == NULL || info == NULL) {
return(-1);
}
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%s/%s-%s", db->path, info->name, info->version);
oldmask = umask(0000);
mkdir(path, 0755);
/* make sure we have a sane umask */
umask(0022);
if(strcmp(db->treename, "local") == 0) {
local = 1;
}
/* DESC */
if(inforeq & INFRQ_DESC) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "writing %s-%s DESC information back to db\n",
info->name, info->version);
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%s/%s-%s/desc", db->path, info->name, info->version);
if((fp = fopen(path, "w")) == NULL) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not open file %s: %s\n"), path, strerror(errno));
retval = -1;
goto cleanup;
}
fprintf(fp, "%%NAME%%\n%s\n\n"
"%%VERSION%%\n%s\n\n", info->name, info->version);
if(info->desc[0]) {
fprintf(fp, "%%DESC%%\n"
"%s\n\n", info->desc);
}
if(info->groups) {
fputs("%GROUPS%\n", fp);
for(lp = info->groups; lp; lp = lp->next) {
fprintf(fp, "%s\n", (char *)lp->data);
}
fprintf(fp, "\n");
}
if(local) {
if(info->url[0]) {
fprintf(fp, "%%URL%%\n"
"%s\n\n", info->url);
}
if(info->licenses) {
fputs("%LICENSE%\n", fp);
for(lp = info->licenses; lp; lp = lp->next) {
fprintf(fp, "%s\n", (char *)lp->data);
}
fprintf(fp, "\n");
}
if(info->arch[0]) {
fprintf(fp, "%%ARCH%%\n"
"%s\n\n", info->arch);
}
if(info->builddate) {
fprintf(fp, "%%BUILDDATE%%\n"
"%ju\n\n", (uintmax_t)info->builddate);
}
if(info->installdate) {
fprintf(fp, "%%INSTALLDATE%%\n"
"%ju\n\n", (uintmax_t)info->installdate);
}
if(info->packager[0]) {
fprintf(fp, "%%PACKAGER%%\n"
"%s\n\n", info->packager);
}
if(info->size) {
/* only write installed size, csize is irrelevant once installed */
fprintf(fp, "%%SIZE%%\n"
"%lu\n\n", info->isize);
}
if(info->reason) {
fprintf(fp, "%%REASON%%\n"
"%u\n\n", info->reason);
}
} else {
if(info->size) {
fprintf(fp, "%%CSIZE%%\n"
"%lu\n\n", info->size);
}
if(info->isize) {
fprintf(fp, "%%ISIZE%%\n"
"%lu\n\n", info->isize);
}
if(info->md5sum) {
fprintf(fp, "%%MD5SUM%%\n"
"%s\n\n", info->md5sum);
}
}
fclose(fp);
fp = NULL;
}
/* FILES */
if(local && (inforeq & INFRQ_FILES)) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "writing %s-%s FILES information back to db\n",
info->name, info->version);
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%s/%s-%s/files", db->path, info->name, info->version);
if((fp = fopen(path, "w")) == NULL) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not open file %s: %s\n"), path, strerror(errno));
retval = -1;
goto cleanup;
}
if(info->files) {
fprintf(fp, "%%FILES%%\n");
for(lp = info->files; lp; lp = lp->next) {
fprintf(fp, "%s\n", (char *)lp->data);
}
fprintf(fp, "\n");
}
if(info->backup) {
fprintf(fp, "%%BACKUP%%\n");
for(lp = info->backup; lp; lp = lp->next) {
fprintf(fp, "%s\n", (char *)lp->data);
}
fprintf(fp, "\n");
}
fclose(fp);
fp = NULL;
}
/* DEPENDS */
if(inforeq & INFRQ_DEPENDS) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "writing %s-%s DEPENDS information back to db\n",
info->name, info->version);
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%s/%s-%s/depends", db->path, info->name, info->version);
if((fp = fopen(path, "w")) == NULL) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not open file %s: %s\n"), path, strerror(errno));
retval = -1;
goto cleanup;
}
if(info->depends) {
fputs("%DEPENDS%\n", fp);
for(lp = info->depends; lp; lp = lp->next) {
char *depstring = alpm_dep_get_string(lp->data);
fprintf(fp, "%s\n", depstring);
free(depstring);
}
fprintf(fp, "\n");
}
if(info->optdepends) {
fputs("%OPTDEPENDS%\n", fp);
for(lp = info->optdepends; lp; lp = lp->next) {
fprintf(fp, "%s\n", (char *)lp->data);
}
fprintf(fp, "\n");
}
if(info->conflicts) {
fputs("%CONFLICTS%\n", fp);
for(lp = info->conflicts; lp; lp = lp->next) {
fprintf(fp, "%s\n", (char *)lp->data);
}
fprintf(fp, "\n");
}
if(info->provides) {
fputs("%PROVIDES%\n", fp);
for(lp = info->provides; lp; lp = lp->next) {
fprintf(fp, "%s\n", (char *)lp->data);
}
fprintf(fp, "\n");
}
if(!local) {
if(info->replaces) {
fputs("%REPLACES%\n", fp);
for(lp = info->replaces; lp; lp = lp->next) {
fprintf(fp, "%s\n", (char *)lp->data);
}
fprintf(fp, "\n");
}
if(info->force) {
fprintf(fp, "%%FORCE%%\n"
"\n");
}
}
fclose(fp);
fp = NULL;
}
/* INSTALL */
/* nothing needed here (script is automatically extracted) */
cleanup:
umask(oldmask);
if(fp) {
fclose(fp);
}
return(retval);
}
int _alpm_db_remove(pmdb_t *db, pmpkg_t *info)
{
char path[PATH_MAX];
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(db == NULL || info == NULL) {
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_DB_NULL, -1);
}
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%s%s-%s", db->path, info->name, info->version);
if(_alpm_rmrf(path) == -1) {
return(-1);
}
return(0);
}
/*
* Return the last update time as number of seconds from the epoch.
* Returns 0 if the value is unknown or can't be read.
*/
time_t _alpm_db_getlastupdate(const pmdb_t *db)
{
FILE *fp;
char file[PATH_MAX];
time_t ret = 0;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(db == NULL) {
return(ret);
}
snprintf(file, PATH_MAX, "%s.lastupdate", db->path);
/* get the last update time, if it's there */
if((fp = fopen(file, "r")) == NULL) {
return(ret);
} else {
char line[64];
if(fgets(line, sizeof(line), fp)) {
ret = atol(line);
}
}
fclose(fp);
return(ret);
}
/*
* writes the dbpath/.lastupdate file with the value in time
*/
int _alpm_db_setlastupdate(const pmdb_t *db, time_t time)
{
FILE *fp;
char file[PATH_MAX];
int ret = 0;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(db == NULL || time == 0) {
return(-1);
}
snprintf(file, PATH_MAX, "%s.lastupdate", db->path);
if((fp = fopen(file, "w")) == NULL) {
return(-1);
}
if(fprintf(fp, "%ju", (uintmax_t)time) <= 0) {
ret = -1;
}
fclose(fp);
return(ret);
}
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */

1007
lib/libalpm/be_local.c Normal file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

398
lib/libalpm/be_package.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,398 @@
/*
* be_package.c
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include "config.h"
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include <errno.h>
/* libarchive */
#include <archive.h>
#include <archive_entry.h>
/* libalpm */
#include "alpm_list.h"
#include "util.h"
#include "log.h"
#include "package.h"
#include "deps.h" /* _alpm_splitdep */
/**
* Open a package changelog for reading. Similar to fopen in functionality,
* except that the returned 'file stream' is from an archive.
* @param pkg the package (file) to read the changelog
* @return a 'file stream' to the package changelog
*/
static void *_package_changelog_open(pmpkg_t *pkg)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, return(NULL));
struct archive *archive = NULL;
struct archive_entry *entry;
const char *pkgfile = pkg->origin_data.file;
if((archive = archive_read_new()) == NULL) {
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE, NULL);
}
archive_read_support_compression_all(archive);
archive_read_support_format_all(archive);
if (archive_read_open_filename(archive, pkgfile,
ARCHIVE_DEFAULT_BYTES_PER_BLOCK) != ARCHIVE_OK) {
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_PKG_OPEN, NULL);
}
while(archive_read_next_header(archive, &entry) == ARCHIVE_OK) {
const char *entry_name = archive_entry_pathname(entry);
if(strcmp(entry_name, ".CHANGELOG") == 0) {
return(archive);
}
}
/* we didn't find a changelog */
archive_read_finish(archive);
errno = ENOENT;
return(NULL);
}
/**
* Read data from an open changelog 'file stream'. Similar to fread in
* functionality, this function takes a buffer and amount of data to read.
* @param ptr a buffer to fill with raw changelog data
* @param size the size of the buffer
* @param pkg the package that the changelog is being read from
* @param fp a 'file stream' to the package changelog
* @return the number of characters read, or 0 if there is no more data
*/
static size_t _package_changelog_read(void *ptr, size_t size,
const pmpkg_t *pkg, const void *fp)
{
ssize_t sret = archive_read_data((struct archive*)fp, ptr, size);
/* Report error (negative values) */
if(sret < 0) {
pm_errno = PM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE;
return(0);
} else {
return((size_t)sret);
}
}
/*
static int _package_changelog_feof(const pmpkg_t *pkg, void *fp)
{
// note: this doesn't quite work, no feof in libarchive
return( archive_read_data((struct archive*)fp, NULL, 0) );
}
*/
/**
* Close a package changelog for reading. Similar to fclose in functionality,
* except that the 'file stream' is from an archive.
* @param pkg the package (file) that the changelog was read from
* @param fp a 'file stream' to the package changelog
* @return whether closing the package changelog stream was successful
*/
static int _package_changelog_close(const pmpkg_t *pkg, void *fp)
{
return( archive_read_finish((struct archive *)fp) );
}
/** Package file operations struct accessor. We implement this as a method
* rather than a static struct as in be_files because we want to reuse the
* majority of the default_pkg_ops struct and add only a few operations of
* our own on top.
*/
static struct pkg_operations *get_file_pkg_ops(void)
{
static struct pkg_operations file_pkg_ops;
static int file_pkg_ops_initialized = 0;
if(!file_pkg_ops_initialized) {
file_pkg_ops = default_pkg_ops;
file_pkg_ops.changelog_open = _package_changelog_open;
file_pkg_ops.changelog_read = _package_changelog_read;
file_pkg_ops.changelog_close = _package_changelog_close;
file_pkg_ops_initialized = 1;
}
return(&file_pkg_ops);
}
/**
* Parses the package description file for a package into a pmpkg_t struct.
* @param archive the archive to read from, pointed at the .PKGINFO entry
* @param newpkg an empty pmpkg_t struct to fill with package info
*
* @return 0 on success, 1 on error
*/
static int parse_descfile(struct archive *a, pmpkg_t *newpkg)
{
char *ptr = NULL;
char *key = NULL;
int linenum = 0;
struct archive_read_buffer buf;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
memset(&buf, 0, sizeof(buf));
/* 512K for a line length seems reasonable */
buf.max_line_size = 512 * 1024;
/* loop until we reach EOF or other error */
while(_alpm_archive_fgets(a, &buf) == ARCHIVE_OK) {
char *line = _alpm_strtrim(buf.line);
linenum++;
if(strlen(line) == 0 || line[0] == '#') {
continue;
}
ptr = line;
key = strsep(&ptr, "=");
if(key == NULL || ptr == NULL) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "%s: syntax error in description file line %d\n",
newpkg->name ? newpkg->name : "error", linenum);
} else {
key = _alpm_strtrim(key);
while(*ptr == ' ') ptr++;
ptr = _alpm_strtrim(ptr);
if(strcmp(key, "pkgname") == 0) {
STRDUP(newpkg->name, ptr, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
newpkg->name_hash = _alpm_hash_sdbm(newpkg->name);
} else if(strcmp(key, "pkgbase") == 0) {
/* not used atm */
} else if(strcmp(key, "pkgver") == 0) {
STRDUP(newpkg->version, ptr, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
} else if(strcmp(key, "pkgdesc") == 0) {
STRDUP(newpkg->desc, ptr, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
} else if(strcmp(key, "group") == 0) {
newpkg->groups = alpm_list_add(newpkg->groups, strdup(ptr));
} else if(strcmp(key, "url") == 0) {
STRDUP(newpkg->url, ptr, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
} else if(strcmp(key, "license") == 0) {
newpkg->licenses = alpm_list_add(newpkg->licenses, strdup(ptr));
} else if(strcmp(key, "builddate") == 0) {
newpkg->builddate = _alpm_parsedate(ptr);
} else if(strcmp(key, "packager") == 0) {
STRDUP(newpkg->packager, ptr, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
} else if(strcmp(key, "arch") == 0) {
STRDUP(newpkg->arch, ptr, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
} else if(strcmp(key, "size") == 0) {
/* size in the raw package is uncompressed (installed) size */
newpkg->isize = atol(ptr);
} else if(strcmp(key, "depend") == 0) {
pmdepend_t *dep = _alpm_splitdep(ptr);
newpkg->depends = alpm_list_add(newpkg->depends, dep);
} else if(strcmp(key, "optdepend") == 0) {
newpkg->optdepends = alpm_list_add(newpkg->optdepends, strdup(ptr));
} else if(strcmp(key, "conflict") == 0) {
newpkg->conflicts = alpm_list_add(newpkg->conflicts, strdup(ptr));
} else if(strcmp(key, "replaces") == 0) {
newpkg->replaces = alpm_list_add(newpkg->replaces, strdup(ptr));
} else if(strcmp(key, "provides") == 0) {
newpkg->provides = alpm_list_add(newpkg->provides, strdup(ptr));
} else if(strcmp(key, "backup") == 0) {
newpkg->backup = alpm_list_add(newpkg->backup, strdup(ptr));
} else if(strcmp(key, "force") == 0) {
/* deprecated, skip it */
} else if(strcmp(key, "makepkgopt") == 0) {
/* not used atm */
} else {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "%s: unknown key '%s' in description file line %d\n",
newpkg->name ? newpkg->name : "error", key, linenum);
}
}
line[0] = '\0';
}
return(0);
}
/**
* Load a package and create the corresponding pmpkg_t struct.
* @param pkgfile path to the package file
* @param full whether to stop the load after metadata is read or continue
* through the full archive
* @return An information filled pmpkg_t struct
*/
static pmpkg_t *pkg_load(const char *pkgfile, int full)
{
int ret = ARCHIVE_OK;
int config = 0;
struct archive *archive;
struct archive_entry *entry;
pmpkg_t *newpkg = NULL;
struct stat st;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(pkgfile == NULL || strlen(pkgfile) == 0) {
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, NULL);
}
if(stat(pkgfile, &st) != 0) {
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_PKG_OPEN, NULL);
}
if((archive = archive_read_new()) == NULL) {
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE, NULL);
}
archive_read_support_compression_all(archive);
archive_read_support_format_all(archive);
if (archive_read_open_filename(archive, pkgfile,
ARCHIVE_DEFAULT_BYTES_PER_BLOCK) != ARCHIVE_OK) {
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_PKG_OPEN, NULL);
}
newpkg = _alpm_pkg_new();
if(newpkg == NULL) {
archive_read_finish(archive);
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL);
}
newpkg->filename = strdup(pkgfile);
newpkg->size = st.st_size;
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "starting package load for %s\n", pkgfile);
/* If full is false, only read through the archive until we find our needed
* metadata. If it is true, read through the entire archive, which serves
* as a verfication of integrity and allows us to create the filelist. */
while((ret = archive_read_next_header(archive, &entry)) == ARCHIVE_OK) {
const char *entry_name = archive_entry_pathname(entry);
if(strcmp(entry_name, ".PKGINFO") == 0) {
/* parse the info file */
if(parse_descfile(archive, newpkg) != 0) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not parse package description file in %s\n"),
pkgfile);
goto pkg_invalid;
}
if(newpkg->name == NULL || strlen(newpkg->name) == 0) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("missing package name in %s\n"), pkgfile);
goto pkg_invalid;
}
if(newpkg->version == NULL || strlen(newpkg->version) == 0) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("missing package version in %s\n"), pkgfile);
goto pkg_invalid;
}
config = 1;
continue;
} else if(strcmp(entry_name, ".INSTALL") == 0) {
newpkg->scriptlet = 1;
} else if(*entry_name == '.') {
/* for now, ignore all files starting with '.' that haven't
* already been handled (for future possibilities) */
} else if(full) {
/* Keep track of all files for filelist generation */
newpkg->files = alpm_list_add(newpkg->files, strdup(entry_name));
}
if(archive_read_data_skip(archive)) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("error while reading package %s: %s\n"),
pkgfile, archive_error_string(archive));
pm_errno = PM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE;
goto error;
}
/* if we are not doing a full read, see if we have all we need */
if(!full && config) {
break;
}
}
if(ret != ARCHIVE_EOF && ret != ARCHIVE_OK) { /* An error occured */
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("error while reading package %s: %s\n"),
pkgfile, archive_error_string(archive));
pm_errno = PM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE;
goto error;
}
if(!config) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("missing package metadata in %s\n"), pkgfile);
goto pkg_invalid;
}
archive_read_finish(archive);
/* internal fields for package struct */
newpkg->origin = PKG_FROM_FILE;
/* TODO eventually kill/move this? */
newpkg->origin_data.file = strdup(pkgfile);
newpkg->ops = get_file_pkg_ops();
if(full) {
/* "checking for conflicts" requires a sorted list, ensure that here */
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "sorting package filelist for %s\n", pkgfile);
newpkg->files = alpm_list_msort(newpkg->files, alpm_list_count(newpkg->files),
_alpm_str_cmp);
newpkg->infolevel = INFRQ_ALL;
} else {
/* get rid of any partial filelist we may have collected, it is invalid */
FREELIST(newpkg->files);
newpkg->infolevel = INFRQ_BASE | INFRQ_DESC;
}
return(newpkg);
pkg_invalid:
pm_errno = PM_ERR_PKG_INVALID;
error:
_alpm_pkg_free(newpkg);
archive_read_finish(archive);
return(NULL);
}
/** Create a package from a file.
* If full is false, the archive is read only until all necessary
* metadata is found. If it is true, the entire archive is read, which
* serves as a verfication of integrity and the filelist can be created.
* @param filename location of the package tarball
* @param full whether to stop the load after metadata is read or continue
* through the full archive
* @param pkg address of the package pointer
* @return 0 on success, -1 on error (pm_errno is set accordingly)
*/
int SYMEXPORT alpm_pkg_load(const char *filename, int full, pmpkg_t **pkg)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
/* Sanity checks */
ASSERT(filename != NULL && strlen(filename) != 0,
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
*pkg = pkg_load(filename, full);
if(*pkg == NULL) {
/* pm_errno is set by pkg_load */
return(-1);
}
return(0);
}
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */

487
lib/libalpm/be_sync.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,487 @@
/*
* be_sync.c
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include "config.h"
#include <errno.h>
#include <limits.h>
/* libarchive */
#include <archive.h>
#include <archive_entry.h>
/* libalpm */
#include "util.h"
#include "log.h"
#include "alpm.h"
#include "alpm_list.h"
#include "package.h"
#include "handle.h"
#include "delta.h"
#include "deps.h"
#include "dload.h"
/** Update a package database
*
* An update of the package database \a db will be attempted. Unless
* \a force is true, the update will only be performed if the remote
* database was modified since the last update.
*
* A transaction is necessary for this operation, in order to obtain a
* database lock. During this transaction the front-end will be informed
* of the download progress of the database via the download callback.
*
* Example:
* @code
* alpm_list_t *syncs = alpm_option_get_syncdbs();
* if(alpm_trans_init(0, NULL, NULL, NULL) == 0) {
* for(i = syncs; i; i = alpm_list_next(i)) {
* pmdb_t *db = alpm_list_getdata(i);
* result = alpm_db_update(0, db);
* alpm_trans_release();
*
* if(result < 0) {
* printf("Unable to update database: %s\n", alpm_strerrorlast());
* } else if(result == 1) {
* printf("Database already up to date\n");
* } else {
* printf("Database updated\n");
* }
* }
* }
* @endcode
*
* @ingroup alpm_databases
* @note After a successful update, the \link alpm_db_get_pkgcache()
* package cache \endlink will be invalidated
* @param force if true, then forces the update, otherwise update only in case
* the database isn't up to date
* @param db pointer to the package database to update
* @return 0 on success, -1 on error (pm_errno is set accordingly), 1 if up to
* to date
*/
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_update(int force, pmdb_t *db)
{
char *dbfile, *syncpath;
const char *dbpath;
struct stat buf;
size_t len;
int ret;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
/* Sanity checks */
ASSERT(handle != NULL, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_HANDLE_NULL, -1));
ASSERT(db != NULL && db != handle->db_local, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
if(!alpm_list_find_ptr(handle->dbs_sync, db)) {
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_DB_NOT_FOUND, -1);
}
len = strlen(db->treename) + 4;
MALLOC(dbfile, len, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
sprintf(dbfile, "%s.db", db->treename);
dbpath = alpm_option_get_dbpath();
len = strlen(dbpath) + 6;
MALLOC(syncpath, len, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
sprintf(syncpath, "%s%s", dbpath, "sync/");
if(stat(syncpath, &buf) != 0) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "database dir '%s' does not exist, creating it\n",
syncpath);
if(_alpm_makepath(syncpath) != 0) {
free(dbfile);
free(syncpath);
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_SYSTEM, -1);
}
} else if(!S_ISDIR(buf.st_mode)) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_WARNING, _("removing invalid file: %s\n"), syncpath);
if(unlink(syncpath) != 0 || _alpm_makepath(syncpath) != 0) {
free(dbfile);
free(syncpath);
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_SYSTEM, -1);
}
}
ret = _alpm_download_single_file(dbfile, db->servers, syncpath, force);
free(dbfile);
free(syncpath);
if(ret == 1) {
/* files match, do nothing */
pm_errno = 0;
return(1);
} else if(ret == -1) {
/* pm_errno was set by the download code */
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "failed to sync db: %s\n", alpm_strerrorlast());
return(-1);
}
/* Cache needs to be rebuilt */
_alpm_db_free_pkgcache(db);
return(0);
}
/* Forward decl so I don't reorganize the whole file right now */
static int sync_db_read(pmdb_t *db, struct archive *archive,
struct archive_entry *entry, pmpkg_t *likely_pkg);
/*
* This is the data table used to generate the estimating function below.
* "Weighted Avg" means averaging the bottom table values; thus each repo, big
* or small, will have equal influence. "Unweighted Avg" means averaging the
* sums of the top table columns, thus each package has equal influence. The
* final values are calculated by (surprise) averaging the averages, because
* why the hell not.
*
* Database Pkgs tar bz2 gz xz
* community 2096 5294080 256391 421227 301296
* core 180 460800 25257 36850 29356
* extra 2606 6635520 294647 470818 339392
* multilib 126 327680 16120 23261 18732
* testing 76 204800 10902 14348 12100
*
* Bytes Per Package
* community 2096 2525.80 122.32 200.97 143.75
* core 180 2560.00 140.32 204.72 163.09
* extra 2606 2546.25 113.06 180.67 130.23
* multilib 126 2600.63 127.94 184.61 148.67
* testing 76 2694.74 143.45 188.79 159.21
* Weighted Avg 2585.48 129.42 191.95 148.99
* Unweighted Avg 2543.39 118.74 190.16 137.93
* Average of Avgs 2564.44 124.08 191.06 143.46
*/
static size_t estimate_package_count(struct stat *st, struct archive *archive)
{
unsigned int per_package;
switch(archive_compression(archive)) {
case ARCHIVE_COMPRESSION_NONE:
per_package = 2564;
break;
case ARCHIVE_COMPRESSION_GZIP:
per_package = 191;
break;
case ARCHIVE_COMPRESSION_BZIP2:
per_package = 124;
break;
case ARCHIVE_COMPRESSION_COMPRESS:
per_package = 193;
break;
case ARCHIVE_COMPRESSION_LZMA:
case ARCHIVE_COMPRESSION_XZ:
per_package = 143;
break;
case ARCHIVE_COMPRESSION_UU:
per_package = 3543;
break;
default:
/* assume it is at least somewhat compressed */
per_package = 200;
}
return((size_t)(st->st_size / per_package) + 1);
}
static int sync_db_populate(pmdb_t *db)
{
size_t est_count;
int count = 0;
struct stat buf;
struct archive *archive;
struct archive_entry *entry;
pmpkg_t *pkg = NULL;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
ASSERT(db != NULL, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_DB_NULL, -1));
if((archive = archive_read_new()) == NULL)
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE, 1);
archive_read_support_compression_all(archive);
archive_read_support_format_all(archive);
if(archive_read_open_filename(archive, _alpm_db_path(db),
ARCHIVE_DEFAULT_BYTES_PER_BLOCK) != ARCHIVE_OK) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not open file %s: %s\n"), _alpm_db_path(db),
archive_error_string(archive));
archive_read_finish(archive);
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_DB_OPEN, 1);
}
if(stat(_alpm_db_path(db), &buf) != 0) {
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_DB_OPEN, 1);
}
est_count = estimate_package_count(&buf, archive);
/* initialize hash at 66% full */
db->pkgcache = _alpm_pkghash_create(est_count * 3 / 2);
if(db->pkgcache == NULL) {
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, -1);
}
while(archive_read_next_header(archive, &entry) == ARCHIVE_OK) {
const struct stat *st;
st = archive_entry_stat(entry);
if(S_ISDIR(st->st_mode)) {
const char *name;
pkg = _alpm_pkg_new();
if(pkg == NULL) {
archive_read_finish(archive);
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, -1);
}
name = archive_entry_pathname(entry);
if(_alpm_splitname(name, pkg) != 0) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("invalid name for database entry '%s'\n"),
name);
_alpm_pkg_free(pkg);
continue;
}
/* duplicated database entries are not allowed */
if(_alpm_pkghash_find(db->pkgcache, pkg->name)) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("duplicated database entry '%s'\n"), pkg->name);
_alpm_pkg_free(pkg);
continue;
}
pkg->origin = PKG_FROM_SYNCDB;
pkg->ops = &default_pkg_ops;
pkg->origin_data.db = db;
/* add to the collection */
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_FUNCTION, "adding '%s' to package cache for db '%s'\n",
pkg->name, db->treename);
db->pkgcache = _alpm_pkghash_add(db->pkgcache, pkg);
count++;
} else {
/* we have desc, depends or deltas - parse it */
sync_db_read(db, archive, entry, pkg);
}
}
if(count > 0) {
db->pkgcache->list = alpm_list_msort(db->pkgcache->list, (size_t)count, _alpm_pkg_cmp);
}
archive_read_finish(archive);
return(count);
}
#define READ_NEXT(s) do { \
if(_alpm_archive_fgets(archive, &buf) != ARCHIVE_OK) goto error; \
s = _alpm_strtrim(buf.line); \
} while(0)
#define READ_AND_STORE(f) do { \
READ_NEXT(line); \
STRDUP(f, line, goto error); \
} while(0)
#define READ_AND_STORE_ALL(f) do { \
char *linedup; \
READ_NEXT(line); \
if(strlen(line) == 0) break; \
STRDUP(linedup, line, goto error); \
f = alpm_list_add(f, linedup); \
} while(1) /* note the while(1) and not (0) */
static int sync_db_read(pmdb_t *db, struct archive *archive,
struct archive_entry *entry, pmpkg_t *likely_pkg)
{
const char *entryname = NULL, *filename;
char *pkgname, *p, *q;
pmpkg_t *pkg;
struct archive_read_buffer buf;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(db == NULL) {
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_DB_NULL, -1);
}
if(entry != NULL) {
entryname = archive_entry_pathname(entry);
}
if(entryname == NULL) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "invalid archive entry provided to _alpm_sync_db_read, skipping\n");
return(-1);
}
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_FUNCTION, "loading package data from archive entry %s\n",
entryname);
memset(&buf, 0, sizeof(buf));
/* 512K for a line length seems reasonable */
buf.max_line_size = 512 * 1024;
/* get package and db file names */
STRDUP(pkgname, entryname, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
p = pkgname + strlen(pkgname);
for(q = --p; *q && *q != '/'; q--);
filename = q + 1;
for(p = --q; *p && *p != '-'; p--);
for(q = --p; *q && *q != '-'; q--);
*q = '\0';
/* package is already in db due to parsing of directory name */
if(likely_pkg && strcmp(likely_pkg->name, pkgname) == 0) {
pkg = likely_pkg;
} else {
if(db->pkgcache == NULL) {
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, -1);
}
pkg = _alpm_pkghash_find(db->pkgcache, pkgname);
}
if(pkg == NULL) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "package %s not found in %s sync database",
pkgname, db->treename);
return(-1);
}
if(strcmp(filename, "desc") == 0 || strcmp(filename, "depends") == 0
|| strcmp(filename, "deltas") == 0) {
while(_alpm_archive_fgets(archive, &buf) == ARCHIVE_OK) {
char *line = _alpm_strtrim(buf.line);
if(strcmp(line, "%NAME%") == 0) {
READ_NEXT(line);
if(strcmp(line, pkg->name) != 0) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("%s database is inconsistent: name "
"mismatch on package %s\n"), db->treename, pkg->name);
}
} else if(strcmp(line, "%VERSION%") == 0) {
READ_NEXT(line);
if(strcmp(line, pkg->version) != 0) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("%s database is inconsistent: version "
"mismatch on package %s\n"), db->treename, pkg->name);
}
} else if(strcmp(line, "%FILENAME%") == 0) {
READ_AND_STORE(pkg->filename);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%DESC%") == 0) {
READ_AND_STORE(pkg->desc);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%GROUPS%") == 0) {
READ_AND_STORE_ALL(pkg->groups);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%URL%") == 0) {
READ_AND_STORE(pkg->url);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%LICENSE%") == 0) {
READ_AND_STORE_ALL(pkg->licenses);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%ARCH%") == 0) {
READ_AND_STORE(pkg->arch);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%BUILDDATE%") == 0) {
READ_NEXT(line);
pkg->builddate = _alpm_parsedate(line);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%PACKAGER%") == 0) {
READ_AND_STORE(pkg->packager);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%CSIZE%") == 0) {
/* Note: the CSIZE and SIZE fields both share the "size" field in the
* pkginfo_t struct. This can be done b/c CSIZE is currently only used
* in sync databases, and SIZE is only used in local databases.
*/
READ_NEXT(line);
pkg->size = atol(line);
/* also store this value to isize if isize is unset */
if(pkg->isize == 0) {
pkg->isize = pkg->size;
}
} else if(strcmp(line, "%ISIZE%") == 0) {
READ_NEXT(line);
pkg->isize = atol(line);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%MD5SUM%") == 0) {
READ_AND_STORE(pkg->md5sum);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%REPLACES%") == 0) {
READ_AND_STORE_ALL(pkg->replaces);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%DEPENDS%") == 0) {
/* Different than the rest because of the _alpm_splitdep call. */
while(1) {
READ_NEXT(line);
if(strlen(line) == 0) break;
pkg->depends = alpm_list_add(pkg->depends, _alpm_splitdep(line));
}
} else if(strcmp(line, "%OPTDEPENDS%") == 0) {
READ_AND_STORE_ALL(pkg->optdepends);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%CONFLICTS%") == 0) {
READ_AND_STORE_ALL(pkg->conflicts);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%PROVIDES%") == 0) {
READ_AND_STORE_ALL(pkg->provides);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%DELTAS%") == 0) {
READ_AND_STORE_ALL(pkg->deltas);
}
}
} else if(strcmp(filename, "files") == 0) {
/* currently do nothing with this file */
} else {
/* unknown database file */
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "unknown database file: %s\n", filename);
}
error:
FREE(pkgname);
/* TODO: return 0 always? */
return(0);
}
static int sync_db_version(pmdb_t *db)
{
return(2);
}
struct db_operations sync_db_ops = {
.populate = sync_db_populate,
.unregister = _alpm_db_unregister,
.version = sync_db_version,
};
pmdb_t *_alpm_db_register_sync(const char *treename)
{
pmdb_t *db;
alpm_list_t *i;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
for(i = handle->dbs_sync; i; i = i->next) {
pmdb_t *sdb = i->data;
if(strcmp(treename, sdb->treename) == 0) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "attempt to re-register the '%s' database, using existing\n", sdb->treename);
return sdb;
}
}
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "registering sync database '%s'\n", treename);
db = _alpm_db_new(treename, 0);
if(db == NULL) {
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_DB_CREATE, NULL);
}
db->ops = &sync_db_ops;
handle->dbs_sync = alpm_list_add(handle->dbs_sync, db);
return(db);
}
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */

View File

@@ -1,301 +0,0 @@
/*
* cache.c
*
* Copyright (c) 2002-2007 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include "config.h"
#include <unistd.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <string.h>
/* libalpm */
#include "cache.h"
#include "alpm_list.h"
#include "log.h"
#include "alpm.h"
#include "util.h"
#include "error.h"
#include "package.h"
#include "group.h"
#include "db.h"
/* Returns a new package cache from db.
* It frees the cache if it already exists.
*/
int _alpm_db_load_pkgcache(pmdb_t *db)
{
pmpkg_t *info;
int count = 0;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(db == NULL) {
return(-1);
}
_alpm_db_free_pkgcache(db);
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "loading package cache for repository '%s'\n",
db->treename);
_alpm_db_rewind(db);
while((info = _alpm_db_scan(db, NULL)) != NULL) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_FUNCTION, "adding '%s' to package cache for db '%s'\n",
alpm_pkg_get_name(info), db->treename);
info->origin = PKG_FROM_CACHE;
info->origin_data.db = db;
/* add to the collection */
db->pkgcache = alpm_list_add(db->pkgcache, info);
count++;
}
db->pkgcache = alpm_list_msort(db->pkgcache, count, _alpm_pkg_cmp);
return(0);
}
void _alpm_db_free_pkgcache(pmdb_t *db)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(db == NULL || db->pkgcache == NULL) {
return;
}
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "freeing package cache for repository '%s'\n",
db->treename);
alpm_list_t *tmp;
for(tmp = db->pkgcache; tmp; tmp = alpm_list_next(tmp)) {
_alpm_pkg_free(tmp->data);
}
alpm_list_free(db->pkgcache);
db->pkgcache = NULL;
if(db->grpcache) {
_alpm_db_free_grpcache(db);
}
}
alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_get_pkgcache(pmdb_t *db)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(db == NULL) {
return(NULL);
}
if(!db->pkgcache) {
_alpm_db_load_pkgcache(db);
}
/* hmmm, still NULL ?*/
if(!db->pkgcache) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "error: pkgcache is NULL for db '%s'\n", db->treename);
}
return(db->pkgcache);
}
int _alpm_db_add_pkgincache(pmdb_t *db, pmpkg_t *pkg)
{
pmpkg_t *newpkg;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(db == NULL || pkg == NULL) {
return(-1);
}
newpkg = _alpm_pkg_dup(pkg);
if(newpkg == NULL) {
return(-1);
}
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "adding entry '%s' in '%s' cache\n",
alpm_pkg_get_name(newpkg), db->treename);
db->pkgcache = alpm_list_add_sorted(db->pkgcache, newpkg, _alpm_pkg_cmp);
_alpm_db_free_grpcache(db);
return(0);
}
int _alpm_db_remove_pkgfromcache(pmdb_t *db, pmpkg_t *pkg)
{
void *vdata;
pmpkg_t *data;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(db == NULL || pkg == NULL) {
return(-1);
}
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "removing entry '%s' from '%s' cache\n",
alpm_pkg_get_name(pkg), db->treename);
db->pkgcache = alpm_list_remove(db->pkgcache, pkg, _alpm_pkg_cmp, &vdata);
data = vdata;
if(data == NULL) {
/* package not found */
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "cannot remove entry '%s' from '%s' cache: not found\n",
alpm_pkg_get_name(pkg), db->treename);
return(-1);
}
_alpm_pkg_free(data);
_alpm_db_free_grpcache(db);
return(0);
}
pmpkg_t *_alpm_db_get_pkgfromcache(pmdb_t *db, const char *target)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(db == NULL) {
return(NULL);
}
alpm_list_t *pkgcache = _alpm_db_get_pkgcache(db);
if(!pkgcache) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "error: failed to get '%s' from NULL pkgcache\n",
target);
return(NULL);
}
return(_alpm_pkg_find(target, pkgcache));
}
/* Returns a new group cache from db.
*/
int _alpm_db_load_grpcache(pmdb_t *db)
{
alpm_list_t *lp;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(db == NULL) {
return(-1);
}
if(db->pkgcache == NULL) {
_alpm_db_load_pkgcache(db);
}
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "loading group cache for repository '%s'\n",
db->treename);
for(lp = _alpm_db_get_pkgcache(db); lp; lp = lp->next) {
const alpm_list_t *i;
pmpkg_t *pkg = lp->data;
for(i = alpm_pkg_get_groups(pkg); i; i = i->next) {
if(!alpm_list_find_str(db->grpcache, i->data)) {
pmgrp_t *grp = _alpm_grp_new();
strncpy(grp->name, i->data, GRP_NAME_LEN);
grp->name[GRP_NAME_LEN-1] = '\0';
grp->packages = alpm_list_add_sorted(grp->packages,
/* gross signature forces us to
* discard const */
(void*)alpm_pkg_get_name(pkg),
_alpm_str_cmp);
db->grpcache = alpm_list_add_sorted(db->grpcache, grp, _alpm_grp_cmp);
} else {
alpm_list_t *j;
for(j = db->grpcache; j; j = j->next) {
pmgrp_t *grp = j->data;
if(strcmp(grp->name, i->data) == 0) {
const char *pkgname = alpm_pkg_get_name(pkg);
if(!alpm_list_find_str(grp->packages, pkgname)) {
grp->packages = alpm_list_add_sorted(grp->packages,
(void*)pkgname,
_alpm_str_cmp);
}
}
}
}
}
}
return(0);
}
void _alpm_db_free_grpcache(pmdb_t *db)
{
alpm_list_t *lg;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(db == NULL || db->grpcache == NULL) {
return;
}
for(lg = db->grpcache; lg; lg = lg->next) {
pmgrp_t *grp = lg->data;
alpm_list_free(grp->packages);
grp->packages = NULL;
_alpm_grp_free(lg->data);
lg->data = NULL;
}
FREELIST(db->grpcache);
}
alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_get_grpcache(pmdb_t *db)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(db == NULL) {
return(NULL);
}
if(db->grpcache == NULL) {
_alpm_db_load_grpcache(db);
}
return(db->grpcache);
}
pmgrp_t *_alpm_db_get_grpfromcache(pmdb_t *db, const char *target)
{
alpm_list_t *i;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(db == NULL || target == NULL || strlen(target) == 0) {
return(NULL);
}
for(i = _alpm_db_get_grpcache(db); i; i = i->next) {
pmgrp_t *info = i->data;
if(strcmp(info->name, target) == 0) {
return(info);
}
}
return(NULL);
}
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */

View File

@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
/*
* cache.h
*
* Copyright (c) 2002-2007 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#ifndef _ALPM_CACHE_H
#define _ALPM_CACHE_H
#include "db.h"
#include "alpm_list.h"
#include "group.h"
#include "package.h"
/* packages */
int _alpm_db_load_pkgcache(pmdb_t *db);
void _alpm_db_free_pkgcache(pmdb_t *db);
int _alpm_db_add_pkgincache(pmdb_t *db, pmpkg_t *pkg);
int _alpm_db_remove_pkgfromcache(pmdb_t *db, pmpkg_t *pkg);
alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_get_pkgcache(pmdb_t *db);
int _alpm_db_ensure_pkgcache(pmdb_t *db, pmdbinfrq_t infolevel);
pmpkg_t *_alpm_db_get_pkgfromcache(pmdb_t *db, const char *target);
/* groups */
int _alpm_db_load_grpcache(pmdb_t *db);
void _alpm_db_free_grpcache(pmdb_t *db);
alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_get_grpcache(pmdb_t *db);
pmgrp_t *_alpm_db_get_grpfromcache(pmdb_t *db, const char *target);
#endif /* _ALPM_CACHE_H */
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
/*
* conflict.c
*
* Copyright (c) 2002-2007 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Aurelien Foret <orelien@chez.com>
* Copyright (c) 2006 by David Kimpe <dnaku@frugalware.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006 by Miklos Vajna <vmiklos@frugalware.org>
@@ -25,10 +26,10 @@
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <dirent.h>
/* libalpm */
#include "conflict.h"
@@ -36,12 +37,11 @@
#include "handle.h"
#include "trans.h"
#include "util.h"
#include "error.h"
#include "log.h"
#include "cache.h"
#include "deps.h"
pmconflict_t *_alpm_conflict_new(const char *package1, const char *package2)
pmconflict_t *_alpm_conflict_new(const char *package1, const char *package2,
const char *reason)
{
pmconflict_t *conflict;
@@ -49,26 +49,47 @@ pmconflict_t *_alpm_conflict_new(const char *package1, const char *package2)
MALLOC(conflict, sizeof(pmconflict_t), RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
strncpy(conflict->package1, package1, PKG_NAME_LEN);
strncpy(conflict->package2, package2, PKG_NAME_LEN);
STRDUP(conflict->package1, package1, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
STRDUP(conflict->package2, package2, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
STRDUP(conflict->reason, reason, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
return(conflict);
}
int _alpm_conflict_isin(pmconflict_t *needle, alpm_list_t *haystack)
void _alpm_conflict_free(pmconflict_t *conflict)
{
FREE(conflict->package2);
FREE(conflict->package1);
FREE(conflict->reason);
FREE(conflict);
}
pmconflict_t *_alpm_conflict_dup(const pmconflict_t *conflict)
{
pmconflict_t *newconflict;
CALLOC(newconflict, 1, sizeof(pmconflict_t), RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
STRDUP(newconflict->package1, conflict->package1, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
STRDUP(newconflict->package2, conflict->package2, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
STRDUP(newconflict->reason, conflict->reason, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
return(newconflict);
}
static int conflict_isin(pmconflict_t *needle, alpm_list_t *haystack)
{
alpm_list_t *i;
const char *npkg1 = needle->package1;
const char *npkg2 = needle->package2;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
for(i = haystack; i; i = i->next) {
pmconflict_t *conflict = i->data;
char *cpkg1 = conflict->package1;
char *cpkg2 = conflict->package2;
char *npkg1 = needle->package1;
char *npkg2 = needle->package2;
if((!strcmp(cpkg1, npkg1) && !strcmp(cpkg2, npkg2))
|| (!strcmp(cpkg1, npkg2) && !strcmp(cpkg2, npkg1))) {
const char *cpkg1 = conflict->package1;
const char *cpkg2 = conflict->package2;
if((strcmp(cpkg1, npkg1) == 0 && strcmp(cpkg2, npkg2) == 0)
|| (strcmp(cpkg1, npkg2) == 0 && strcmp(cpkg2, npkg1) == 0)) {
return(1);
}
}
@@ -76,41 +97,21 @@ int _alpm_conflict_isin(pmconflict_t *needle, alpm_list_t *haystack)
return(0);
}
/** Check if pkg1 conflicts with pkg2
* @param pkg1 package we are looking at
* @param conflict name of the possible conflict
* @param pkg2 package to check
* @return 0 for no conflict, non-zero otherwise
*/
static int does_conflict(pmpkg_t *pkg1, const char *conflict, pmpkg_t *pkg2)
{
const char *pkg1name = alpm_pkg_get_name(pkg1);
const char *pkg2name = alpm_pkg_get_name(pkg2);
pmdepend_t *conf = alpm_splitdep(conflict);
int match = 0;
match = alpm_depcmp(pkg2, conf);
if(match) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "package %s conflicts with %s (by %s)\n",
pkg1name, pkg2name, conflict);
}
FREE(conf);
return(match);
}
/** Adds the pkg1/pkg2 conflict to the baddeps list
* @param *baddeps list to add conflict to
* @param pkg1 first package
* @param pkg2 package causing conflict
*/
static void add_conflict(alpm_list_t **baddeps, const char *pkg1,
const char *pkg2)
const char *pkg2, const char *reason)
{
pmconflict_t *conflict = _alpm_conflict_new(pkg1, pkg2);
if(conflict && !_alpm_conflict_isin(conflict, *baddeps)) {
pmconflict_t *conflict = _alpm_conflict_new(pkg1, pkg2, reason);
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "package %s conflicts with %s (by %s)\n",
pkg1, pkg2, reason);
if(conflict && !conflict_isin(conflict, *baddeps)) {
*baddeps = alpm_list_add(*baddeps, conflict);
} else {
FREE(conflict);
_alpm_conflict_free(conflict);
}
}
@@ -138,6 +139,7 @@ static void check_conflict(alpm_list_t *list1, alpm_list_t *list2,
for(j = alpm_pkg_get_conflicts(pkg1); j; j = j->next) {
const char *conflict = j->data;
pmdepend_t *parsed_conflict = _alpm_splitdep(conflict);
for(k = list2; k; k = k->next) {
pmpkg_t *pkg2 = k->data;
@@ -148,14 +150,15 @@ static void check_conflict(alpm_list_t *list1, alpm_list_t *list2,
continue;
}
if(does_conflict(pkg1, conflict, pkg2)) {
if(_alpm_depcmp(pkg2, parsed_conflict)) {
if(order >= 0) {
add_conflict(baddeps, pkg1name, pkg2name);
add_conflict(baddeps, pkg1name, pkg2name, conflict);
} else {
add_conflict(baddeps, pkg2name, pkg1name);
add_conflict(baddeps, pkg2name, pkg1name, conflict);
}
}
}
_alpm_dep_free(parsed_conflict);
}
}
}
@@ -187,8 +190,8 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_outerconflicts(pmdb_t *db, alpm_list_t *packages)
return(NULL);
}
alpm_list_t *dblist = alpm_list_diff(_alpm_db_get_pkgcache(db), packages,
_alpm_pkg_cmp);
alpm_list_t *dblist = alpm_list_diff(_alpm_db_get_pkgcache(db),
packages, _alpm_pkg_cmp);
/* two checks to be done here for conflicts */
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "check targets vs db\n");
@@ -200,9 +203,13 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_outerconflicts(pmdb_t *db, alpm_list_t *packages)
return(baddeps);
}
/* Check for transaction conflicts */
alpm_list_t *_alpm_checkconflicts(pmdb_t *db, alpm_list_t *packages) {
return(alpm_list_join(_alpm_innerconflicts(packages), _alpm_outerconflicts(db, packages)));
/** Check the package conflicts in a database
*
* @param pkglist the list of packages to check
* @return an alpm_list_t of pmconflict_t
*/
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_checkconflicts(alpm_list_t *pkglist) {
return(_alpm_innerconflicts(pkglist));
}
/* Returns a alpm_list_t* of file conflicts.
@@ -296,18 +303,18 @@ static alpm_list_t *chk_filedifference(alpm_list_t *filesA, alpm_list_t *filesB)
*/
static alpm_list_t *add_fileconflict(alpm_list_t *conflicts,
pmfileconflicttype_t type, const char *filestr,
const char* name1, const char* name2)
const char* name1, const char* name2)
{
pmfileconflict_t *conflict;
MALLOC(conflict, sizeof(pmfileconflict_t), return(conflicts));
MALLOC(conflict, sizeof(pmfileconflict_t), RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
conflict->type = type;
strncpy(conflict->target, name1, PKG_NAME_LEN);
strncpy(conflict->file, filestr, CONFLICT_FILE_LEN);
STRDUP(conflict->target, name1, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
STRDUP(conflict->file, filestr, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
if(name2) {
strncpy(conflict->ctarget, name2, PKG_NAME_LEN);
STRDUP(conflict->ctarget, name2, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
} else {
conflict->ctarget[0] = '\0';
conflict->ctarget = "";
}
conflicts = alpm_list_add(conflicts, conflict);
@@ -317,19 +324,73 @@ static alpm_list_t *add_fileconflict(alpm_list_t *conflicts,
return(conflicts);
}
void _alpm_fileconflict_free(pmfileconflict_t *conflict)
{
if(strlen(conflict->ctarget) > 0) {
FREE(conflict->ctarget);
}
FREE(conflict->file);;
FREE(conflict->target);
FREE(conflict);
}
static int dir_belongsto_pkg(char *dirpath, pmpkg_t *pkg)
{
struct dirent *ent = NULL;
struct stat sbuf;
char path[PATH_MAX];
char abspath[PATH_MAX];
DIR *dir;
snprintf(abspath, PATH_MAX, "%s%s", handle->root, dirpath);
dir = opendir(abspath);
if(dir == NULL) {
return(1);
}
while((ent = readdir(dir)) != NULL) {
const char *name = ent->d_name;
if(strcmp(name, ".") == 0 || strcmp(name, "..") == 0) {
continue;
}
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%s/%s", dirpath, name);
snprintf(abspath, PATH_MAX, "%s%s", handle->root, path);
if(stat(abspath, &sbuf) != 0) {
continue;
}
if(S_ISDIR(sbuf.st_mode)) {
if(dir_belongsto_pkg(path, pkg)) {
continue;
} else {
closedir(dir);
return(0);
}
} else {
if(alpm_list_find_str(alpm_pkg_get_files(pkg), path)) {
continue;
} else {
closedir(dir);
return(0);
}
}
}
closedir(dir);
return(1);
}
/* Find file conflicts that may occur during the transaction with two checks:
* 1: check every target against every target
* 2: check every target against the filesystem */
alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_find_fileconflicts(pmdb_t *db, pmtrans_t *trans, char *root)
alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_find_fileconflicts(pmdb_t *db, pmtrans_t *trans,
alpm_list_t *upgrade, alpm_list_t *remove)
{
alpm_list_t *i, *conflicts = NULL;
alpm_list_t *targets = trans->packages;
int numtargs = alpm_list_count(targets);
int current;
alpm_list_t *i, *j, *conflicts = NULL;
size_t numtargs = alpm_list_count(upgrade);
size_t current;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(db == NULL || targets == NULL || root == NULL) {
if(db == NULL || upgrade == NULL || trans == NULL) {
return(NULL);
}
@@ -337,8 +398,8 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_find_fileconflicts(pmdb_t *db, pmtrans_t *trans, char *roo
* be possible with real transactions. Right now we only do half as much
* here as we do when we actually extract files in add.c with our 12
* different cases. */
for(current = 1, i = targets; i; i = i->next, current++) {
alpm_list_t *j, *k, *tmpfiles = NULL;
for(current = 0, i = upgrade; i; i = i->next, current++) {
alpm_list_t *k, *tmpfiles = NULL;
pmpkg_t *p1, *p2, *dbpkg;
char path[PATH_MAX+1];
@@ -347,22 +408,22 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_find_fileconflicts(pmdb_t *db, pmtrans_t *trans, char *roo
continue;
}
double percent = (double)current / numtargs;
PROGRESS(trans, PM_TRANS_PROGRESS_CONFLICTS_START, "", (percent * 100),
int percent = (current * 100) / numtargs;
PROGRESS(trans, PM_TRANS_PROGRESS_CONFLICTS_START, "", percent,
numtargs, current);
/* CHECK 1: check every target against every target */
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "searching for file conflicts: %s\n",
alpm_pkg_get_name(p1));
for(j = i->next; j; j = j->next) {
p2 = j->data;
if(!p2) {
continue;
}
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "searching for file conflicts: %s and %s\n",
alpm_pkg_get_name(p1), alpm_pkg_get_name(p2));
tmpfiles = chk_fileconflicts(alpm_pkg_get_files(p1), alpm_pkg_get_files(p2));
if(tmpfiles) {
for(k = tmpfiles; k; k = k->next) {
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%s%s", root, (char *)k->data);
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%s%s", handle->root, (char *)k->data);
conflicts = add_fileconflict(conflicts, PM_FILECONFLICT_TARGET, path,
alpm_pkg_get_name(p1), alpm_pkg_get_name(p2));
}
@@ -378,7 +439,7 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_find_fileconflicts(pmdb_t *db, pmtrans_t *trans, char *roo
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "searching for filesystem conflicts: %s\n", p1->name);
dbpkg = _alpm_db_get_pkgfromcache(db, p1->name);
/* Do two different checks here. f the package is currently installed,
/* Do two different checks here. If the package is currently installed,
* then only check files that are new in the new package. If the package
* is not currently installed, then simply stat the whole filelist */
if(dbpkg) {
@@ -390,12 +451,10 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_find_fileconflicts(pmdb_t *db, pmtrans_t *trans, char *roo
tmpfiles = alpm_list_strdup(alpm_pkg_get_files(p1));
}
/* loop over each file to be installed */
for(j = tmpfiles; j; j = j->next) {
int skip_conflict = 0;
filestr = j->data;
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%s%s", root, filestr);
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%s%s", handle->root, filestr);
/* stat the file - if it exists, do some checks */
if(_alpm_lstat(path, &lsbuf) != 0) {
@@ -406,71 +465,80 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_find_fileconflicts(pmdb_t *db, pmtrans_t *trans, char *roo
if(path[strlen(path)-1] == '/') {
if(S_ISDIR(lsbuf.st_mode)) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "%s is a directory, not a conflict\n", path);
skip_conflict = 1;
continue;
} else if(S_ISLNK(lsbuf.st_mode) && S_ISDIR(sbuf.st_mode)) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG,
"%s is a symlink to a dir, hopefully not a conflict\n", path);
skip_conflict = 1;
continue;
}
}
if(!skip_conflict) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "checking possible conflict: %s\n", path);
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "checking possible conflict: %s\n", path);
/* Make sure the possible conflict is not a symlink that points to a
* path in the old package. This is kind of dirty with inode usage */
/* TODO this seems ripe for a cleanup */
if(dbpkg) {
struct stat pkgbuf;
char str[PATH_MAX+1];
unsigned ok = 0;
for(k = dbpkg->files; k; k = k->next) {
snprintf(str, PATH_MAX, "%s%s", root, (char*)k->data);
if(!_alpm_lstat(str, &pkgbuf) && lsbuf.st_ino == pkgbuf.st_ino) {
ok = 1;
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "conflict was a symlink: %s\n", path);
break;
}
}
if(ok == 1) {
continue;
}
int resolved_conflict = 0; /* have we acted on this conflict? */
/* Check remove list (will we remove the conflicting local file?) */
for(k = remove; k && !resolved_conflict; k = k->next) {
pmpkg_t *rempkg = k->data;
if(rempkg && alpm_list_find_str(alpm_pkg_get_files(rempkg), filestr)) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "local file will be removed, not a conflict: %s\n", filestr);
resolved_conflict = 1;
}
}
/* Look at all the targets to see if file has changed hands */
int resolved_conflict = 0; /* have we acted on this conflict? */
for(k = targets; k; k = k->next) {
p2 = k->data;
if(!p2 || strcmp(p1->name, p2->name) == 0) {
continue;
}
pmpkg_t *localp2 = _alpm_db_get_pkgfromcache(db, p2->name);
/* Check if it used to exist in a package, but doesn't anymore */
alpm_list_t *pkgfiles, *localfiles; /* added for readability */
pkgfiles = alpm_pkg_get_files(p2);
localfiles = alpm_pkg_get_files(localp2);
if(localp2 && !alpm_list_find_str(pkgfiles, filestr)
&& alpm_list_find_str(localfiles, filestr)) {
/* skip removal of file, but not add. this will prevent a second
* package from removing the file when it was already installed
* by its new owner (whether the file is in backup array or not */
trans->skip_remove = alpm_list_add(trans->skip_remove, strdup(path));
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "file changed packages, adding to remove skiplist: %s\n", filestr);
resolved_conflict = 1;
break;
}
/* Look at all the targets to see if file has changed hands */
for(k = upgrade; k && !resolved_conflict; k = k->next) {
p2 = k->data;
if(!p2 || strcmp(p1->name, p2->name) == 0) {
continue;
}
if(!resolved_conflict) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "file found in conflict: %s\n", path);
conflicts = add_fileconflict(conflicts, PM_FILECONFLICT_FILESYSTEM,
path, p1->name, NULL);
pmpkg_t *localp2 = _alpm_db_get_pkgfromcache(db, p2->name);
/* localp2->files will be removed (target conflicts are handled by CHECK 1) */
if(localp2 && alpm_list_find_str(alpm_pkg_get_files(localp2), filestr)) {
/* skip removal of file, but not add. this will prevent a second
* package from removing the file when it was already installed
* by its new owner (whether the file is in backup array or not */
trans->skip_remove = alpm_list_add(trans->skip_remove, strdup(filestr));
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "file changed packages, adding to remove skiplist: %s\n", filestr);
resolved_conflict = 1;
}
}
/* check if all files of the dir belong to the installed pkg */
if(!resolved_conflict && S_ISDIR(lsbuf.st_mode) && dbpkg) {
char *dir = malloc(strlen(filestr) + 2);
sprintf(dir, "%s/", filestr);
if(alpm_list_find_str(alpm_pkg_get_files(dbpkg),dir)) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "check if all files in %s belongs to %s\n",
dir, dbpkg->name);
resolved_conflict = dir_belongsto_pkg(filestr, dbpkg);
}
free(dir);
}
if(!resolved_conflict && dbpkg) {
char *rpath = calloc(PATH_MAX+1, sizeof(char));
if(!realpath(path, rpath)) {
FREE(rpath);
continue;
}
char *filestr = rpath + strlen(handle->root);
if(alpm_list_find_str(alpm_pkg_get_files(dbpkg),filestr)) {
resolved_conflict = 1;
}
free(rpath);
}
if(!resolved_conflict) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "file found in conflict: %s\n", path);
conflicts = add_fileconflict(conflicts, PM_FILECONFLICT_FILESYSTEM,
path, p1->name, NULL);
}
}
FREELIST(tmpfiles);
}
PROGRESS(trans, PM_TRANS_PROGRESS_CONFLICTS_START, "", 100,
numtargs, current);
return(conflicts);
}
@@ -497,6 +565,17 @@ const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_conflict_get_package2(pmconflict_t *conflict)
return conflict->package2;
}
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_conflict_get_reason(pmconflict_t *conflict)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
/* Sanity checks */
ASSERT(handle != NULL, return(NULL));
ASSERT(conflict != NULL, return(NULL));
return conflict->reason;
}
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_fileconflict_get_target(pmfileconflict_t *conflict)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
/*
* conflict.h
*
* Copyright (c) 2002-2007 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -23,26 +24,28 @@
#include "db.h"
#include "package.h"
#define CONFLICT_FILE_LEN 512
struct __pmconflict_t {
char package1[PKG_NAME_LEN];
char package2[PKG_NAME_LEN];
char *package1;
char *package2;
char *reason;
};
struct __pmfileconflict_t {
char target[PKG_NAME_LEN];
char *target;
pmfileconflicttype_t type;
char file[CONFLICT_FILE_LEN];
char ctarget[PKG_NAME_LEN];
char *file;
char *ctarget;
};
pmconflict_t *_alpm_conflict_new(const char *package1, const char *package2);
int _alpm_conflict_isin(pmconflict_t *needle, alpm_list_t *haystack);
pmconflict_t *_alpm_conflict_new(const char *package1, const char *package2, const char *reason);
pmconflict_t *_alpm_conflict_dup(const pmconflict_t *conflict);
void _alpm_conflict_free(pmconflict_t *conflict);
alpm_list_t *_alpm_innerconflicts(alpm_list_t *packages);
alpm_list_t *_alpm_outerconflicts(pmdb_t *db, alpm_list_t *packages);
alpm_list_t *_alpm_checkconflicts(pmdb_t *db, alpm_list_t *packages);
alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_find_fileconflicts(pmdb_t *db, pmtrans_t *trans, char *root);
alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_find_fileconflicts(pmdb_t *db, pmtrans_t *trans,
alpm_list_t *upgrade, alpm_list_t *remove);
void _alpm_fileconflict_free(pmfileconflict_t *conflict);
#endif /* _ALPM_CONFLICT_H */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
/*
* db.c
*
* Copyright (c) 2002-2007 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Aurelien Foret <orelien@chez.com>
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Christian Hamar <krics@linuxforum.hu>
* Copyright (c) 2006 by David Kimpe <dnaku@frugalware.org>
@@ -23,14 +24,11 @@
#include "config.h"
#include <unistd.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdint.h> /* uintmax_t */
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <dirent.h>
#include <regex.h>
#include <time.h>
@@ -39,11 +37,10 @@
#include "alpm_list.h"
#include "log.h"
#include "util.h"
#include "error.h"
#include "server.h"
#include "handle.h"
#include "cache.h"
#include "alpm.h"
#include "package.h"
#include "group.h"
/** \addtogroup alpm_databases Database Functions
* @brief Functions to query and manipulate the database of libalpm
@@ -67,31 +64,13 @@ pmdb_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_register_sync(const char *treename)
return(_alpm_db_register_sync(treename));
}
/** Register the local package database.
* @return a pmdb_t* representing the local database, or NULL on error
*/
pmdb_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_register_local(void)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
/* Sanity checks */
ASSERT(handle != NULL, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_HANDLE_NULL, NULL));
/* Do not register a database if a transaction is on-going */
ASSERT(handle->trans == NULL, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_TRANS_NOT_NULL, NULL));
return(_alpm_db_register_local());
}
/* Helper function for alpm_db_unregister{_all} */
static void _alpm_db_unregister(pmdb_t *db)
void _alpm_db_unregister(pmdb_t *db)
{
if(db == NULL) {
return;
}
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "closing database '%s'\n", db->treename);
_alpm_db_close(db);
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "unregistering database '%s'\n", db->treename);
_alpm_db_free(db);
}
@@ -102,6 +81,7 @@ static void _alpm_db_unregister(pmdb_t *db)
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_unregister_all(void)
{
alpm_list_t *i;
pmdb_t *db;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
@@ -111,13 +91,16 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_unregister_all(void)
ASSERT(handle->trans == NULL, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_TRANS_NOT_NULL, -1));
/* close local database */
_alpm_db_unregister(handle->db_local);
handle->db_local = NULL;
db = handle->db_local;
if(db) {
db->ops->unregister(db);
handle->db_local = NULL;
}
/* and also sync ones */
for(i = handle->dbs_sync; i; i = i->next) {
pmdb_t *db = i->data;
_alpm_db_unregister(db);
db = i->data;
db->ops->unregister(db);
i->data = NULL;
}
FREELIST(handle->dbs_sync);
@@ -160,7 +143,7 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_unregister(pmdb_t *db)
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_DB_NOT_FOUND, -1);
}
_alpm_db_unregister(db);
db->ops->unregister(db);
return(0);
}
@@ -173,6 +156,8 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_setserver(pmdb_t *db, const char *url)
{
alpm_list_t *i;
int found = 0;
char *newurl;
size_t len = 0;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
@@ -189,15 +174,18 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_setserver(pmdb_t *db, const char *url)
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_DB_NOT_FOUND, -1);
}
if(url && strlen(url)) {
pmserver_t *server;
if((server = _alpm_server_new(url)) == NULL) {
/* pm_errno is set by _alpm_server_new */
return(-1);
if(url) {
len = strlen(url);
}
if(len) {
newurl = strdup(url);
/* strip the trailing slash if one exists */
if(newurl[len - 1] == '/') {
newurl[len - 1] = '\0';
}
db->servers = alpm_list_add(db->servers, server);
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "adding new server to database '%s': protocol '%s', server '%s', path '%s'\n",
db->treename, server->s_url->scheme, server->s_url->host, server->s_url->doc);
db->servers = alpm_list_add(db->servers, newurl);
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "adding new server URL to database '%s': %s\n",
db->treename, newurl);
} else {
FREELIST(db->servers);
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "serverlist flushed for '%s'\n", db->treename);
@@ -206,98 +194,6 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_setserver(pmdb_t *db, const char *url)
return(0);
}
/** Update a package database
* @param force if true, then forces the update, otherwise update only in case
* the database isn't up to date
* @param db pointer to the package database to update
* @return 0 on success, > 0 on error (pm_errno is set accordingly), < 0 if up
* to date
*/
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_update(int force, pmdb_t *db)
{
alpm_list_t *lp;
char path[PATH_MAX];
alpm_list_t *files = NULL;
time_t newmtime = 0, lastupdate = 0;
const char *dbpath;
int ret;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
/* Sanity checks */
ASSERT(handle != NULL, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_HANDLE_NULL, -1));
ASSERT(db != NULL && db != handle->db_local, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
/* Verify we are in a transaction. This is done _mainly_ because we need a DB
* lock - if we update without a db lock, we may kludge some other pacman
* process that _has_ a lock.
*/
ASSERT(handle->trans != NULL, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_TRANS_NULL, -1));
ASSERT(handle->trans->state == STATE_INITIALIZED, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_TRANS_NOT_INITIALIZED, -1));
ASSERT(handle->trans->type == PM_TRANS_TYPE_SYNC, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_TRANS_TYPE, -1));
if(!alpm_list_find_ptr(handle->dbs_sync, db)) {
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_DB_NOT_FOUND, -1);
}
if(!force) {
/* get the lastupdate time */
lastupdate = _alpm_db_getlastupdate(db);
if(lastupdate == 0) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "failed to get lastupdate time for %s\n",
db->treename);
}
}
/* build a one-element list */
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%s" DBEXT, db->treename);
files = alpm_list_add(files, strdup(path));
dbpath = alpm_option_get_dbpath();
ret = _alpm_downloadfiles_forreal(db->servers, dbpath, files, lastupdate,
&newmtime, NULL, 0);
FREELIST(files);
if(ret == 1) {
/* mtimes match, do nothing */
pm_errno = 0;
return(1);
} else if(ret == -1) {
/* we use downloadLastErrString and downloadLastErrCode here, error returns from
* libdownload */
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "failed to sync db: %s [%d]\n",
downloadLastErrString, downloadLastErrCode);
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_DB_SYNC, -1);
} else {
if(newmtime != 0) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "sync: new mtime for %s: %ju\n",
db->treename, (uintmax_t)newmtime);
_alpm_db_setlastupdate(db, newmtime);
}
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%s%s" DBEXT, dbpath, db->treename);
/* remove the old dir */
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "flushing database %s\n", db->path);
for(lp = _alpm_db_get_pkgcache(db); lp; lp = lp->next) {
pmpkg_t *pkg = lp->data;
if(pkg && _alpm_db_remove(db, pkg) == -1) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not remove database entry %s%s\n"), db->treename,
alpm_pkg_get_name(pkg));
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_DB_REMOVE, -1);
}
}
/* Cache needs to be rebuild */
_alpm_db_free_pkgcache(db);
/* uncompress the sync database */
if(_alpm_db_install(db, path) == -1) {
return -1;
}
}
return(0);
}
/** Get the name of a package database
* @param db pointer to the package database
* @return the name of the package database, NULL on error
@@ -319,19 +215,18 @@ const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_get_name(const pmdb_t *db)
*/
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_get_url(const pmdb_t *db)
{
char path[PATH_MAX];
pmserver_t *s;
char *url;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
/* Sanity checks */
ASSERT(handle != NULL, return(NULL));
ASSERT(db != NULL, return(NULL));
ASSERT(db->servers != NULL, return(NULL));
s = (pmserver_t*)db->servers->data;
url = (char*)db->servers->data;
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%s://%s%s", s->s_url->scheme, s->s_url->host, s->s_url->doc);
return strdup(path);
return(url);
}
@@ -356,7 +251,7 @@ pmpkg_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_get_pkg(pmdb_t *db, const char *name)
* @param db pointer to the package database to get the package from
* @return the list of packages on success, NULL on error
*/
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_getpkgcache(pmdb_t *db)
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_get_pkgcache(pmdb_t *db)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
@@ -367,23 +262,6 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_getpkgcache(pmdb_t *db)
return(_alpm_db_get_pkgcache(db));
}
/** Get the list of packages that a package provides
* @param db pointer to the package database to get the package from
* @param name name of the package
* @return the list of packages on success, NULL on error
*/
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_whatprovides(pmdb_t *db, const char *name)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
/* Sanity checks */
ASSERT(handle != NULL, return(NULL));
ASSERT(db != NULL, return(NULL));
ASSERT(name != NULL && strlen(name) != 0, return(NULL));
return(_alpm_db_whatprovides(db, name));
}
/** Get a group entry from a package database
* @param db pointer to the package database to get the group from
* @param name of the group
@@ -405,7 +283,7 @@ pmgrp_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_readgrp(pmdb_t *db, const char *name)
* @param db pointer to the package database to get the group from
* @return the list of groups on success, NULL on error
*/
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_getgrpcache(pmdb_t *db)
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_get_grpcache(pmdb_t *db)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
@@ -432,54 +310,122 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_search(pmdb_t *db, const alpm_list_t* needles)
return(_alpm_db_search(db, needles));
}
/** Set install reason for a package in db
* @param db pointer to the package database
* @param name the name of the package
* @param reason the new install reason
* @return 0 on success, -1 on error (pm_errno is set accordingly)
*/
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_set_pkgreason(pmdb_t *db, const char *name, pmpkgreason_t reason)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
/* Sanity checks */
ASSERT(handle != NULL, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_HANDLE_NULL, -1));
ASSERT(db != NULL && name != NULL, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
pmpkg_t *pkg = _alpm_db_get_pkgfromcache(db, name);
if(pkg == NULL) {
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_PKG_NOT_FOUND, -1);
}
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "setting install reason %u for %s/%s\n", reason, db->treename, name);
if(alpm_pkg_get_reason(pkg) == reason) {
/* we are done */
return(0);
}
/* set reason (in pkgcache) */
pkg->reason = reason;
/* write DESC */
if(_alpm_local_db_write(db, pkg, INFRQ_DESC)) {
return(-1);
}
return(0);
}
/** @} */
pmdb_t *_alpm_db_new(const char *dbpath, const char *treename)
pmdb_t *_alpm_db_new(const char *treename, int is_local)
{
pmdb_t *db;
const size_t pathsize = strlen(dbpath) + strlen(treename) + 2;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
CALLOC(db, 1, sizeof(pmdb_t), RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
CALLOC(db->path, 1, pathsize, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
sprintf(db->path, "%s%s/", dbpath, treename);
strncpy(db->treename, treename, PATH_MAX);
STRDUP(db->treename, treename, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
db->is_local = is_local;
return(db);
}
void _alpm_db_free(pmdb_t *db)
{
alpm_list_t *tmp;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
/* cleanup pkgcache */
_alpm_db_free_pkgcache(db);
/* cleanup server list */
for(tmp = db->servers; tmp; tmp = alpm_list_next(tmp)) {
_alpm_server_free(tmp->data);
}
alpm_list_free(db->servers);
FREE(db->path);
FREELIST(db->servers);
FREE(db->_path);
FREE(db->treename);
FREE(db);
return;
}
int _alpm_db_cmp(const void *db1, const void *db2)
const char *_alpm_db_path(pmdb_t *db)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
return(strcmp(((pmdb_t *)db1)->treename, ((pmdb_t *)db2)->treename));
if(!db) {
return(NULL);
}
if(!db->_path) {
const char *dbpath;
size_t pathsize;
dbpath = alpm_option_get_dbpath();
if(!dbpath) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("database path is undefined\n"));
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_DB_OPEN, NULL);
}
if(db->is_local) {
pathsize = strlen(dbpath) + strlen(db->treename) + 2;
CALLOC(db->_path, 1, pathsize, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
sprintf(db->_path, "%s%s/", dbpath, db->treename);
} else {
pathsize = strlen(dbpath) + 5 + strlen(db->treename) + 4;
CALLOC(db->_path, 1, pathsize, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
/* all sync DBs now reside in the sync/ subdir of the dbpath */
sprintf(db->_path, "%ssync/%s.db", dbpath, db->treename);
}
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "database path for tree %s set to %s\n",
db->treename, db->_path);
}
return(db->_path);
}
int _alpm_db_version(pmdb_t *db)
{
if(!db) {
return(-1);
}
return(db->ops->version(db));
}
int _alpm_db_cmp(const void *d1, const void *d2)
{
pmdb_t *db1 = (pmdb_t *)d1;
pmdb_t *db2 = (pmdb_t *)d2;
return(strcmp(db1->treename, db2->treename));
}
alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_search(pmdb_t *db, const alpm_list_t *needles)
{
const alpm_list_t *i, *j, *k;
alpm_list_t *ret = NULL;
/* copy the pkgcache- we will free the list var after each needle */
alpm_list_t *list = alpm_list_copy(_alpm_db_get_pkgcache(db));
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
@@ -490,6 +436,7 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_search(pmdb_t *db, const alpm_list_t *needles)
if(i->data == NULL) {
continue;
}
ret = NULL;
targ = i->data;
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "searching for target '%s'\n", targ);
@@ -497,26 +444,24 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_search(pmdb_t *db, const alpm_list_t *needles)
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_INVALID_REGEX, NULL);
}
for(j = _alpm_db_get_pkgcache(db); j; j = j->next) {
for(j = list; j; j = j->next) {
pmpkg_t *pkg = j->data;
const char *matched = NULL;
const char *name = alpm_pkg_get_name(pkg);
const char *desc = alpm_pkg_get_desc(pkg);
/* check name */
if (regexec(&reg, alpm_pkg_get_name(pkg), 0, 0, 0) == 0) {
matched = alpm_pkg_get_name(pkg);
}
/* check plain text name */
else if (strstr(alpm_pkg_get_name(pkg), targ)) {
matched = alpm_pkg_get_name(pkg);
/* check name as regex AND as plain text */
if(name && (regexec(&reg, name, 0, 0, 0) == 0 || strstr(name, targ))) {
matched = name;
}
/* check desc */
else if (regexec(&reg, alpm_pkg_get_desc(pkg), 0, 0, 0) == 0) {
matched = alpm_pkg_get_desc(pkg);
else if (desc && regexec(&reg, desc, 0, 0, 0) == 0) {
matched = desc;
}
/* check provides */
/* TODO: should we be doing this, and should we print something
* differently when we do match it since it isn't currently printed? */
else {
if(!matched) {
/* check provides */
for(k = alpm_pkg_get_provides(pkg); k; k = k->next) {
if (regexec(&reg, k->data, 0, 0, 0) == 0) {
matched = k->data;
@@ -524,6 +469,15 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_search(pmdb_t *db, const alpm_list_t *needles)
}
}
}
if(!matched) {
/* check groups */
for(k = alpm_pkg_get_groups(pkg); k; k = k->next) {
if (regexec(&reg, k->data, 0, 0, 0) == 0) {
matched = k->data;
break;
}
}
}
if(matched != NULL) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, " search target '%s' matched '%s'\n",
@@ -532,156 +486,268 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_search(pmdb_t *db, const alpm_list_t *needles)
}
}
/* Free the existing search list, and use the returned list for the
* next needle. This allows for AND-based package searching. */
alpm_list_free(list);
list = ret;
regfree(&reg);
}
return(ret);
}
pmdb_t *_alpm_db_register_local(void)
/* Returns a new package cache from db.
* It frees the cache if it already exists.
*/
int _alpm_db_load_pkgcache(pmdb_t *db)
{
struct stat buf;
pmdb_t *db;
const char *dbpath;
char path[PATH_MAX];
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(db == NULL) {
return(-1);
}
_alpm_db_free_pkgcache(db);
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "loading package cache for repository '%s'\n",
db->treename);
if(db->ops->populate(db) == -1) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG,
"failed to load package cache for repository '%s'\n", db->treename);
return(-1);
}
db->pkgcache_loaded = 1;
return(0);
}
void _alpm_db_free_pkgcache(pmdb_t *db)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(db == NULL || !db->pkgcache_loaded) {
return;
}
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "freeing package cache for repository '%s'\n",
db->treename);
alpm_list_free_inner(_alpm_db_get_pkgcache(db),
(alpm_list_fn_free)_alpm_pkg_free);
_alpm_pkghash_free(db->pkgcache);
db->pkgcache_loaded = 0;
_alpm_db_free_grpcache(db);
}
pmpkghash_t *_alpm_db_get_pkgcache_hash(pmdb_t *db)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(db == NULL) {
return(NULL);
}
if(!db->pkgcache_loaded) {
_alpm_db_load_pkgcache(db);
}
/* hmmm, still NULL ?*/
if(!db->pkgcache) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "warning: pkgcache is NULL for db '%s'\n", db->treename);
}
return(db->pkgcache);
}
alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_get_pkgcache(pmdb_t *db)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
pmpkghash_t *hash = _alpm_db_get_pkgcache_hash(db);
if(hash == NULL) {
return(NULL);
}
return(hash->list);
}
/* "duplicate" pkg then add it to pkgcache */
int _alpm_db_add_pkgincache(pmdb_t *db, pmpkg_t *pkg)
{
pmpkg_t *newpkg;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(handle->db_local != NULL) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_WARNING, _("attempt to re-register the 'local' DB\n"));
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_DB_NOT_NULL, NULL);
if(db == NULL || !db->pkgcache_loaded || pkg == NULL) {
return(-1);
}
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "registering local database\n");
/* make sure the database directory exists */
dbpath = alpm_option_get_dbpath();
if(!dbpath) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("database path is undefined\n"));
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_DB_OPEN, NULL);
}
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%slocal", dbpath);
/* TODO this is rediculous, we try to do this even if we can't */
if(stat(path, &buf) != 0 || !S_ISDIR(buf.st_mode)) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "database dir '%s' does not exist, creating it\n",
path);
if(_alpm_makepath(path) != 0) {
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_SYSTEM, NULL);
}
newpkg = _alpm_pkg_dup(pkg);
if(newpkg == NULL) {
return(-1);
}
db = _alpm_db_new(dbpath, "local");
if(db == NULL) {
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_DB_CREATE, NULL);
}
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "adding entry '%s' in '%s' cache\n",
alpm_pkg_get_name(newpkg), db->treename);
db->pkgcache = _alpm_pkghash_add_sorted(db->pkgcache, newpkg);
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "opening database '%s'\n", db->treename);
if(_alpm_db_open(db) == -1) {
_alpm_db_free(db);
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_DB_OPEN, NULL);
}
_alpm_db_free_grpcache(db);
handle->db_local = db;
return(db);
return(0);
}
pmdb_t *_alpm_db_register_sync(const char *treename)
int _alpm_db_remove_pkgfromcache(pmdb_t *db, pmpkg_t *pkg)
{
struct stat buf;
pmdb_t *db;
const char *dbpath;
char path[PATH_MAX];
alpm_list_t *i;
pmpkg_t *data = NULL;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
for(i = handle->dbs_sync; i; i = i->next) {
pmdb_t *sdb = i->data;
if(strcmp(treename, sdb->treename) == 0) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "attempt to re-register the '%s' database, using existing\n", sdb->treename);
return sdb;
}
if(db == NULL || !db->pkgcache_loaded || pkg == NULL) {
return(-1);
}
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "registering sync database '%s'\n", treename);
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "removing entry '%s' from '%s' cache\n",
alpm_pkg_get_name(pkg), db->treename);
/* make sure the database directory exists */
dbpath = alpm_option_get_dbpath();
if(!dbpath) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("database path is undefined\n"));
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_DB_OPEN, NULL);
}
/* all sync DBs now reside in the sync/ subdir of the dbpath */
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%ssync/%s", dbpath, treename);
/* TODO this is rediculous, we try to do this even if we can't */
if(stat(path, &buf) != 0 || !S_ISDIR(buf.st_mode)) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "database dir '%s' does not exist, creating it\n",
path);
if(_alpm_makepath(path) != 0) {
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_SYSTEM, NULL);
}
db->pkgcache = _alpm_pkghash_remove(db->pkgcache, pkg, &data);
if(data == NULL) {
/* package not found */
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "cannot remove entry '%s' from '%s' cache: not found\n",
alpm_pkg_get_name(pkg), db->treename);
return(-1);
}
/* Ensure the db gets the real path. */
path[0] = '\0';
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%ssync/", dbpath);
_alpm_pkg_free(data);
_alpm_db_free_grpcache(db);
return(0);
}
pmpkg_t *_alpm_db_get_pkgfromcache(pmdb_t *db, const char *target)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
db = _alpm_db_new(path, treename);
if(db == NULL) {
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_DB_CREATE, NULL);
return(NULL);
}
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "opening database '%s'\n", db->treename);
if(_alpm_db_open(db) == -1) {
_alpm_db_free(db);
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_DB_OPEN, NULL);
pmpkghash_t *pkgcache = _alpm_db_get_pkgcache_hash(db);
if(!pkgcache) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "warning: failed to get '%s' from NULL pkgcache\n",
target);
return(NULL);
}
handle->dbs_sync = alpm_list_add(handle->dbs_sync, db);
return(db);
return(_alpm_pkghash_find(pkgcache, target));
}
/* helper function for alpm_list_find and _alpm_db_whatprovides
*
* @return "provision.name" == needle (as string)
/* Returns a new group cache from db.
*/
int _alpm_prov_cmp(const void *provision, const void *needle)
int _alpm_db_load_grpcache(pmdb_t *db)
{
char *tmpptr;
char *provname = strdup(provision);
int retval = 0;
tmpptr = strchr(provname, '=');
if(tmpptr != NULL) { /* provision-version */
*tmpptr='\0';
}
retval = strcmp(provname, needle);
free(provname);
return(retval);
}
/* return a alpm_list_t of packages in "db" that provide "package"
*/
alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_whatprovides(pmdb_t *db, const char *package)
{
alpm_list_t *pkgs = NULL;
alpm_list_t *lp;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(db == NULL || package == NULL || strlen(package) == 0) {
return(NULL);
if(db == NULL) {
return(-1);
}
for(lp = _alpm_db_get_pkgcache(db); lp; lp = lp->next) {
pmpkg_t *info = lp->data;
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "loading group cache for repository '%s'\n",
db->treename);
if(alpm_list_find(alpm_pkg_get_provides(info), (const void *)package, _alpm_prov_cmp)) {
pkgs = alpm_list_add(pkgs, info);
for(lp = _alpm_db_get_pkgcache(db); lp; lp = lp->next) {
const alpm_list_t *i;
pmpkg_t *pkg = lp->data;
for(i = alpm_pkg_get_groups(pkg); i; i = i->next) {
const char *grpname = i->data;
alpm_list_t *j;
pmgrp_t *grp = NULL;
int found = 0;
/* first look through the group cache for a group with this name */
for(j = db->grpcache; j; j = j->next) {
grp = j->data;
if(strcmp(grp->name, grpname) == 0
&& !alpm_list_find_ptr(grp->packages, pkg)) {
grp->packages = alpm_list_add(grp->packages, pkg);
found = 1;
break;
}
}
if(found) {
continue;
}
/* we didn't find the group, so create a new one with this name */
grp = _alpm_grp_new(grpname);
grp->packages = alpm_list_add(grp->packages, pkg);
db->grpcache = alpm_list_add(db->grpcache, grp);
}
}
return(pkgs);
db->grpcache_loaded = 1;
return(0);
}
void _alpm_db_free_grpcache(pmdb_t *db)
{
alpm_list_t *lg;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(db == NULL || !db->grpcache_loaded) {
return;
}
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "freeing group cache for repository '%s'\n",
db->treename);
for(lg = db->grpcache; lg; lg = lg->next) {
_alpm_grp_free(lg->data);
lg->data = NULL;
}
FREELIST(db->grpcache);
db->grpcache_loaded = 0;
}
alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_get_grpcache(pmdb_t *db)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(db == NULL) {
return(NULL);
}
if(!db->grpcache_loaded) {
_alpm_db_load_grpcache(db);
}
return(db->grpcache);
}
pmgrp_t *_alpm_db_get_grpfromcache(pmdb_t *db, const char *target)
{
alpm_list_t *i;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(db == NULL || target == NULL || strlen(target) == 0) {
return(NULL);
}
for(i = _alpm_db_get_grpcache(db); i; i = i->next) {
pmgrp_t *info = i->data;
if(strcmp(info->name, target) == 0) {
return(info);
}
}
return(NULL);
}
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
/*
* db.h
*
* Copyright (c) 2002-2007 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Aurelien Foret <orelien@chez.com>
* Copyright (c) 2006 by Miklos Vajna <vmiklos@frugalware.org>
*
@@ -22,54 +23,80 @@
#define _ALPM_DB_H
#include "alpm.h"
#include <limits.h>
#include "pkghash.h"
#include <time.h>
/* libarchive */
#include <archive.h>
#include <archive_entry.h>
/* Database entries */
typedef enum _pmdbinfrq_t {
INFRQ_BASE = 0x01,
INFRQ_DESC = 0x02,
INFRQ_DEPENDS = 0x04,
INFRQ_FILES = 0x08,
INFRQ_SCRIPTLET = 0x10,
INFRQ_DELTAS = 0x20,
/* ALL should be sum of all above */
INFRQ_ALL = 0x3F
INFRQ_BASE = 1,
INFRQ_DESC = (1 << 1),
INFRQ_FILES = (1 << 2),
INFRQ_SCRIPTLET = (1 << 3),
INFRQ_DSIZE = (1 << 4),
/* ALL should be info stored in the package or database */
INFRQ_ALL = 0x1F
} pmdbinfrq_t;
struct db_operations {
int (*populate) (pmdb_t *);
void (*unregister) (pmdb_t *);
int (*version) (pmdb_t *);
};
/* Database */
struct __pmdb_t {
char *path;
char treename[PATH_MAX];
void *handle;
alpm_list_t *pkgcache;
char *treename;
/* do not access directly, use _alpm_db_path(db) for lazy access */
char *_path;
int pkgcache_loaded;
int grpcache_loaded;
/* also indicates whether we are RO or RW */
int is_local;
pmpkghash_t *pkgcache;
alpm_list_t *grpcache;
alpm_list_t *servers;
struct db_operations *ops;
};
/* db.c, database general calls */
pmdb_t *_alpm_db_new(const char *dbpath, const char *treename);
pmdb_t *_alpm_db_new(const char *treename, int is_local);
void _alpm_db_free(pmdb_t *db);
int _alpm_db_cmp(const void *db1, const void *db2);
const char *_alpm_db_path(pmdb_t *db);
int _alpm_db_version(pmdb_t *db);
int _alpm_db_cmp(const void *d1, const void *d2);
alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_search(pmdb_t *db, const alpm_list_t *needles);
pmdb_t *_alpm_db_register_local(void);
pmdb_t *_alpm_db_register_sync(const char *treename);
void _alpm_db_unregister(pmdb_t *db);
/* Provision */
int _alpm_prov_cmp(const void *provision, const void *needle);
alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_whatprovides(pmdb_t *db, const char *package);
/* be_*.c, backend specific calls */
int _alpm_local_db_read(pmdb_t *db, pmpkg_t *info, pmdbinfrq_t inforeq);
int _alpm_local_db_prepare(pmdb_t *db, pmpkg_t *info);
int _alpm_local_db_write(pmdb_t *db, pmpkg_t *info, pmdbinfrq_t inforeq);
int _alpm_local_db_remove(pmdb_t *db, pmpkg_t *info);
/* be.c, backend specific calls */
int _alpm_db_install(pmdb_t *db, const char *dbfile);
int _alpm_db_open(pmdb_t *db);
void _alpm_db_close(pmdb_t *db);
void _alpm_db_rewind(pmdb_t *db);
pmpkg_t *_alpm_db_scan(pmdb_t *db, const char *target);
int _alpm_db_read(pmdb_t *db, pmpkg_t *info, pmdbinfrq_t inforeq);
int _alpm_db_write(pmdb_t *db, pmpkg_t *info, pmdbinfrq_t inforeq);
int _alpm_db_remove(pmdb_t *db, pmpkg_t *info);
time_t _alpm_db_getlastupdate(const pmdb_t *db);
int _alpm_db_setlastupdate(const pmdb_t *db, time_t time);
/* cache bullshit */
/* packages */
int _alpm_db_load_pkgcache(pmdb_t *db);
void _alpm_db_free_pkgcache(pmdb_t *db);
int _alpm_db_add_pkgincache(pmdb_t *db, pmpkg_t *pkg);
int _alpm_db_remove_pkgfromcache(pmdb_t *db, pmpkg_t *pkg);
pmpkghash_t *_alpm_db_get_pkgcache_hash(pmdb_t *db);
alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_get_pkgcache(pmdb_t *db);
int _alpm_db_ensure_pkgcache(pmdb_t *db, pmdbinfrq_t infolevel);
pmpkg_t *_alpm_db_get_pkgfromcache(pmdb_t *db, const char *target);
/* groups */
int _alpm_db_load_grpcache(pmdb_t *db);
void _alpm_db_free_grpcache(pmdb_t *db);
alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_get_grpcache(pmdb_t *db);
pmgrp_t *_alpm_db_get_grpfromcache(pmdb_t *db, const char *target);
#endif /* _ALPM_DB_H */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
/*
* delta.c
*
* Copyright (c) 2007 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2007-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -21,14 +22,17 @@
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdint.h> /* intmax_t */
#include <limits.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <regex.h>
/* libalpm */
#include "delta.h"
#include "error.h"
#include "alpm_list.h"
#include "util.h"
#include "log.h"
#include "alpm_list.h"
#include "alpm.h"
#include "graph.h"
/** \addtogroup alpm_deltas Delta Functions
* @brief Functions to manipulate libalpm deltas
@@ -37,230 +41,314 @@
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_delta_get_from(pmdelta_t *delta)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
/* Sanity checks */
ASSERT(delta != NULL, return(NULL));
return(delta->from);
}
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_delta_get_to(pmdelta_t *delta)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
/* Sanity checks */
ASSERT(delta != NULL, return(NULL));
return(delta->to);
}
unsigned long SYMEXPORT alpm_delta_get_size(pmdelta_t *delta)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
/* Sanity checks */
ASSERT(delta != NULL, return(-1));
return(delta->size);
}
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_delta_get_filename(pmdelta_t *delta)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
/* Sanity checks */
ASSERT(delta != NULL, return(NULL));
return(delta->filename);
return(delta->delta);
}
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_delta_get_md5sum(pmdelta_t *delta)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
/* Sanity checks */
ASSERT(delta != NULL, return(NULL));
return(delta->delta_md5);
}
return(delta->md5sum);
off_t SYMEXPORT alpm_delta_get_size(pmdelta_t *delta)
{
ASSERT(delta != NULL, return(-1));
return(delta->delta_size);
}
/** @} */
/** Calculates the combined size of a list of delta files.
*
* @param deltas the list of pmdelta_t * objects
*
* @return the combined size
*/
unsigned long _alpm_delta_path_size(alpm_list_t *deltas)
static alpm_list_t *graph_init(alpm_list_t *deltas, int reverse)
{
unsigned long sum = 0;
alpm_list_t *dlts = deltas;
while(dlts) {
pmdelta_t *d = (pmdelta_t *)alpm_list_getdata(dlts);
sum += d->size;
dlts = alpm_list_next(dlts);
alpm_list_t *i, *j;
alpm_list_t *vertices = NULL;
/* create the vertices */
for(i = deltas; i; i = i->next) {
pmgraph_t *v = _alpm_graph_new();
pmdelta_t *vdelta = i->data;
vdelta->download_size = vdelta->delta_size;
v->weight = LONG_MAX;
v->data = vdelta;
vertices = alpm_list_add(vertices, v);
}
return(sum);
/* compute the edges */
for(i = vertices; i; i = i->next) {
pmgraph_t *v_i = i->data;
pmdelta_t *d_i = v_i->data;
/* loop a second time so we make all possible comparisons */
for(j = vertices; j; j = j->next) {
pmgraph_t *v_j = j->data;
pmdelta_t *d_j = v_j->data;
/* We want to create a delta tree like the following:
* 1_to_2
* |
* 1_to_3 2_to_3
* \ /
* 3_to_4
* If J 'from' is equal to I 'to', then J is a child of I.
* */
if((!reverse && strcmp(d_j->from, d_i->to) == 0) ||
(reverse && strcmp(d_j->to, d_i->from) == 0)) {
v_i->children = alpm_list_add(v_i->children, v_j);
}
}
v_i->childptr = v_i->children;
}
return(vertices);
}
/** Calculates the combined size of a list of delta files that are not
* in the cache.
*
* @param deltas the list of pmdelta_t * objects
*
* @return the combined size
*/
unsigned long _alpm_delta_path_size_uncached(alpm_list_t *deltas)
static void graph_init_size(alpm_list_t *vertices)
{
unsigned long sum = 0;
alpm_list_t *dlts = deltas;
alpm_list_t *i;
while(dlts) {
pmdelta_t *d = (pmdelta_t *)alpm_list_getdata(dlts);
char *fname = _alpm_filecache_find(d->filename);
for(i = vertices; i; i = i->next) {
char *fpath, *md5sum;
pmgraph_t *v = i->data;
pmdelta_t *vdelta = v->data;
if(!fname) {
sum += d->size;
/* determine whether the delta file already exists */
fpath = _alpm_filecache_find(vdelta->delta);
md5sum = alpm_compute_md5sum(fpath);
if(fpath && md5sum && strcmp(md5sum, vdelta->delta_md5) == 0) {
vdelta->download_size = 0;
}
FREE(fpath);
FREE(md5sum);
FREE(fname);
dlts = alpm_list_next(dlts);
/* determine whether a base 'from' file exists */
fpath = _alpm_filecache_find(vdelta->from);
if(fpath) {
v->weight = vdelta->download_size;
}
FREE(fpath);
}
return(sum);
}
/** Calculates the shortest path from one version to another.
*
* The shortest path is defined as the path with the smallest combined
* size, not the length of the path.
*
* The algorithm is based on Dijkstra's shortest path algorithm.
*
* @param deltas the list of pmdelta_t * objects that a package has
* @param from the version to start from
* @param to the version to end at
* @param path the current path
*
* @return the list of pmdelta_t * objects that has the smallest size.
* NULL (the empty list) is returned if there is no path between the
* versions.
*/
static alpm_list_t *shortest_delta_path(alpm_list_t *deltas,
const char *from, const char *to, alpm_list_t *path)
static void dijkstra(alpm_list_t *vertices)
{
alpm_list_t *d;
alpm_list_t *shortest = NULL;
alpm_list_t *i;
pmgraph_t *v;
while(1) {
v = NULL;
/* find the smallest vertice not visited yet */
for(i = vertices; i; i = i->next) {
pmgraph_t *v_i = i->data;
/* Found the 'to' version, this is a good path so return it. */
if(strcmp(from, to) == 0) {
return(path);
}
if(v_i->state == -1) {
continue;
}
for(d = deltas; d; d = alpm_list_next(d)) {
pmdelta_t *v = alpm_list_getdata(d);
/* If this vertex has already been visited in the path, go to the
* next vertex. */
if(alpm_list_find_ptr(path, v)) {
continue;
if(v == NULL || v_i->weight < v->weight) {
v = v_i;
}
}
if(v == NULL || v->weight == LONG_MAX) {
break;
}
/* Once we find a vertex that starts at the 'from' version,
* recursively find the shortest path using the 'to' version of this
* current vertex as the 'from' version in the function call. */
if(strcmp(v->from, from) == 0) {
alpm_list_t *newpath = alpm_list_copy(path);
newpath = alpm_list_add(newpath, v);
newpath = shortest_delta_path(deltas, v->to, to, newpath);
v->state = -1;
if(newpath != NULL) {
/* The path returned works, now use it unless there is already a
* shorter path found. */
if(shortest == NULL) {
shortest = newpath;
} else if(_alpm_delta_path_size(shortest) > _alpm_delta_path_size(newpath)) {
alpm_list_free(shortest);
shortest = newpath;
} else {
alpm_list_free(newpath);
}
v->childptr = v->children;
while(v->childptr) {
pmgraph_t *v_c = v->childptr->data;
pmdelta_t *d_c = v_c->data;
if(v_c->weight > v->weight + d_c->download_size) {
v_c->weight = v->weight + d_c->download_size;
v_c->parent = v;
}
v->childptr = (v->childptr)->next;
}
}
}
static off_t shortest_path(alpm_list_t *vertices, const char *to, alpm_list_t **path)
{
alpm_list_t *i;
pmgraph_t *v = NULL;
off_t bestsize = 0;
alpm_list_t *rpath = NULL;
for(i = vertices; i; i = i->next) {
pmgraph_t *v_i = i->data;
pmdelta_t *d_i = v_i->data;
if(strcmp(d_i->to, to) == 0) {
if(v == NULL || v_i->weight < v->weight) {
v = v_i;
bestsize = v->weight;
}
}
}
alpm_list_free(path);
while(v != NULL) {
pmdelta_t *vdelta = v->data;
rpath = alpm_list_add(rpath, vdelta);
v = v->parent;
}
*path = alpm_list_reverse(rpath);
alpm_list_free(rpath);
return(shortest);
return(bestsize);
}
/** Calculates the shortest path from one version to another.
*
* The shortest path is defined as the path with the smallest combined
* size, not the length of the path.
*
* @param deltas the list of pmdelta_t * objects that a package has
* @param from the version to start from
* @param to the version to end at
*
* @return the list of pmdelta_t * objects that has the smallest size.
* NULL (the empty list) is returned if there is no path between the
* versions.
* @param deltas the list of pmdelta_t * objects that a file has
* @param to the file to start the search at
* @param path the pointer to a list location where pmdelta_t * objects that
* have the smallest size are placed. NULL is set if there is no path
* possible with the files available.
* @return the size of the path stored, or LONG_MAX if path is unfindable
*/
alpm_list_t *_alpm_shortest_delta_path(alpm_list_t *deltas, const char *from,
const char *to)
off_t _alpm_shortest_delta_path(alpm_list_t *deltas,
const char *to, alpm_list_t **path)
{
alpm_list_t *path = NULL;
alpm_list_t *bestpath = NULL;
alpm_list_t *vertices;
off_t bestsize = LONG_MAX;
path = shortest_delta_path(deltas, from, to, path);
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
return(path);
if(deltas == NULL) {
*path = NULL;
return(bestsize);
}
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "started delta shortest-path search for '%s'\n", to);
vertices = graph_init(deltas, 0);
graph_init_size(vertices);
dijkstra(vertices);
bestsize = shortest_path(vertices, to, &bestpath);
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "delta shortest-path search complete : '%jd'\n", (intmax_t)bestsize);
alpm_list_free_inner(vertices, _alpm_graph_free);
alpm_list_free(vertices);
*path = bestpath;
return(bestsize);
}
static alpm_list_t *find_unused(alpm_list_t *deltas, const char *to, off_t quota)
{
alpm_list_t *unused = NULL;
alpm_list_t *vertices;
alpm_list_t *i;
vertices = graph_init(deltas, 1);
for(i = vertices; i; i = i->next) {
pmgraph_t *v = i->data;
pmdelta_t *vdelta = v->data;
if(strcmp(vdelta->to, to) == 0)
{
v->weight = vdelta->download_size;
}
}
dijkstra(vertices);
for(i = vertices; i; i = i->next) {
pmgraph_t *v = i->data;
pmdelta_t *vdelta = v->data;
if(v->weight > quota) {
unused = alpm_list_add(unused, vdelta->delta);
}
}
alpm_list_free_inner(vertices, _alpm_graph_free);
alpm_list_free(vertices);
return(unused);
}
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_pkg_unused_deltas(pmpkg_t *pkg)
{
off_t pkgsize = alpm_pkg_get_size(pkg);
alpm_list_t *unused = find_unused(
alpm_pkg_get_deltas(pkg),
alpm_pkg_get_filename(pkg),
pkgsize * MAX_DELTA_RATIO);
return(unused);
}
/** Parses the string representation of a pmdelta_t object.
*
* This function assumes that the string is in the correct format.
*
* This format is as follows:
* $deltafile $deltamd5 $deltasize $oldfile $newfile
* @param line the string to parse
*
* @return A pointer to the new pmdelta_t object
*/
/* TODO this does not really belong here, but in a parsing lib */
pmdelta_t *_alpm_delta_parse(char *line)
{
pmdelta_t *delta;
char *tmp = line, *tmp2;
regex_t reg;
regcomp(&reg,
"^[^[:space:]]* [[:xdigit:]]{32} [[:digit:]]*"
" [^[:space:]]* [^[:space:]]*$",
REG_EXTENDED | REG_NOSUB | REG_NEWLINE);
if(regexec(&reg, line, 0, 0, 0) != 0) {
/* delta line is invalid, return NULL */
regfree(&reg);
return(NULL);
}
regfree(&reg);
CALLOC(delta, 1, sizeof(pmdelta_t), RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
tmp2 = tmp;
tmp = strchr(tmp, ' ');
*(tmp++) = '\0';
strncpy(delta->from, tmp2, DLT_VERSION_LEN);
STRDUP(delta->delta, tmp2, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
tmp2 = tmp;
tmp = strchr(tmp, ' ');
*(tmp++) = '\0';
strncpy(delta->to, tmp2, DLT_VERSION_LEN);
STRDUP(delta->delta_md5, tmp2, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
tmp2 = tmp;
tmp = strchr(tmp, ' ');
*(tmp++) = '\0';
delta->size = atol(tmp2);
delta->delta_size = atol(tmp2);
tmp2 = tmp;
tmp = strchr(tmp, ' ');
*(tmp++) = '\0';
strncpy(delta->filename, tmp2, DLT_FILENAME_LEN);
STRDUP(delta->from, tmp2, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
strncpy(delta->md5sum, tmp, DLT_MD5SUM_LEN);
tmp2 = tmp;
STRDUP(delta->to, tmp2, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "delta : %s %s '%jd'\n", delta->from, delta->to, (intmax_t)delta->delta_size);
return(delta);
}
void _alpm_delta_free(pmdelta_t *delta)
{
FREE(delta->from);
FREE(delta->to);
FREE(delta->delta);
FREE(delta->delta_md5);
FREE(delta);
}
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
/*
* delta.h
*
* Copyright (c) 2007 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2007-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,24 +20,32 @@
#ifndef _ALPM_DELTA_H
#define _ALPM_DELTA_H
#include <sys/types.h> /* off_t */
#include "alpm.h"
#define DLT_FILENAME_LEN 512
#define DLT_VERSION_LEN 64
#define DLT_MD5SUM_LEN 33
struct __pmdelta_t {
char from[DLT_VERSION_LEN];
char to[DLT_VERSION_LEN];
unsigned long size;
char filename[DLT_FILENAME_LEN];
char md5sum[DLT_MD5SUM_LEN];
/** filename of the delta patch */
char *delta;
/** md5sum of the delta file */
char *delta_md5;
/** filesize of the delta file */
off_t delta_size;
/** filename of the 'before' file */
char *from;
/** filename of the 'after' file */
char *to;
/** download filesize of the delta file */
off_t download_size;
};
unsigned long _alpm_delta_path_size(alpm_list_t *deltas);
unsigned long _alpm_delta_path_size_uncached(alpm_list_t *deltas);
pmdelta_t *_alpm_delta_parse(char *line);
alpm_list_t *_alpm_shortest_delta_path(alpm_list_t *deltas, const char *from, const char *to);
void _alpm_delta_free(pmdelta_t *delta);
off_t _alpm_shortest_delta_path(alpm_list_t *deltas,
const char *to, alpm_list_t **path);
/* max percent of package size to download deltas */
#define MAX_DELTA_RATIO 0.7
#endif /* _ALPM_DELTA_H */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
/*
* deps.c
*
* Copyright (c) 2002-2007 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Aurelien Foret <orelien@chez.com>
* Copyright (c) 2005, 2006 by Miklos Vajna <vmiklos@frugalware.org>
*
@@ -30,37 +31,20 @@
#include "alpm_list.h"
#include "util.h"
#include "log.h"
#include "error.h"
#include "graph.h"
#include "package.h"
#include "db.h"
#include "cache.h"
#include "handle.h"
static pmgraph_t *_alpm_graph_new(void)
void _alpm_dep_free(pmdepend_t *dep)
{
pmgraph_t *graph = NULL;
MALLOC(graph, sizeof(pmgraph_t), RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
if(graph) {
graph->state = 0;
graph->data = NULL;
graph->parent = NULL;
graph->children = NULL;
graph->childptr = NULL;
}
return(graph);
FREE(dep->name);
FREE(dep->version);
FREE(dep);
}
static void _alpm_graph_free(void *data)
{
pmgraph_t *graph = data;
alpm_list_free(graph->children);
free(graph);
}
pmdepmissing_t *_alpm_depmiss_new(const char *target, pmdepmod_t depmod,
const char *depname, const char *depversion)
pmdepmissing_t *_alpm_depmiss_new(const char *target, pmdepend_t *dep,
const char *causingpkg)
{
pmdepmissing_t *miss;
@@ -68,26 +52,29 @@ pmdepmissing_t *_alpm_depmiss_new(const char *target, pmdepmod_t depmod,
MALLOC(miss, sizeof(pmdepmissing_t), RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
strncpy(miss->target, target, PKG_NAME_LEN);
miss->depend.mod = depmod;
strncpy(miss->depend.name, depname, PKG_NAME_LEN);
if(depversion) {
strncpy(miss->depend.version, depversion, PKG_VERSION_LEN);
} else {
miss->depend.version[0] = 0;
}
STRDUP(miss->target, target, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
miss->depend = _alpm_dep_dup(dep);
STRDUP(miss->causingpkg, causingpkg, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
return(miss);
}
void _alpm_depmiss_free(pmdepmissing_t *miss)
{
_alpm_dep_free(miss->depend);
FREE(miss->target);
FREE(miss->causingpkg);
FREE(miss);
}
/* Convert a list of pmpkg_t * to a graph structure,
* with a edge for each dependency.
* Returns a list of vertices (one vertex = one package)
* (used by alpm_sortbydeps)
*/
static alpm_list_t *_alpm_graph_init(alpm_list_t *targets)
static alpm_list_t *dep_graph_init(alpm_list_t *targets)
{
alpm_list_t *i, *j, *k;
alpm_list_t *i, *j;
alpm_list_t *vertices = NULL;
/* We create the vertices */
for(i = targets; i; i = i->next) {
@@ -104,12 +91,7 @@ static alpm_list_t *_alpm_graph_init(alpm_list_t *targets)
for(j = vertices; j; j = j->next) {
pmgraph_t *vertex_j = j->data;
pmpkg_t *p_j = vertex_j->data;
int child = 0;
for(k = alpm_pkg_get_depends(p_i); k && !child; k = k->next) {
pmdepend_t *depend = k->data;
child = alpm_depcmp(p_j, depend);
}
if(child) {
if(_alpm_dep_edge(p_i, p_j)) {
vertex_i->children =
alpm_list_add(vertex_i->children, vertex_j);
}
@@ -121,20 +103,19 @@ static alpm_list_t *_alpm_graph_init(alpm_list_t *targets)
/* Re-order a list of target packages with respect to their dependencies.
*
* Example (PM_TRANS_TYPE_ADD):
* Example (reverse == 0):
* A depends on C
* B depends on A
* Target order is A,B,C,D
*
* Should be re-ordered to C,A,B,D
*
* mode should be either PM_TRANS_TYPE_ADD or PM_TRANS_TYPE_REMOVE. This
* affects the dependency order sortbydeps() will use.
* if reverse is > 0, the dependency order will be reversed.
*
* This function returns the new alpm_list_t* target list.
*
*/
alpm_list_t *_alpm_sortbydeps(alpm_list_t *targets, pmtranstype_t mode)
alpm_list_t *_alpm_sortbydeps(alpm_list_t *targets, int reverse)
{
alpm_list_t *newtargs = NULL;
alpm_list_t *vertices = NULL;
@@ -149,7 +130,7 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_sortbydeps(alpm_list_t *targets, pmtranstype_t mode)
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "started sorting dependencies\n");
vertices = _alpm_graph_init(targets);
vertices = dep_graph_init(targets);
vptr = vertices;
vertex = vertices->data;
@@ -158,8 +139,8 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_sortbydeps(alpm_list_t *targets, pmtranstype_t mode)
vertex->state = -1;
int found = 0;
while(vertex->childptr && !found) {
pmgraph_t *nextchild = (vertex->childptr)->data;
vertex->childptr = (vertex->childptr)->next;
pmgraph_t *nextchild = vertex->childptr->data;
vertex->childptr = vertex->childptr->next;
if (nextchild->state == 0) {
found = 1;
nextchild->parent = vertex;
@@ -168,12 +149,15 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_sortbydeps(alpm_list_t *targets, pmtranstype_t mode)
else if(nextchild->state == -1) {
pmpkg_t *vertexpkg = vertex->data;
pmpkg_t *childpkg = nextchild->data;
const char *message;
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_WARNING, _("dependency cycle detected:\n"));
if(mode == PM_TRANS_TYPE_REMOVE) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_WARNING, _("%s will be removed after its %s dependency\n"), vertexpkg->name, childpkg->name);
if(reverse) {
message =_("%s will be removed after its %s dependency\n");
} else {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_WARNING, _("%s will be installed before its %s dependency\n"), vertexpkg->name, childpkg->name);
message =_("%s will be installed before its %s dependency\n");
}
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_WARNING, message, vertexpkg->name, childpkg->name);
}
}
if(!found) {
@@ -194,8 +178,8 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_sortbydeps(alpm_list_t *targets, pmtranstype_t mode)
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "sorting dependencies finished\n");
if(mode == PM_TRANS_TYPE_REMOVE) {
/* we're removing packages, so reverse the order */
if(reverse) {
/* reverse the order */
alpm_list_t *tmptargs = alpm_list_reverse(newtargs);
/* free the old one */
alpm_list_free(newtargs);
@@ -208,38 +192,54 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_sortbydeps(alpm_list_t *targets, pmtranstype_t mode)
return(newtargs);
}
/* Little helper function for alpm_list_find */
static int satisfycmp(const void *pkg, const void *depend)
pmpkg_t *_alpm_find_dep_satisfier(alpm_list_t *pkgs, pmdepend_t *dep)
{
return(!alpm_depcmp((pmpkg_t*) pkg, (pmdepend_t*) depend));
alpm_list_t *i;
for(i = pkgs; i; i = alpm_list_next(i)) {
pmpkg_t *pkg = i->data;
if(_alpm_depcmp_tolerant(pkg, dep)) {
return(pkg);
}
}
return(NULL);
}
/** Find a package satisfying a specified dependency.
* The dependency can include versions with depmod operators.
* @param pkgs an alpm_list_t* of pmpkg_t where the satisfier will be searched
* @param depstring package or provision name, versioned or not
* @return a pmpkg_t* satisfying depstring
*/
pmpkg_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_find_satisfier(alpm_list_t *pkgs, const char *depstring)
{
pmdepend_t *dep = _alpm_splitdep(depstring);
pmpkg_t *pkg = _alpm_find_dep_satisfier(pkgs, dep);
_alpm_dep_free(dep);
return(pkg);
}
/** Checks dependencies and returns missing ones in a list.
* Dependencies can include versions with depmod operators.
* @param db pointer to the local package database
* @param pkglist the list of local packages
* @param reversedeps handles the backward dependencies
* @param remove an alpm_list_t* of packages to be removed
* @param upgrade an alpm_list_t* of packages to be upgraded (remove-then-upgrade)
* @return an alpm_list_t* of pmpkg_t* of missing_t pointers.
* @return an alpm_list_t* of pmpkg_t* of pmdepmissing_t pointers.
*/
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_checkdeps(pmdb_t *db, int reversedeps,
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_checkdeps(alpm_list_t *pkglist, int reversedeps,
alpm_list_t *remove, alpm_list_t *upgrade)
{
alpm_list_t *i, *j;
alpm_list_t *targets, *dblist = NULL, *modified = NULL;
alpm_list_t *baddeps = NULL;
pmdepmissing_t *miss = NULL;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(db == NULL) {
return(NULL);
}
targets = alpm_list_join(alpm_list_copy(remove), alpm_list_copy(upgrade));
for(i = _alpm_db_get_pkgcache(db); i; i = i->next) {
void *pkg = i->data;
if(alpm_list_find(targets, pkg, _alpm_pkg_cmp)) {
for(i = pkglist; i; i = i->next) {
pmpkg_t *pkg = i->data;
if(_alpm_pkg_find(targets, pkg->name)) {
modified = alpm_list_add(modified, pkg);
} else {
dblist = alpm_list_add(dblist, pkg);
@@ -257,15 +257,15 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_checkdeps(pmdb_t *db, int reversedeps,
pmdepend_t *depend = j->data;
/* 1. we check the upgrade list */
/* 2. we check database for untouched satisfying packages */
if(!alpm_list_find(upgrade, depend, satisfycmp) &&
!alpm_list_find(dblist, depend, satisfycmp)) {
if(!_alpm_find_dep_satisfier(upgrade, depend) &&
!_alpm_find_dep_satisfier(dblist, depend)) {
/* Unsatisfied dependency in the upgrade list */
char *missdepstring = alpm_dep_get_string(depend);
pmdepmissing_t *miss;
char *missdepstring = alpm_dep_compute_string(depend);
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "checkdeps: missing dependency '%s' for package '%s'\n",
missdepstring, alpm_pkg_get_name(tp));
free(missdepstring);
miss = _alpm_depmiss_new(alpm_pkg_get_name(tp), depend->mod,
depend->name, depend->version);
miss = _alpm_depmiss_new(alpm_pkg_get_name(tp), depend, NULL);
baddeps = alpm_list_add(baddeps, miss);
}
}
@@ -278,23 +278,25 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_checkdeps(pmdb_t *db, int reversedeps,
pmpkg_t *lp = i->data;
for(j = alpm_pkg_get_depends(lp); j; j = j->next) {
pmdepend_t *depend = j->data;
pmpkg_t *causingpkg = _alpm_find_dep_satisfier(modified, depend);
/* we won't break this depend, if it is already broken, we ignore it */
/* 1. check upgrade list for satisfiers */
/* 2. check dblist for satisfiers */
if(alpm_list_find(modified, depend, satisfycmp) &&
!alpm_list_find(upgrade, depend, satisfycmp) &&
!alpm_list_find(dblist, depend, satisfycmp)) {
char *missdepstring = alpm_dep_get_string(depend);
if(causingpkg &&
!_alpm_find_dep_satisfier(upgrade, depend) &&
!_alpm_find_dep_satisfier(dblist, depend)) {
pmdepmissing_t *miss;
char *missdepstring = alpm_dep_compute_string(depend);
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "checkdeps: transaction would break '%s' dependency of '%s'\n",
missdepstring, alpm_pkg_get_name(lp));
free(missdepstring);
miss = _alpm_depmiss_new(lp->name, depend->mod,
depend->name, depend->version);
miss = _alpm_depmiss_new(lp->name, depend, alpm_pkg_get_name(causingpkg));
baddeps = alpm_list_add(baddeps, miss);
}
}
}
}
alpm_list_free(modified);
alpm_list_free(dblist);
@@ -309,7 +311,7 @@ static int dep_vercmp(const char *version1, pmdepmod_t mod,
if(mod == PM_DEP_MOD_ANY) {
equal = 1;
} else {
int cmp = _alpm_versioncmp(version1, version2);
int cmp = alpm_pkg_vercmp(version1, version2);
switch(mod) {
case PM_DEP_MOD_EQ: equal = (cmp == 0); break;
case PM_DEP_MOD_GE: equal = (cmp >= 0); break;
@@ -322,94 +324,133 @@ static int dep_vercmp(const char *version1, pmdepmod_t mod,
return(equal);
}
int SYMEXPORT alpm_depcmp(pmpkg_t *pkg, pmdepend_t *dep)
/* nodepversion: skip version checking */
static int _depcmp(pmpkg_t *pkg, pmdepend_t *dep, int nodepversion)
{
alpm_list_t *i;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
const char *pkgname = alpm_pkg_get_name(pkg);
const char *pkgversion = alpm_pkg_get_version(pkg);
int satisfy = 0;
int depmod;
if(nodepversion) {
depmod = PM_DEP_MOD_ANY;
} else {
depmod = dep->mod;
}
/* check (pkg->name, pkg->version) */
satisfy = (strcmp(pkgname, dep->name) == 0
&& dep_vercmp(pkgversion, dep->mod, dep->version));
if(pkg->name_hash && dep->name_hash
&& pkg->name_hash != dep->name_hash) {
/* skip more expensive checks */
} else {
satisfy = (strcmp(pkg->name, dep->name) == 0
&& dep_vercmp(pkg->version, depmod, dep->version));
if(satisfy) {
return(satisfy);
}
}
/* check provisions, format : "name=version" */
for(i = alpm_pkg_get_provides(pkg); i && !satisfy; i = i->next) {
char *provname = strdup(i->data);
char *provver = strchr(provname, '=');
const char *provision = i->data;
const char *provver = strchr(provision, '=');
if(provver == NULL) { /* no provision version */
satisfy = (dep->mod == PM_DEP_MOD_ANY
&& strcmp(provname, dep->name) == 0);
satisfy = (depmod == PM_DEP_MOD_ANY
&& strcmp(provision, dep->name) == 0);
} else {
*provver = '\0';
/* This is a bit tricker than the old code for performance reasons. To
* prevent the need to copy and duplicate strings, strncmp only the name
* portion if they are the same length, since there is a version and
* operator in play here. Cast is to silence sign conversion warning;
* we know provver >= provision if we are here. */
size_t namelen = (size_t)(provver - provision);
provver += 1;
satisfy = (strcmp(provname, dep->name) == 0
&& dep_vercmp(provver, dep->mod, dep->version));
satisfy = (strlen(dep->name) == namelen
&& strncmp(provision, dep->name, namelen) == 0
&& dep_vercmp(provver, depmod, dep->version));
}
free(provname);
}
return(satisfy);
}
pmdepend_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_splitdep(const char *depstring)
/* tolerant : respects NODEPVERSION flag */
int _alpm_depcmp_tolerant(pmpkg_t *pkg, pmdepend_t *dep)
{
int nodepversion = 0;
int flags = alpm_trans_get_flags();
if (flags != -1) {
nodepversion = flags & PM_TRANS_FLAG_NODEPVERSION;
}
return(_depcmp(pkg, dep, nodepversion));
}
/* strict : ignores NODEPVERSION flag */
int _alpm_depcmp(pmpkg_t *pkg, pmdepend_t *dep)
{
return(_depcmp(pkg, dep, 0));
}
pmdepend_t *_alpm_splitdep(const char *depstring)
{
pmdepend_t *depend;
char *ptr = NULL;
char *newstr = NULL;
const char *ptr, *version = NULL;
if(depstring == NULL) {
return(NULL);
}
newstr = strdup(depstring);
MALLOC(depend, sizeof(pmdepend_t), return(NULL));
CALLOC(depend, 1, sizeof(pmdepend_t), RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
/* Find a version comparator if one exists. If it does, set the type and
* increment the ptr accordingly so we can copy the right strings. */
if((ptr = strstr(newstr, ">="))) {
if((ptr = strstr(depstring, ">="))) {
depend->mod = PM_DEP_MOD_GE;
*ptr = '\0';
ptr += 2;
} else if((ptr = strstr(newstr, "<="))) {
version = ptr + 2;
} else if((ptr = strstr(depstring, "<="))) {
depend->mod = PM_DEP_MOD_LE;
*ptr = '\0';
ptr += 2;
} else if((ptr = strstr(newstr, "="))) { /* Note: we must do =,<,> checks after <=, >= checks */
version = ptr + 2;
} else if((ptr = strstr(depstring, "="))) {
/* Note: we must do =,<,> checks after <=, >= checks */
depend->mod = PM_DEP_MOD_EQ;
*ptr = '\0';
ptr += 1;
} else if((ptr = strstr(newstr, "<"))) {
version = ptr + 1;
} else if((ptr = strstr(depstring, "<"))) {
depend->mod = PM_DEP_MOD_LT;
*ptr = '\0';
ptr += 1;
} else if((ptr = strstr(newstr, ">"))) {
version = ptr + 1;
} else if((ptr = strstr(depstring, ">"))) {
depend->mod = PM_DEP_MOD_GT;
*ptr = '\0';
ptr += 1;
version = ptr + 1;
} else {
/* no version specified - copy in the name and return it */
/* no version specified, leave version and ptr NULL */
depend->mod = PM_DEP_MOD_ANY;
strncpy(depend->name, newstr, PKG_NAME_LEN);
depend->version[0] = '\0';
free(newstr);
return(depend);
}
/* if we get here, we have a version comparator, copy the right parts
* to the right places */
strncpy(depend->name, newstr, PKG_NAME_LEN);
strncpy(depend->version, ptr, PKG_VERSION_LEN);
free(newstr);
/* copy the right parts to the right places */
STRNDUP(depend->name, depstring, ptr - depstring,
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
depend->name_hash = _alpm_hash_sdbm(depend->name);
if(version) {
STRDUP(depend->version, version, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
}
return(depend);
}
pmdepend_t *_alpm_dep_dup(const pmdepend_t *dep)
{
pmdepend_t *newdep;
CALLOC(newdep, 1, sizeof(pmdepend_t), RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
STRDUP(newdep->name, dep->name, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
newdep->name_hash = dep->name_hash;
STRDUP(newdep->version, dep->version, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
newdep->mod = dep->mod;
return(newdep);
}
/* These parameters are messy. We check if this package, given a list of
* targets and a db is safe to remove. We do NOT remove it if it is in the
* target list, or if if the package was explictly installed and
@@ -417,9 +458,9 @@ pmdepend_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_splitdep(const char *depstring)
static int can_remove_package(pmdb_t *db, pmpkg_t *pkg, alpm_list_t *targets,
int include_explicit)
{
alpm_list_t *i, *requiredby;
alpm_list_t *i;
if(_alpm_pkg_find(alpm_pkg_get_name(pkg), targets)) {
if(_alpm_pkg_find(targets, alpm_pkg_get_name(pkg))) {
return(0);
}
@@ -439,15 +480,12 @@ static int can_remove_package(pmdb_t *db, pmpkg_t *pkg, alpm_list_t *targets,
* if checkdeps detected it would break something */
/* see if other packages need it */
requiredby = alpm_pkg_compute_requiredby(pkg);
for(i = requiredby; i; i = i->next) {
pmpkg_t *reqpkg = _alpm_db_get_pkgfromcache(db, i->data);
if(reqpkg && !_alpm_pkg_find(alpm_pkg_get_name(reqpkg), targets)) {
FREELIST(requiredby);
for(i = _alpm_db_get_pkgcache(db); i; i = i->next) {
pmpkg_t *lpkg = i->data;
if(_alpm_dep_edge(lpkg, pkg) && !_alpm_pkg_find(targets, lpkg->name)) {
return(0);
}
}
FREELIST(requiredby);
/* it's ok to remove */
return(1);
@@ -465,7 +503,7 @@ static int can_remove_package(pmdb_t *db, pmpkg_t *pkg, alpm_list_t *targets,
*/
void _alpm_recursedeps(pmdb_t *db, alpm_list_t *targs, int include_explicit)
{
alpm_list_t *i, *j, *k;
alpm_list_t *i, *j;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
@@ -475,149 +513,249 @@ void _alpm_recursedeps(pmdb_t *db, alpm_list_t *targs, int include_explicit)
for(i = targs; i; i = i->next) {
pmpkg_t *pkg = i->data;
for(j = alpm_pkg_get_depends(pkg); j; j = j->next) {
pmdepend_t *depend = j->data;
for(k = _alpm_db_get_pkgcache(db); k; k = k->next) {
pmpkg_t *deppkg = k->data;
if(alpm_depcmp(deppkg,depend)
&& can_remove_package(db, deppkg, targs, include_explicit)) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "adding '%s' to the targets\n",
alpm_pkg_get_name(deppkg));
/* add it to the target list */
targs = alpm_list_add(targs, _alpm_pkg_dup(deppkg));
}
for(j = _alpm_db_get_pkgcache(db); j; j = j->next) {
pmpkg_t *deppkg = j->data;
if(_alpm_dep_edge(pkg, deppkg)
&& can_remove_package(db, deppkg, targs, include_explicit)) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "adding '%s' to the targets\n",
alpm_pkg_get_name(deppkg));
/* add it to the target list */
targs = alpm_list_add(targs, _alpm_pkg_dup(deppkg));
}
}
}
}
/* populates *list with packages that need to be installed to satisfy all
* dependencies (recursive) for syncpkg
*
* @param remove contains packages elected for removal
* make sure **list is already initialized
/** Find a package satisfying a specified dependency.
* First look for a literal, going through each db one by one. Then look for
* providers. The first satisfier found is returned.
* The dependency can include versions with depmod operators.
* @param dbs an alpm_list_t* of pmdb_t where the satisfier will be searched
* @param depstring package or provision name, versioned or not
* @return a pmpkg_t* satisfying depstring
*/
int _alpm_resolvedeps(pmdb_t *local, alpm_list_t *dbs_sync, pmpkg_t *syncpkg,
alpm_list_t **list, alpm_list_t *remove, pmtrans_t *trans, alpm_list_t **data)
pmpkg_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_find_dbs_satisfier(alpm_list_t *dbs, const char *depstring)
{
alpm_list_t *i, *j, *k;
pmdepend_t *dep;
pmpkg_t *pkg;
ASSERT(dbs, return(NULL));
dep = _alpm_splitdep(depstring);
ASSERT(dep, return(NULL));
pkg = _alpm_resolvedep(dep, dbs, NULL, 1);
_alpm_dep_free(dep);
return(pkg);
}
/**
* helper function for resolvedeps: search for dep satisfier in dbs
*
* @param dep is the dependency to search for
* @param dbs are the databases to search
* @param excluding are the packages to exclude from the search
* @param prompt if true, will cause an unresolvable dependency to issue an
* interactive prompt asking whether the package should be removed from
* the transaction or the transaction aborted; if false, simply returns
* an error code without prompting
* @return the resolved package
**/
pmpkg_t *_alpm_resolvedep(pmdepend_t *dep, alpm_list_t *dbs,
alpm_list_t *excluding, int prompt)
{
alpm_list_t *i, *j;
int ignored = 0;
alpm_list_t *providers = NULL;
int count;
/* 1. literals */
for(i = dbs; i; i = i->next) {
pmpkg_t *pkg = _alpm_db_get_pkgfromcache(i->data, dep->name);
if(pkg && _alpm_depcmp_tolerant(pkg, dep) && !_alpm_pkg_find(excluding, pkg->name)) {
if(_alpm_pkg_should_ignore(pkg)) {
int install = 0;
if (prompt) {
QUESTION(handle->trans, PM_TRANS_CONV_INSTALL_IGNOREPKG, pkg,
NULL, NULL, &install);
} else {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_WARNING, _("ignoring package %s-%s\n"), pkg->name, pkg->version);
}
if(!install) {
ignored = 1;
continue;
}
}
return(pkg);
}
}
/* 2. satisfiers (skip literals here) */
for(i = dbs; i; i = i->next) {
for(j = _alpm_db_get_pkgcache(i->data); j; j = j->next) {
pmpkg_t *pkg = j->data;
if(_alpm_depcmp_tolerant(pkg, dep) && strcmp(pkg->name, dep->name) != 0 &&
!_alpm_pkg_find(excluding, pkg->name)) {
if(_alpm_pkg_should_ignore(pkg)) {
int install = 0;
if (prompt) {
QUESTION(handle->trans, PM_TRANS_CONV_INSTALL_IGNOREPKG,
pkg, NULL, NULL, &install);
} else {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_WARNING, _("ignoring package %s-%s\n"), pkg->name, pkg->version);
}
if(!install) {
ignored = 1;
continue;
}
}
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "provider found (%s provides %s)\n",
pkg->name, dep->name);
providers = alpm_list_add(providers, pkg);
/* keep looking for other providers in the all dbs */
}
}
}
/* first check if one provider is already installed locally */
for(i = providers; i; i = i->next) {
pmpkg_t *pkg = i->data;
if (_alpm_pkghash_find(_alpm_db_get_pkgcache_hash(handle->db_local), pkg->name)) {
alpm_list_free(providers);
return(pkg);
}
}
count = alpm_list_count(providers);
if (count >= 1) {
/* default to first provider if there is no QUESTION callback */
int index = 0;
if(count > 1) {
/* if there is more than one provider, we ask the user */
QUESTION(handle->trans, PM_TRANS_CONV_SELECT_PROVIDER,
providers, dep, NULL, &index);
}
if(index >= 0 && index < count) {
pmpkg_t *pkg = alpm_list_getdata(alpm_list_nth(providers, index));
alpm_list_free(providers);
return(pkg);
}
alpm_list_free(providers);
providers = NULL;
}
if(ignored) { /* resolvedeps will override these */
pm_errno = PM_ERR_PKG_IGNORED;
} else {
pm_errno = PM_ERR_PKG_NOT_FOUND;
}
return(NULL);
}
/* Computes resolvable dependencies for a given package and adds that package
* and those resolvable dependencies to a list.
*
* @param localpkgs is the list of local packages
* @param dbs_sync are the sync databases
* @param pkg is the package to resolve
* @param packages is a pointer to a list of packages which will be
* searched first for any dependency packages needed to complete the
* resolve, and to which will be added any [pkg] and all of its
* dependencies not already on the list
* @param remove is the set of packages which will be removed in this
* transaction
* @param data returns the dependency which could not be satisfied in the
* event of an error
* @return 0 on success, with [pkg] and all of its dependencies not already on
* the [*packages] list added to that list, or -1 on failure due to an
* unresolvable dependency, in which case the [*packages] list will be
* unmodified by this function
*/
int _alpm_resolvedeps(alpm_list_t *localpkgs, alpm_list_t *dbs_sync, pmpkg_t *pkg,
alpm_list_t *preferred, alpm_list_t **packages,
alpm_list_t *remove, alpm_list_t **data)
{
int ret = 0;
alpm_list_t *i, *j;
alpm_list_t *targ;
alpm_list_t *deps = NULL;
alpm_list_t *packages_copy;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(local == NULL || dbs_sync == NULL || syncpkg == NULL || list == NULL) {
return(-1);
}
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "started resolving dependencies\n");
targ = alpm_list_add(NULL, syncpkg);
deps = alpm_checkdeps(local, 0, remove, targ);
alpm_list_free(targ);
if(deps == NULL) {
if(_alpm_pkg_find(*packages, pkg->name) != NULL) {
return(0);
}
for(i = deps; i; i = i->next) {
int found = 0;
pmdepmissing_t *miss = i->data;
pmdepend_t *missdep = &(miss->depend);
pmpkg_t *sync = NULL;
/* Create a copy of the packages list, so that it can be restored
on error */
packages_copy = alpm_list_copy(*packages);
/* [pkg] has not already been resolved into the packages list, so put it
on that list */
*packages = alpm_list_add(*packages, pkg);
/* check if one of the packages in *list already satisfies this dependency */
for(j = *list; j && !found; j = j->next) {
pmpkg_t *sp = j->data;
if(alpm_depcmp(sp, missdep)) {
char *missdepstring = alpm_dep_get_string(missdep);
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "%s satisfies dependency %s -- skipping\n",
alpm_pkg_get_name(sp), missdepstring);
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "started resolving dependencies\n");
for(i = alpm_list_last(*packages); i; i = i->next) {
pmpkg_t *tpkg = i->data;
targ = alpm_list_add(NULL, tpkg);
deps = alpm_checkdeps(localpkgs, 0, remove, targ);
alpm_list_free(targ);
for(j = deps; j; j = j->next) {
pmdepmissing_t *miss = j->data;
pmdepend_t *missdep = alpm_miss_get_dep(miss);
/* check if one of the packages in the [*packages] list already satisfies
* this dependency */
if(_alpm_find_dep_satisfier(*packages, missdep)) {
_alpm_depmiss_free(miss);
continue;
}
/* check if one of the packages in the [preferred] list already satisfies
* this dependency */
pmpkg_t *spkg = _alpm_find_dep_satisfier(preferred, missdep);
if(!spkg) {
/* find a satisfier package in the given repositories */
spkg = _alpm_resolvedep(missdep, dbs_sync, *packages, 0);
}
if(!spkg) {
pm_errno = PM_ERR_UNSATISFIED_DEPS;
char *missdepstring = alpm_dep_compute_string(missdep);
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_WARNING,
_("cannot resolve \"%s\", a dependency of \"%s\"\n"),
missdepstring, tpkg->name);
free(missdepstring);
found = 1;
}
}
if(found) {
continue;
}
/* find the package in one of the repositories */
/* check literals */
for(j = dbs_sync; j && !found; j = j->next) {
sync = _alpm_db_get_pkgfromcache(j->data, missdep->name);
if(!sync) {
continue;
}
found = alpm_depcmp(sync, missdep) && !_alpm_pkg_find(alpm_pkg_get_name(sync), remove);
if(!found) {
continue;
}
/* If package is in the ignorepkg list, ask before we pull it */
if(_alpm_pkg_should_ignore(sync)) {
pmpkg_t *dummypkg = _alpm_pkg_new(miss->target, NULL);
QUESTION(trans, PM_TRANS_CONV_INSTALL_IGNOREPKG, dummypkg, sync, NULL, &found);
_alpm_pkg_free(dummypkg);
}
}
/*TODO this autoresolves the first 'satisfier' package... we should fix this
* somehow */
/* check provides */
/* we don't check literals again to avoid duplicated PM_TRANS_CONV_INSTALL_IGNOREPKG messages */
for(j = dbs_sync; j && !found; j = j->next) {
for(k = _alpm_db_get_pkgcache(j->data); k && !found; k = k->next) {
sync = k->data;
if(!sync) {
continue;
}
found = alpm_depcmp(sync, missdep) && strcmp(sync->name, missdep->name)
&& !_alpm_pkg_find(alpm_pkg_get_name(sync), remove);
if(!found) {
continue;
}
if(_alpm_pkg_should_ignore(sync)) {
pmpkg_t *dummypkg = _alpm_pkg_new(miss->target, NULL);
QUESTION(trans, PM_TRANS_CONV_INSTALL_IGNOREPKG, dummypkg, sync, NULL, &found);
_alpm_pkg_free(dummypkg);
if(data) {
*data = alpm_list_add(*data, miss);
}
ret = -1;
} else {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "pulling dependency %s (needed by %s)\n",
alpm_pkg_get_name(spkg), alpm_pkg_get_name(tpkg));
*packages = alpm_list_add(*packages, spkg);
_alpm_depmiss_free(miss);
}
}
if(!found) {
char *missdepstring = alpm_dep_get_string(missdep);
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("cannot resolve \"%s\", a dependency of \"%s\"\n"),
missdepstring, miss->target);
free(missdepstring);
if(data) {
MALLOC(miss, sizeof(pmdepmissing_t),/*nothing*/);
if(!miss) {
pm_errno = PM_ERR_MEMORY;
FREELIST(*data);
goto error;
}
*miss = *(pmdepmissing_t *)i->data;
*data = alpm_list_add(*data, miss);
}
pm_errno = PM_ERR_UNSATISFIED_DEPS;
goto error;
} else {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "pulling dependency %s (needed by %s)\n",
alpm_pkg_get_name(sync), alpm_pkg_get_name(syncpkg));
*list = alpm_list_add(*list, sync);
if(_alpm_resolvedeps(local, dbs_sync, sync, list, remove, trans, data)) {
goto error;
}
}
alpm_list_free(deps);
}
if(ret != 0) {
alpm_list_free(*packages);
*packages = packages_copy;
} else {
alpm_list_free(packages_copy);
}
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "finished resolving dependencies\n");
return(ret);
}
FREELIST(deps);
/* Does pkg1 depend on pkg2, ie. does pkg2 satisfy a dependency of pkg1? */
int _alpm_dep_edge(pmpkg_t *pkg1, pmpkg_t *pkg2)
{
alpm_list_t *i;
for(i = alpm_pkg_get_depends(pkg1); i; i = i->next) {
if(_alpm_depcmp_tolerant(pkg2, i->data)) {
return(1);
}
}
return(0);
error:
FREELIST(deps);
return(-1);
}
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_miss_get_target(const pmdepmissing_t *miss)
@@ -627,7 +765,17 @@ const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_miss_get_target(const pmdepmissing_t *miss)
/* Sanity checks */
ASSERT(miss != NULL, return(NULL));
return miss->target;
return(miss->target);
}
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_miss_get_causingpkg(const pmdepmissing_t *miss)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
/* Sanity checks */
ASSERT(miss != NULL, return(NULL));
return miss->causingpkg;
}
pmdepend_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_miss_get_dep(pmdepmissing_t *miss)
@@ -637,7 +785,7 @@ pmdepend_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_miss_get_dep(pmdepmissing_t *miss)
/* Sanity checks */
ASSERT(miss != NULL, return(NULL));
return &(miss->depend);
return(miss->depend);
}
pmdepmod_t SYMEXPORT alpm_dep_get_mod(const pmdepend_t *dep)
@@ -647,7 +795,7 @@ pmdepmod_t SYMEXPORT alpm_dep_get_mod(const pmdepend_t *dep)
/* Sanity checks */
ASSERT(dep != NULL, return(-1));
return dep->mod;
return(dep->mod);
}
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_dep_get_name(const pmdepend_t *dep)
@@ -657,7 +805,7 @@ const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_dep_get_name(const pmdepend_t *dep)
/* Sanity checks */
ASSERT(dep != NULL, return(NULL));
return dep->name;
return(dep->name);
}
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_dep_get_version(const pmdepend_t *dep)
@@ -667,7 +815,7 @@ const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_dep_get_version(const pmdepend_t *dep)
/* Sanity checks */
ASSERT(dep != NULL, return(NULL));
return dep->version;
return(dep->version);
}
/** Reverse of splitdep; make a dep string from a pmdepend_t struct.
@@ -675,9 +823,9 @@ const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_dep_get_version(const pmdepend_t *dep)
* @param dep the depend to turn into a string
* @return a string-formatted dependency with operator if necessary
*/
char SYMEXPORT *alpm_dep_get_string(const pmdepend_t *dep)
char SYMEXPORT *alpm_dep_compute_string(const pmdepend_t *dep)
{
char *opr, *str = NULL;
char *name, *opr, *ver, *str = NULL;
size_t len;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
@@ -685,6 +833,12 @@ char SYMEXPORT *alpm_dep_get_string(const pmdepend_t *dep)
/* Sanity checks */
ASSERT(dep != NULL, return(NULL));
if(dep->name) {
name = dep->name;
} else {
name = "";
}
switch(dep->mod) {
case PM_DEP_MOD_ANY:
opr = "";
@@ -709,11 +863,18 @@ char SYMEXPORT *alpm_dep_get_string(const pmdepend_t *dep)
break;
}
if(dep->version) {
ver = dep->version;
} else {
ver = "";
}
/* we can always compute len and print the string like this because opr
* and ver will be empty when PM_DEP_MOD_ANY is the depend type */
len = strlen(dep->name) + strlen(opr) + strlen(dep->version) + 1;
* and ver will be empty when PM_DEP_MOD_ANY is the depend type. the
* reassignments above also ensure we do not do a strlen(NULL). */
len = strlen(name) + strlen(opr) + strlen(ver) + 1;
MALLOC(str, len, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
snprintf(str, len, "%s%s%s", dep->name, opr, dep->version);
snprintf(str, len, "%s%s%s", name, opr, ver);
return(str);
}

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
/*
* deps.h
*
* Copyright (c) 2002-2007 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Aurelien Foret <orelien@chez.com>
* Copyright (c) 2006 by Miklos Vajna <vmiklos@frugalware.org>
*
@@ -28,32 +29,35 @@
/* Dependency */
struct __pmdepend_t {
char *name;
char *version;
unsigned long name_hash;
pmdepmod_t mod;
char name[PKG_NAME_LEN];
char version[PKG_VERSION_LEN];
};
/* Missing dependency */
struct __pmdepmissing_t {
char target[PKG_NAME_LEN];
pmdepend_t depend;
char *target;
pmdepend_t *depend;
char *causingpkg; /* this is used in case of remove dependency error only */
};
/* Graphs */
struct __pmgraph_t {
int state; /* 0: untouched, -1: entered, other: leaving time */
void *data;
struct __pmgraph_t *parent; /* where did we come from? */
alpm_list_t *children;
alpm_list_t *childptr; /* points to a child in children list */
};
pmdepmissing_t *_alpm_depmiss_new(const char *target, pmdepmod_t depmod,
const char *depname, const char *depversion);
alpm_list_t *_alpm_sortbydeps(alpm_list_t *targets, pmtranstype_t mode);
void _alpm_dep_free(pmdepend_t *dep);
pmdepend_t *_alpm_dep_dup(const pmdepend_t *dep);
pmdepmissing_t *_alpm_depmiss_new(const char *target, pmdepend_t *dep,
const char *causinpkg);
void _alpm_depmiss_free(pmdepmissing_t *miss);
alpm_list_t *_alpm_sortbydeps(alpm_list_t *targets, int reverse);
void _alpm_recursedeps(pmdb_t *db, alpm_list_t *targs, int include_explicit);
int _alpm_resolvedeps(pmdb_t *local, alpm_list_t *dbs_sync, pmpkg_t *syncpkg,
alpm_list_t **list, alpm_list_t *remove, pmtrans_t *trans, alpm_list_t **data);
pmpkg_t *_alpm_resolvedep(pmdepend_t *dep, alpm_list_t *dbs, alpm_list_t *excluding, int prompt);
int _alpm_resolvedeps(alpm_list_t *localpkgs, alpm_list_t *dbs_sync, pmpkg_t *pkg,
alpm_list_t *preferred, alpm_list_t **packages, alpm_list_t *remove,
alpm_list_t **data);
int _alpm_dep_edge(pmpkg_t *pkg1, pmpkg_t *pkg2);
pmdepend_t *_alpm_splitdep(const char *depstring);
pmpkg_t *_alpm_find_dep_satisfier(alpm_list_t *pkgs, pmdepend_t *dep);
int _alpm_depcmp(pmpkg_t *pkg, pmdepend_t *dep);
int _alpm_depcmp_tolerant(pmpkg_t *pkg, pmdepend_t *dep);
#endif /* _ALPM_DEPS_H */

347
lib/libalpm/diskspace.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,347 @@
/*
* diskspace.c
*
* Copyright (c) 2010-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include "config.h"
#include <errno.h>
#if defined(HAVE_MNTENT_H)
#include <mntent.h>
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_SYS_STATVFS_H)
#include <sys/statvfs.h>
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H)
#include <sys/param.h>
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_SYS_MOUNT_H)
#include <sys/mount.h>
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_SYS_UCRED_H)
#include <sys/ucred.h>
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H)
#include <sys/types.h>
#endif
/* libarchive */
#include <archive.h>
#include <archive_entry.h>
/* libalpm */
#include "diskspace.h"
#include "alpm_list.h"
#include "util.h"
#include "log.h"
#include "trans.h"
#include "handle.h"
static int mount_point_cmp(const void *p1, const void *p2)
{
const alpm_mountpoint_t *mp1 = p1;
const alpm_mountpoint_t *mp2 = p2;
/* the negation will sort all mountpoints before their parent */
return(-strcmp(mp1->mount_dir, mp2->mount_dir));
}
static alpm_list_t *mount_point_list(void)
{
alpm_list_t *mount_points = NULL;
alpm_mountpoint_t *mp;
#if defined HAVE_GETMNTENT
struct mntent *mnt;
FILE *fp;
struct statvfs fsp;
fp = setmntent(MOUNTED, "r");
if (fp == NULL) {
return(NULL);
}
while((mnt = getmntent(fp))) {
if(!mnt) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_WARNING, _("could not get filesystem information\n"));
continue;
}
if(statvfs(mnt->mnt_dir, &fsp) != 0) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_WARNING,
_("could not get filesystem information for %s: %s\n"),
mnt->mnt_dir, strerror(errno));
continue;
}
CALLOC(mp, 1, sizeof(alpm_mountpoint_t), RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
mp->mount_dir = strdup(mnt->mnt_dir);
mp->mount_dir_len = strlen(mp->mount_dir);
memcpy(&(mp->fsp), &fsp, sizeof(struct statvfs));
mp->read_only = fsp.f_flag & ST_RDONLY;
mount_points = alpm_list_add(mount_points, mp);
}
endmntent(fp);
#elif defined HAVE_GETMNTINFO
int entries;
FSSTATSTYPE *fsp;
entries = getmntinfo(&fsp, MNT_NOWAIT);
if (entries < 0) {
return(NULL);
}
for(; entries-- > 0; fsp++) {
CALLOC(mp, 1, sizeof(alpm_mountpoint_t), RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
mp->mount_dir = strdup(fsp->f_mntonname);
mp->mount_dir_len = strlen(mp->mount_dir);
memcpy(&(mp->fsp), fsp, sizeof(FSSTATSTYPE));
#if defined HAVE_STRUCT_STATVFS_F_FLAG
mp->read_only = fsp->f_flag & ST_RDONLY;
#elif defined HAVE_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS
mp->read_only = fsp->f_flags & MNT_RDONLY;
#endif
mount_points = alpm_list_add(mount_points, mp);
}
#endif
mount_points = alpm_list_msort(mount_points, alpm_list_count(mount_points),
mount_point_cmp);
return(mount_points);
}
static alpm_mountpoint_t *match_mount_point(const alpm_list_t *mount_points,
const char *real_path)
{
const alpm_list_t *mp;
for(mp = mount_points; mp != NULL; mp = mp->next) {
alpm_mountpoint_t *data = mp->data;
if(strncmp(data->mount_dir, real_path, data->mount_dir_len) == 0) {
return(data);
}
}
/* should not get here... */
return(NULL);
}
static int calculate_removed_size(const alpm_list_t *mount_points,
pmpkg_t *pkg)
{
alpm_list_t *file;
alpm_list_t *files = alpm_pkg_get_files(pkg);
for(file = files; file; file = file->next) {
alpm_mountpoint_t *mp;
struct stat st;
char path[PATH_MAX];
const char *filename = file->data;
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%s%s", handle->root, filename);
_alpm_lstat(path, &st);
/* skip directories and symlinks to be consistent with libarchive that
* reports them to be zero size */
if(S_ISDIR(st.st_mode) || S_ISLNK(st.st_mode)) {
continue;
}
mp = match_mount_point(mount_points, path);
if(mp == NULL) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_WARNING,
_("could not determine mount point for file %s"), filename);
continue;
}
/* the addition of (divisor - 1) performs ceil() with integer division */
mp->blocks_needed -=
(st.st_size + mp->fsp.f_bsize - 1l) / mp->fsp.f_bsize;
mp->used |= USED_REMOVE;
}
return(0);
}
static int calculate_installed_size(const alpm_list_t *mount_points,
pmpkg_t *pkg)
{
int ret=0;
struct archive *archive;
struct archive_entry *entry;
if ((archive = archive_read_new()) == NULL) {
pm_errno = PM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE;
ret = -1;
goto cleanup;
}
archive_read_support_compression_all(archive);
archive_read_support_format_all(archive);
if(archive_read_open_filename(archive, pkg->origin_data.file,
ARCHIVE_DEFAULT_BYTES_PER_BLOCK) != ARCHIVE_OK) {
pm_errno = PM_ERR_PKG_OPEN;
ret = -1;
goto cleanup;
}
while(archive_read_next_header(archive, &entry) == ARCHIVE_OK) {
alpm_mountpoint_t *mp;
const char *filename;
mode_t mode;
char path[PATH_MAX];
filename = archive_entry_pathname(entry);
mode = archive_entry_mode(entry);
/* libarchive reports these as zero size anyways */
/* NOTE: if we do start accounting for directory size, a dir matching a
* mountpoint needs to be attributed to the parent, not the mountpoint. */
if(S_ISDIR(mode) || S_ISLNK(mode)) {
continue;
}
/* approximate space requirements for db entries */
if(filename[0] == '.') {
filename = alpm_option_get_dbpath();
}
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%s%s", handle->root, filename);
mp = match_mount_point(mount_points, path);
if(mp == NULL) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_WARNING,
_("could not determine mount point for file %s"), filename);
continue;
}
/* the addition of (divisor - 1) performs ceil() with integer division */
mp->blocks_needed +=
(archive_entry_size(entry) + mp->fsp.f_bsize - 1l) / mp->fsp.f_bsize;
mp->used |= USED_INSTALL;
if(archive_read_data_skip(archive)) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("error while reading package %s: %s\n"),
pkg->name, archive_error_string(archive));
pm_errno = PM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE;
break;
}
}
archive_read_finish(archive);
cleanup:
return(ret);
}
int _alpm_check_diskspace(pmtrans_t *trans, pmdb_t *db_local)
{
alpm_list_t *mount_points, *i;
size_t replaces = 0, current = 0, numtargs;
int abort = 0;
alpm_list_t *targ;
numtargs = alpm_list_count(trans->add);
mount_points = mount_point_list();
if(mount_points == NULL) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not determine filesystem mount points"));
return(-1);
}
replaces = alpm_list_count(trans->remove);
if(replaces) {
numtargs += replaces;
for(targ = trans->remove; targ; targ = targ->next, current++) {
pmpkg_t *local_pkg;
int percent = (current * 100) / numtargs;
PROGRESS(trans, PM_TRANS_PROGRESS_DISKSPACE_START, "", percent,
numtargs, current);
local_pkg = targ->data;
calculate_removed_size(mount_points, local_pkg);
}
}
for(targ = trans->add; targ; targ = targ->next, current++) {
pmpkg_t *pkg, *local_pkg;
int percent = (current * 100) / numtargs;
PROGRESS(trans, PM_TRANS_PROGRESS_DISKSPACE_START, "", percent,
numtargs, current);
pkg = targ->data;
/* is this package already installed? */
local_pkg = _alpm_db_get_pkgfromcache(db_local, pkg->name);
if(local_pkg) {
calculate_removed_size(mount_points, local_pkg);
}
calculate_installed_size(mount_points, pkg);
for(i = mount_points; i; i = alpm_list_next(i)) {
alpm_mountpoint_t *data = i->data;
if(data->blocks_needed > data->max_blocks_needed) {
data->max_blocks_needed = data->blocks_needed;
}
}
}
PROGRESS(trans, PM_TRANS_PROGRESS_DISKSPACE_START, "", 100,
numtargs, current);
for(i = mount_points; i; i = alpm_list_next(i)) {
alpm_mountpoint_t *data = i->data;
if(data->used && data->read_only) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("Partition %s is mounted read only\n"),
data->mount_dir);
abort = 1;
} else if(data->used & USED_INSTALL) {
/* cushion is roughly min(5% capacity, 20MiB) */
long fivepc = ((long)data->fsp.f_blocks / 20) + 1;
long twentymb = (20 * 1024 * 1024 / (long)data->fsp.f_bsize) + 1;
long cushion = fivepc < twentymb ? fivepc : twentymb;
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "partition %s, needed %ld, cushion %ld, free %ld\n",
data->mount_dir, data->max_blocks_needed, cushion,
(unsigned long)data->fsp.f_bfree);
if(data->max_blocks_needed + cushion >= 0 &&
(unsigned long)(data->max_blocks_needed + cushion) > data->fsp.f_bfree) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("Partition %s too full: %ld blocks needed, %ld blocks free\n"),
data->mount_dir, data->max_blocks_needed + cushion,
(unsigned long)data->fsp.f_bfree);
abort = 1;
}
}
}
for(i = mount_points; i; i = alpm_list_next(i)) {
alpm_mountpoint_t *data = i->data;
FREE(data->mount_dir);
}
FREELIST(mount_points);
if(abort) {
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_DISK_SPACE, -1);
}
return(0);
}
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */

53
lib/libalpm/diskspace.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
/*
* diskspace.h
*
* Copyright (c) 2010-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#ifndef _ALPM_DISKSPACE_H
#define _ALPM_DISKSPACE_H
#if defined(HAVE_SYS_MOUNT_H)
#include <sys/mount.h>
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_SYS_STATVFS_H)
#include <sys/statvfs.h>
#endif
#include "alpm.h"
enum mount_used_level {
USED_REMOVE = 1,
USED_INSTALL = (1 << 1),
};
typedef struct __alpm_mountpoint_t {
/* mount point information */
char *mount_dir;
size_t mount_dir_len;
/* storage for additional disk usage calculations */
long blocks_needed;
long max_blocks_needed;
enum mount_used_level used;
int read_only;
FSSTATSTYPE fsp;
} alpm_mountpoint_t;
int _alpm_check_diskspace(pmtrans_t *trans, pmdb_t *db_local);
#endif /* _ALPM_DISKSPACE_H */
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */

449
lib/libalpm/dload.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,449 @@
/*
* download.c
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include "config.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <sys/time.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <signal.h>
/* the following two are needed for FreeBSD's libfetch */
#include <limits.h> /* PATH_MAX */
#if defined(HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H)
#include <sys/param.h> /* MAXHOSTNAMELEN */
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_LIBFETCH
#include <fetch.h>
#endif
/* libalpm */
#include "dload.h"
#include "alpm_list.h"
#include "alpm.h"
#include "log.h"
#include "util.h"
#include "handle.h"
static char *get_filename(const char *url) {
char *filename = strrchr(url, '/');
if(filename != NULL) {
filename++;
}
return(filename);
}
#ifdef HAVE_LIBFETCH
static char *get_destfile(const char *path, const char *filename) {
char *destfile;
/* len = localpath len + filename len + null */
size_t len = strlen(path) + strlen(filename) + 1;
CALLOC(destfile, len, sizeof(char), RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
snprintf(destfile, len, "%s%s", path, filename);
return(destfile);
}
static char *get_tempfile(const char *path, const char *filename) {
char *tempfile;
/* len = localpath len + filename len + '.part' len + null */
size_t len = strlen(path) + strlen(filename) + 6;
CALLOC(tempfile, len, sizeof(char), RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
snprintf(tempfile, len, "%s%s.part", path, filename);
return(tempfile);
}
static const char *gethost(struct url *fileurl)
{
const char *host = _("disk");
if(strcmp(SCHEME_FILE, fileurl->scheme) != 0) {
host = fileurl->host;
}
return(host);
}
int dload_interrupted;
static void inthandler(int signum)
{
dload_interrupted = 1;
}
#define check_stop() if(dload_interrupted) { ret = -1; goto cleanup; }
enum sighandlers { OLD = 0, NEW = 1 };
static int download_internal(const char *url, const char *localpath,
int force) {
FILE *localf = NULL;
struct stat st;
int ret = 0;
off_t dl_thisfile = 0;
ssize_t nread = 0;
char *tempfile, *destfile, *filename;
struct sigaction sig_pipe[2], sig_int[2];
off_t local_size = 0;
time_t local_time = 0;
struct url *fileurl;
struct url_stat ust;
fetchIO *dlf = NULL;
char buffer[PM_DLBUF_LEN];
filename = get_filename(url);
if(!filename) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("url '%s' is invalid\n"), url);
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_SERVER_BAD_URL, -1);
}
fileurl = fetchParseURL(url);
if(!fileurl) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("url '%s' is invalid\n"), url);
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_LIBFETCH, -1);
}
destfile = get_destfile(localpath, filename);
tempfile = get_tempfile(localpath, filename);
if(stat(tempfile, &st) == 0 && S_ISREG(st.st_mode) && st.st_size > 0) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "tempfile found, attempting continuation\n");
local_time = fileurl->last_modified = st.st_mtime;
local_size = fileurl->offset = (off_t)st.st_size;
dl_thisfile = st.st_size;
localf = fopen(tempfile, "ab");
} else if(!force && stat(destfile, &st) == 0 && S_ISREG(st.st_mode) && st.st_size > 0) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "destfile found, using mtime only\n");
local_time = fileurl->last_modified = st.st_mtime;
local_size = /* no fu->off here */ (off_t)st.st_size;
} else {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "no file found matching criteria, starting from scratch\n");
}
/* pass the raw filename for passing to the callback function */
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "using '%s' for download progress\n", filename);
/* print proxy info for debug purposes */
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "HTTP_PROXY: %s\n", getenv("HTTP_PROXY"));
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "http_proxy: %s\n", getenv("http_proxy"));
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "FTP_PROXY: %s\n", getenv("FTP_PROXY"));
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "ftp_proxy: %s\n", getenv("ftp_proxy"));
/* 10s timeout */
fetchTimeout = 10;
/* ignore any SIGPIPE signals- these may occur if our FTP socket dies or
* something along those lines. Store the old signal handler first. */
sig_pipe[NEW].sa_handler = SIG_IGN;
sigemptyset(&sig_pipe[NEW].sa_mask);
sig_pipe[NEW].sa_flags = 0;
sigaction(SIGPIPE, NULL, &sig_pipe[OLD]);
sigaction(SIGPIPE, &sig_pipe[NEW], NULL);
dload_interrupted = 0;
sig_int[NEW].sa_handler = &inthandler;
sigemptyset(&sig_int[NEW].sa_mask);
sig_int[NEW].sa_flags = 0;
sigaction(SIGINT, NULL, &sig_int[OLD]);
sigaction(SIGINT, &sig_int[NEW], NULL);
/* NOTE: libfetch does not reset the error code, be sure to do it before
* calls into the library */
/* TODO: if we call fetchStat() and get a redirect (disabling automagic
* redirect following), we should repeat the file locator stuff and get a new
* filename rather than only base if off the first URL, and then verify
* get_filename() didn't return ''. Of course, libfetch might not even allow
* us to even get that URL...FS#22645. This would allow us to download things
* without totally puking like
* http://www.archlinux.org/packages/community/x86_64/exim/download/ */
/* find out the remote size *and* mtime in one go. there is a lot of
* trouble in trying to do both size and "if-modified-since" logic in a
* non-stat request, so avoid it. */
fetchLastErrCode = 0;
if(fetchStat(fileurl, &ust, "") == -1) {
pm_errno = PM_ERR_LIBFETCH;
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("failed retrieving file '%s' from %s : %s\n"),
filename, gethost(fileurl), fetchLastErrString);
ret = -1;
goto cleanup;
}
check_stop();
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "ust.mtime: %ld local_time: %ld compare: %ld\n",
ust.mtime, local_time, local_time - ust.mtime);
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "ust.size: %jd local_size: %jd compare: %jd\n",
(intmax_t)ust.size, (intmax_t)local_size, (intmax_t)(local_size - ust.size));
if(!force && ust.mtime && ust.mtime == local_time
&& ust.size && ust.size == local_size) {
/* the remote time and size values agreed with what we have, so move on
* because there is nothing more to do. */
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "files are identical, skipping %s\n", filename);
ret = 1;
goto cleanup;
}
if(!ust.mtime || ust.mtime != local_time) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "mtimes were different or unavailable, downloading %s from beginning\n", filename);
fileurl->offset = 0;
}
fetchLastErrCode = 0;
dlf = fetchGet(fileurl, "");
check_stop();
if(fetchLastErrCode != 0 || dlf == NULL) {
pm_errno = PM_ERR_LIBFETCH;
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("failed retrieving file '%s' from %s : %s\n"),
filename, gethost(fileurl), fetchLastErrString);
ret = -1;
goto cleanup;
} else {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "connected to %s successfully\n", fileurl->host);
}
if(localf && fileurl->offset == 0) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_WARNING, _("resuming download of %s not possible; starting over\n"), filename);
fclose(localf);
localf = NULL;
} else if(fileurl->offset) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "resuming download at position %jd\n", (intmax_t)fileurl->offset);
}
if(localf == NULL) {
_alpm_rmrf(tempfile);
fileurl->offset = (off_t)0;
dl_thisfile = 0;
localf = fopen(tempfile, "wb");
if(localf == NULL) { /* still null? */
pm_errno = PM_ERR_RETRIEVE;
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("error writing to file '%s': %s\n"),
tempfile, strerror(errno));
ret = -1;
goto cleanup;
}
}
/* Progress 0 - initialize */
if(handle->dlcb) {
handle->dlcb(filename, 0, ust.size);
}
while((nread = fetchIO_read(dlf, buffer, PM_DLBUF_LEN)) > 0) {
check_stop();
size_t nwritten = 0;
nwritten = fwrite(buffer, 1, (size_t)nread, localf);
if((nwritten != (size_t)nread) || ferror(localf)) {
pm_errno = PM_ERR_RETRIEVE;
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("error writing to file '%s': %s\n"),
tempfile, strerror(errno));
ret = -1;
goto cleanup;
}
dl_thisfile += nread;
if(handle->dlcb) {
handle->dlcb(filename, dl_thisfile, ust.size);
}
}
/* did the transfer complete normally? */
if (nread == -1) {
/* not PM_ERR_LIBFETCH here because libfetch error string might be empty */
pm_errno = PM_ERR_RETRIEVE;
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("failed retrieving file '%s' from %s\n"),
filename, gethost(fileurl));
ret = -1;
goto cleanup;
}
if (ust.size != -1 && dl_thisfile < ust.size) {
pm_errno = PM_ERR_RETRIEVE;
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("%s appears to be truncated: %jd/%jd bytes\n"),
filename, (intmax_t)dl_thisfile, (intmax_t)ust.size);
ret = -1;
goto cleanup;
}
/* probably safer to close the file descriptors now before renaming the file,
* for example to make sure the buffers are flushed.
*/
fclose(localf);
localf = NULL;
fetchIO_close(dlf);
dlf = NULL;
/* set the times on the file to the same as that of the remote file */
if(ust.mtime) {
struct timeval tv[2];
memset(&tv, 0, sizeof(tv));
tv[0].tv_sec = ust.atime;
tv[1].tv_sec = ust.mtime;
utimes(tempfile, tv);
}
if(rename(tempfile, destfile)) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not rename %s to %s (%s)\n"),
tempfile, destfile, strerror(errno));
ret = -1;
}
ret = 0;
cleanup:
FREE(tempfile);
FREE(destfile);
if(localf != NULL) {
/* if we still had a local file open, we got interrupted. set the mtimes on
* the file accordingly. */
fflush(localf);
if(ust.mtime) {
struct timeval tv[2];
memset(&tv, 0, sizeof(tv));
tv[0].tv_sec = ust.atime;
tv[1].tv_sec = ust.mtime;
futimes(fileno(localf), tv);
}
fclose(localf);
}
if(dlf != NULL) {
fetchIO_close(dlf);
}
fetchFreeURL(fileurl);
/* restore the old signal handlers */
sigaction(SIGINT, &sig_int[OLD], NULL);
sigaction(SIGPIPE, &sig_pipe[OLD], NULL);
/* if we were interrupted, trip the old handler */
if(dload_interrupted) {
raise(SIGINT);
}
return(ret);
}
#endif
static int download(const char *url, const char *localpath,
int force) {
if(handle->fetchcb == NULL) {
#ifdef HAVE_LIBFETCH
return(download_internal(url, localpath, force));
#else
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD, -1);
#endif
} else {
int ret = handle->fetchcb(url, localpath, force);
if(ret == -1) {
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD, -1);
}
return(ret);
}
}
/*
* Download a single file
* - servers must be a list of urls WITHOUT trailing slashes.
*
* RETURN: 0 for successful download
* 1 if the files are identical
* -1 on error
*/
int _alpm_download_single_file(const char *filename,
alpm_list_t *servers, const char *localpath,
int force)
{
alpm_list_t *i;
int ret = -1;
ASSERT(servers != NULL, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_SERVER_NONE, -1));
for(i = servers; i; i = i->next) {
const char *server = i->data;
char *fileurl = NULL;
size_t len;
/* print server + filename into a buffer */
len = strlen(server) + strlen(filename) + 2;
CALLOC(fileurl, len, sizeof(char), RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
snprintf(fileurl, len, "%s/%s", server, filename);
ret = download(fileurl, localpath, force);
FREE(fileurl);
if(ret != -1) {
break;
}
}
return(ret);
}
int _alpm_download_files(alpm_list_t *files,
alpm_list_t *servers, const char *localpath)
{
int ret = 0;
alpm_list_t *lp;
for(lp = files; lp; lp = lp->next) {
char *filename = lp->data;
if(_alpm_download_single_file(filename, servers,
localpath, 0) == -1) {
ret++;
}
}
return(ret);
}
/** Fetch a remote pkg.
* @param url URL of the package to download
* @return the downloaded filepath on success, NULL on error
* @addtogroup alpm_misc
*/
char SYMEXPORT *alpm_fetch_pkgurl(const char *url)
{
char *filename, *filepath;
const char *cachedir;
int ret;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
filename = get_filename(url);
/* find a valid cache dir to download to */
cachedir = _alpm_filecache_setup();
/* download the file */
ret = download(url, cachedir, 0);
if(ret == -1) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_WARNING, _("failed to download %s\n"), url);
return(NULL);
}
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "successfully downloaded %s\n", url);
/* we should be able to find the file the second time around */
filepath = _alpm_filecache_find(filename);
return(filepath);
}
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
/*
* error.h
* dload.h
*
* Copyright (c) 2002-2007 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -16,13 +17,23 @@
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#ifndef _ALPM_ERROR_H
#define _ALPM_ERROR_H
#ifndef _ALPM_DLOAD_H
#define _ALPM_DLOAD_H
#define RET_ERR(err, ret) do { pm_errno = (err); \
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "returning error %d from %s : %s\n", err, __func__, alpm_strerrorlast()); \
return(ret); } while(0)
#include "alpm_list.h"
#include "alpm.h"
#endif /* _ALPM_ERROR_H */
#include <time.h>
#define PM_DLBUF_LEN (1024 * 16)
int _alpm_download_single_file(const char *filename,
alpm_list_t *servers, const char *localpath,
int force);
int _alpm_download_files(alpm_list_t *files,
alpm_list_t *servers, const char *localpath);
#endif /* _ALPM_DLOAD_H */
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */

View File

@@ -1,10 +1,8 @@
/*
* error.c
*
* Copyright (c) 2002-2007 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Aurelien Foret <orelien@chez.com>
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Christian Hamar <krics@linuxforum.hu>
* Copyright (c) 2006 by Miklos Vajna <vmiklos@frugalware.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -22,12 +20,22 @@
#include "config.h"
/* TODO: needed for the libfetch stuff, unfortunately- we should kill it */
#include <stdio.h>
/* the following two are needed for FreeBSD's libfetch */
#include <limits.h> /* PATH_MAX */
#if defined(HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H)
#include <sys/param.h> /* MAXHOSTNAMELEN */
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_LIBFETCH
#include <fetch.h> /* fetchLastErrString */
#endif
/* libalpm */
#include "error.h"
#include "util.h"
#include "alpm.h"
/* TODO does this really need a file all on its own? */
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_strerrorlast(void)
{
return alpm_strerror(pm_errno);
@@ -49,6 +57,8 @@ const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_strerror(int err)
return _("could not find or read directory");
case PM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS:
return _("wrong or NULL argument passed");
case PM_ERR_DISK_SPACE:
return _("not enough free disk space");
/* Interface */
case PM_ERR_HANDLE_NULL:
return _("library not initialized");
@@ -67,6 +77,8 @@ const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_strerror(int err)
return _("database already registered");
case PM_ERR_DB_NOT_FOUND:
return _("could not find database");
case PM_ERR_DB_VERSION:
return _("database is incorrect version");
case PM_ERR_DB_WRITE:
return _("could not update database");
case PM_ERR_DB_REMOVE:
@@ -74,13 +86,8 @@ const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_strerror(int err)
/* Servers */
case PM_ERR_SERVER_BAD_URL:
return _("invalid url for server");
/* Configuration */
case PM_ERR_OPT_LOGFILE:
case PM_ERR_OPT_DBPATH:
case PM_ERR_OPT_LOCALDB:
case PM_ERR_OPT_SYNCDB:
case PM_ERR_OPT_USESYSLOG:
return _("could not set parameter");
case PM_ERR_SERVER_NONE:
return _("no servers configured for repository");
/* Transactions */
case PM_ERR_TRANS_NOT_NULL:
return _("transaction already initialized");
@@ -96,39 +103,30 @@ const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_strerror(int err)
return _("transaction aborted");
case PM_ERR_TRANS_TYPE:
return _("operation not compatible with the transaction type");
case PM_ERR_TRANS_COMMITING:
return _("could not commit transaction");
case PM_ERR_TRANS_DOWNLOADING:
return _("could not download all files");
case PM_ERR_TRANS_NOT_LOCKED:
return _("transaction commit attempt when database is not locked");
/* Packages */
case PM_ERR_PKG_NOT_FOUND:
return _("could not find or read package");
case PM_ERR_PKG_IGNORED:
return _("operation cancelled due to ignorepkg");
case PM_ERR_PKG_INVALID:
return _("invalid or corrupted package");
case PM_ERR_PKG_OPEN:
return _("cannot open package file");
case PM_ERR_PKG_LOAD:
return _("cannot load package data");
case PM_ERR_PKG_INSTALLED:
return _("package already installed");
case PM_ERR_PKG_CANT_FRESH:
return _("package not installed or lesser version");
case PM_ERR_PKG_CANT_REMOVE:
return _("cannot remove all files for package");
case PM_ERR_PKG_INVALID_NAME:
return _("package name is not valid");
case PM_ERR_PKG_CORRUPTED:
return _("corrupted package");
return _("package filename is not valid");
case PM_ERR_PKG_INVALID_ARCH:
return _("package architecture is not valid");
case PM_ERR_PKG_REPO_NOT_FOUND:
return _("no such repository");
return _("could not find repository for target");
/* Deltas */
case PM_ERR_DLT_CORRUPTED:
return _("corrupted delta");
case PM_ERR_DLT_INVALID:
return _("invalid or corrupted delta");
case PM_ERR_DLT_PATCHFAILED:
return _("delta patch failed");
/* Groups */
case PM_ERR_GRP_NOT_FOUND:
return _("group not found");
/* Dependencies */
case PM_ERR_UNSATISFIED_DEPS:
return _("could not satisfy dependencies");
@@ -137,20 +135,27 @@ const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_strerror(int err)
case PM_ERR_FILE_CONFLICTS:
return _("conflicting files");
/* Miscellaenous */
case PM_ERR_USER_ABORT:
return _("user aborted the operation");
case PM_ERR_INTERNAL_ERROR:
return _("internal error");
case PM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE_ERROR:
return _("libarchive error");
case PM_ERR_PKG_HOLD:
/* TODO wow this is not descriptive at all... what does this mean? */
return _("not confirmed");
case PM_ERR_RETRIEVE:
return _("failed to retrieve some files");
case PM_ERR_WRITE:
return _("failed to copy some file");
case PM_ERR_INVALID_REGEX:
return _("invalid regular expression");
/* Downloading */
case PM_ERR_CONNECT_FAILED:
return _("connection to remote host failed");
/* Errors from external libraries- our own wrapper error */
case PM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE:
/* it would be nice to use archive_error_string() here, but that
* requires the archive struct, so we can't. Just use a generic
* error string instead. */
return _("libarchive error");
case PM_ERR_LIBFETCH:
#ifdef HAVE_LIBFETCH
return fetchLastErrString;
#else
/* obviously shouldn't get here... */
return _("download library error");
#endif
case PM_ERR_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD:
return _("error invoking external downloader");
/* Unknown error! */
default:
return _("unexpected error");

50
lib/libalpm/graph.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
/*
* graph.h - helpful graph structure and setup/teardown methods
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include <sys/types.h> /* off_t */
#include "alpm_list.h"
#include "util.h" /* CALLOC() */
struct __pmgraph_t {
char state; /* 0: untouched, -1: entered, other: leaving time */
void *data;
off_t weight; /* weight of the node */
struct __pmgraph_t *parent; /* where did we come from? */
alpm_list_t *children;
alpm_list_t *childptr; /* points to a child in children list */
};
typedef struct __pmgraph_t pmgraph_t;
static pmgraph_t *_alpm_graph_new(void)
{
pmgraph_t *graph = NULL;
CALLOC(graph, 1, sizeof(pmgraph_t), RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
return(graph);
}
static void _alpm_graph_free(void *data)
{
pmgraph_t *graph = data;
alpm_list_free(graph->children);
free(graph);
}

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
/*
* group.c
*
* Copyright (c) 2002-2007 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -27,17 +28,17 @@
#include "group.h"
#include "alpm_list.h"
#include "util.h"
#include "error.h"
#include "log.h"
#include "alpm.h"
pmgrp_t *_alpm_grp_new()
pmgrp_t *_alpm_grp_new(const char *name)
{
pmgrp_t* grp;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
CALLOC(grp, 1, sizeof(pmgrp_t), RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
STRDUP(grp->name, name, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
return(grp);
}
@@ -50,20 +51,12 @@ void _alpm_grp_free(pmgrp_t *grp)
return;
}
FREELIST(grp->packages);
FREE(grp->name);
/* do NOT free the contents of the list, just the nodes */
alpm_list_free(grp->packages);
FREE(grp);
}
/* Helper function for sorting groups
*/
int _alpm_grp_cmp(const void *g1, const void *g2)
{
pmgrp_t *grp1 = (pmgrp_t *)g1;
pmgrp_t *grp2 = (pmgrp_t *)g2;
return(strcmp(grp1->name, grp2->name));
}
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_grp_get_name(const pmgrp_t *grp)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
@@ -74,7 +67,7 @@ const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_grp_get_name(const pmgrp_t *grp)
return grp->name;
}
const alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_grp_get_pkgs(const pmgrp_t *grp)
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_grp_get_pkgs(const pmgrp_t *grp)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
/*
* group.h
*
* Copyright (c) 2002-2007 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,19 +20,17 @@
#ifndef _ALPM_GROUP_H
#define _ALPM_GROUP_H
/* Groups */
#define GRP_NAME_LEN 256
#include "alpm.h"
struct __pmgrp_t {
char name[GRP_NAME_LEN];
alpm_list_t *packages; /* List of strings */
/** group name */
char *name;
/** list of pmpkg_t packages */
alpm_list_t *packages;
};
pmgrp_t *_alpm_grp_new(void);
pmgrp_t *_alpm_grp_new(const char *name);
void _alpm_grp_free(pmgrp_t *grp);
int _alpm_grp_cmp(const void *g1, const void *g2);
#endif /* _ALPM_GROUP_H */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
/*
* handle.c
*
* Copyright (c) 2002-2007 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Aurelien Foret <orelien@chez.com>
* Copyright (c) 2005, 2006 by Miklos Vajna <vmiklos@frugalware.org>
*
@@ -23,7 +24,6 @@
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <syslog.h>
@@ -36,10 +36,8 @@
#include "alpm_list.h"
#include "util.h"
#include "log.h"
#include "error.h"
#include "trans.h"
#include "alpm.h"
#include "server.h"
/* global var for handle (private to libalpm) */
pmhandle_t *handle = NULL;
@@ -52,18 +50,6 @@ pmhandle_t *_alpm_handle_new()
CALLOC(handle, 1, sizeof(pmhandle_t), RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
handle->lckfd = -1;
handle->logstream = NULL;
/* see if we're root or not */
handle->uid = geteuid();
handle->root = NULL;
handle->dbpath = NULL;
handle->cachedirs = NULL;
handle->lockfile = NULL;
handle->logfile = NULL;
handle->usedelta = 0;
return(handle);
}
@@ -92,12 +78,11 @@ void _alpm_handle_free(pmhandle_t *handle)
FREELIST(handle->cachedirs);
FREE(handle->logfile);
FREE(handle->lockfile);
FREE(handle->xfercommand);
FREE(handle->arch);
FREELIST(handle->dbs_sync);
FREELIST(handle->noupgrade);
FREELIST(handle->noextract);
FREELIST(handle->ignorepkg);
FREELIST(handle->holdpkg);
FREELIST(handle->ignoregrp);
FREE(handle);
}
@@ -120,6 +105,24 @@ alpm_cb_download SYMEXPORT alpm_option_get_dlcb()
return handle->dlcb;
}
alpm_cb_fetch SYMEXPORT alpm_option_get_fetchcb()
{
if (handle == NULL) {
pm_errno = PM_ERR_HANDLE_NULL;
return NULL;
}
return handle->fetchcb;
}
alpm_cb_totaldl SYMEXPORT alpm_option_get_totaldlcb()
{
if (handle == NULL) {
pm_errno = PM_ERR_HANDLE_NULL;
return NULL;
}
return handle->totaldlcb;
}
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_root()
{
if (handle == NULL) {
@@ -165,7 +168,7 @@ const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_lockfile()
return handle->lockfile;
}
unsigned short SYMEXPORT alpm_option_get_usesyslog()
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_get_usesyslog()
{
if (handle == NULL) {
pm_errno = PM_ERR_HANDLE_NULL;
@@ -201,15 +204,6 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_ignorepkgs()
return handle->ignorepkg;
}
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_holdpkgs()
{
if (handle == NULL) {
pm_errno = PM_ERR_HANDLE_NULL;
return NULL;
}
return handle->holdpkg;
}
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_ignoregrps()
{
if (handle == NULL) {
@@ -219,22 +213,31 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_ignoregrps()
return handle->ignoregrp;
}
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_xfercommand()
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_arch()
{
if (handle == NULL) {
pm_errno = PM_ERR_HANDLE_NULL;
return NULL;
}
return handle->xfercommand;
return handle->arch;
}
unsigned short SYMEXPORT alpm_option_get_nopassiveftp()
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_get_usedelta()
{
if (handle == NULL) {
pm_errno = PM_ERR_HANDLE_NULL;
return -1;
}
return handle->nopassiveftp;
return handle->usedelta;
}
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_get_checkspace()
{
if (handle == NULL) {
pm_errno = PM_ERR_HANDLE_NULL;
return -1;
}
return handle->checkspace;
}
pmdb_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_localdb()
@@ -273,6 +276,24 @@ void SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_dlcb(alpm_cb_download cb)
handle->dlcb = cb;
}
void SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_fetchcb(alpm_cb_fetch cb)
{
if (handle == NULL) {
pm_errno = PM_ERR_HANDLE_NULL;
return;
}
handle->fetchcb = cb;
}
void SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_totaldlcb(alpm_cb_totaldl cb)
{
if (handle == NULL) {
pm_errno = PM_ERR_HANDLE_NULL;
return;
}
handle->totaldlcb = cb;
}
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_root(const char *root)
{
struct stat st;
@@ -292,6 +313,7 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_root(const char *root)
realroot = calloc(PATH_MAX+1, sizeof(char));
if(!realpath(root, realroot)) {
FREE(realroot);
pm_errno = PM_ERR_NOT_A_DIR;
return(-1);
}
@@ -386,7 +408,7 @@ void SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_cachedirs(alpm_list_t *cachedirs)
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_remove_cachedir(const char *cachedir)
{
void *vdata = NULL;
char *vdata = NULL;
char *newcachedir;
size_t cachedirlen;
/* verify cachedir ends in a '/' */
@@ -397,8 +419,7 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_remove_cachedir(const char *cachedir)
newcachedir = calloc(cachedirlen + 1, sizeof(char));
strncpy(newcachedir, cachedir, cachedirlen);
newcachedir[cachedirlen-1] = '/';
handle->cachedirs = alpm_list_remove(handle->cachedirs, newcachedir,
_alpm_str_cmp, &vdata);
handle->cachedirs = alpm_list_remove_str(handle->cachedirs, newcachedir, &vdata);
FREE(newcachedir);
if(vdata != NULL) {
FREE(vdata);
@@ -433,7 +454,7 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_logfile(const char *logfile)
return(0);
}
void SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_usesyslog(unsigned short usesyslog)
void SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_usesyslog(int usesyslog)
{
handle->usesyslog = usesyslog;
}
@@ -451,9 +472,8 @@ void SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_noupgrades(alpm_list_t *noupgrade)
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_remove_noupgrade(const char *pkg)
{
void *vdata = NULL;
handle->noupgrade = alpm_list_remove(handle->noupgrade, pkg,
_alpm_str_cmp, &vdata);
char *vdata = NULL;
handle->noupgrade = alpm_list_remove_str(handle->noupgrade, pkg, &vdata);
if(vdata != NULL) {
FREE(vdata);
return(1);
@@ -474,9 +494,8 @@ void SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_noextracts(alpm_list_t *noextract)
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_remove_noextract(const char *pkg)
{
void *vdata = NULL;
handle->noextract = alpm_list_remove(handle->noextract, pkg,
_alpm_str_cmp, &vdata);
char *vdata = NULL;
handle->noextract = alpm_list_remove_str(handle->noextract, pkg, &vdata);
if(vdata != NULL) {
FREE(vdata);
return(1);
@@ -497,32 +516,8 @@ void SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_ignorepkgs(alpm_list_t *ignorepkgs)
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_remove_ignorepkg(const char *pkg)
{
void *vdata = NULL;
handle->ignorepkg = alpm_list_remove(handle->ignorepkg, pkg,
_alpm_str_cmp, &vdata);
if(vdata != NULL) {
FREE(vdata);
return(1);
}
return(0);
}
void SYMEXPORT alpm_option_add_holdpkg(const char *pkg)
{
handle->holdpkg = alpm_list_add(handle->holdpkg, strdup(pkg));
}
void SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_holdpkgs(alpm_list_t *holdpkgs)
{
if(handle->holdpkg) FREELIST(handle->holdpkg);
if(holdpkgs) handle->holdpkg = holdpkgs;
}
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_remove_holdpkg(const char *pkg)
{
void *vdata = NULL;
handle->holdpkg = alpm_list_remove(handle->holdpkg, pkg,
_alpm_str_cmp, &vdata);
char *vdata = NULL;
handle->ignorepkg = alpm_list_remove_str(handle->ignorepkg, pkg, &vdata);
if(vdata != NULL) {
FREE(vdata);
return(1);
@@ -543,9 +538,8 @@ void SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_ignoregrps(alpm_list_t *ignoregrps)
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_remove_ignoregrp(const char *grp)
{
void *vdata = NULL;
handle->ignoregrp = alpm_list_remove(handle->ignoregrp, grp,
_alpm_str_cmp, &vdata);
char *vdata = NULL;
handle->ignoregrp = alpm_list_remove_str(handle->ignoregrp, grp, &vdata);
if(vdata != NULL) {
FREE(vdata);
return(1);
@@ -553,20 +547,20 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_remove_ignoregrp(const char *grp)
return(0);
}
void SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_xfercommand(const char *cmd)
void SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_arch(const char *arch)
{
if(handle->xfercommand) FREE(handle->xfercommand);
if(cmd) handle->xfercommand = strdup(cmd);
if(handle->arch) FREE(handle->arch);
if(arch) handle->arch = strdup(arch);
}
void SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_nopassiveftp(unsigned short nopasv)
{
handle->nopassiveftp = nopasv;
}
void SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_usedelta(unsigned short usedelta)
void SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_usedelta(int usedelta)
{
handle->usedelta = usedelta;
}
void SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_checkspace(int checkspace)
{
handle->checkspace = checkspace;
}
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
/*
* handle.h
*
* Copyright (c) 2002-2007 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -30,16 +31,17 @@
typedef struct _pmhandle_t {
/* internal usage */
uid_t uid; /* current UID */ /* TODO is this used? */
pmdb_t *db_local; /* local db pointer */
alpm_list_t *dbs_sync; /* List of (pmdb_t *) */
FILE *logstream; /* log file stream pointer */
int lckfd; /* lock file descriptor if one exists */
FILE *lckstream; /* lock file stream pointer if one exists */
pmtrans_t *trans;
/* callback functions */
alpm_cb_log logcb; /* Log callback function */
alpm_cb_download dlcb; /* Download callback function */
alpm_cb_totaldl totaldlcb; /* Total download callback function */
alpm_cb_fetch fetchcb; /* Download file callback function */
/* filesystem paths */
char *root; /* Root path, default '/' */
@@ -50,22 +52,21 @@ typedef struct _pmhandle_t {
/* package lists */
alpm_list_t *noupgrade; /* List of packages NOT to be upgraded */
alpm_list_t *noextract; /* List of packages NOT to extract */ /*TODO is this used?*/
alpm_list_t *noextract; /* List of files NOT to extract */
alpm_list_t *ignorepkg; /* List of packages to ignore */
alpm_list_t *holdpkg; /* List of packages which 'hold' pacman */
alpm_list_t *ignoregrp; /* List of groups to ignore */
/* options */
unsigned short usesyslog; /* Use syslog instead of logfile? */ /* TODO move to frontend */
unsigned short nopassiveftp; /* Don't use PASV ftp connections */
char *xfercommand; /* External download command */
unsigned short usedelta; /* Download deltas if possible */
int usesyslog; /* Use syslog instead of logfile? */ /* TODO move to frontend */
char *arch; /* Architecture of packages we should allow */
int usedelta; /* Download deltas if possible */
int checkspace; /* Check disk space before installing */
} pmhandle_t;
/* global handle variable */
extern pmhandle_t *handle;
pmhandle_t *_alpm_handle_new();
pmhandle_t *_alpm_handle_new(void);
void _alpm_handle_free(pmhandle_t *handle);
#endif /* _ALPM_HANDLE_H */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
/*
* log.c
*
* Copyright (c) 2002-2007 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -30,7 +31,6 @@
#include "log.h"
#include "handle.h"
#include "util.h"
#include "error.h"
#include "alpm.h"
/** \addtogroup alpm_log Logging Functions
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
* @param fmt output format
* @return 0 on success, -1 on error (pm_errno is set accordingly)
*/
int SYMEXPORT alpm_logaction(char *fmt, ...)
int SYMEXPORT alpm_logaction(const char *fmt, ...)
{
int ret;
va_list args;
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_logaction(char *fmt, ...)
/** @} */
void _alpm_log(pmloglevel_t flag, char *fmt, ...)
void _alpm_log(pmloglevel_t flag, const char *fmt, ...)
{
va_list args;
alpm_cb_log logcb = alpm_option_get_logcb();

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
/*
* log.h
*
* Copyright (c) 2002-2007 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -28,7 +29,7 @@
#define ALPM_LOG_FUNC
#endif
void _alpm_log(pmloglevel_t flag, char *fmt, ...) __attribute__((format(printf,2,3)));
void _alpm_log(pmloglevel_t flag, const char *fmt, ...) __attribute__((format(printf,2,3)));
#endif /* _ALPM_LOG_H */

View File

@@ -3,18 +3,18 @@
*
* Copyright (C) 2006-2007 Christophe Devine
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License, version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library. If not, see
* <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
/*
* The MD5 algorithm was designed by Ron Rivest in 1991.
@@ -25,8 +25,9 @@
* Pacman Notes:
*
* Taken from the XySSL project at www.xyssl.org under terms of the
* LGPL. This is from version 0.7 of the library, and has been modified
* GPL. This is from version 0.9 of the library, and has been modified
* as following, which may be helpful for future updates:
* * remove "xyssl/config.h" include
* * change include from "xyssl/md5.h" to "md5.h"
* * removal of HMAC code
* * removal of SELF_TEST code
@@ -35,22 +36,25 @@
* int md5_file( char *path, unsigned char *output )
* to
* int md5_file( const char *path, unsigned char *output )
* * use a dynamically-allocated buffer in md5_file, and increase the size
* for performance reasons
* * various static/inline changes
*
* NOTE: XySSL has been renamed to PolarSSL, which is available at
* www.polarssl.org. If we update, we should get it from there.
*/
#ifndef _CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE
#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE 1
#endif
#include <string.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include "md5.h"
/*
* 32-bit integer manipulation macros (little endian)
*/
#ifndef GET_UINT32_LE
#define GET_UINT32_LE(n,b,i) \
#ifndef GET_ULONG_LE
#define GET_ULONG_LE(n,b,i) \
{ \
(n) = ( (unsigned long) (b)[(i) ] ) \
| ( (unsigned long) (b)[(i) + 1] << 8 ) \
@@ -59,8 +63,8 @@
}
#endif
#ifndef PUT_UINT32_LE
#define PUT_UINT32_LE(n,b,i) \
#ifndef PUT_ULONG_LE
#define PUT_ULONG_LE(n,b,i) \
{ \
(b)[(i) ] = (unsigned char) ( (n) ); \
(b)[(i) + 1] = (unsigned char) ( (n) >> 8 ); \
@@ -87,22 +91,22 @@ static inline void md5_process( md5_context *ctx, unsigned char data[64] )
{
unsigned long X[16], A, B, C, D;
GET_UINT32_LE( X[ 0], data, 0 );
GET_UINT32_LE( X[ 1], data, 4 );
GET_UINT32_LE( X[ 2], data, 8 );
GET_UINT32_LE( X[ 3], data, 12 );
GET_UINT32_LE( X[ 4], data, 16 );
GET_UINT32_LE( X[ 5], data, 20 );
GET_UINT32_LE( X[ 6], data, 24 );
GET_UINT32_LE( X[ 7], data, 28 );
GET_UINT32_LE( X[ 8], data, 32 );
GET_UINT32_LE( X[ 9], data, 36 );
GET_UINT32_LE( X[10], data, 40 );
GET_UINT32_LE( X[11], data, 44 );
GET_UINT32_LE( X[12], data, 48 );
GET_UINT32_LE( X[13], data, 52 );
GET_UINT32_LE( X[14], data, 56 );
GET_UINT32_LE( X[15], data, 60 );
GET_ULONG_LE( X[ 0], data, 0 );
GET_ULONG_LE( X[ 1], data, 4 );
GET_ULONG_LE( X[ 2], data, 8 );
GET_ULONG_LE( X[ 3], data, 12 );
GET_ULONG_LE( X[ 4], data, 16 );
GET_ULONG_LE( X[ 5], data, 20 );
GET_ULONG_LE( X[ 6], data, 24 );
GET_ULONG_LE( X[ 7], data, 28 );
GET_ULONG_LE( X[ 8], data, 32 );
GET_ULONG_LE( X[ 9], data, 36 );
GET_ULONG_LE( X[10], data, 40 );
GET_ULONG_LE( X[11], data, 44 );
GET_ULONG_LE( X[12], data, 48 );
GET_ULONG_LE( X[13], data, 52 );
GET_ULONG_LE( X[14], data, 56 );
GET_ULONG_LE( X[15], data, 60 );
#define S(x,n) ((x << n) | ((x & 0xFFFFFFFF) >> (32 - n)))
@@ -261,7 +265,7 @@ static unsigned char md5_padding[64] =
/*
* MD5 final digest
*/
static inline void md5_finish( md5_context *ctx, unsigned char *output )
static inline void md5_finish( md5_context *ctx, unsigned char output[16] )
{
unsigned long last, padn;
unsigned long high, low;
@@ -271,8 +275,8 @@ static inline void md5_finish( md5_context *ctx, unsigned char *output )
| ( ctx->total[1] << 3 );
low = ( ctx->total[0] << 3 );
PUT_UINT32_LE( low, msglen, 0 );
PUT_UINT32_LE( high, msglen, 4 );
PUT_ULONG_LE( low, msglen, 0 );
PUT_ULONG_LE( high, msglen, 4 );
last = ctx->total[0] & 0x3F;
padn = ( last < 56 ) ? ( 56 - last ) : ( 120 - last );
@@ -280,17 +284,16 @@ static inline void md5_finish( md5_context *ctx, unsigned char *output )
md5_update( ctx, (unsigned char *) md5_padding, padn );
md5_update( ctx, msglen, 8 );
PUT_UINT32_LE( ctx->state[0], output, 0 );
PUT_UINT32_LE( ctx->state[1], output, 4 );
PUT_UINT32_LE( ctx->state[2], output, 8 );
PUT_UINT32_LE( ctx->state[3], output, 12 );
PUT_ULONG_LE( ctx->state[0], output, 0 );
PUT_ULONG_LE( ctx->state[1], output, 4 );
PUT_ULONG_LE( ctx->state[2], output, 8 );
PUT_ULONG_LE( ctx->state[3], output, 12 );
}
/*
* Output = MD5( input buffer )
* output = MD5( input buffer )
*/
void md5( unsigned char *input, int ilen,
unsigned char *output )
void md5( unsigned char *input, int ilen, unsigned char output[16] )
{
md5_context ctx;
@@ -302,18 +305,23 @@ void md5( unsigned char *input, int ilen,
}
/*
* Output = MD5( file contents )
* output = MD5( file contents )
*/
int md5_file( const char *path, unsigned char *output )
int md5_file( const char *path, unsigned char output[16] )
{
FILE *f;
size_t n;
md5_context ctx;
unsigned char buf[1024];
unsigned char *buf;
if( ( f = fopen( path, "rb" ) ) == NULL )
if( ( buf = calloc(8192, sizeof(unsigned char)) ) == NULL )
return( 1 );
if( ( f = fopen( path, "rb" ) ) == NULL ) {
free( buf );
return( 1 );
}
md5_starts( &ctx );
while( ( n = fread( buf, 1, sizeof( buf ), f ) ) > 0 )
@@ -322,6 +330,7 @@ int md5_file( const char *path, unsigned char *output )
md5_finish( &ctx, output );
memset( &ctx, 0, sizeof( md5_context ) );
free( buf );
if( ferror( f ) != 0 )
{

View File

@@ -3,29 +3,24 @@
*
* Copyright (C) 2006-2007 Christophe Devine
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License, version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library. If not, see
* <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#ifndef _MD5_H
#define _MD5_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \internal
* \brief MD5 context structure
*/
typedef struct
@@ -37,18 +32,15 @@ typedef struct
md5_context;
/**
* \internal
* \brief Output = MD5( input buffer )
*
* \param input buffer holding the data
* \param ilen length of the input data
* \param output MD5 checksum result
*/
void md5( unsigned char *input, int ilen,
unsigned char *output );
void md5( unsigned char *input, int ilen, unsigned char output[16] );
/**
* \internal
* \brief Output = MD5( file contents )
*
* \param path input file name
@@ -57,10 +49,6 @@ void md5( unsigned char *input, int ilen,
* \return 0 if successful, 1 if fopen failed,
* or 2 if fread failed
*/
int md5_file( const char *path, unsigned char *output );
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
int md5_file( const char *path, unsigned char output[16] );
#endif /* md5.h */

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
/*
* package.h
*
* Copyright (c) 2002-2007 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Aurelien Foret <orelien@chez.com>
* Copyright (c) 2006 by David Kimpe <dnaku@frugalware.org>
* Copyright (c) 2005, 2006 by Christian Hamar <krics@linuxforum.hu>
@@ -23,45 +24,99 @@
#ifndef _ALPM_PACKAGE_H
#define _ALPM_PACKAGE_H
#include <time.h>
#include <sys/types.h> /* off_t */
#include <time.h> /* time_t */
#include "alpm.h"
#include "db.h"
typedef enum _pmpkgfrom_t {
PKG_FROM_CACHE = 1,
PKG_FROM_FILE
PKG_FROM_FILE = 1,
PKG_FROM_LOCALDB,
PKG_FROM_SYNCDB
} pmpkgfrom_t;
/* Packages */
#define PKG_FILENAME_LEN 512
#define PKG_NAME_LEN 256
#define PKG_VERSION_LEN 64
#define PKG_FULLNAME_LEN (PKG_NAME_LEN + PKG_VERSION_LEN)
#define PKG_DESC_LEN 512
#define PKG_URL_LEN 256
#define PKG_DATE_LEN 32
#define PKG_TYPE_LEN 32
#define PKG_PACKAGER_LEN 64
#define PKG_MD5SUM_LEN 33
#define PKG_ARCH_LEN 32
/** Package operations struct. This struct contains function pointers to
* all methods used to access data in a package to allow for things such
* as lazy package intialization (such as used by the file backend). Each
* backend is free to define a stuct containing pointers to a specific
* implementation of these methods. Some backends may find using the
* defined default_pkg_ops struct to work just fine for their needs.
*/
struct pkg_operations {
const char *(*get_filename) (pmpkg_t *);
const char *(*get_name) (pmpkg_t *);
const char *(*get_version) (pmpkg_t *);
const char *(*get_desc) (pmpkg_t *);
const char *(*get_url) (pmpkg_t *);
time_t (*get_builddate) (pmpkg_t *);
time_t (*get_installdate) (pmpkg_t *);
const char *(*get_packager) (pmpkg_t *);
const char *(*get_md5sum) (pmpkg_t *);
const char *(*get_arch) (pmpkg_t *);
off_t (*get_size) (pmpkg_t *);
off_t (*get_isize) (pmpkg_t *);
pmpkgreason_t (*get_reason) (pmpkg_t *);
int (*has_scriptlet) (pmpkg_t *);
alpm_list_t *(*get_licenses) (pmpkg_t *);
alpm_list_t *(*get_groups) (pmpkg_t *);
alpm_list_t *(*get_depends) (pmpkg_t *);
alpm_list_t *(*get_optdepends) (pmpkg_t *);
alpm_list_t *(*get_conflicts) (pmpkg_t *);
alpm_list_t *(*get_provides) (pmpkg_t *);
alpm_list_t *(*get_replaces) (pmpkg_t *);
alpm_list_t *(*get_deltas) (pmpkg_t *);
alpm_list_t *(*get_files) (pmpkg_t *);
alpm_list_t *(*get_backup) (pmpkg_t *);
void *(*changelog_open) (pmpkg_t *);
size_t (*changelog_read) (void *, size_t, const pmpkg_t *, const void *);
int (*changelog_close) (const pmpkg_t *, void *);
/* still to add:
* checkmd5sum() ?
* compute_requiredby()
*/
};
/** The standard package operations struct. get fields directly from the
* struct itself with no abstraction layer or any type of lazy loading.
* The actual definition is in package.c so it can have access to the
* default accessor functions which are defined there.
*/
extern struct pkg_operations default_pkg_ops;
struct __pmpkg_t {
char filename[PKG_FILENAME_LEN];
char name[PKG_NAME_LEN];
char version[PKG_VERSION_LEN];
char desc[PKG_DESC_LEN];
char url[PKG_URL_LEN];
unsigned long name_hash;
char *filename;
char *name;
char *version;
char *desc;
char *url;
char *packager;
char *md5sum;
char *arch;
time_t builddate;
time_t installdate;
char packager[PKG_PACKAGER_LEN];
char md5sum[PKG_MD5SUM_LEN];
char arch[PKG_ARCH_LEN];
unsigned long size;
unsigned long isize;
unsigned short scriptlet;
unsigned short force;
off_t size;
off_t isize;
off_t download_size;
int scriptlet;
pmpkgreason_t reason;
pmpkgfrom_t origin;
/* origin == PKG_FROM_FILE, use pkg->origin_data.file
* origin == PKG_FROM_*DB, use pkg->origin_data.db */
union {
pmdb_t *db;
char *file;
} origin_data;
pmdbinfrq_t infolevel;
alpm_list_t *licenses;
alpm_list_t *replaces;
alpm_list_t *groups;
@@ -72,27 +127,19 @@ struct __pmpkg_t {
alpm_list_t *conflicts;
alpm_list_t *provides;
alpm_list_t *deltas;
/* internal */
pmpkgfrom_t origin;
/* Replaced 'void *data' with this union as follows:
origin == PKG_FROM_CACHE, use pkg->origin_data.db
origin == PKG_FROM_FILE, use pkg->origin_data.file
*/
union {
pmdb_t *db;
char *file;
} origin_data;
pmdbinfrq_t infolevel;
alpm_list_t *delta_path;
alpm_list_t *removes; /* in transaction targets only */
struct pkg_operations *ops;
};
int _alpm_versioncmp(const char *a, const char *b);
pmpkg_t* _alpm_pkg_new(const char *name, const char *version);
pmpkg_t* _alpm_pkg_new(void);
pmpkg_t *_alpm_pkg_dup(pmpkg_t *pkg);
void _alpm_pkg_free(pmpkg_t *pkg);
void _alpm_pkg_free_trans(pmpkg_t *pkg);
int _alpm_pkg_cmp(const void *p1, const void *p2);
int _alpm_pkg_compare_versions(pmpkg_t *local_pkg, pmpkg_t *pkg);
pmpkg_t *_alpm_pkg_load(const char *pkgfile, unsigned short full);
pmpkg_t *_alpm_pkg_find(const char *needle, alpm_list_t *haystack);
pmpkg_t *_alpm_pkg_find(alpm_list_t *haystack, const char *needle);
int _alpm_pkg_should_ignore(pmpkg_t *pkg);
#endif /* _ALPM_PACKAGE_H */

331
lib/libalpm/pkghash.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,331 @@
/*
* pkghash.c
*
* Copyright (c) 2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include "pkghash.h"
#include "util.h"
#include "log.h"
/* List of primes for possible sizes of hash tables.
*
* The maximum table size is the last prime under 1,000,000. That is
* more than an order of magnitude greater than the number of packages
* in any Linux distribution.
*/
static const size_t prime_list[] =
{
11ul, 13ul, 17ul, 19ul, 23ul, 29ul, 31ul, 37ul, 41ul, 43ul, 47ul,
53ul, 59ul, 61ul, 67ul, 71ul, 73ul, 79ul, 83ul, 89ul, 97ul, 103ul,
109ul, 113ul, 127ul, 137ul, 139ul, 149ul, 157ul, 167ul, 179ul, 193ul,
199ul, 211ul, 227ul, 241ul, 257ul, 277ul, 293ul, 313ul, 337ul, 359ul,
383ul, 409ul, 439ul, 467ul, 503ul, 541ul, 577ul, 619ul, 661ul, 709ul,
761ul, 823ul, 887ul, 953ul, 1031ul, 1109ul, 1193ul, 1289ul, 1381ul,
1493ul, 1613ul, 1741ul, 1879ul, 2029ul, 2179ul, 2357ul, 2549ul,
2753ul, 2971ul, 3209ul, 3469ul, 3739ul, 4027ul, 4349ul, 4703ul,
5087ul, 5503ul, 5953ul, 6427ul, 6949ul, 7517ul, 8123ul, 8783ul,
9497ul, 10273ul, 11113ul, 12011ul, 12983ul, 14033ul, 15173ul,
16411ul, 17749ul, 19183ul, 20753ul, 22447ul, 24281ul, 26267ul,
28411ul, 30727ul, 33223ul, 35933ul, 38873ul, 42043ul, 45481ul,
49201ul, 53201ul, 57557ul, 62233ul, 67307ul, 72817ul, 78779ul,
85229ul, 92203ul, 99733ul, 107897ul, 116731ul, 126271ul, 136607ul,
147793ul, 159871ul, 172933ul, 187091ul, 202409ul, 218971ul, 236897ul,
256279ul, 277261ul, 299951ul, 324503ul, 351061ul, 379787ul, 410857ul,
444487ul, 480881ul, 520241ul, 562841ul, 608903ul, 658753ul, 712697ul,
771049ul, 834181ul, 902483ul, 976369ul
};
/* Allocate a hash table with at least "size" buckets */
pmpkghash_t *_alpm_pkghash_create(size_t size)
{
pmpkghash_t *hash = NULL;
size_t i, loopsize;
MALLOC(hash, sizeof(pmpkghash_t), RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
hash->list = NULL;
hash->entries = 0;
hash->buckets = 0;
loopsize = sizeof(prime_list) / sizeof(*prime_list);
for(i = 0; i < loopsize; i++) {
if(prime_list[i] > size) {
hash->buckets = prime_list[i];
break;
}
}
if(hash->buckets < size) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("database larger than maximum size\n"));
free(hash);
return(NULL);
}
CALLOC(hash->hash_table, hash->buckets, sizeof(alpm_list_t*), \
free(hash); RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
return(hash);
}
static size_t get_hash_position(unsigned long name_hash, pmpkghash_t *hash)
{
size_t position;
alpm_list_t *ptr;
position = name_hash % hash->buckets;
/* collision resolution using open addressing with linear probing */
while((ptr = hash->hash_table[position]) != NULL) {
position = (position + 1) % hash->buckets;
}
return(position);
}
/* Expand the hash table size to the next increment and rebin the entries */
static pmpkghash_t *rehash(pmpkghash_t *oldhash)
{
pmpkghash_t *newhash;
size_t newsize, position, i;
/* Hash tables will need resized in two cases:
* - adding packages to the local database
* - poor estimation of the number of packages in sync database
*
* For small hash tables sizes (<500) the increase in size is by a
* minimum of a factor of 2 for optimal rehash efficiency. For
* larger database sizes, this increase is reduced to avoid excess
* memory allocation as both scenarios requiring a rehash should not
* require a table size increase that large. */
if(oldhash->buckets < 500) {
newsize = oldhash->buckets * 2;
} else if(oldhash->buckets < 2000) {
newsize = oldhash->buckets * 3 / 2;
} else if(oldhash->buckets < 5000) {
newsize = oldhash->buckets * 4 / 3;
} else {
newsize = oldhash->buckets + 1;
}
newhash = _alpm_pkghash_create(newsize);
if(newhash == NULL) {
/* creation of newhash failed, stick with old one... */
return(oldhash);
}
newhash->list = oldhash->list;
oldhash->list = NULL;
for(i = 0; i < oldhash->buckets; i++) {
if(oldhash->hash_table[i] != NULL) {
pmpkg_t *package = oldhash->hash_table[i]->data;
position = get_hash_position(package->name_hash, newhash);
newhash->hash_table[position] = oldhash->hash_table[i];
oldhash->hash_table[i] = NULL;
}
}
newhash->entries = oldhash->entries;
_alpm_pkghash_free(oldhash);
return(newhash);
}
static pmpkghash_t *pkghash_add_pkg(pmpkghash_t *hash, pmpkg_t *pkg, int sorted)
{
alpm_list_t *ptr;
size_t position;
if(pkg == NULL || hash == NULL) {
return(hash);
}
if((hash->entries + 1) / MAX_HASH_LOAD > hash->buckets) {
hash = rehash(hash);
}
position = get_hash_position(pkg->name_hash, hash);
ptr = calloc(1, sizeof(alpm_list_t));
if(ptr == NULL) {
return(hash);
}
ptr->data = pkg;
ptr->next = NULL;
ptr->prev = ptr;
hash->hash_table[position] = ptr;
if(!sorted){
hash->list = alpm_list_join(hash->list, ptr);
}else{
hash->list = alpm_list_mmerge(hash->list, ptr, _alpm_pkg_cmp);
}
hash->entries += 1;
return(hash);
}
pmpkghash_t *_alpm_pkghash_add(pmpkghash_t *hash, pmpkg_t *pkg)
{
return(pkghash_add_pkg(hash, pkg, 0));
}
pmpkghash_t *_alpm_pkghash_add_sorted(pmpkghash_t *hash, pmpkg_t *pkg)
{
return(pkghash_add_pkg(hash, pkg, 1));
}
static size_t move_one_entry(pmpkghash_t *hash, size_t start, size_t end)
{
/* Iterate backwards from 'end' to 'start', seeing if any of the items
* would hash to 'start'. If we find one, we move it there and break. If
* we get all the way back to position and find none that hash to it, we
* also end iteration. Iterating backwards helps prevent needless shuffles;
* we will never need to move more than one item per function call. The
* return value is our current iteration location; if this is equal to
* 'start' we can stop this madness. */
while(end != start) {
alpm_list_t *i = hash->hash_table[end];
pmpkg_t *info = i->data;
size_t new_position = get_hash_position(info->name_hash, hash);
if(new_position == start) {
hash->hash_table[start] = i;
hash->hash_table[end] = NULL;
break;
}
/* the odd math ensures we are always positive, e.g.
* e.g. (0 - 1) % 47 == -1
* e.g. (47 + 0 - 1) % 47 == 46 */
end = (hash->buckets + end - 1) % hash->buckets;
}
return(end);
}
/**
* @brief Remove a package from a pkghash.
*
* @param hash the hash to remove the package from
* @param pkg the package we are removing
* @param data output parameter containing the removed item
*
* @return the resultant hash
*/
pmpkghash_t *_alpm_pkghash_remove(pmpkghash_t *hash, pmpkg_t *pkg,
pmpkg_t **data)
{
alpm_list_t *i;
size_t position;
if(data) {
*data = NULL;
}
if(pkg == NULL || hash == NULL) {
return(hash);
}
position = pkg->name_hash % hash->buckets;
while((i = hash->hash_table[position]) != NULL) {
pmpkg_t *info = i->data;
if(info->name_hash == pkg->name_hash &&
strcmp(info->name, pkg->name) == 0) {
size_t stop, prev;
/* remove from list and hash */
hash->list = alpm_list_remove_item(hash->list, i);
if(data) {
*data = info;
}
hash->hash_table[position] = NULL;
free(i);
hash->entries -= 1;
/* Potentially move entries following removed entry to keep open
* addressing collision resolution working. We start by finding the
* next null bucket to know how far we have to look. */
stop = (position + 1) % hash->buckets;
while(hash->hash_table[stop] != NULL && stop != position) {
stop = (stop + 1) % hash->buckets;
}
stop = (hash->buckets + stop - 1) % hash->buckets;
/* We now search backwards from stop to position. If we find an
* item that now hashes to position, we will move it, and then try
* to plug the new hole we just opened up, until we finally don't
* move anything. */
while((prev = move_one_entry(hash, position, stop)) != position) {
position = prev;
}
return(hash);
}
position = (position + 1) % hash->buckets;
}
return(hash);
}
void _alpm_pkghash_free(pmpkghash_t *hash)
{
size_t i;
if(hash != NULL) {
for(i = 0; i < hash->buckets; i++) {
free(hash->hash_table[i]);
}
free(hash->hash_table);
}
free(hash);
}
pmpkg_t *_alpm_pkghash_find(pmpkghash_t *hash, const char *name)
{
alpm_list_t *lp;
unsigned long name_hash;
size_t position;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(name == NULL || hash == NULL) {
return(NULL);
}
name_hash = _alpm_hash_sdbm(name);
position = name_hash % hash->buckets;
while((lp = hash->hash_table[position]) != NULL) {
pmpkg_t *info = lp->data;
if(info->name_hash == name_hash && strcmp(info->name, name) == 0) {
return(info);
}
position = (position + 1) % hash->buckets;
}
return(NULL);
}
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */

60
lib/libalpm/pkghash.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
/*
* pkghash.h
*
* Copyright (c) 2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#ifndef _ALPM_PKGHASH_H
#define _ALPM_PKGHASH_H
#include <stdlib.h>
#include "alpm.h"
#include "alpm_list.h"
/**
* @brief A hash table for holding pmpkg_t objects.
*
* A combination of a hash table and a list, allowing for fast look-up
* by package name but also iteration over the packages.
*/
struct __pmpkghash_t {
/** data held by the hash table */
alpm_list_t **hash_table;
/** number of buckets in hash table */
size_t buckets;
/** number of entries in hash table */
size_t entries;
/** head node of the hash table data in normal list format */
alpm_list_t *list;
};
typedef struct __pmpkghash_t pmpkghash_t;
pmpkghash_t *_alpm_pkghash_create(size_t size);
pmpkghash_t *_alpm_pkghash_add(pmpkghash_t *hash, pmpkg_t *pkg);
pmpkghash_t *_alpm_pkghash_add_sorted(pmpkghash_t *hash, pmpkg_t *pkg);
pmpkghash_t *_alpm_pkghash_remove(pmpkghash_t *hash, pmpkg_t *pkg, pmpkg_t **data);
void _alpm_pkghash_free(pmpkghash_t *hash);
pmpkg_t *_alpm_pkghash_find(pmpkghash_t *hash, const char *name);
#define MAX_HASH_LOAD 0.7
#endif /* _ALPM_PKGHASH_H */

View File

@@ -1,12 +1,25 @@
# Set of available languages.
ca
cs
da
de
el
en_GB
es
fi
fr
hu
it
kk
ko
nb
pl
pt
pt_BR
ro
ru
sk
sv
tr
uk
zh_CN

View File

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
# Makefile for PO directory in any package using GNU gettext.
# Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2003 by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
# Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2007, 2009-2010 by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
#
# This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can
# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU General Public
@@ -8,10 +8,12 @@
# Please note that the actual code of GNU gettext is covered by the GNU
# General Public License and is *not* in the public domain.
#
# Origin: gettext-0.13
# Origin: gettext-0.18
GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION = 0.18
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
VERSION = @VERSION@
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
SHELL = /bin/sh
@SET_MAKE@
@@ -22,18 +24,38 @@ VPATH = @srcdir@
prefix = @prefix@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
datadir = @datadir@
datarootdir = @datarootdir@
localedir = $(datadir)/locale
datadir = @datadir@
localedir = @localedir@
gettextsrcdir = $(datadir)/gettext/po
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
mkinstalldirs = @INSTALL@ -d
GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@
# We use $(mkdir_p).
# In automake <= 1.9.x, $(mkdir_p) is defined either as "mkdir -p --" or as
# "$(mkinstalldirs)" or as "$(install_sh) -d". For these automake versions,
# @install_sh@ does not start with $(SHELL), so we add it.
# In automake >= 1.10, @mkdir_p@ is derived from ${MKDIR_P}, which is defined
# either as "/path/to/mkdir -p" or ".../install-sh -c -d". For these automake
# versions, $(mkinstalldirs) and $(install_sh) are unused.
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) @install_sh@ -d
install_sh = $(SHELL) @install_sh@
MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
GMSGFMT_ = @GMSGFMT@
GMSGFMT_no = @GMSGFMT@
GMSGFMT_yes = @GMSGFMT_015@
GMSGFMT = $(GMSGFMT_$(USE_MSGCTXT))
MSGFMT_ = @MSGFMT@
MSGFMT_no = @MSGFMT@
MSGFMT_yes = @MSGFMT_015@
MSGFMT = $(MSGFMT_$(USE_MSGCTXT))
XGETTEXT_ = @XGETTEXT@
XGETTEXT_no = @XGETTEXT@
XGETTEXT_yes = @XGETTEXT_015@
XGETTEXT = $(XGETTEXT_$(USE_MSGCTXT))
MSGMERGE = msgmerge
MSGMERGE_UPDATE = @MSGMERGE@ --update
MSGINIT = msginit
@@ -46,7 +68,7 @@ UPDATEPOFILES = @UPDATEPOFILES@
DUMMYPOFILES = @DUMMYPOFILES@
DISTFILES.common = Makefile.in.in remove-potcdate.sin \
$(DISTFILES.common.extra1) $(DISTFILES.common.extra2) $(DISTFILES.common.extra3)
DISTFILES = $(DISTFILES.common) Makevars POTFILES.in $(DOMAIN).pot stamp-po \
DISTFILES = $(DISTFILES.common) Makevars POTFILES.in \
$(POFILES) $(GMOFILES) \
$(DISTFILES.extra1) $(DISTFILES.extra2) $(DISTFILES.extra3)
@@ -57,7 +79,7 @@ CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
# Makevars gets inserted here. (Don't remove this line!)
.SUFFIXES:
.SUFFIXES: .po .gmo .mo .sed .sin .nop .po-update
.SUFFIXES: .po .gmo .mo .sed .sin .nop .po-create .po-update
.po.mo:
@echo "$(MSGFMT) -c -o $@ $<"; \
@@ -66,19 +88,32 @@ CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
.po.gmo:
@lang=`echo $* | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`; \
test "$(srcdir)" = . && cdcmd="" || cdcmd="cd $(srcdir) && "; \
echo "$${cdcmd}rm -f $${lang}.gmo && $(GMSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $${lang}.gmo $${lang}.po"; \
cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $${lang}.gmo && $(GMSGFMT) -c --statistics -o t-$${lang}.gmo $${lang}.po && mv t-$${lang}.gmo $${lang}.gmo
echo "$${cdcmd}rm -f $${lang}.gmo && $(GMSGFMT) -c --statistics --verbose -o $${lang}.gmo $${lang}.po"; \
cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $${lang}.gmo && $(GMSGFMT) -c --statistics --verbose -o t-$${lang}.gmo $${lang}.po && mv t-$${lang}.gmo $${lang}.gmo
.sin.sed:
sed -e '/^#/d' $< > t-$@
mv t-$@ $@
all: all-@USE_NLS@
all: check-macro-version all-@USE_NLS@
all-yes: stamp-po
all-no:
# Ensure that the gettext macros and this Makefile.in.in are in sync.
check-macro-version:
@test "$(GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION)" = "@GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION@" \
|| { echo "*** error: gettext infrastructure mismatch: using a Makefile.in.in from gettext version $(GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION) but the autoconf macros are from gettext version @GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION@" 1>&2; \
exit 1; \
}
# $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot is only created when needed. When xgettext finds no
# internationalized messages, no $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot is created (because
# we don't want to bother translators with empty POT files). We assume that
# LINGUAS is empty in this case, i.e. $(POFILES) and $(GMOFILES) are empty.
# In this case, stamp-po is a nop (i.e. a phony target).
# stamp-po is a timestamp denoting the last time at which the CATALOGS have
# been loosely updated. Its purpose is that when a developer or translator
# checks out the package via CVS, and the $(DOMAIN).pot file is not in CVS,
@@ -88,10 +123,13 @@ all-no:
# $(POFILES) has been designed to not touch files that don't need to be
# changed.
stamp-po: $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot
test -z "$(GMOFILES)" || $(MAKE) $(GMOFILES)
@echo "touch stamp-po"
@echo timestamp > stamp-poT
@mv stamp-poT stamp-po
test ! -f $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot || \
test -z "$(GMOFILES)" || $(MAKE) $(GMOFILES)
@test ! -f $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot || { \
echo "touch stamp-po" && \
echo timestamp > stamp-poT && \
mv stamp-poT stamp-po; \
}
# Note: Target 'all' must not depend on target '$(DOMAIN).pot-update',
# otherwise packages like GCC can not be built if only parts of the source
@@ -100,11 +138,34 @@ stamp-po: $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot
# This target rebuilds $(DOMAIN).pot; it is an expensive operation.
# Note that $(DOMAIN).pot is not touched if it doesn't need to be changed.
$(DOMAIN).pot-update: $(POTFILES) $(srcdir)/POTFILES.in remove-potcdate.sed
$(XGETTEXT) --default-domain=$(DOMAIN) --directory=$(top_srcdir) \
--add-comments=TRANSLATORS: $(XGETTEXT_OPTIONS) \
--files-from=$(srcdir)/POTFILES.in \
--copyright-holder='$(COPYRIGHT_HOLDER)' \
--msgid-bugs-address='$(MSGID_BUGS_ADDRESS)'
if LC_ALL=C grep 'GNU @PACKAGE@' $(top_srcdir)/* 2>/dev/null | grep -v 'libtool:' >/dev/null; then \
package_gnu='GNU '; \
else \
package_gnu=''; \
fi; \
if test -n '$(MSGID_BUGS_ADDRESS)' || test '$(PACKAGE_BUGREPORT)' = '@'PACKAGE_BUGREPORT'@'; then \
msgid_bugs_address='$(MSGID_BUGS_ADDRESS)'; \
else \
msgid_bugs_address='$(PACKAGE_BUGREPORT)'; \
fi; \
case `$(XGETTEXT) --version | sed 1q | sed -e 's,^[^0-9]*,,'` in \
'' | 0.[0-9] | 0.[0-9].* | 0.1[0-5] | 0.1[0-5].* | 0.16 | 0.16.[0-1]*) \
$(XGETTEXT) --default-domain=$(DOMAIN) --directory=$(top_srcdir) \
--add-comments=TRANSLATORS: $(XGETTEXT_OPTIONS) @XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS@ \
--files-from=$(srcdir)/POTFILES.in \
--copyright-holder='$(COPYRIGHT_HOLDER)' \
--msgid-bugs-address="$$msgid_bugs_address" \
;; \
*) \
$(XGETTEXT) --default-domain=$(DOMAIN) --directory=$(top_srcdir) \
--add-comments=TRANSLATORS: $(XGETTEXT_OPTIONS) @XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS@ \
--files-from=$(srcdir)/POTFILES.in \
--copyright-holder='$(COPYRIGHT_HOLDER)' \
--package-name="$${package_gnu}@PACKAGE@" \
--package-version='@VERSION@' \
--msgid-bugs-address="$$msgid_bugs_address" \
;; \
esac
test ! -f $(DOMAIN).po || { \
if test -f $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot; then \
sed -f remove-potcdate.sed < $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot > $(DOMAIN).1po && \
@@ -130,16 +191,27 @@ $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot:
# Note that a PO file is not touched if it doesn't need to be changed.
$(POFILES): $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot
@lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's,.*/,,' -e 's/\.po$$//'`; \
test "$(srcdir)" = . && cdcmd="" || cdcmd="cd $(srcdir) && "; \
echo "$${cdcmd}$(MSGMERGE_UPDATE) $${lang}.po $(DOMAIN).pot"; \
cd $(srcdir) && $(MSGMERGE_UPDATE) $${lang}.po $(DOMAIN).pot
if test -f "$(srcdir)/$${lang}.po"; then \
test "$(srcdir)" = . && cdcmd="" || cdcmd="cd $(srcdir) && "; \
echo "$${cdcmd}$(MSGMERGE_UPDATE) $(MSGMERGE_OPTIONS) --lang=$${lang} $${lang}.po $(DOMAIN).pot"; \
cd $(srcdir) \
&& { case `$(MSGMERGE_UPDATE) --version | sed 1q | sed -e 's,^[^0-9]*,,'` in \
'' | 0.[0-9] | 0.[0-9].* | 0.1[0-7] | 0.1[0-7].*) \
$(MSGMERGE_UPDATE) $(MSGMERGE_OPTIONS) $${lang}.po $(DOMAIN).pot;; \
*) \
$(MSGMERGE_UPDATE) $(MSGMERGE_OPTIONS) --lang=$${lang} $${lang}.po $(DOMAIN).pot;; \
esac; \
}; \
else \
$(MAKE) $${lang}.po-create; \
fi
install: install-exec install-data
install-exec:
install-data: install-data-@USE_NLS@
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
$(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
for file in $(DISTFILES.common) Makevars.template; do \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file \
$(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
@@ -152,13 +224,12 @@ install-data: install-data-@USE_NLS@
fi
install-data-no: all
install-data-yes: all
$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(datadir)
@catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \
for cat in $$catalogs; do \
cat=`basename $$cat`; \
lang=`echo $$cat | sed -e 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \
dir=$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \
$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$$dir; \
$(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$$dir; \
if test -r $$cat; then realcat=$$cat; else realcat=$(srcdir)/$$cat; fi; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$realcat $(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(DOMAIN).mo; \
echo "installing $$realcat as $(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(DOMAIN).mo"; \
@@ -198,19 +269,18 @@ installdirs: installdirs-exec installdirs-data
installdirs-exec:
installdirs-data: installdirs-data-@USE_NLS@
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
$(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
else \
: ; \
fi
installdirs-data-no:
installdirs-data-yes:
$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(datadir)
@catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \
for cat in $$catalogs; do \
cat=`basename $$cat`; \
lang=`echo $$cat | sed -e 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \
dir=$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \
$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$$dir; \
$(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$$dir; \
for lc in '' $(EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES); do \
if test -n "$$lc"; then \
if (cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc 2>/dev/null) | grep ' -> ' >/dev/null; then \
@@ -285,11 +355,14 @@ dist distdir:
$(MAKE) update-po
@$(MAKE) dist2
# This is a separate target because 'update-po' must be executed before.
dist2: $(DISTFILES)
dist2: stamp-po $(DISTFILES)
dists="$(DISTFILES)"; \
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
dists="$$dists Makevars.template"; \
fi; \
if test -f $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot; then \
dists="$$dists $(DOMAIN).pot stamp-po"; \
fi; \
if test -f $(srcdir)/ChangeLog; then \
dists="$$dists ChangeLog"; \
fi; \
@@ -301,9 +374,9 @@ dist2: $(DISTFILES)
if test -f $(srcdir)/LINGUAS; then dists="$$dists LINGUAS"; fi; \
for file in $$dists; do \
if test -f $$file; then \
cp -p $$file $(distdir); \
cp -p $$file $(distdir) || exit 1; \
else \
cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir); \
cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir) || exit 1; \
fi; \
done
@@ -312,6 +385,13 @@ update-po: Makefile
test -z "$(UPDATEPOFILES)" || $(MAKE) $(UPDATEPOFILES)
$(MAKE) update-gmo
# General rule for creating PO files.
.nop.po-create:
@lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/\.po-create$$//'`; \
echo "File $$lang.po does not exist. If you are a translator, you can create it through 'msginit'." 1>&2; \
exit 1
# General rule for updating PO files.
.nop.po-update:
@@ -320,9 +400,15 @@ update-po: Makefile
tmpdir=`pwd`; \
echo "$$lang:"; \
test "$(srcdir)" = . && cdcmd="" || cdcmd="cd $(srcdir) && "; \
echo "$${cdcmd}$(MSGMERGE) $$lang.po $(DOMAIN).pot -o $$lang.new.po"; \
echo "$${cdcmd}$(MSGMERGE) $(MSGMERGE_OPTIONS) --lang=$$lang $$lang.po $(DOMAIN).pot -o $$lang.new.po"; \
cd $(srcdir); \
if $(MSGMERGE) $$lang.po $(DOMAIN).pot -o $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; then \
if { case `$(MSGMERGE) --version | sed 1q | sed -e 's,^[^0-9]*,,'` in \
'' | 0.[0-9] | 0.[0-9].* | 0.1[0-7] | 0.1[0-7].*) \
$(MSGMERGE) $(MSGMERGE_OPTIONS) -o $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po $$lang.po $(DOMAIN).pot;; \
*) \
$(MSGMERGE) $(MSGMERGE_OPTIONS) --lang=$$lang -o $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po $$lang.po $(DOMAIN).pot;; \
esac; \
}; then \
if cmp $$lang.po $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \
else \
@@ -343,10 +429,13 @@ $(DUMMYPOFILES):
update-gmo: Makefile $(GMOFILES)
@:
Makefile: Makefile.in.in $(top_builddir)/config.status @POMAKEFILEDEPS@
# Recreate Makefile by invoking config.status. Explicitly invoke the shell,
# because execution permission bits may not work on the current file system.
# Use @SHELL@, which is the shell determined by autoconf for the use by its
# scripts, not $(SHELL) which is hardwired to /bin/sh and may be deficient.
Makefile: Makefile.in.in Makevars $(top_builddir)/config.status @POMAKEFILEDEPS@
cd $(top_builddir) \
&& CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@.in CONFIG_HEADERS= \
$(SHELL) ./config.status
&& @SHELL@ ./config.status $(subdir)/$@.in po-directories
force:

View File

@@ -10,16 +10,16 @@ top_builddir = ../../../
# These options get passed to xgettext.
XGETTEXT_OPTIONS = --no-location \
--keyword=_ --flag=_:1:c-format \
--keyword=N_ --flag=N_:1:c-format
--keyword=_n:1,2 --flag=_n:1:c-format --flag=_n:2:c-format
# This is the copyright holder that gets inserted into the header of the
# $(DOMAIN).pot file. Set this to the copyright holder of the surrounding
# package.
COPYRIGHT_HOLDER = Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
COPYRIGHT_HOLDER = Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
# This is the email address or URL to which the translators shall report
# bugs in the untranslated strings.
MSGID_BUGS_ADDRESS = pacman-dev@archlinux.org
MSGID_BUGS_ADDRESS = http://bugs.archlinux.org/index.php?project=3
# This is the list of locale categories, beyond LC_MESSAGES, for which the
# message catalogs shall be used. It is usually empty.

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More